Fitness & Exercise | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/fitness-exercise/ Awe-inspiring science reporting, technology news, and DIY projects. Skunks to space robots, primates to climates. That's Popular Science, 145 years strong. Fri, 24 Nov 2023 23:54:03 +0000 en-US hourly 1 https://wordpress.org/?v=6.2.2 https://www.popsci.com/uploads/2021/04/28/cropped-PSC3.png?auto=webp&width=32&height=32 Fitness & Exercise | Popular Science https://www.popsci.com/category/fitness-exercise/ 32 32 Shop percussion massagers at Amazon for Black Friday and get up to 40% off https://www.popsci.com/gear/percussion-massager-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Fri, 24 Nov 2023 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591445
A pattern of Theraguns on a plain background
TheraBody

Therabody and Hyperice make some of the best massage guns on the market and they're all deeply discounted for Black Friday at Amazon.

The post Shop percussion massagers at Amazon for Black Friday and get up to 40% off appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A pattern of Theraguns on a plain background
TheraBody

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Few things help you work out a sore muscle quite like a percussion massager. These little machines beat your body up in the best way possible to increase blood flow and accelerate recovery. They’re great for before bed, after the gym, or when the muscle next to your shoulder blade won’t stop twitching because you’ve been sitting at your desk writing about Black Friday deals for 20 hours straight and your body is slowly atrophying into a hunched mass of sinew. That last one might just be us. Still, these are great deals from two of the biggest companies in the space.

TheraGun Prime $189 (was $299)

TheraBody

SEE IT

This mid-level massage gun from Therabody comes with four high-quality attachments and a deep app integration that helps guide you through a variety of massage treatments. I’ve been using the upgraded TheraGun Elite version for a few weeks now, and the bedtime routine is pretty much essential for me (our editor’s family swears by the flagship PRO Plus after running and/or soccer matches). It has customizable programs and speeds depending on how intense you want your percussion to get. This is a somewhat advanced model, but the app provides excellent instruction for beginners so you can grow into it.

More Therabody massager deals

Hyperice percussion massager deals

The post Shop percussion massagers at Amazon for Black Friday and get up to 40% off appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Shop the best fitness gear during Amazon Black Friday with up 64% of savings https://www.popsci.com/gear/sports-fitness-echelon-peloton-amazon-deal-black-friday-2023/ Tue, 21 Nov 2023 23:52:39 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591054
A person on a workout bike in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

You can get major savings from Peloton, NordicTrack, and Hydrow Rowing at Amazon for Black Friday.

The post Shop the best fitness gear during Amazon Black Friday with up 64% of savings appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person on a workout bike in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

We know that going to the gym is going to be on your New Year’s resolutions list. Working out is great for endorphins and getting your heart rate up, but leaving your house in the dark, cold early morning or equally dark, cold evening is a bummer, to say the least. Bring the gym to your place with this massive Black Friday deal on Echelon, Peloton, NordicTrack, Hydrow Rowing, and other exercise equipment at Amazon.

Echelon EX5 Smart Connect Fitness Bike $359.99 (Was $999.99)

Echelon

SEE IT

You get a free 30-day trial of Echelon Premiere with this bike, giving you access to 3,000 live and on-demand classes on the Echelon Fit app (for iOS and Android). This bike was built with performance and comfort in mind, with ergonomic handlebars and six seat position levels. The tablet mount flips 180 degrees so you can get a gym membership worth of workouts in one piece of equipment.

Peloton deals

Hydrow deals

NordicTrack deals

XTERRA deals

The post Shop the best fitness gear during Amazon Black Friday with up 64% of savings appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/drinkware-yeti-deal-amazon-black-friday-2023/ Thu, 23 Nov 2023 22:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=591329
Yeti drinkware in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

Keep your spirits merry and bright—and really cold, thanks to the Yeti drinkware deal at Amazon for Black Friday.

The post Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Yeti drinkware in a pattern on a plain background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Having a lukewarm beverage is one of the largest party fouls at a holiday shindig. There’s always a shortage of ice! There’s so much schmoozing happening that our hot boozy beverage becomes tepid! We give thanks if you didn’t experience this at turkey dinner and want to make sure it doesn’t happen when Christmas ham or any other festive favorites roll around. Keep your drinks hot and/or cold all night all year with this Yeti tumbler and insulated koozie deal at Amazon.

YETI Rambler 16 oz. Colster Tall Can Insulator for Tallboys & 16 oz. Cans $15 (Was $30)

Yeti

SEE IT

This stainless steel, vacuum-insulated Tall Colster is great for anything that involves a 16-ounce can: a holiday work party; meeting the parents for the first time; a winter football tailgate; and more. It’s dishwasher-safe and can accommodate a Liquid Death pounder can.

Here are more Yeti deals happening for Amazon Black Friday:

The post Sip, sip, hooray: Shop the best Yeti Black Friday deals at Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best neck massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-neck-massagers/ Mon, 20 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588879
Details of neck massagers from Homedics, Hyperice, Theragun, and Comfier

Release muscle tension, warmup and promote recovery, and get some relaxation with the help of these devices.

The post The best neck massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Details of neck massagers from Homedics, Hyperice, Theragun, and Comfier

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A black Viktor Jurgen Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager with red heated panels for deep tissue massage. VIKTOR JURGEN Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager
SEE IT

This option features eight massage heads and uses infrared heat to provide relief to sore muscles.

Best for athletes Black Hyperice Hypervolt 2 percussion massager with five attachments against a blue and gray gradient Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

This powerful percussion massager operates at five different speeds and comes with five head attachments to customize the sensation.

Best budget A black and gray neck massager by Homedics with red panels that provide heat and massage. Homedics Neck Massager with Heat
SEE IT

This affordable model provides Shiatsu and vibrational massage and lets users control the intensity.

Working from home may be more comfortable in many ways, but it can also do a number on your muscles—the kind of number that calls for a neck massager. Typing with your laptop in your lap on the couch or looking down at your phone throughout the day can cause tightness and strain in your neck. According to John Hopkins Medicine, at least 25 percent of Americans experience neck or back pain at some point in their lives.

Investing in a neck massager is one way to get some relief at home. These devices “significantly improve blood circulation in the neck region,” says Kevin Huffman, D.O., specializing in bariatric surgery and treating whiplash and other car accident injuries. “Improved blood circulation delivers not only instantaneous relief, it also hastens the recovery process and delivery of vital nutrients to impacted areas.”

He adds that neck massagers also provide rhythmic pulses on pressure points that help alleviate muscle tension, which lessens pain and promotes relaxation. So, if you’ve got some knots in your neck, we’ve rounded up the best neck massagers to provide some relief.

What causes neck pain?

Neck pain is the fourth leading cause of disability around the globe. While most acute cases resolve themselves within about a month, nearly 50 percent of people go on to experience more pain or frequent occurrences. This pain can result from both our environment and underlying conditions.

“Our lifestyle choices contribute to neck pain. These include enduring constant stress—whether professional or personal—which often precipitates physical manifestations of the tension we feel; one such manifestation is chronic neck discomfort,” Huffman says. “Moreover, a lack of attention towards ergonomic health in our work and living environments can permit conditions that exert undue pressure upon our necks, resulting in persistent strain and subsequent pain.”

As we increasingly adopt sedentary lifestyles and become more dependent on technology, the prevalence of neck pain could get worse. Poor posture is, arguably, the most pervasive cause. “And in our digital age, a modern epidemic known as tech neck has emerged due to continual strain on the neck muscles from looking down at handheld devices,” Huffman says. “And as we age, the degeneration caused by wear and tear on our neck joints can lead to painful sensations.” Chronic conditions like migraine and osteoporosis can also result in neck pain. And muscle soreness can also result from strenuous exercise and injury.

That said, neck massagers can only do so much. If your neck pain is a result of an injury or underlying condition, you should always consult your healthcare provider if your aches increase or persist over time.

How we chose the best neck massagers

In searching for the best neck massagers to help alleviate some of that pain, we considered options from leading brands, including Homedics and Victor Jurgen. We also prioritized the new technologies developed by Hyperice and Theragun. We looked for various form factors in these devices, from massage guns to U-shaped models people hang around their necks. In addition, we considered the types of massage provided by these devices, whether they provided heat, and how customizable and portable they were. We also consulted user reviews when making our picks.

The best neck massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you’re looking to relieve tech neck, are searching for some targeted relief after a tough workout, or are looking for some respite from a chronic condition, these neck massagers can help relieve muscle tension and help you feel more relaxed.

Best overall: VIKTOR JURGEN Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager

Viktor Jurgen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu
  • Weight: 3.7 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: High, medium, and low

Pros

  • Allows you to customize intensity of massage
  • Heated
  • Can be used on different parts of the body
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Controls are small
  • Extension cord isn’t long

When your neck is aching after a long day working on a computer, VIKTOR JURGEN’s Neck and Shoulder Massager can rescue you. This massager is designed with eight massage heads and infrared heat for deep tissue Shiatsu massage. Just plug this massager in, pull it around your neck and shoulders, and choose between high, medium, and low-intensity settings for targeted relief. It will knead tired muscles in your neck, back, and shoulders and provides about 113 degrees Fahrenheit of heat to encourage blood flow. The controls on the front of the device also allow you to customize the Shiatsu massage in three modes: Auto-Reversing, Single Direction, and Timed Interval, which goes for 15 minutes before it automatically shuts off.

Best for neck, shoulders, and back: Homedics Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu
  • Weight: 3.7 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: High, medium, low

Pros

  • Works on different types of body
  • Can turn heat on or off
  • Compact

Cons

  • Attached to cord

The Homedics Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager has lots in common with our best overall pick. This massager is similarly designed for users to hang around their neck and control the deep kneading settings with the control panel on the handles. Users choose between three intensities: high, medium, and low. Heat is an option you can turn on and off. This neck massager is particularly attractive because of its easy portability and the option to use it all over the body: shoulders, lower back, calves, and more. Looking for more targeted relief? Check out the best back massagers.

Best intelligent: COMFIER Portable Heated Neck Massager

Comfier

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Six modes, including Shiatsu
  • Weight: .72 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: Ranges from 100.4 to 118.4 degrees F
  • Settings: Cupping, tapping, scraping, Shiatsu, acupuncture, and relaxation, plus 15 levels of electric muscle stimulation (EMS)

Pros

  • Provides six different types of massager
  • Offer 15 levels of EMS
  • Features two electrodes for extra coverage
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users had a hard time getting it to work

If you’re looking for a greater range of therapy from a neck massager, the COMFIER Portable Heated Neck Massager might be the right option. This battery-powered U-shaped device features six modes of massage: Cupping, tapping, scraping, Shiatsu, acupuncture, and relaxation. This massager also incorporates 15 levels of electric muscle stimulation, which uses electricity to stimulate muscle contractions. You can also incorporate heat into the experience, which ranges from 100.4 to 118.4 degrees F, and change the settings through a remote control. And the battery life is impressive as well. The company says a three-hour charge should last up to 10 days.

Best handheld: TruMedic Massage Gun

Trumedic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion
  • Weight: 3.61 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No
  • Settings: Six levels, plus

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Powerful
  • Portable

Cons

  • Should only use low settings on neck

People who need more powerful relief may want to consider a massage gun like this option from TruMedic. This percussion massager features six frequency settings, from 2,000 to 7,000 vibrations per minute. The TruMedic also comes with six interchangeable heads that users can use to customize the intensity of their massage. Powered by a lithium-ion battery, this massage gun has a quiet motor and can last up to four hours on a single charge. And it’s also ultra-portable and can be used all over the body.

Best for athletes: Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro

Hyperice

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion
  • Weight: 2.6 pounds
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No
  • Settings: Five percussion speeds

Pros

  • Modern design
  • Powerful
  • Comes with five head attachments for customizations

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No heat

Muscle soreness is common for athletes, so investing in a high-quality massager for your whole body makes sense. The powerful HyperVolt 2 features five different head attachments to customize your experience: fork, ball, cushion, flat, and bullet. This gun also operates at five speeds, but given the sensitivity of the neck area, Hypervolt recommends that you use the slow and easy setting around that area. This massage gun may be overkill if you’re only concerned about your neck. But if your whole body needs relief, this massage gun is up to the task.

Best pillow: Homedics Back and Neck Massager, Portable Shiatsu All Body Massage Pillow

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu, vibration
  • Weight: 4.18 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: Shiatsu, heat, vibration

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Versatile
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide range of vibration or heat levels

When you just want to lie your head down at the end of a long day and relieve your aching neck, consider Homedics’ Body Massage Pillow. This cushion has massage nodes that let you switch between Shiatsu, vibration, and heated settings. The pillow adjusts to the contours of your body and can be used for your back, shoulders, and calves, as well. The heat also has an automatic shut-off after 15 minutes should you be lulled into slumber. If you’re looking for full-body relaxation, check out the best massage chairs.

Best mini: Theragun Mini Gen 4

Theragun

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Percussion 
  • Weight: 1 pound
  • Power: Battery
  • Heat: No 
  • Settings: Three speeds

Pros

  • Small
  • Powerful
  • Ergonomically designed
  • Works on range of body parts

Cons

  • Expensive
  • No heat

The Theragun Mini Gen 4 provides impressive power in an extremely portable package. This pocket-sized, battery-powered percussion massager weighs in at just one pound. Yet it can provide up to 20 pounds of pressure. It’s ergonomically designed to be easy to hold, and you’ll want to use the lowest speed for your neck. But this deceptively small device can provide relief for your whole body.

Best budget: Homedics Neck Massager with Heat

Homedics

SEE IT

Specs

  • Type: Shiatsu and vibration
  • Weight: 1.14 pounds
  • Power: Corded electric
  • Heat: Yes
  • Settings: Shiatsu, vibration, heat

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Provides Shiatsu massage, vibration, and heat
  • Lets you combine settings
  • Portable

Cons

  • Some users say it doesn’t fit ergonomically on the neck

If you’re looking for a neck massager that covers the basics but doesn’t cost a lot, Homedics’ Neck Massager with Heat checks all the boxes. This device lets users switch between Shiatsu massage, vibration, and heat modes or use them together for maximum relief. This foam massager is also comfortable, and the handles let you manually control the intensity of the experience. You can also complement this device with one of the best foot massagers.

What to consider when choosing the best neck massager

There are lots of options on the market for massagers. Before making a purchase, consider these elements to find the best option for you.

Types of massage

Neck massagers feature several types of massage, and some combine different methods. The most common are:

Shiatsu: Originating in Japan, Shiatsu, which translates as “finger pressure,” is a type of massage in which practitioners use their hands and fingers to knead muscles to release tension. Neck massagers that feature Shiatsu massage mimic that kneading motion. 

Vibrating: Vibrating massagers vibrate at a frequency, typically between 20 and 60 hertz, that causes muscles to contract and relax in quick succession, increasing blood flow to the muscles.

Percussion: Percussion massage combines vibrating massage with quick, forceful, and repetitive motions that encourage circulation and oxygen and nutrient flow to the muscles. Massage guns typically are percussion massagers, and they often feature a variety of attachments, such as balls, forks, bullets, and more, that allow users to customize the experience of the massage.

Percussion massagers often operate at a range of speeds, which are typically measured in vibrations per minute. And users can also choose the intensity of the massage. For the neck, it’s always best to use the lowest setting.

Heated: Many massagers also include heated elements. Some allow you to adjust the temperature to your liking, while others operate at a fixed temperature once they heat up. Often, heated massagers are designed with automatic shutoffs for safety. It’s worth noting that massage guns typically don’t provide heat therapy if that’s a feature you’re looking for.

Electric muscle stimulation: With this type of therapy, a massager uses electrodes to send electrical impulses to the muscles, which causes them to contract. 

Other modalities: Some massagers offer settings for cupping, tapping, acupressure, and other types of massage.

Form

Neck massagers come in a variety of forms, from U-shaped devices users hang around their necks to foam pillows to massage guns. Before making a purchase, consider whether you prefer to have the massage be more of a passive or active experience. Would you like just to turn the massager on, adjust the settings, and let it get to work? Or are you (or a partner or friend) interested in more of an active experience using a massage gun to target neck pain? Take into consideration that reaching the neck area with a massage gun may be hard for one person, depending on your mobility.

Versatility

Some neck massagers specifically target the neck, while others also simultaneously provide relief to the shoulders and upper back. Many devices, such as Homedics’ Shiatsu Neck and Body Massager, are designed to target several body parts at once. Others work specifically on the neck. Massage guns are typically more expensive than other neck massagers, and buying one makes more sense if you also plan to use it on different locations on the body.

Portability

Many neck massagers are corded electric, so you’ll need access to an outlet or another power source to use them. Other options are designed with rechargeable batteries and are lightweight, making it much easier to take them with you in the car or when you travel.

FAQs

Q: How much do neck massagers cost?

The price of neck massagers depends on what features they provide. The latest model of massage gun, like the Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro, which can be used on the whole body, costs about $329. Our budget pick, the Homedics Neck Massager with Heat, is a lo-fi option that specifically targets the neck and costs about one-tenth as much as the Hypervolt 2 Pro.

Q: Do neck massagers really work?

Neck massagers increase blood flow to the area, which encourages the release of muscle tension, helping to alleviate pain and promote relaxation. Using one may be safer and provide more relief than taking an over-the-counter pain reliever. That said, you should consult your healthcare provider about acute neck pain or injury that persists.

Q: How long should you use a neck massager?

The best practice is to follow the manufacturer’s instructions for how long to use a neck massager. It’s worth noting that devices incorporating heat are also often designed with an automatic shutoff after 15 minutes for safety reasons.

Q: How do you massage the back of your neck?

You can massage the back of your neck by opting for one of the neck massagers on this list. You can also massage your neck yourself several times a day with these steps provided by the Arthritis Foundation.

Final thoughts on the best neck massagers

Fortunately, relieving the neck pain you get from sitting hunched at your desk or looking down at your phone all day can often be remedied with some electronic massage and heat. The best neck massagers are a relatively affordable way to release that tension without medication and promote overall relaxation and well-being.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best neck massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best water bottles for the gym in 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-water-bottles-for-the-gym/ Fri, 17 Nov 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=589682
A lineup of the best water bottles for the gym
Amanda Reed

Stay hydrated while working on your gains with these fun, colorful water bottles.

The post The best water bottles for the gym in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best water bottles for the gym
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A person holding a green and pink Owala FreeSip water bottle in front of a brick wall. Owala FreeSip Insulated Stainless Steel Water Bottle
SEE IT

Sip two ways with this stylish, colorful bottle.

Best tumbler A person standing against a brick wall holding a green Pelican Porter Pelican Hydration Pelican Porter
SEE IT

Water stays cold all day in this trendy cup.

Best budget A person holding three Nalgene water bottles and standing against a brick wall. Nalgene Sustain Tritan BPA-Free Water Bottle
SEE IT

A cheap classic that gets the job done.

A water bottle is a gym must-have. Cacti can survive on small amounts of water, sure, but you’re no succulent; you are a meaty flesh bag whose body is 60% H2O. If flowers wilt when they’re not watered, you surely will, too. Staying hydrated is incredibly important for all levels of activity, from a leisurely stroll on the treadmill to an intense leg day. Plus, you don’t need to hit up the water fountain for small, unsatisfactory sips (and potentially communal germs) when you have an entire receptacle filled with water from your house. Depending on your gym, the water fountain might have a low flow rate and a thin layer of lime build-up on the spout—both unideal and a little grody. Your best bet is to BYOGWB (Bring Your Own Gym Water Bottle) and hope the gym has a WFwaBF (Water Fountain with a Bottle Filler). The best water bottles for the gym crush thirst, just like how you crush your PRs, you *strong* meaty flesh bag.

How we chose the best water bottles for the gym

It is a joke in my household that Wednesdays are off-limits for social activities, as it’s Barre Wednesday: the one day I week that I travel to my Pure Barre location of choice and take an evening Classic class with my favorite instructor, Amanda. Instructor Amanda kicks my ass in a way that keeps Writer Amanda from biting her handlers in a fit of rage. (They would need a rabies shot series if she gets chomp in.)

I’ve Burpee’d my way through the occasional HIIT class, mastered the Stairmaster, and even tried Bikram yoga. And although the hot yoga was a one-time deal, an insulated water bottle was a constant companion in my journey to sweaty, definitely not-culty enlightenment.

I made a few criteria based on my own gym/workout class experience. Each bottle is at least 32 ounces because 16-24 ounces is simply insufficient water for a 45-minute cardio or strength workout. Each bottle needed to have a handle or carry loop for convenience. A built-in straw and a wide mouth were minor considerations since both are nice to have but not necessities. Many bottles made the brave journey to barre class for on-the-ground testing, but only a few made the final cut.

The best water bottles for the gym: Reviews & Recommendations

If you’re headed to the gym for your hot girl walk, or you lost your last trusty gym water bottle and need to bring in a new recruit, one of our con-sip-erations should make you feel like you’ve found gold at the bottom of the well.

Best overall: Owala FreeSip Insulated Stainless Steel Water Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dishwasher safe: Hand-wash cup; dishwasher safe-lif
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 24 hours cold

Pros

  • Lightweight when filled
  • Spout doesn’t touch sweaty hands
  • Really fun to use

Cons

  • Not dishwasher safe

Like most products, I first heard of the Owala FreeSip water bottle on TikTok. Account after account raved about the bottle’s FreeSip spout, which lets you sip upright through a built-in straw or tilt it back for a classic swig. After testing it myself, I concluded it’s worth the hype.

The temperature retention is fabulous. Water stays cold all day, and ice cubes aren’t melted away after a few hours. The wide mouth easily accommodates a handful of ice cubes and makes cleaning seem like less of a chore. A push-to-open lid protects the spout from your own germy, sweaty hands, and the carrying loop doubles as a lock, so you don’t have accidental spills if you throw it into your gym bag like I do.

The FreeSip cap is the crown jewel of this canteen. The outer rim doesn’t hit your nose when swigging, and the cap doesn’t get in your face if you decide to take a long chug. I was also expecting a face full of water from the spout design, but the sip portion does not seem to affect the spout. The sip portion is seamless to drink out of—there’s no weird tugging like other sports bottles with straws. Using the bottle is just plain fun. The “click” of the lid opening and the design of the FreeSip spout tickle my brain in a way that makes me drink more water.

Although it’s not completely dishwasher safe—it’s recommended you hand-wash the bottle portion to maintain the finish—its inherent fun and ease of use easily outshines this minor downside.

Best for running: Nathan Quick Squeeze Insulated Water Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Double-wall insulated plastic
  • Dishwasher safe: No
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: Unknown

Pros

  • Ergonomic grip
  • Extra storage
  • No slip grip

Cons

  • Not dishwasher safe

If you prefer running on the indoor track instead of on a treadmill, a handheld running water bottle helps keep hydration at arm’s length—literally. This one from Nathan is made to fit ergonomically in your hand, and it’s easy to squeeze to get that sweet, sweet water out of the nozzle and into your thirsty gullet. Double-wall insulation keeps your water/electrolyte drink cool, and a zippered front pocket holds your smartphone, cards, keys, and a good-luck trinket. It’s not dishwasher-safe, which is a bummer considering all of the nooks and crannies in the lid.

Best tumbler: Pelican Hydration Pelican Porter

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: 18/8 Stainless steel; copper lining
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 16 hours cold

Pros

  • Great temperature retention
  • Fits in car cup holders
  • Easy-to-hold handle

Cons

  • Not spill proof

Testing the Pelican Porter made me understand the Stanley Quencher hype. Although the Quencher is a great tumbler, the Pelican Porter edges it out. It will keep drinks cold for 16 hours, compared to the Quencher’s 11-hour chill rate. This longevity is thanks to a copper lining that works with double-wall vacuum insulation to prevent thermal loss. It’s not completely spill-proof—one accidental kick from a passerby will lead to a certain disaster—but a splash-resistant lid prevents any waterworks on the drive to the gym. You can sip from the strong Tritan plastic drinking straw or rotate the lid for some chug action, although I prefer the straw. Something primal and childlike awoke deep in me as soon as I grabbed the Pelican Porter’s handle. I hope it also makes you feel like a big hydrated adult baby.

Best insulated: Hydro Flask Wide Mouth Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: 18/8 stainless steel
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 24 hours cold

Pros

  • Lightweight when filled up
  • Moveable handle
  • Lid comes apart for easy cleaning

Cons

  • Dents easily

It’s a close race between the Hydro Flask Wide Mouth Bottle with Flex Straw Lid and the Yeti Rambler with Straw Lid for the title of best insulated water bottle for the gym. The Hydro Flask ranks superior thanks to its lid, which comes apart completely—no more moldy, nasty caps—and is dishwasher-safe. It’s also lightweight when filled up, and the moveable handle on the lid makes it better to carry from leg press to rowing machine to exercise bike, etc. It has a wide mouth to make it easy to clean and fill with ice, and the cap is leakproof when closed. A plastic ledge-like protrusion helps you flip the straw up without having to touch the mouthpiece, earning brownie points in the sanitary category. It is the water bottle I personally reach most for when I’m doing barre, since I can flip the straw up and carry it around while going from barre to floor to mat.

Best gallon water bottle: Yeti Gallon Jug

YETI

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: 18/8 stainless steel
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 24+ hours cold

Pros

  • Study handle
  • Clever lid to store spout cap
  • Double-wall vacuum insulation

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy when filled

If you’re a person who drinks a gallon of water a day, the Yeti Gallon Jug is one of the nicest gallon water bottles you can find. It will keep your water cold all day, even if the bottle has sat in your hot car. It’s made of durable stainless steel and features vacuum insulation so that it will keep liquids hot or cold for several hours. It also keeps your bottle from sweating, so gym floors are safe from condensation.

The Gallon Jug’s lid features a sturdy metal handle with soft grip padding. The lid also contains a neat magnetic design, so users can store the cap when the spout is open. You can also screw the entire lid off for easy cleaning and refills, although some reviews note it’s hard to remove because of the lid’s large diameter.

Like all Yeti’s other stainless steel bottles, the Gallon Jug is BPA-free and dishwasher safe. It weighs 4.5 pounds before putting water in it, or over 12 pounds full. This is not the weight you intend to lift while at the gym. Still, it is far and away the nicest water bottle of this size.

Best self-cleaning: LARQ Movement PureVis

LARQ

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Dishwasher safe: Bottle is dishwasher safe; cap it not
  • BPA free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: N/A

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Self-cleaning
  • Lightweight compared to other water bottles

Cons

  • Non-insulated
  • No wide mouth
  • Expensive

I tested and reviewed the insulated LARQ PureVis bottle and was impressed at its ability to keep water cold and make a noticeable difference in how it tasted after hitting it with the PureVis UV-C light. If the LARQ insulated PureVis bottle is the nerdy, well-read smartypants of the family, then the uninsulated PureVis Movement bottle is the sporty one who will get a scholarship playing D1 field hockey and eventually join the U.S. Olympic team. It’s called the Movement bottle since it’s uninsulated, making it even lighter than the insulated version. Both bottles use the same technology in the cap. Simply press a button to activate the PureVis tech, which eliminates 99% of bio-contaminants like E.coli. If you’re bad at remembering to drink water, the LARQ, unfortunately, doesn’t have a built-in water tracker or sip reminder. However, it automatically cleans itself every two hours, and one charge powers the bottle for a month, giving you at least two fewer things to think about.

Best budget: Nalgene Sustain Tritan BPA-Free Water Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Tritan plastic
  • Dishwasher safe: Top rack safe
  • BPA-free: Yes
  • Temperature retention: N/A

Pros

  • Completely leakproof
  • No frills
  • Incredibly lightweight

Cons

  • Non-insulated
  • Wide mouth leads to a faceful of water

The Nalgene water bottle is a classic for a reason. Nalgene bottles have carried me from field hockey games to marching band practice when I was in high school, and they still have a place in my cupboard despite the objectively fancier options I have. They’re impact-resistant, leakproof, and are top-rack safe. Plus, Tritan plastic is BPA/BPS free if you’re cutting back on microplastics.

If you choose a wide-mouth Nalgene, I highly recommend getting an Easy Sipper. It’s a circular disk with a small hole that sits right inside the bottle to prevent getting a faceful of water when taking a sip. Although buying an accessory when you could buy a narrow-mouth bottle from the jump seems silly, wide-mouth bottles are easier to fill at bottle-filling stations. Being able to add ice is also a major perk. I’ve even filled mine and frozen them overnight so I’d have icy water after school. If you do that, just make sure to leave some room at the top since ice expands.

What to consider when buying the best water bottles for the gym

You may not need to drink 8 cups of water a day, but staying hydrated is a must while working out. Here is what you should keep in mind before adding to your water bottle collection:

Durability

Water bottles get dropped by sweaty hands, kicked by walkers deep in their favorite podcast and not paying attention, or fall over due to the mysterious forces of gravity.

Stainless steel can get dented and scratched, but it’s pretty resilient. Stainless steel can also handle sudden temperature changes. However, you should not freeze them since low freezer temperatures can damage the surface of the water bottle.

Tritan plastic water bottles are generally more scratch-resistant and won’t ding, but are by no means indestructible. Both materials are generally resistant to the wear and tear of everyday life.

Material

Speaking of material, you’ll want bottles made of stainless steel or Tritan plastic. You’ll want to skip glass entirely since broken shards and people lifting in their socks don’t mix.

Stainless steel water bottles are popular because they’re light and durable. They’re usually made from 18/8 stainless steel, which refers to its 18% chromium and 8% nickel elemental composition. Many stainless steel bottles are vacuum-insulated to create a sealed buffer between the liquid in the container and the environment outside the bottle, which reduces conduction and keeps liquids cold for several hours. If you’re looking for even more thermal retention, consider a bottle with copper lining.

Reusable plastic water bottles give you a balance of durability and affordability. High-quality plastic bottles can be more resistant to superficial wear and tear and generally lack insulation.

When buying plastic, make sure to get a plastic water bottle that’s made from BPA-free Tritan plastic, which is light and ultra-durable. Some studies suggest that containers made from plastics with bisphenol A, or BPA, can seep into what’s stored in the container and cause adverse health effects.

FAQs

Q: How much water is healthy to consume per day?

You’ve probably heard “eight cups a day” as the default water consumption recommendation. However, it varies from person to person. Optimal water intake depends on environmental and personal factors like height, weight, activity level, and current temperature. Keep a bottle at your desk or side table and take a sip when you’re thirsty.

Q: What material keeps water cold the longest?

Vacuum-insulated stainless steel keeps water cold the longest. You can keep your cold drinks cold all day, and iced drinks can even stay cool for days.

Q: How often should I clean a water bottle for the gym?

You should clean them often. The frequency ranges from once a day to a few times a week. If your bottle is filled with an electrolyte drink, stick to washing it every day. Bottles filled with plain ole water don’t need as much maintenance. However, since gyms are prone to germs, we recommend more frequent cleaning (at least five times a week).

Final thoughts on the best water bottles for the gym

You can bring any water bottle into the gym, but why not bring one that inspires you and #sparksjoy? Find one in your favorite color with handy features like a carry loop, vacuum insulation, and a touch-free cap for more sanitary sipping. The most important thing is making sure to stay hydrated while pumping iron, putting in rounds with the heavy bag, etc. You should sip some water from your new bottle and get some reps in.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best water bottles for the gym in 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The unintended side effects of popular weight loss drugs https://www.popsci.com/health/semaglutide-side-effects/ Mon, 13 Nov 2023 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=588661
Ozempic weight loss drug injectable on red background
Semaglutides like Ozempic and Wegovy have weight loss benefits, but also some possibly harmful side effects. Jaap Arriens/NurPhoto via Getty Images

Know what you're in for before taking the risk.

The post The unintended side effects of popular weight loss drugs appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Ozempic weight loss drug injectable on red background
Semaglutides like Ozempic and Wegovy have weight loss benefits, but also some possibly harmful side effects. Jaap Arriens/NurPhoto via Getty Images

You’ve probably heard a lot about Ozempic and Wegovy, the semaglutide wonder drugs for weight loss. Their newfound popularity with prescribers and online pharmacies has sparked a global shortage. Other diabetes medications are now also being repurposed for weight loss: On Wednesday, the FDA approved Zepbound, another version of Mounjaro, for chronic weight management.

While Ozempic and Wegovy have different ingredients than Mounjaro and Zepbound, they work in a similar way. Semaglutide mimics a hormone called GLP-1 that’s usually released when the body detects carbohydrates, proteins, and other lipids after a meal. This sends a message to the brain that you’ve eaten, changing hunger signaling activity. When the body thinks it’s full, GLP-1 activates other systems to slow down muscle contractions that would usually move food out of the stomach.

A weekly injection might seem like an easy option to shed pounds, but doctors warn these medications are not a perfect weight-loss solution. Semaglutide carries a number of side effects that range from uncomfortable to life-threatening, which can be even worse with off-label use of Wegovy or Ozempic.

What are the common side effects of semaglutide?

Since semaglutide has a direct effect on the GI tract, a majority of the side effects are gastrointestinal-related. Mir Ali, a bariatric surgeon and medical director of MemorialCare Surgical Weight Loss Center in California, says about 50 percent of people taking Wegovy or Ozempic experience nausea. Other common side effects include constipation, diarrhea, or cramping. People who overeat while on the regimen might experience more severe nausea and even vomiting. Additionally, while not as common as the other GI side effects, Ali mentions there is a chance of dizziness while taking Ozempic. This may stem from the blood sugar-lowering effects of the drug. 

“These symptoms tend to go away with time as the patients continue their medications. The body adapts to [the drug],” says Ali. He adds that people prescribed Ozempic or Wegovy often start off on a lower dose and eventually work their way up to avoid jarring side effects.

If you experience nausea, Ozempic’s makers advise eating more slowly and switching to bland, low-fat foods such as crackers and plain toast. People should also eat soups and gelatin, which contain high amounts of water. After meals, drink ice-cold water and avoid lying down.

What are the more dangerous side effects?

Since large numbers of people started using semaglutide for off-label weight loss, doctors have been documenting more troubling reactions. New research published in the Journal of the American Medical Association links Ozempic to gastroparesis, a chronic condition that severely weakens the muscles in the stomach wall, making it harder to push food over to the small intestine. The inability to empty stomach contents can delay the digestive process and induce regular episodes of nausea and diarrhea. While there are surgical and non-surgical ways to manage gastroparesis, there’s currently no cure for it. 

Considering that there have only been a few documented cases of gastroparesis with Ozempic use, Ali says the chances of this happening are relatively rare and “not something you typically see in patients.” But as demand for the drug continues to soar, more cases may come to light. Along with stomach paralysis, other limited but severe side effects of Ozempic involve pancreatitis, kidney issues, and gallbladder issues.

Can semaglutide cause suicidal thoughts?

A growing number of people worldwide have also reported suicidal thoughts while taking Ozempic. After receiving 150 reports of suicidal ideation and self-injury, the European Medicines Agency is reviewing the safety data on the diabetes drug. The United Kingdom is also reviewing all drugs classified as GLP-1 agonists, including Ozempic, after an uptick in incidences of self-harming thoughts. In the US, individuals have spoken out about experiencing suicidal ideation while taking Ozempic, despite having no history of self-harm. 

Overall, cases of suicidal ideations are largely anecdotal and relatively rare.

Some of the mental health concerns have precedent. The US Food and Drug Administration (FDA) requires any chronic weight management medication that works on the central nervous system to carry a warning about suicidal behavior and ideation. Wegovy has a warning for suicidal ideation but Ozempic—intended only to control blood sugar levels in people with type 2 diabetes—does not. It’s not clear what the link is between these drugs and suicidal thoughts, but it’s assumed the neuropsychiatric side effects emerge when semaglutide interacts with the brain to control appetite. 

“The question becomes, should the same medication under a different name carry the same caution regarding suicidal ideation?” says Joseph Barrera, an endocrinologist and associate medical director of Providence Mission Hospital in California. He adds that the likelihood of developing self-harming thoughts while taking Ozempic seems to occur more in people with a history of depression or other psychological issues—a possible safety concern as some psychiatrists are now prescribing Ozempic for depression

Overall, cases of suicidal ideations are largely anecdotal and relatively rare. As of September 2023, of the 23,845 reports of adverse reactions with semaglutide in the US, there have been 144 cases of suicidal ideation and 2 deaths by suicide. As Barrera points out, it’s still unclear how many of these cases involved Ozempic versus Wegovy.

What to consider if taking Ozempic or Wegovy for weight loss

Barrera has one piece of advice for people considering using Ozempic or Wegovy off-label: Don’t. The risks of taking the drug, including suicidal ideation, are too high. What’s more, Barrera warns some individuals have been paying providers and clinics for “compounded semaglutide,” which involves mixing multiple medications together. According to the FDA, people making compounded semaglutide are using a salt form, such as semaglutide sodium or semaglutide acetate, that doesn’t contain the same active ingredient as Ozempic and Wegovy. 

Another factor to consider is affordability, as insurance companies are unlikely to pay for off-label use of either drug. Ozempic requires weekly shots and can cost about $900 per injection without coverage. It’s also designed to be taken long-term, so skipping out on the drug for even a week can cause food cravings and a rebound in weight. 

Overall, semaglutide can be helpful in managing weight and improving your health if you’ve been diagnosed with a chronic condition. “It’s another tool to help with living a healthy lifestyle, and like any other tool, it works well if used properly,” says Ali. He advises people using weight loss drugs to think of it as a supplement, not a replacement to diet and exercise. Without combining the two, people will not see much of the desired results, he adds. “They are better medications than we’ve had previously, but nothing is perfect.”

The post The unintended side effects of popular weight loss drugs appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gifts for runners who put in the miles all year round https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gifts-for-runners/ Fri, 21 Oct 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477976
Fitness & Exercise photo

Brave the elements with some help from gear that will keep you warm and dry.

The post The best gifts for runners who put in the miles all year round appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitness & Exercise photo

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best sneakers The Nike Air Pegasus 37 sneakers are some of the best gifts for runners in cold weather. Nike Air Pegasus Shield 37 Running Shoes
SEE IT

These sneakers are designed specifically for cold weather, with water-repellent features and grooves to keep you from slipping.

Best smartwatch A woman wearing a Garmin Forerunner 965 with a green face on her wrist against the background of a hiking trail. Garmin Forerunner 965
SEE IT

Designed for serious athletes, the Garmin Forerunner 965 tracks advanced performance metrics and provides up to 23 days of battery life in smartwatch mode.

Best hydration vest A red Saloman Adv Skin 12 Running Vest against a plain background. Salomon Adv Skin 12
SEE IT

This well-fitting vest features two soft flasks, and extra bladder for water, and plenty of pockets for snacks and other essentials.

Running seems simple enough: Put one foot in front of the other in a semi-speedy fashion. It’s free, it’s safe, and dare we say, it’s fun. The equipment, too, seems appealingly uncomplicated. All you need are clothes and running shoes, right? While that’s technically true, some specialized running gear can make jogging a whole lot more pleasant. Plus, when you feel good, you run good. It’s simple science. Here’s our list of some of the best gifts for runners:

Best all-weather running gear

Best smartwatch: Garmin Forerunner 965

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

While you don’t need a watch for running, it certainly helps if you are aiming to track your progress and work toward goals. Garmin’s smartwatches are some of the best around for all types of physical activity, but that’s especially true for running. Its Forerunner lineup is the company’s dedicated running line, with the Forerunner 965 sitting at the top. 

The Forerunner 965 features a vibrant AMOLED touchscreen display with up to 31 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 23 days in smartwatch mode. As with any Garmin watch, it offers advanced training metrics and tools, including VO2 max, performance condition, training effect, wrist-based running power, load ratio, and more. You can plan your race strategies and receive daily suggested workouts right on your wrist. It also offers built-in mapping, music storage, Garmin Pay, and safety features. It’s a watch built for serious athletes and adventurers, so if you know a newer or more casual runner, the 265 would be a cheaper, smaller, more approachable option.

Best heart rate monitor: Garmin HRM-Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Most running watches provide wrist-based heart rate measurements, but the accuracy of those tools still doesn’t match what you can get with a chest-based monitor. The Garmin HRM-Pro is a premium heart rate monitor with dual ANT and Bluetooth Low Energy technology. It easily pairs with Garmin devices, online training apps like Zwift, or compatible gym equipment. Beyond heart rate, this monitor also gathers running dynamics, including vertical oscillation, ground contact time, stride length, vertical ratio, and more. It can even store data when your watch is out of range, such as during a swim. And it’s comfortable to wear; I barely notice it, even on long runs or bike rides.

Best headphones: Shokz OpenRun Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Most people prefer to run with music or podcasts, but traditional in-ear headphones can pose some safety concerns. Bone conduction headphones are a fantastic option for runners because they allow you to hear your music while still staying alert to the world around you. The Shokz OpenRun Pro headphones offer a secure, lightweight fit that is comfortable even for long runs. They produce clear, high-quality sound with plenty of volume, even when running near traffic. It also features a mic so that you can call your runner when they are out. And the 10 hours of battery life will keep them from needing to charge their headphones constantly.

Best treadmill: NordicTrack T Series

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Whether it’s a blizzard or extreme heat, there are times when it’s not safe to run outside. That’s why it can be helpful to invest in a treadmill. We recommend NordicTrack’s T series. There’s a reason why NordicTrack treadmills are considered some of the best treadmills on the market: they’re reliable, durable, long-lasting, and come with several luxe features to mirror gym-quality workouts. 

This model comes with incline controls up to 15 percent, a 10-inch interactive HD coaching touchscreen, and 30 days free iFit membership, which comes with several on-demand and live workouts with automatic trainer control. also easily folds up and can be stored away for more space-saving. While it’s more expensive than other models, we believe it’s the best if you’re serious about running, want to invest in a higher-end product for the long haul, and are looking for a piece of equipment that mimics what you’d find in a high-end gym.

Best massage gun: Turonic GM5 Massage Gun

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Recovery is key for runners. A massage gun can help relieve those tired leg muscles to promote recovery after runs, preventing injuries and keeping your runner active even during busy training schedules. The Turonic GM5 is a relatively affordable massage gun that still packs a punch. It comes with a range of attachments for different parts of the body and a handy case to keep it all organized even during travel. It offers variable intensity between 1200 and 3200 rpm, so they can fine-tune how intense their massage is. And it’s quiet, so they can even massage their muscles while you watch a movie.

Best cold-weather running gear

Best cold-weather sneakers: Nike Air Pegasus Shield 37 Running Shoes

Nike

SEE IT

Let’s get started with the basics: sneakers. There’s nothing worse than missing a carefully calculated step and landing right into a puddle on a cold and rainy day. To avoid this mishap, Nike took one of its most popular running shoes, the Pegasus, and winterized it with a water-repellent upper material and an outsole with wet weather traction to keep you from slipping on the slick pavement. The outsole’s micro grooves feature multidirectional shapes that displace the water when the shoe makes contact with the pavement, so your feet can leave and arrive home dry and warm.

Best outerwear: Arc’teryx Squamish Hoody

Arc’teryx

SEE IT

Layers are essential when it comes to cold-weather running. Arc’teryx’s sleek Squamish hoodie provides plenty of assistance, keeping you warm without slowing you down. The lightweight shell is windproof yet protects you against rain and snow. It’s also made from nylon that is moisture-wicking and allows sweat to escape, helping to keep your body temperature steady during frigid runs. Plus, this minimalist option is a cinch to roll up into a backpack or carry-on. It’s available in men’s and women’s styles.

Best underlayer: Ibex Men’s Woolies Tech Long-Sleeve Shirt

Ibex

SEE IT

Speaking of layering, a merino wool base is the way to go for those frigid days. This long-sleeve base layer has a nylon lining that will help keep you warm and dry all day. The company’s Pro Tech fabric is comfy and lightweight, but still wicks moisture away and keeps odor under control. They’re available in four matte colors (Deepest Red, Deep Ocean, Black, and Ginger Bisquite), you can pair the zippered top with the Woolies Tech Bottoms for full-body coverage.

Best safety gear: Brooks’ Run Visible Collection

Brooks

SEE IT

Some of the best gifts for runners aren’t only about keeping warm—they’re about keeping people safe. When North America is experiencing the shortest days of the year—with the sun rising around 7 a.m. and setting by 5 p.m.— that means if they’re trying to squeeze in a run before or after work, they’re probably going to be doing at least some of those miles in the dark. Brooks Running’s Run Visible collection features clothing—from hats to windbreakers and leggings—that all come equipped with 3M Scotchlite Carbon Black Stretch Reflective material with neon colors. The material and coloring (which covers the most visible part of the light spectrum in low-light conditions) are strategically placed in so-called motion zones. That includes the joints that move the most while you’re jogging, like elbows, wrists, and ankles, so they can run safely no matter when they’re able to get that jog in.

Best running vest: Nike Aeroloft Women’s Running Vest

Nike

SEE IT

In addition to keeping hands and feet from freezing, maintaining a warm core will keep the rest of your body toasty without adding too much bulk that could make you overheat mid-run. When looking for the best gifts for runners (or yourself), Nike’s Aeroloft running vest provides necessary warmth where you need it most. It also has pockets to store your keys, cell phone, or anything else you might need mid-run.

Best running tights: Reebok Women’s Puremove Leggings

Reebok

SEE IT

Many runners have a love-and-hate relationship with running tights. You need a pair that fits in just the right places for them to work well and feel comfortable. To make that happen, Reebok used its Motion Sense Technology (that the company originally designed for sports bras) to fill its tights with a material that stays liquid-like when in stasis and becomes more solid upon impact. This gives you a full range of movement on a run, while adding support precisely

Best gloves: Arc’teryx Venta Gloves

Arc’teryx

SEE IT

Running in the cold sometimes feels like a tease. When you first step outside, the frigid temperatures can be startling, making you want to bundle up with extra pant and shirt layers. But as you ease into the miles, you can quickly overheat with all those clothes. Instead, wear lighter layers (unless the conditions are truly frigid) and focus on making sure your core and extremities are well-protected. Arc’teryx’s Venta glove uses Gore-tex’s Infinium material, which protects from water and wind and is extremely thin and light. Plus the mitten design allows your body heat to keep all your fingers tight and warm.

Best socks: Smartwool Run Cold Weather Crew Socks

Smartwool

SEE IT

In addition to keeping their hands warm, snuggly and comfy feet also make for a happy run. Smartwool’s Run Cold Weather Socks are made of sweat-wicking wool that also provides comfort and durability. The mid-crew length hits that perfect sweet spot of not too short to let wind in but not too long to cause overheating. Lastly, the socks have the company’s Light Elite cushioning that provides targeted support in the ball and heel of the foot. Otherwise, too much layering between your feet and shoes can restrict blood flow.

Best hat: TrailHeads Fleece Ponytail Hat

TrailHeads

SEE IT

When cold weather hits, a good hat is essential. But for those with longer hair, stuffing your long locks into a hat can be annoying at a minimum and cause a headache at the worst. Trailheads’ ponytail hat features an opening in the back to fit your hair through so it doesn’t get trapped, tangled, or bungled in your hat as you run. The piece is also made of quick-drying polyester fleece and flaps so your head and ears can stay warm for the duration of your run.

Best face covering: Nike Therma Sphere Hood 3.0

Nike

SEE IT

When the wind is howling and moisture from your eyes is starting to freeze on your face, it’s time to call in the reinforcements. Nike’s Therma Sphere Hood is a balaclava-style head covering that’s made with Therma-Sphere fabric that helps wick moisture away. It’s designed to be comfortable and customizable, with a foldover design you can adjust to cover more or less of your face and neck as the day warms up.

Best compression sleeves: Hyperice Normatec Go

Hyperice

SEE IT

Colder weather can cause arteries to tighten and restrict blood flow. Runners can recover better from workouts with Hyperice’s Normatec Go. These wearables are designed to be strapped to the runner’s calves and provide a symmetrical massage to increase circulation and reduce pain in the lower body. The Bluetooth-enabled controls and associated app allow the runner to choose between seven levels of compression for a better recovery and the battery lasts up to three hours.

Best warm-weather running gear

Best hydration vest: Salomon Adv Skin 12

Salomon

SEE IT

For those who enjoy long runs or running in all sorts of weather, a hydration vest is a critical tool. The Salomon Adv Skin 12 comes with two soft flasks that fit snuggly on the chest straps, providing quick and easy access to hydration without stopping. It can also hold a hydration bladder for hot days that call for extra water. Additionally, the pack offers plenty of pockets to hold a jacket, snacks for fueling your run, and attachment points for stashing poles. It fits snugly and comfortably without jiggling around on runs, and the pockets are easily accessible so as not to slow you down. It will keep the runner in your life prepared when hitting the trails.

Best T-shirt for trail running: Arc’teryx Cormac Crew SS Shirt

Arc’teryx

SEE IT

When the warm weather comes and a runner is out everyday in the sun, it’s great to have a trusted T-shirt to rely upon. Arc’teryx’s Cormac Crew SS Shirt is designed for trail running and hiking. Made with recycled fabric, this T-shirt is designed to wick moisture away and is odor-resistant. Should the gift recipient get caught in a shower, this shirt also repels water. When the sun is out, this T-shirt provides 50+ UPF protection. And it’s available in five colors.

Best running shorts for women: Kari Traa Nora 2.0

Kari Traa

SEE IT

Good running shorts can be hard to find, but the Nora 2.0 shorts from Kari Traa are a fantastic choice and have been my favorite pair since discovering them. They feature a loose fit with no liner to keep airflow going. The material is very lightweight and effectively wicks away sweat. They feel dry even when running in the Florida heat and humidity, which is very impressive. The elastic waistband offers a drawstring, and there’s a small zippered pocket at the back to store keys or a gel. They are definitely the most comfortable running shorts I’ve used in a long time.

Best running skort: Outdoor Voices The Exercise 3″ Skort

Outdoor Voices

SEE IT

Running skorts are a great alternative to shorts in part because they feature built-in compression shorts to help prevent chafing. The skirt design also means that you won’t be constantly adjusting the legs of your shorts while running. Outdoor Voices’ The Exercise is one of the best skorts for running that I’ve tried for many reasons. The compression shorts are made with sticky grippers at the bottom hem to keep them in place, and they are long enough to prevent chafing successfully. The liner also offers pockets to hold a phone, and there’s a zippered side pocket on the skirt for keys or snacks. The material of the skirt is very flexible and sweat-wicking to keep you moving freely and dry on runs.

Best sunglasses: Tifosi Sunglasses

Tifosi

SEE IT

If you haven’t heard, Tifosi Sunglasses makes some of the most brilliantly colored UVA-/UVB-protected sunglasses on the market. With frames that come in enough colorways to match nearly any aesthetic, the Swank and Swick lines (and more), offer bright polarized lenses that will keep your eyes safe even on the snow or sand. These sunglasses are one of the best gifts for runners, as well as people who like extreme sports, desert hikers, and skiers alike.

The post The best gifts for runners who put in the miles all year round appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best running headphones for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-running-headphones/ Wed, 13 Mar 2019 15:09:11 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-running-headphones/
A lineup of the best running headphones on a white background
Amanda Reed

These wireless, sweat-resistant accountability buddies stay in your ears while you go all out, encouraging you whether you’re hitting the trails or the treadmill.

The post The best running headphones for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best running headphones on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A pair of black Beats Fit Pro headphones on a blue and white background Beats Fit Pro
SEE IT

These earbuds use wingtips that fit to your ear to stay secure.

Best over-ear A pair of Trelab Z2 over-ear workout headphones on a blue and white background TRELAB Z2
SEE IT

This more traditional design has a tough IPX4 waterproof rating that’s tough against rain and sweat.

Best budget A pair of Otium Bluetooth Earbuds Wireless Headphones on a blue and white background Otium U18 Earbuds
SEE IT

Battery life, secure fit, and an IPX7 waterproof rating make these budget headphones a solid choice for hitting the treadmill.

Choosing the right pair of running headphones is essential for getting through your workout comfortably and safely. Listening to your favorite music and podcasts while running, jogging, and participating in other endurance exercises is a great way to bear up and push yourself that extra mile. Unlike traditional headphones and earbuds that come in all shapes and sizes, often more concerned with aesthetics than activity, the best running headphones are super lightweight and snug-fitting. They typically feature waterproof designs with long battery life. We’ve selected some of the best running headphones on the market to help you make an informed decision no matter where your workout takes you.

How we chose the best running headphones

The best running headphones are wireless, and Bluetooth requires power. Running out of battery life during a workout is inconvenient at best, so we built our list with options that feature battery capacities between 10 hours and 50 hours to ensure they’ll endure through at least two average workout days before recharging. Running headphones should fit comfortably and allow the user to exercise unencumbered, so our picks are relatively lightweight and feature secure, customizable fit options. Most of the headphones on our list are earbuds, but we added an over-ear and a bone conduction option to cover every possible use scenario and style preference.

Breaking a sweat is a normal part of running, so we selected headphones with Ingress Protection ratings ranging from a splashproof IPX3 to a completely dustproof and waterproof IP68. Most of the headphones on our list offer environmental transparency/situational awareness tech, from the ambient mic modes of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Apple Beats Fit Pro to the actually open designs of the Sony LinkBuds and SHOKZ OpenRun Pro.

The best running headphones: Reviews & Recommendations

Running can boost the production of your brain’s endorphins and help you de-stress. With this in mind, finding the best running headphones shouldn’t be a stressful endeavor. One of our picks should help get you on a runner’s high.

Best overall: Apple Beats Fit Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Apple Beats Fit Pro earbuds combine user-friendly design and great sound in a snug-fitting form factor.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.2 ounces/earbud; 2.3 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 7 hours single-charge; 30 hours with case

Pros

  • Features Apple H1 chip for quick pairing and spatial tracking
  • Compact form factor and tight fit perfect for running
  • Great sound quality with ANC and transparency modes

Cons

  • Requires iOS device to use all features
  • Case incompatible with wireless charging
  • No multipoint pairing

We recently featured the Apple Beats Fit Pro in our roundup of the best headphones for working out, and they’re also our top pick for running. They feature a relatively neutral and well-rounded sound profile with crisp highs that make them great for a wide range of listening duties, and their inclusion of active noise cancellation (ANC) and transparency modes make them equally useful on the road and at the gym. The Beats Fit Pro are super lightweight and compact in and out of its charging case, making them easy to keep in your pocket and comfortable to wear while active. They’re also some of the most secure earbuds we’ve tested thanks to their unique flexible wingtip design that sits firmly against the outside of your ear, aided further by three sets of interchangeable silicone ear tips.

As we mention in our full review, the Beats Fit Pro offer a user experience very similar to that of the Apple AirPods Pro thanks to their built-in H1 chip, which allows for quick and effortless pairing to your iOS device, as well as access to Apple’s immersive head tracking and spatial audio technologies. These buds do work with Android devices—you connect to them as you would any other Bluetooth earbuds—but non-iOS users will, unfortunately, miss out on those H1-provided benefits. We also wish the Beats Fit Pro featured better waterproofing than the same IPX4 rating shared by Apple’s regular line of AirPods. They also lack wireless charging and multipoint pairing, which are features that would ease switching gears before and after a run. Still, we can’t shake how we can’t shake ’em loose.

Best bone-conduction: SHOKZ OpenRun Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The OpenRun Pro’s open-ear bone-conduction design allows you to work out and listen to your favorite music while maintaining full situational awareness.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.95 ounces
  • IP rating: IP55 (dust- and water-resistant at low pressures)
  • Battery life: 10 hours single-charge

Pros

  • Open-ear design for maximum situational awareness
  • Highly resistant to dust and water
  • Headband design stays put during the ups and downs of running

Cons

  • Sound quality is limited due to design
  • Audible to others
  • Proprietary charging cable is inconvenient to replace

If you frequently work out in parks or along roads where you share space with bikes and cars, a pair of bone-conduction headphones like the SHOKZ OpenRun Pro will be the safest and most convenient choice for your runs. Like all of the best bone-conduction headphones, the OpenRun Pro uses vibration to send audio through your cheek and directly to your earbones, bypassing your ear canal entirely and leaving it open so you can stay aware of approaching traffic while listening to your favorite music. The OpenRun Pro weighs just under one ounce and features a snug-fitting headband design that sits comfortably around your ears and stays put through even the most strenuous sprints, and its high dust- and water-resistant design make it a great choice for exercising on any terrain in any weather.

While the design of the OpenRun Pro is perfect for maintaining situational awareness while running, it lacks bass response. That’s not entirely necessary if you’re running to podcasts or ambient/classical music, but it leaves something to be desired in dance, rock, and other bass-heavy music. Others will also be able to hear what you’re hearing, so they’re not a great choice for use on public transit or in quiet places. Plan on taking the OpenRun Pro out for multiple workouts between charges? The headphones’ 10-hour battery should be more than flexible enough, but remember that they use a proprietary magnetic charger rather than something universal like USB-C.

Most comfortable: Ultimate Ears FITS

Abigail Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These ultralight running headphones from Ultimate Ears are custom-fit to your ears to deliver one of the most comfortable workout listening experiences available.

Specs 

  • Weight: 0.26 ounces/earbud; 2.04 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX3 (splash-resistant at up to 60-degree angle)
  • Battery life: 8 hours single-charge; 20 hours with case

Pros

  • Moldable eartips are custom-fit to your ears
  • Neutral midrange frequency response with custom EQ available in-app
  • Sweat-resistant design

Cons

  • Design protrudes far from ear
  • Sub-bass response is lacking initially
  • No active noise cancellation

The Ultimate Ears FITS—or UE FITS if you’re nasty—are an incredibly comfortable and lightweight pair of custom-fit running headphones with a design and setup process that seem straight out of a sci-fi movie. After removing the FITS from their package for the first time, users simply place the earbuds in their ears and initiate the molding process via a smartphone app, during which the photosensitive polymer ear tips are literally molded to the shape of your ears with the help of some built-in flashing LEDs. Apart from downloading the app, the entire setup process takes roughly 60 seconds, after which you’re free to use the earbuds however you see fit. The process feels alien but not uncomfortable. Despite being very light and comfy, the FITS tend to protrude further from the ear than other earbuds, which may bother users who prefer a streamlined look. Those with sensitive, small ears, however, will appreciate the ability to wear them comfortably for hours.

The sound of the Ultimate Ears FITS is relatively neutral yet lacking in low frequencies out of the box; luckily, it’s easy to sculpt using the in-app EQ, so you can get lows to reach a runner’s high. They, unfortunately, don’t feature active noise cancellation, but their snug fit allows them a good measure of passive noise cancellation that can be useful in gyms and other crowded environments. The FITS’ sweat-resistant IPX3 rating is also a bit lower than the minimum IPX4 we’re used to seeing in this class of earbuds, but they’ll still make it through many a sweaty session unscathed.

Less athletically inclined but still like the idea of custom-fit earbud comfort for running errands (or the occasional power walk)? UE offers the DROPS, which have a more involved, more handcrafted process resulting in bespoke acrylic housings tailored to your personal specifications and aesthetic.

Best over-ear: Treblab Z2

TRELAB

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Treblab Z2 headphones are a uniquely light, comfy over-ear option with a long battery life that makes them great for taking on a run.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.53 pounds
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 35 hours

Pros

  • Super light and comfy design for running unencumbered
  • Very long single-charge battery life
  • Built-in control buttons are intuitive and easy to use

Cons

  • No charging case
  • ANC mode changes the sound profile, performs unreliably
  • Prone to leaking audio

While over-ear headphones aren’t an ideal choice for running due to being much heavier and bulkier than earbuds, the Treblab Z2’s combination of lightweight comfort and long 35-hour battery life will have you covered if you have your heart set on a more traditional design. The Z2 features an IPX4 waterproof rating that’s tough enough to stand up to sweat and rain, and it has easy-to-use audio controls placed conveniently on each earcup, plus a simple switch to toggle ANC mode. They come in a custom-fit zip-up carrying case that makes them easy to stow in a gym bag, and they charge using an included micro USB cable.

The Treblab Z2’s sound profile is fairly neutral and balanced out of the box, but its ANC mode tends to roll off a lot of the headphones’ bass frequencies, giving the audio a somewhat unappealing mid-forward sound. With ANC engaged, the headphones almost give the impression of changing their EQ to mask environmental noise rather than performing active cancellation. The Treblab Z2s also feature light and airy earpads that make them very comfortable to wear while running. They do tend to leak some sound if you push the volume (not that you should, even if you push the tempo), so you’ll likely want to avoid using them in quiet or shared environments.

Best for city runs: Sony LinkBuds

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Sony LinkBuds use a unique open-ring design to let in environmental noise while delivering the fit and sound of traditional earbuds.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.14 ounces/earbud; 1.45 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IPX4 (splash-resistant)
  • Battery life: 5.5 hours single-charge; 17.5 hours with case

Pros

  • Unique ring design lets in ambient noise
  • Very comfortable and lightweight fit perfect for running
  • Midrange-forward sound is great for spoken word
  • EQ adjustable via the Sony Headphones Connect app

Cons

  • No noise cancellation
  • Very little sub-bass response
  • Others can hear what you’re listening to

If you’re looking to maintain a level of situational awareness similar to that given by bone-conduction headphones but prefer the look and feel of earbuds, Sony’s innovative LinkBuds are worth considering. This unique pair of lightweight earbuds—small enough to hang from succulents, as shown above—use a ring-shaped speaker and flexible anchor to stay secure within your ear while letting in ambient noise. This makes them a great choice for running in loud environments and areas with heavy traffic. The size of each fin can be custom-fitted to your ears using an included selection of five sizes, resulting in an incredibly comfortable and snug fit that won’t budge during your run. The LinkBuds aren’t quite as easy to hear through as bone conduction headphones due to their placement in the ear canal, but they do feature a similar midrange-heavy sound with slightly more low-end. If the buds leave you wanting a little more bass, you can also fine-tune their sound further using the Sony Headphones Connect app.

Controlling the Sony LinkBuds involves either tapping directly on the earbuds or on your own facial cartilage in front of the ear, a gesture that works well but takes some getting used to. Some users reported false triggers when engaging in activity, but this effect can be mitigated by selecting the right fin size to ensure the fit is as tight as possible. Because of their open design, the LinkBuds also tend to leak sound and provide no form of noise cancellation at all, so while they might not be the best choice for critical listening unless you’re in the quietest environment (one that wouldn’t mind hearing a bit of what you’re enjoying), there’s really nothing else quite like them if you prefer the fit and feel of earbuds.

Best battery life: JBL Endurance Peak 3

Abigail Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: These rugged IP68 earbuds pack up to 50 hours of battery life thanks to their charging case, making them ideal for travel and frequent use.

Specs

  • Weight: 0.9 ounces/earbud; 4.5 ounces with case
  • IP rating: IP68 (dustproof and waterproof for 30 minutes)
  • Battery life: 10 hours single-charge; 50 hours with case

Pros

  • Highly waterproof and dustproof
  • Very secure-fitting ear hook design
  • Super long battery life

Cons

  • Lack active noise canceling
  • No multipoint pairing or wireless charging
  • Muddy and low-heavy sound, but can be EQ’d

JBL’s new Peak Endurance 3 running headphones are a fantastic option if you run daily but don’t always have the opportunity (or memory) to charge your devices. They feature a generous 10-hour single-charge battery life plus another 50 hours thanks to their compact charging case, making them a great choice for stowing in a gym bag or for traveling. The fit of the Endurance Peak 3s uses a wireless ear hook design (JBL refers to the hooks as “TwistLock ear hook enhancers”) similar to that of the Powerbeats Pro, which goes around the back of your ear and works in tandem with three silicone ear tip options, resulting in a comfortable wearing experience that remains stable while running despite not going too far into the ear canal. They even stay stable while doing side plank rotations. The Endurance Peak 3s are also waterproof and dustproof at a very high IP68 level, which makes them impervious to salt water and easy to clean with a simple rinse.

The sound of the Endurance Peak 3s is a bit muddy out of the box, but JBL’s companion app provides an easy-to-use EQ that helps sculpt their sound to your liking. They also don’t have active noise-cancelling abilities, but the tips combined with their shape do a good job of blocking out your surroundings. Still, they do feature JBL’s Ambient Aware mode, which is effective for engaging in conversation at the gym or on the street without having to pause and remove them from your ears. However, we wish they featured conveniences like multipoint device pairing and wireless charging. And, the ear hooks get in the way of sunglasses, which is a pain while running outdoors in the bright sun. If these aren’t major cons for you, their secure fit, battery life, and ease of use make these headphones perfect for running in nearly every way. 

Best budget: Otium U18 Earbuds

Otium

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Otium’s U18 earbuds feature a secure ear hook design similar to that found in running headphones three times their price.

Specs

  • Weight: 3.52 ounces
  • IP rating: IPX7 (waterproof for 30 minutes; not dustproof)
  • Battery life: 15 hours

Pros

  • Great battery life and secure fit on a budget
  • IPX7 waterproof for sweaty workouts
  • Set of easy-to-use controls

Cons

  • Slightly muddy sound profile
  • No active noise cancelation
  • Charging design is cumbersome

If you love listening to music while running but don’t want to spend a lot, the Otium U18s are a great value thanks to their battery life, secure fit, and IPX7 waterproof rating. They feature an ear hook-based design similar to that of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and the Powerbeats Pro, with the inclusion of a connective neckband that makes them easy to hang around your neck when not in use and keeps them from getting separated. The U18’s sound profile is a bit muddy and leaves something to be desired, and because they don’t come with any EQ-enabled companion apps you’ll need to explore other options to sculpt their sound. But if you just need a beat to beat your personal best, these are a budget way to get that.

As a set of budget headphones, the Otium U18s are fairly stripped down and lack conveniences like active noise cancelation, wireless charging, and ambient modes. They do have a set of onboard controls, including an on-ear button and a rocker switch, both of which are intuitive and easy to use, but charging the headphones is a little more difficult and involves opening a small, tight-fitting door for access to a micro USB port. Still, if you’re not picky about sound quality or noise canceling, the runner-friendly fit of the U18s makes them worth a look.

What to consider when buying the best running headphones

Most of the best headphones should avoid even a hint of moisture. Heck, even some of the best Bluetooth earbuds might not be suited for more than a brisk stroll. That’s why we’ve put together these things to look at before adding something to your cart:

Do you run in a city environment?

Running in a city environment near bikes, cars, and other forms of traffic requires a high level of situational awareness to ensure you stay out of harm’s way. The best-running headphones for urban environments and crowded places include the Sony LinkBuds, which feature a snug earbud design, and the SHOKZ OpenEars Pro, a bone-conduction design that leaves your ears completely open. 

How important is sound quality to you?

If you fancy yourself an audiophile, go for running headphones with a well-rounded sound profile like the Apple Beats Fit Pro, which have extended low-end response and present highs. Some running headphones also allow you to customize their EQ via smartphone apps, including the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Ultimate Ears FITS.

Do you need waterproof running headphones?

If you frequently run in moist environments or sweat a lot, picking a pair of running headphones with some measure of waterproofing is essential. All the best running headphones are in some way splash/sweat-resistant, but if you need maximum protection, models such as the JBL Endurance Peak 3 and Jabra Elite 7 Active are some of the best waterproof options we’ve tested.

FAQs

Q: How much do running headphones cost?

Running headphones can run you between $20-$200, depending on features.

Q: Are noise-canceling headphones safe for running?

Noise-canceling headphones aren’t the safest choice for running due to their ability to block out noise from bikes, cars, and other traffic. If you’re running on a treadmill at the gym, ANC might be desirable for staying in the zone. Runners who listen to music outside, however, should almost always consider open-ear headphones like the Sony LinkBuds earbuds or the SHOKZ OpenRun Pro.

Q: Do running headphones need to be waterproof or sweatproof?

In general, running headphones need to be waterproof to weather the conditions of a workout. Headphones contain small and sensitive electronics that can be damaged by moisture from rain or sweat, so any pair of running headphones worth considering will have an IP rating of at least IPX3, like our most comfortable pick, the Ultimate Ears FITS. If you work out in particularly muddy or salty environments, the super-rugged IP68-rated JBL Endurance Peak 3 are probably the best option.

Q: Are headphones or earbuds better for running?

Earbuds are almost always better for running than headphones due to their inherently lighter weight, smaller form factor, and secure fit. The Sony LinkBuds are the most lightweight running earbuds we’ve tested, weighing 0.14 ounces per bud. If you have your heart set on using traditional headphones for your workout, we love the relatively light design and snug fit of the Treblab Z2.

Final thoughts on the best running headphones

For most runners, the easy-to-use Apple Beats Fit Pro are the best headphones, thanks to their well-rounded sound profile, ANC capabilities, and secure fit. Runners in city areas who want to maximize their situational awareness should consider the in-ear Sony LinkBuds or the SHOKZ OpenEars Pro. In contrast, runners interested in the most comfortable fit should look at the in-ear Ultimate Ears FITS or the over-ear Treblab Z2. For more intense workouts, the long battery life, secure fit, and high resistance to water and dust of the JBL Endurance Peak 3 make them a worthy contender. If you’re shopping for running headphones on a budget, it’s hard to beat the sub-$30 Otium U18 Earbuds, which feature a secure ear hook design and 15 hours of single-charge battery life. Now get those feet pounding on the pavement and run off into the sunset, your favorite running tunes pumping in your ears.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best running headphones for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Fitbits for kids in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-fitbits-for-kids/ Mon, 06 Jun 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=447741
Fitbits for kids sliced header
Stan Horaczek

These full-featured fitness trackers can endure the rigors of childhood.

The post The best Fitbits for kids in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitbits for kids sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Ace 3 is the best overall Fitbit for kids. Ace 3
SEE IT

It’s made specifically for children. 

Best for style Fitbit Luxe is the best Fitbit for kids for style. Fitbit Luxe
SEE IT

Its good looks make it appealing to a wide audience.

Best for teens The Inspire 3 is the best Fitbit for teens. Inspire 3
SEE IT

Get slightly older kids some more advanced features.

Fitbits for kids can be a great way to encourage children to develop healthy habits and active lifestyles from an early age. Beyond serving as motivational tools to get moving, they also help you monitor how much exercise your child is getting. Some even offer kid-specific features to gamify movement, making it fun to get active. Fitbits don’t just monitor exercise, though. They can help keep track of stress levels, monitor heart rate, store music, receive phone notifications, and even track sleep. No matter your child’s age, there’s something for them on our list of the best Fitbits for kids. 

How we chose the best Fitbits for kids

When selecting the best Fitbits for kids, we started by comparing the entire Fitbit lineup, many of which we have actually reviewed. We focused on models offering kid-friendly features, reasonable pricing, and designs that appeal to a younger crowd. While one model is specifically made for kids, other models can appeal to slightly older children and teens with different needs. We also included a Fiitbit alternative if you want a budget-friendly fitness tracker outside the Fitbit brand.

The best Fitbits for kids: Reviews & Recommendations

A Fitbit, one of the leading brands of activity trackers, can motivate your child to get the recommended daily amount of exercise. According to the Centers for Disease Control, kids from ages 6 to 17 need about 60 minutes of physical movement per day to stay healthy. Fitbits can easily help track those minutes to ensure adequate movement. Below are the best Fitbits for kids, no matter what their current level of activity may be.

Best overall: Ace 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With a touchscreen display, eight days of battery life, impressive memory, and Parent and Kid View, this is the obvious choice for most young ones.

Specs

  • Ages: 6+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 8 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • 8 days of battery life
  • Bedtime and alarms
  • Parent and Kid View
  • Water-resistant 
  • Interchangeable bands 

Cons

  • Pricey for young kids
  • No heart rate monitoring

The only Fitbit specifically made for children, the Ace 3 has many great features relevant to young ones. With eight days of battery life, a touchscreen display, bedtime alerts, reminders to move, a step counter, and gentle alarms to wake your kids up, this Fitbit comes fully stocked.

One of the most kid-friendly aspects of the Ace 3 is the fun virtual badges, animated clock faces, and personalized avatars that add a healthy sense of competition and play to their activity. Your kids can also personalize their Fitbit with interchangeable accessories, like Minions bands, for an added fee. 

There’s both parent and kid view, and it’s also water-resistant up to 164 feet, so they can even wear it while swimming. It’s by no means cheap, but with all the bells and whistles, we think it’s worth the investment. 

Best for teens: Inspire 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Easy to use and accessible for teens with a one-year premium trial included, this is a great starter tracker for young adults looking to track calories, heart rate, steps, and more at home and at school.

Specs

  • Ages: 13+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 10 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • Easy to use and accessible
  • Affordable 
  • Up to 10 days of battery
  • Six-month Fitbit Premium membership included
  • Competitive games

Cons

  • Screen may be hard to read in the sunlight
  • Band wears after some time

The Inspire 3 is Fitbit’s most accessible and easy-to-use fitness tracker, which makes it a solid option for teens. It’s also a New Fitbit users get a six-month free trial of Fitbit Premium so they can have access to guided meditations, exercises, and accountability to make their fitness and health journey even easier. 

The Inspire 3 connects to a smartphone, providing call, text, and app notifications right on your teen’s wrist. That means they won’t have as much of an excuse for ignoring your calls or texts. Come nighttime, it offers a sleep mode to pause notifications and turns the screen off so that their sleep isn’t interrupted.

With its sleek design and simple interface, Inspire 3 is a great starter Fitbit for tracking steps, heart rate, distance, calories, food logging, menstrual health, sleep, and more. This waterproof smartwatch can go as deep as 164 feet, so your teen can wear it during swim team practice to keep track of their workouts. The battery lasts up to 10 days, and there are even fun games in the app like Get Fit Bingo, for more competitive-minded teens.

Best for style: Fitbit Luxe

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Fashion-forward and stylish, the Fitbit Luxe features a menstrual health tracker, several stress management tools, and sleep aids useful for teens.

Specs

  • Ages: 13+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 5 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • Call/text notifications 
  • Connects to phone GPS to track pace and distance
  • Menstrual health tracker
  • Stylish design
  • Stress management features

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Website says the battery lasts five days, but depletes quicker depending on use

Swimproof, slim, and fashion-forward, the Fitbit Luxe is the perfect tracker for teens who want to be more hands-on (or is that wrists-on?) with their health. It not only takes care of all-day tracking but also connects to a phone’s GPS to track pace and distance and allows wearers to stay connected with friends via call and text notifications. 

If your teenager has periods, they can track ovulation, record period symptoms, and log flow with the built-in menstrual health tracker, which can help them feel informed about their menstrual health. It also has several stress-management features, such as guided breathing, to help with mood and stress levels. We want to note that teenage girls have enough societal pressure, and we love that Fitbit’s team is committed to helping teenage girls stay healthy and happy without focusing on striving for perfection.

It’s not the cheapest option, but the Special Edition gorjana Soft Gold Stainless Steel Parker Link Bracelet doubles as a bracelet that goes with every outfit, making the perfect birthday or holiday gift!

Best with GPS: Fitbit Charge 6

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This Fitbit with GPS can track over 40 workouts, including swimming, and has a built-in GPS system for more accurate location and distance information during workouts. 

Specs

  • Ages: 13+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 7 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • Comfortable to wear 24/7
  • Built-in GPS with access to Google Maps
  • Bigger touchscreen display 
  • Heart rate tracker
  • Built-in YouTube Music controls

Cons

  • Music controls require a subscription
  • Expensive compared to other options

Fitbit’s most advanced fitness and health tracker yet, this Fitbit with GPS comes with tons of elite features in a slim and lightweight design. It features an on-wrist ECG app, step tracker, calorie tracker, automatic exercise recognition, swim-tracking, and sleep monitoring. It also allows your kids to set goals and it buzzes when they hit certain heart rate zones. Plus, the main draw: built-in GPS for tracking routes and workouts.

The built-in GPS allows for much more accurate data related to distance and pace during workouts. The Charge 6 also comes with Google Maps, which provides turn-by-turn directions right on their wrist, giving you peace of mind that your child won’t get lost on a run or bike ride.

Fitbit also included YouTube Music controls on the Charge 6, though you will need a subscription to access that feature.

Best Fitbit alternative: Amazfit Band 7

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This budget-friendly Fitbit alternative offers accurate heart rate data, movement goals, and a vibrant display without the subscription fee.

Specs

  • Ages: 13+
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 18 days
  • Charge time: 2 hours

Pros

  • Long battery life
  • Accurate heart rate data
  • No subscription required to access all features
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Touchscreen is finicky
  • Lack of buttons takes time to get used to

While Fitbit makes some excellent fitness trackers, you’ll need a subscription to access all features and data. For many, that makes Fitbits for kids a less-than-ideal choice. The Amazfit Band 7 is a great alternative in part thanks to the lack of a subscription but also due to the initial budget-friendly price. You’ll spend less upfront and overtime with this cheap fitness tracker.

Despite the low price, the Band 7 has a lot to offer. Amazfit promises up to 18 days of battery life, and during my testing, I got 16 days or so with a daily workout. Of course, actual battery life heavily depends on how you use the watch and if you have the always-on display on, but it is still impressive for the price. It also charges quickly, so you can get back to tracking movement in no time.

The built-in BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor tracks heart rate and blood oxygen levels. I found the heart rate data to be very accurate during runs and weightlifting sessions, even when compared to more expensive hiking and Garmin watches. The watch uses that information to calculate VO2 Max, stress levels, and to track sleep. It also provides a PAI, or Personal Activity Intelligence, score, which gives you a picture of how active you are and what your activity level should be for you as an individual.

The Amazfit Band 7 can track 120 different workout types. That includes basics like running, cycling, and yoga but also more obscure things like kite-flying, jumping rope, and badminton. No matter what your child is into, there’s a good chance this fitness tracker can track it. It also pairs with a phone so that your kid can receive phone notifications on their wrist.

Check out our full review to learn more about the Amazfit Band 7.

What to consider when shopping for the best Fitbits for kids

The best Fitbits for kids will fall into the fitness tracker category due to the inherent lower price and slim design. While many of these options share features, there are still some key things to consider before purchasing a device for your child.

A quick note on the term “Fitbit”

For some people, the term “Fitbit” has taken on a more general meaning—it’s a catch-all that references any fitness tracker. It’s like how we often call plastic storage bags Ziploc bags. In reality, Fitbit is a specific brand that’s owned by Alphabet, Google’s parent company. We’re keeping this list almost entirely specific to that brand because the company makes a lot of excellent devices, but have included an alternative as well.

Battery life

Battery life is a key component of any device for kids. If their fitness tracker needs to be charged daily, there’s a good chance it won’t actually be worn very much. Most Fitbits promise a battery life of up to five days, but actual battery life is dependent on how your child is using the watch and what types of settings and features are turned on. You’ll want to consider how responsible your kid is—or how much you want to be hands-on with charging—and choose a watch with a battery life that matches.

Features

While Fitbit products have commonalities, some trackers come with unique features. It’s important to identify what you want to get out of your Fitbit. Do you want a hybrid tracker and smartwatch that can sync with a smartphone and offer more complex functionality? Or do you want simple fitness tracking? Do you need GPS built in? How important are stress management tools?

Sleep tracking may also be an important feature for your child. The Sleep Foundation says that sleep not only helps your child’s energy levels but also impacts a slew of other important developmental areas such as memory, focus, mood, learning, motor skill development, and overall happiness. Keeping track of their sleep can help you get your kids on a healthy sleep schedule, which will only have benefits down the road.

Luckily, Fitbit has a tool to help you narrow in on the best option for your particular needs. Take the company’s Fitbit quiz to help you make your decision. 

Budget

How much are you looking to spend? While some budget Fitbits are around $80, they can go all the way up to several hundred, depending on features and frills like GPS tracking and smartwatch capabilities. The kid-specific Ace is one of Fitbit’s cheaper models, which makes sense since kids are prone to breaking and losing gadgets on the regular. Buying a kid a $250 smartwatch can be a real gamble. 

Style

Your Fitbit’s style should reflect your child’s age and development. Some Fitbits, like the Ace 3, are meant for small children around six years, and others are meant for older teens, like the Inspire 3 or Luxe. A kid won’t wear something if they hate the way it looks.

FAQs

Q: How long do Fitbits last?

How long a Fitbit lasts depends on how you use and care for your device. With proper care, most Fitbits should last somewhere around two years.

Q: Can an 11-year-old have a Fitbit account?

Whether or not your 11-year-old (or any minor) can have their own Fitbit account depends on your country’s privacy laws. Mostly, parents and legal guardians can create a family account to monitor their kids’ accounts. 

Q: Is it OK to wear Fitbit all the time?

Yes, it is safe to wear a Fitbit all the time. That said, some may experience skin irritation if they don’t give their skin time to breathe on occasion, especially if water gets trapped under the tracker or if they wear it too tight. If you or your child shower or swim with a Fitbit, it may be important to fully dry underneath the activity tracker and let the skin dry a little before putting it back on.

Q: Are Fitbits safe?

Yes, Fitbits are safe. However, as it is an electronic device, there are certain things to consider in order to keep it that way. You shouldn’t charge your Fitbit when it is wet, nor should you try to open or disassemble your device. As with any wearable, if you have any skin irritation, numbness, or discomfort of any kind, stop wearing your Fitbit. You can find more safety information on the Fitbit website.

Final thoughts on the best Fitbits for kids

More focused on fitness than the average smartwatches for kids, Fitbits for kids are a great tool to make healthy living a convenient part of your child’s daily life. From fun incentives, cool features, and built-in tracking, teaching your child how to have agency over their health has never been easier. Hopefully, this article helps you narrow down the best Fitbits for kids so you can find the one that is right for your child.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Fitbits for kids in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best under-desk bikes of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-under-desk-bike/ Sat, 13 Mar 2021 14:00:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-under-desk-bike/
Get some exercise while you work with one of the best under-desk bikes.

Forget whistling while you work—try cycling while you conference. Here’s what to consider when shopping for the under-desk bike for you.

The post The best under-desk bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Get some exercise while you work with one of the best under-desk bikes.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Portable DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser
SEE IT

A compact model that offers eight resistance modes.

Best Elliptical Cubii JR2 Under Desk Elliptical over white background Cubii JR2 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine
SEE IT

Comes with a built-in monitor and an app to track your progress.

Best Budget Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike
SEE IT

A no-frills option that allows you to adjust resistance.

If you’re looking to get some exercise in while you work, consider an under-desk bike. They enable you to go about your day while stretching your muscles, getting your heartbeat up, and improving your circulation. They’re especially good if you spend so much time at your desk that you can’t get to the gym after work or hit the road for an actual bike ride. Those are the obvious benefits. There are other less obvious under-desk bike benefits: Do you have trouble sitting still? Think of a pedal exerciser as a fidget spinner for your legs. Are you in a thermostat war at work and constantly freezing? Warm yourself right up with a few turns of the wheel. Some fans of the cycling desk even report increased focus and concentration. That’s why we’ve compiled what to know to buy one of the best under-desk bikes for your lifestyle.

How we chose the best under-desk bikes

In compiling our list of the best under-desk bikes, we considered the functionality of the bikes, resistance levels, whether they tracked metrics, if they featured an associated app, and if they had extra features like resistance bands. We also considered under-desk bike reviews, mobility and portability, and price.

The best under-desk bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Maybe you’ve never considered incorporating home exercise equipment into your workday, but it could be time to! Just because an under-desk bike is lower profile than its home-gym counterparts, like treadmills and ellipticals and full-sized exercise bikes, doesn’t mean it still can’t be a serious piece of equipment. Read on for our picks for a range of needs.

Best overall: Davcreator Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser

Davcreator

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Aluminum alloy, plastic
  • Dimensions: 19.9 inches D x 12.8 inches W x 9.6 inches H
  • Weight: 22 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Well-made
  • Ability to track metrics on LCD screen
  • Large pedals

Cons

  • No smart functionality

If you want to improve your strength and endurance and measure your progress, the Davcreator Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser is a good choice. This under-desk bike is designed with a magnetic resistance flywheel that’s quiet enough for you to take phone calls or watch TV as you pedal. This device also has a knob that allows you to dial up eight resistance levels, including a warm-up and cool-down. The LCD screen shows basic metrics like speed, time, and calories burned. The pedals are also large and have treads to prevent slippage.

Best with app: Stamina Inmotion E1000 Compact Lower Body Workout Strider Machine

Stamina

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 17 inches D x 24.5 inches W x 12 inches H
  • Weight: 24 pounds
  • Resistance levels: Adjusts with knob, no specific levels

Pros

  • Provides personalized fitness coaching
  • Tracks performance over time
  • Large pedals

Cons

  • No specific resistance levels

Even with a low-impact exercise device you use sitting down, you may want some coaching and accountability. The Stamina Inmotion E1000 Compact Lower Body Workout Strider Machine provides access to an app called müüv. In addition to tracking all your sessions, the app offers personalized coaching and 500 minutes of training per month, plus ad-free access to iHeart Radio. The LCD monitor lets you keep tabs on your strides per minute and calories burned. That said, it’s worth noting that this bike doesn’t have specific resistance levels, just a knob to increase and decrease intensity. And if you’re looking for more equipment to round out your home office, check out our guide to the best office chairs.

Best portable: DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser

DeskCycle

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 24 inches L x 20 inches W x 10 inches H
  • Weight: 23 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Provides eight levels of resistance
  • Portable
  • LCD screen displays metrics

Cons

  • No tracking over time

At 23 pounds, the DeskCycle Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser isn’t the most lightweight option around, but it’s certainly portable enough to toss in the trunk of your car. This bike still provides the features that serious exercisers are looking for, with eight resistance levels and an LCD screen that displays key metrics like time, speed, and distance. For other low-impact options on the days you can get out of the house, check out our guide to the best electric bikes.

Best elliptical: Cubii JR2 Seated Under Desk Elliptical Machine

Cubii

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Plastic
  • Dimensions: 23.15 inches D x 17.56 inches W x 10 inches H
  • Weight: Under 20 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Elliptical motion
  • Lightweight
  • Connected to an app

Cons

  • Heavy
  • Stats have to be entered manually in fitness device

Another compact option, this quiet under-desk elliptical bike has eight exercise levels and an LCD monitor. Use it with upper-body tools (like resistance bands) for an all-over workout. This has a handle that makes it easy to bring around your house or office. While there is a smartphone app, you must manually enter your workout from the LCD screen. This makes the fitness tracking process less automatic than other options.

Best with desk: Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk

Exerpeutic

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Steel, foam, plastic
  • Dimensions: 54 inches D x 25 inches W x 40 inches H
  • Weight: 16.24 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 14

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • 14 levels of resistance
  • Syncs with My Cloud Fitness app

Cons

  • Shipped in two boxes that may be delivered days apart

If you’re looking for a workstation with an under-desk bike, consider the Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk. This model features an extra-large cushioned seat, adjustable backrest, swiveling desk, and soft hand grips for a comfortable work/exercise experience. This Bluetooth-compatible model syncs with the My Cloud Fitness app, which works with iOS and Android systems so that you can track your progress over time. Plus, buying an all-in-one product removes the hassle of measuring to make sure your desk is compatible, size-wise, with your bike. (Remember: A desk must accommodate your knees when raised to maximum pedal height.)

Best folding: Vaunn Medical Folding Pedal Exerciser

Vaunn

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Alloy steel, plastic
  • Dimensions: 18.25 inches L x 15.2 inches W x 11.25 inches H
  • Weight: 5.4 pounds
  • Resistance levels: Adjustable knob

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Easy to store
  • Can also be used for an upper-body workout

Cons

  • Doesn’t provide specific levels of resistance

If foldability and storage are more important to you than a range of features, the Vaunn Medical Folding Pedal Exerciser is a solid option. This fully assembled pedal exerciser also doubles as an arm exerciser. It runs on two AAA batteries and features an LCD display, an adjustable tension knob, and skid-resistant rubber feet for traction and stability no matter where you place it.

Best two-in-one: Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Mini Exercise Bike

Sunny

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Alloy steel, plastic 
  • Dimensions: 16.5 inches D x 20.5 inches W x 10.5 inches H
  • Weight: 19.1 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Allows you to work out lower and upper body
  • Provides eight levels of resistance
  • Designed with a quiet magnetic flywheel

Cons

  • The bike may move while pedaling
  • Some users report poor quality materials

Consider the Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Mini Exercise Bike if you want your fitness device to multitask. This under-desk bike provides eight levels of resistance, and its flywheel ensures a quiet, smooth ride. When you’re done pedaling, you can place the device on your desk and give your arms a workout as well.

Best with resistance bands: LifePro Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser with Resistance Bands

LifePro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Metal, plastic
  • Dimensions: 17.5 inches L x 20.9 inches W x 13.2 inches H
  • Weight: 18.1 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 8

Pros

  • Lets you work lower and upper body at once
  • Provides training videos
  • Allows you to track progress over time with app

Cons

  • Some users say pedals came off during use

Looking to work your lower and upper body at the same time? The Under Desk Bike Pedal Exerciser with Resistance Bands is a good option. This mini exercise bike under-desk provides eight levels of resistance for pedaling and bands that allow you to work on your upper body and grip strength simultaneously. LifePro also provides training videos, and you can track your stats on the LCD monitor and through the associated app.

Best budget: Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike

Wakeman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Materials: Metal, plastic
  • Dimensions: 14 inches D x 19.5 inches W x 9.5 inches H
  • Weight: 4.89 pounds
  • Resistance levels: 1

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Inexpensive
  • Battery-powered

Cons

  • Doesn’t track metrics
  • No specific resistance levels

You don’t get an LCD screen or Bluetooth capability with this no-frills stationary under-desk bike from Wakeman. But if your main goal is to get a low-impact workout in and you’re not looking to track your progress, this basic model is a budget-friendly option that’s light enough to take with you.

Things to consider when looking for the best under-desk bikes

The one thing you already know is that you’re interested in cycling while you work. Beyond that, choosing the best exercise bike for your desk comes down to your particular wants and needs. Whether you desire something lightweight and portable, compact and stowable, or frill-free and cheap, there’s a desk bike for you (and some even come with the desk!).

Portability

The key to a portable pedal exerciser is finding something that’s not terribly heavy, is easy to set up, and isn’t too bulky. (So not, for example, a bike with the desk attached.) A travel-friendly under-desk exercise bike has all the features you need without the bulk.

Portable options range from bare-bones hydraulic models to battery-powered cycles with LCD screens and fitness-tracker capabilities. There’s a wide spectrum depending on how much you want to spend.

Elliptical vs. classic models

An elliptical bike differs from a classic style in that the pedal strokes are oval (so you glide more than pump). Elliptical bikes are easier on your joints and bones because, unlike standard-styled bicycles, they have no impact (i.e., your feet never leave the pedals). But as far as the benefits go—cardiovascular health, muscle building, distraction—there’s no difference. Some people just prefer an elliptical ride.

The biggest key to keeping up a consistent workout schedule is finding something you enjoy, so if you prefer an elliptical bike in the gym, you’ll prefer one under your desk, too.

Bike-desk combos

If you’re starting your exercise-friendly home office from scratch, pick up a bike-desk combo and call it a day. You don’t even necessarily have to sacrifice style or function—just take note of the weight limit of the particular model you’re considering to ensure it’s inclusive of all who will be using it.

Storage

When you get right down to it, all an under-desk bike really requires are two pedals. If you don’t need many bells and whistles and easy storage is your main concern, a folding pedal exerciser is the way to go. Especially If you’re getting a pedaler for physical therapy use, a simple, scaled-down design may be all you need.

Full-body workouts

Look at you, multi-multi-tasker! An arm bike gives you the same cardio benefits as a foot bike, but it also works your upper body, including your shoulders, neck, and core (major points of tension for those of us with desk jobs). Unlike with an under-desk bike, you can’t really type or answer the phone while you’re pedaling with your arms, but investing in a bike desk that doubles as an arm exerciser is a terrific way to get twice as much bang for your buck.

Price

If all you want to do is boost your circulation, get your heart rate up, and give yourself something to do while working on a boring project, there’s no reason to shell out a ton of money on a desk exercise bike. Will the bike you’re looking at fit under your desk? Does it pedal? Will your feet fit? If the answers are all yes, that’s all you need. Here’s the best under-desk bike we’ve found for less.

FAQs

Q: Are under-desk bikes any good?

It depends on what you’re hoping to get out of it, but if you want to boost your heart rate, build muscle, find a productive way to fidget, squeeze in a workout when you have no time, or just give yourself a distraction during the day, then yes, desk bikes are great.

Q: How do I choose an under-desk bike?

Think about how much money you want to spend, whether you need extras (like Bluetooth capability or an LED screen), and how important it is that the bike is lightweight and portable. Also, consider whether you’d like it to double as an arm pedaler.

Q: What features should I look for in an under-desk bike?

If tracking your stats and progress is important to you, look for an under-desk bike with app compatibility. Consider an elliptical bike if you prefer the elliptical trainer to the stationary bike, treadmill, or stair climber at the gym. And if you’re going to be taking your cycle on the road, make sure to pick something that’s not too heavy and transports easily.

Q: How much does an under-desk bike cost?

The cost of an under-desk bike depends on its features. The Exerpeutic 2500 Bluetooth 3-Way Adjustable Desk, for example, is a complete workstation that costs about $300. But if you’re looking for a simple pedal, the budget-friendly Wakeman Portable Fitness Stationary Under Desk Bike costs about $20.

Final thoughts on the best under-desk bikes

Once you’ve decided to invest in desk exercise equipment, all you really need to do is consider the features that are important to you—like magnetic resistance, Bluetooth capability, an LED screen, portability, and affordability—to find the best under-desk pedal bike for you. The good news is it’s hard to go wrong when investing in your health.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best under-desk bikes of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best heating pads in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-heating-pad/ Sun, 22 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389875
The best heating pads will help ease muscle aches and tension in your neck and shoulders.

Relax tense muscles and enjoy warm pain relief with a heating pad.

The post The best heating pads in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best heating pads will help ease muscle aches and tension in your neck and shoulders.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best budget The Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap is the best budget heating pad. Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap
SEE IT

This budget-friendly microwaveable option comes in four varieties including several filled with herbs and flowers.

Best overall A gray heating pad made by Pure Enrichment with some cords on a couch Pure Enrichment PureRelief Ultra-Wide Microplush Heating Pad
SEE IT

The super comfy heating pad has six levels of temperature and automatic shutoff after 2 hours for safety.

Best for cramps The black cordless heating pad from Sunbeam features an adjustable gray strap. Sunbeam Cordless Heating Pad
SEE IT

Sunbeam’s battery-powered portable heating pad provides targeted relief for cramps, and back and neck pain.

If you’ve got tense, sore, or injured muscles, consider heating pads before you reach for aspirin. They stimulate blood flow, help muscles relax, and offer fast pain relief. They come in different shapes and sizes to fit various areas of the body. Different types of heating pads, like weighted and microwaveable models, feature designs that fit certain needs and preferences. If you have problem areas, some models can mold to or specifically fit the shoulders, neck, or lower back. In addition, some heating pads can shape themselves to most areas of the body, so you can use the same one even if you’ve got many different sore spots. So get ready for some heat, and look at the best heating pads, along with tips on choosing the right one for your aching body.  

How we chose the best heating pads

At PopSci, we have an affinity for products that help keep readers warm, from the best heated clothing to the best electric garage heaters to the cousin of heating pads, the best heated blankets. In compiling our list of the best heating pads, we looked for options that served various needs, from arthritis and neck and back pain, to heating pads that just help keep people warm. We looked for heating pads from trusted brands like Sunbeam and Carex. We also considered user reviews in making our recommendations.

The best heating pads: Reviews & Recommendations

Both heat and cold can help soothe aches and pains. Heat attracts more blood flow and nutrients to the affected areas, helping to provide relief, according to WebMD. Heating pads can offer different types of heat, control features, and designs that make some pads more helpful under certain circumstances. For example, there’s dry heat, and there’s moist heat. Both types of heat are helpful, but there’s evidence that moist heat’s ability to penetrate soft tissue faster can boost the pad’s effectiveness. So, if you’re looking for the best heating pad for cramps, arthritis, neck and shoulders, or general muscle pains, our recommendations have you covered.

Best overall: Pure Enrichment PureRelief Ultra-Wide Microplush Heating Pad

Billy Cadden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Microplush polyester, plastic
  • Heat range: 105-140℉
  • Size: 24 inches L x 20 inches W 
  • Weight: 1.9 pounds

Pros

  • Cozy
  • Six temperature settings
  • Provides dry and moist heat therapy
  • Automatic shutoff after 2 hours

Cons

  • Some users said it stopped working consistently

Pure Enrichment’s PureRelief Ultra-Wide Microplush Heating Pad is a cross between a super comfy blanket and a heating pad you can fine-tune to your preferences. Made of microplush, this heating pad provides six heat levels, which you can adjust using an ergonomic LCD controller. It’s designed to heat up instantly, and you can select between 105-140℉ of heat. You can also switch between dry and moist heat by dampening the pad. And automatically shuts off after 2 hours, should you doze off.

At just 1.9 pounds, this heating pad is lightweight, but its dimensions of 20 by 24 inches provide plenty of coverage for neck, shoulders, back, and legs. It provides plenty of warmth and relief for muscle soreness and joint pain. Plus, it’s machine-washable.

Best for cramps: Sunbeam Cordless Heating Pad

Sunbeam

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Micromink (double-sided polyester), lithium-ion battery
  • Heat range: Low to high
  • Size: 12 inches L x 9.5 inches W
  • Weight: One pound

Pros

  • Portable
  • Modern design
  • Operates at 60 hertz
  • Works on multiple parts of the body
  • Machine-washable cover

Cons

  • Battery may run out

Looking for targeted relief from cramps? Sunbeam’s Cordless Heat Pad is designed with a microplush covering that measures 12 inches by 9.5 inches, and strap that adjusts up to 55 inches. This heating pad provides three levels of heat and is battery-powered so that you can wear it around your home. The lithium-ion battery also runs for up to 4 hours on a single charge and runs at a frequency of 60 hertz. You can also use it on your back, neck, shoulders, and legs. Once you’re feeling better, the cover is removable and machine-washable.

Best for arthritis: Thermophore MaxHeat Arthritis Pad

Thermophore

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Fleece, plastic
  • Heat range: 50 to 165°F
  • Size: 14 inches W x 27 inches L  
  • Weight: N/A

Pros

  • Temperature goes higher than some other options
  • Shuts off after 25 minutes
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • Some users say you can’t return it

The Thermophore MaxHeat Arthritis Pad heats quickly and reaches temperatures between 150 to 165°F. The intense, moist heat is delivered by a large 14- by 27-inch pad. With three heat settings and an automatic 25-minute shutoff feature, this portable heating pad relieves pain but keeps you safe, too.

Best for neck and shoulders: Sunbeam Heating Pad for Neck & Shoulder

Sunbeam

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Micromink, plastic
  • Heat range: Max of 176°F
  • Size: 22 inches L x 19 inches W
  • Weight: 2.7 pounds

Pros

  • Fits to your shoulders and neck
  • Very soft
  • Close fit

Cons

  • Some users say the heat is uneven
  • Cord is bulky

The Sunbeam Heating Pad for Neck & Shoulder features an extra-tall, adjustable collar to cover the entire back of the neck and into the scalp. In total, this pad measures 22 by 19 inches, making it large enough for men and women. The Sunbeam also includes four heating settings and a removable, washable cover made of soft micromink. Meanwhile, you can keep your feet warm with some of the best heated insoles or best heated slippers.

Best moist: Sunbeam Heating Pad for Back, Neck, and Shoulder Pain Relief

Sunbeam

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Polyester, vinyl
  • Heat range: 110 to 160°F
  • Size: 12 inches x 15 inches
  • Weight: One pound

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Lightweight
  • Easy to clean

Cons

  • May not cover as much of the body as other options
  • Not as cozy as other picks

If you’re looking for an inexpensive heating pad that provides moist heat, consider the Sunbeam Heating Pad for Back, Neck, and Shoulder Pain Relief. At 12 inches by 15 inches, this electric heating pad can help provide relief to a smaller area than some other heating pads. But you can adjust the temperature in the three settings, ranging from 110 to 160°F. Designed to help with arthritis, shoulder, neck, and back pain, this heating pad is also equipped with a sponge insert to provide moist heat in addition to dry heat. Plus, you can remove the cover to wash it.

Best weighted: Pure Enrichment WeightedWarmth 2-in-1 Body Pad

Pure Enrichment

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Micromink, glass beads
  • Heat range: 105-140℉
  • Size: ‎32 inches L x 21 inches W
  • Weight: 6 pounds

Pros

  • Weighted blanket and heating pad in one
  • Plush
  • Non-toxic
  • More attractive than other options

Cons

  • Some users had problems getting it to heat up
  • Glass beads may bunch

The Pure Enrichment WeightedWarmth 2-in-1 Body Pad is made of a diamond quilted mink. Each diamond contains non-toxic beads that help the pad conform to the shape of your shoulders, leg, or back. The quilting maintains an even distribution of the beads, so there’s no pooling. That also maintains the pad’s contouring so it can better reach tight, sore muscles. Want to explore the psychological benefits of weighted blankets minus the heat? We’ve got a guide for that, too.

Best eco-friendly: Caylee’s Creations Microweavable Corn-Filled Heating Pad and Cold Pack

Caylee’s Creations

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Cotton and corn
  • Heat range: N/A
  • Size: 7.5 inches W x 11 inches L; 5.25 inches W x 17.25 inches L
  • Weight: 2.8 pounds

Pros

  • Made of natural materials
  • Microwaveable
  • Provides both heat and cold therapy

Cons

  • Can’t adjust temperature
  • May not be the best solution for arthritis or chronic pain

If you’re looking for a low-tech heating pad that’s made from natural materials, consider Caylee’s Creations Microwavable Corn-Filled Heating Pad and Cold Pack. Yes, you read that right: corn-filled. When you heat one of these heating pads up in the microwave, it smells like popcorn. If you want cold relief instead, you can just pop this heating pad in the freezer. It’s available in two sizes (7.5 inches wide by 11 inches long and 5.25 inches wide by 17.5 inches long), and you can choose from 25 colorways and designs, including polka dot, plaid, and camo. And the 100 percent cotton cover is removable for washing.

Best budget: Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap

Carex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Nylon handles, natural filling (herbs, flowers)
  • Heat range: N/A
  • Size: 23 inches L x 4.25 inches W
  • Weight: 2 pounds

Pros

  • Comes in four versions (unscented, Balance Orange, Bliss Pink, Fresh Green)
  • Provides both hot and cold therapy
  • Inexpensive

Cons

  • May not provide heat and cold consistently

The Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap contains an organic filling of grains and herbs that holds heat or cold. Pop it in the microwave to create moist heat, or store it in the freezer for a cooling wrap to treat swelling or injury. Handles on either end help it stay in place, or press the heating pad into the skin for deeper heat penetration.

What to consider before buying a heating pad

Whether you’re looking for a comfy heating pad to wrap your tired muscles in after a long, cold run, or you’d like to reduce tension in your neck, our recommendations can help address your needs. To find the option that’s the best for you, consider these factors:

Levels of heat

Heating pads with multiple or adjustable heat settings give you more control over your heat therapy. Areas of the body that don’t have a lot of soft tissue, like the ankle, may need less heat than the thigh, for example, where there’s ample soft tissue to disperse the heat. Of course, there are also comfort preferences and heat tolerance that may necessitate temperature adjustment. And those with a single heat setting may need closer monitoring to ensure the temperature stays comfortable. 

Location of pain and fit

Back pain, specifically low-back pain, causes more global disability than all other pain sources. Heat can help, whether that pain comes from overuse or stems from a chronic condition. Heating pads designed for back pain may be a simple rectangle shape that molds to the body. This type works for the back, but also for general pain in other areas of the body. 

Other designs fit like a vest or jacket, allowing freedom of movement with the arms. These electric heating pads aren’t usually battery-powered. Consequently, you can’t walk around while wearing one, but the pad will fit and stay in place better. However, these close-fitting designs can cause overheating, so pay attention to how you feel. Red skin, lightheadedness, or an upset stomach could indicate that you or your skin are overheating, and it’s time to take the pad off.

That said, a rectangle isn’t always the best shape for the body’s curves. Shoulder and neck pain are common complaints that may not get the heat they need from a standard rectangular heating pad. 

To address that need, neck-and-shoulder heating pads are made in the shape of the neck and/or shoulders with a collar and body that drapes across the shoulders and partially down the back. Some are for the neck only, and others are shoulders only. However, the magical ones do both at once. Look for a model that fits your body size and drapes far enough down the body to reach your problem areas.

Moist vs. dry heat

Heat is heat, right? Wrong. Moisture can help the heat penetrate deeper into the soft tissues and amplify the effects. The most efficient and consistent moist heating pads absorb moisture from the air, heat it, and let it penetrate the body. They don’t run out of moisture and keep heat exposure consistent. 

Look for models with adjustable temperature settings. Moist heat feels hotter and can easily burn the skin. Moist heating pads can also welcome mold and mildew if they aren’t maintained properly. Make sure that it is completely dry before putting it away.

Electric vs. microwaveable

Microwavable heating pads have two key benefits. First, they don’t require an electrical cord. You can manipulate the pad and adjust it to the body without wrestling with a cord. A lack of cord also lets you walk around with it in place. 

The second benefit is that some microwaveable heating pads offer moist heat. Some models allow you to put a small bowl of water in the microwave with the heating pad. The water releases steam, which the pad absorbs. It then releases that moisture against your body, letting the steam penetrate deeper into the tissue. 

The downside of these pads is that you have to be careful with them initially as they may be very hot, but they lose their heat relatively quickly. At that point, you’ll have to reheat them, but it’s a small price to pay for mobile heat.

Safety

It’s important to note that heating pads, when not used properly, can cause a burn or be a fire hazard. Safety features like an automatic shut-off and an internal thermometer prevent heating pad burns and fire. Some models feature a timer that shuts the heat off after 20 to 30 minutes, while others turn off once they reach a certain temperature. However, safety also requires that the user follow the manufacturer’s guidelines.

As far as safe use, don’t lay on a heating pad, which can trap heat against your body and potentially cause a burn or start a fire. Do not place the pad directly on your skin, and make sure you don’t fall asleep with one, even if it has an automatic shut-off feature. 

Weight

Weighted heating pads do a couple of things that other models don’t. First, they offer a better fit against the body. If there’s a gap between the pad and the body, heat cannot penetrate as well, and you might not get all of the benefits. Weighted models mold to the body and stay in place more readily, so you get a good fit no matter the pad’s placement. 

Second, weight and pressure have also been shown to help relieve anxiety. These heating pads can act as a mini weighted blanket while providing relaxing heat. It’s kind of a win-win situation—a better fit and relaxing heat all in one. If you’re looking for a DIY heating pad, you can fill an old sock with rice and heat it in the microwave, or warm towels. Just be careful of the heat when you first handle a homemade heating pad.

FAQs

Q: How much does a heating pad cost?

Heating pads range in price from about $85 for a higher-tech portable option like the Sunbeam Cordless Heating Pad to under $10 for the microwaveable Carex Bed Buddy Heat Pad and Cooling Neck Wrap.

Q: Are heating pads good for shoulder pain?

Heating pads are an excellent option for shoulder pain. The trick is getting a good fit to the part of the shoulder that hurts. Rectangular models can work. However, you’ll get better relief with one designed to fit around the neck and shoulders. Weighted models can also help the pad mold to your shape for a closer fit and better heat application.

Q: Are heating pads 100% safe?

You should exercise care when using a heating pad. Some can reach temperatures more than 175°F on the highest settings and microwaveable options can be very hot when initially heated. Many of the electric heating pads are designed with automatic shutoffs, but you should limit the time you use one at high settings.

Q: Can I use a heating pad while pregnant?

Yes, you can use a heating pad while pregnant to help alleviate back pain. The American College of Obstetricians and Gynecologists recommends that you use the lowest temperature setting and wrap the heating pad in a towel to protect against burning. You should also limited the time you use a heating pad. Using the cold function of a heating pad can also provide relief for back pain.

Q: Is it OK to sleep with a heating pad every night?

No. You should not sleep with a heating pad every night. Even with a timer, there’s a risk of falling asleep, getting a burn, or potentially starting a fire. It’s OK to use a heating pad in bed as long as you’re awake, then take it out of bed when you’re done, and turn it off.

Q: Is there a heating pad that you can lay on?

Laying on a heating pad is a universal no-no. It traps heat and can potentially cause a burn or pose a fire hazard. 

Final thoughts on the best heating pads

Sweet relief is only a button touch away when you’ve got the best heating pad waiting for you. Whether it’s a moist heating pad, electric model, or microwavable, there’s a model that will fit your body and budget. Make sure it’s got safety features, even heat distribution, and the coverage your aching body needs. Now, it’s time to sit down, turn on the heat, and relax.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best heating pads in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Fitbits for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-fitbits/ Mon, 18 Apr 2022 17:00:04 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=436415
four of the best Fitbits sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

Fitbit makes a wide range of great fitness trackers for just about every kind of healthy living.

The post The best Fitbits for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
four of the best Fitbits sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Fitbit Versa 4 is the best Fitbit overall. Fitbit Versa 4
SEE IT

The Versa 4 is the company’s most well-rounded smartwatch.

Best fitness tracker The Fitbit Charge 6 against a white background Fitbit Charge 6
SEE IT

The Charge 6 offers advanced data-driven insights to help you optimize your workouts.

Best budget The Fitbit Inspire 3 is the best Fitbit at the most affordable price. Fitbit Inspire 3
SEE IT

The Inspire 3 is a low-cost fitness tracker for people who just want the basics.

For many tech and health enthusiasts, Fitbits are the first devices that come to mind when you say “fitness tracker.” In some circles, the company had briefly achieved that level of cultural ubiquity where people referred to all fitness trackers as “Fitbits.” The market is now saturated—with options from Garmin, Apple, Polar, and Amazfit, just to name a few—but there are still plenty of reasons to choose devices made by Fitbit. These fitness trackers and watches deliver outstanding levels of functionality, each with its own particular benefits. With so many types of Fitbits—not to mention multiple generations of each version—it might not be readily apparent which one makes the most sense for you. To that end, we’re looking at the top options for a range of intentions so you can work out (or even sleep) with confidence, knowing that these are truly the best Fitbits.

How we chose the best Fitbits

I selected these Fitbits like I do ebikes and gear for van-lifers (such as solar generators): through first-hand testing and input from real buyers. I tested these alongside fitness trackers from Fitbit and other leading brands, such as the Polar Ignite 2 Plus and the Garmin Venu 2 Plus. While testing, I looked to determine core functionality like tracker accuracy and battery, as well as the relative ease of use

The Fitbit versions that didn’t make the cut were not always significantly different from those included above, but our picks stood out for a reason. You can choose yours from these Fitbit reviews, knowing that these truly are the best options available right now.

The best Fitbits: Reviews & Recommendations

While the features offered by the various models tend to overlap—most build up from a base of 20 health and fitness metrics—each individual package tailors itself to a specific set of needs or parameters. Plenty of people want access to this data but don’t need the battery life for the backcountry and don’t necessarily want the bulk of a sensor-packed hiking/multisport watch. To that end, here are the best Fitbits for most people.

Best overall: Fitbit Versa 4

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its broad range of fitness tracking capabilities, smartwatch functions, and lower price, the Versa 4 is a balanced fitness watch that plays to Fitbit’s strengths.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Plenty of fitness tracking functions
  • Detailed sleep-tracking information
  • Wide range of smart features

Cons

  • Higher price than most Fitbits
  • Relatively short battery life

For all practical purposes, the Fitbit Versa 4 can do everything that most users want from their fitness tracker. It provides info about steps, heart rate, blood oxygen levels, calories burned, and sleep tracking. It’s also water-resistant down to 50 meters, in case you’re a swimmer. It even buzzes to let you know when you’ve entered your personalized target heart rate for exercise, which it refers to as your “active zone.”

At the same time, the Versa 4 includes plenty of smart functions. You can use it to take calls and receive notifications from your phone or ask Alexa about the weather. Fitbit also features an app ecosystem that’s smaller than iOS or Android but includes apps for music, payments, and more. The Versa 4 and more powerful Sense watch bring a lot of value to the table, but the Versa does so at a lower price, making it a slightly more accessible pick. If you’re looking for a less expensive version, read our review of the Fitbit Versa 3.

Best fitness tracker: Fitbit Charge 6

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With its expansive suite of fitness trackers and detailed workout insights, the Charge 6 is a gym rat’s best friend.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Battery life: 7 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Provides access to Google Maps, Wallet, and YouTube Music
  • Stress management tools
  • Provides recommendations for workouts, mindfulness, and challenges

Cons

  • Subscription required for advanced insights
  • Reply to calls and texts function for Android only

If you’re looking for the utmost in fitness-tracking power, the Fitbit Charge 6 delivers. With a full range of fitness and health tracking options, it records all the stats you need. What makes it stand out, however, is its workout intensity map, which leverages GPS and various physical data points to highlight when you’re getting the most and least out of your workout. Between workouts, it sends guidance to maintain mindfulness and workout optimization.

Though it’s primarily fitness-focused, it also features a smattering of basic smart functions that allow you to manage payments plus receive calls, texts, and calendar notifications. It also offers access to Google features such as YouTube Music controls, Google Wallet, and Google Maps. Some of these functions only work with Android phones, however.

The one drawback to the Charge 6—like all Fitbit devices—is its reliance on a subscription. Like the Whoop 4.0 and other recent high-end fitness trackers, Fitbit gates off many of its most detailed workout insights unless you pay for its Premium membership. You get six months of free access to see if it’s worth the $9.99 a month, but you should probably decide whether or not you’re even open to such an arrangement in the first place.

Best watch: Fitbit Sense 2

Why it made the cut: The Sense 2 is a sleek, powerful smartwatch with advanced fitness-tracking capabilities.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Fitbit’s largest suite of smart apps
  • Includes ECG monitoring and EDA Scan for tracking heart health and stress
  • Works with Alexa

Cons

  • The most expensive Fitbit
  • Relatively short battery life
  • Large

If you want a fitness tracker that really leans into smart features, the sleek Fitbit Sense 2 delivers. With the largest suite of smart apps on any Fitbit device, as well as most of the key fitness and health tracking functions, it is the most powerful Fitbit we recommend. Most notably, the Sense includes an ECG for detecting heart health, as well as an EDA Scan app that monitors electrodermal activity and then provides a graph of how your body responds to stress. It is also the only Fitbit to come with a 6-month free trial of the guided meditation app Calm to support any stress management goals you might have.

Given all that, it’s worth noting that the Sense is the second most expensive device you can get from Fitbit right now. If you want all the features, the Sense may be the best choice, but it is bigger and more expensive than most of the pack.

Best for women: Fitbit Luxe

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Fitbit Luxe is a great option if you want a fitness tracker that can double as a piece of jewelry. 

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Battery life: 5 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Stylish design
  • Heart tracking
  • Stress management tools included

Cons

  • Need to connect to phone for GPS
  • Doesn’t let you play music

If you’re looking for a fitness tracker that looks more like a bracelet than a military-grade smartwatch, the Fitbit Luxe is a good option. The slim design, polished stainless steel case, and bands available in a range of hues make this an option that works for both work and working out, and one of the best Fitbit watches for women. The Luxe also tracks heart rate, sleep, and breathing rate, plus provides some stress management tools. You can also text and receive call notifications, but you can’t access music or make calls. 

This tracker is water-resistant up to 50 meters, and has a battery life of up to five days. Unfortunately, you’ll need to connect to the GPS in your phone to see your pace in real-time, as it doesn’t offer built-in GPS. It won’t be the best option for those serious about accurate pace and mileage information as a result, but it does help keep the cost and size down.

Best for men: Google Pixel Watch 2

Google

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This sleek watch can double as a sophisticated timepiece and a high-end fitness tracker. 

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Battery life: 24 hours
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • Tracks heart rhythms 
  • Comes with emergency SOS system
  • Sophisticated design
  • Available with 4G LTE service as well

Cons

  • Only works for Android users

Google bought Fitbit in November 2019, and some of Fitbit’s fitness trackers feature the integration of the parent company’s features. Conversely, Google’s Pixel Watch 2 uses Fitbit’s tracking technology to monitor activity, calories burned, and sleep patterns. It also provides in-depth tracking of the heart rhythm with the ECG feature and can track skin temperature. Additionally, it has an SOS feature that allows users to contact 911 in case of an emergency. And the Android-compatible device pairs with Google’s Wear OS system, Pixel phones, and Pixel buds for running.

This Fitbit for men also allows users to get turn-by-turn guidance from Google Maps, make contactless payments, and receive calendar alerts. You can opt for a Bluetooth version if you want to keep your phone on you for notifications or spend $50 more for the 4G LTE version. But beyond the device’s functionality, it’s also a timepiece that looks great on the wrist with its domed design and AMOLED touchscreen display. Plus, it comes in a variety of color options, so you can choose one that fits your style best.

Best budget: Fitbit Inspire 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: With all the essential fitness tracking capabilities, the Inspire 3 gives you the features you need at a more affordable price.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Battery life: Up to 10 days
  • Premium membership: Free for 6 months

Pros

  • 20 fitness functions
  • Long battery life
  • Long premium trial

Cons

  • Limited smartphone notifications
  • Small, hard-to-read screen

If you just need a basic fitness tracker, try the Fitbit Inspire 3. It tracks all the basics—steps, calories, heart rate, etc. It also has more advanced features than other trackers, including active zone alert, cardio fitness scores, and a “daily readiness score” to make sure you let your body recover between workouts.

That said, this cheap Fitbit is very much an essentialist fitness tracker. It has some smartwatch functionality, including notifications for calls, text, and social media. It also offers stress management features and menstrual health tracking. These features require looking at the Inspire 3’s tiny screen, which isn’t ideal for anything beyond the quickest of glances. This is definitely a tracker for people who actively want to avoid the “smart features” and stay focused on working out. Looking to save a few dollars with an older version? Read our review of the Fitbit Inspire 2.

Best for kids: Fitbit Ace 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Arguably the most feature-rich fitness tracker designed specifically for kids, the Ace 3 helps keep your little one moving.

Specs

  • Heart rate monitor: No
  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Battery life: Up to 8 days
  • Premium membership: Not included

Pros

  • Parent View safety feature
  • Incentivizes fitness in kids
  • Bedtime reminders and sleep tracking

Cons

  • Single wristband size doesn’t fit all wrists
  • Some users have reported durability issues with the buckle

There aren’t too many quality fitness trackers designed specifically for kids, so the Fitbit Ace 3 is incredibly useful and the best Fitbit for kids. It primarily tracks steps and sleep but can also set challenges to keep kids motivated and active. You can also set reminders to prompt children to get up, move, stretch, or sleep at specific times. Its features are comparatively very limited beyond the basics, but it is water-resistant for up to 50 meters, so it is durable and can stay on in the pool.

The Ace 3 supports the Fitbit app, which features separate viewing modes for parents and kids when you activate the Family Account mode. In Parent View mode, parents can monitor their kid’s activity and approve any connections in the Fitbit social community. Meanwhile, Kid View presents a child-friendly version of the fitness tracker experience, with access to stats, badges, personalized avatars, and challenges. Like many of the best smartwatches for kids, it’s cute but quite feature-packed.

What to consider before buying a Fitbit

Each Fitbit variety offers its unique features and benefits, so it’s important to keep a few things in mind when choosing which is the best one for you and whether that’s the latest Fitbit or old Fitbit models. These are, for the most part, the same considerations to keep in mind when picking any fitness tracker or fitness watch

Health goals

To judge any fitness tracker, you must know how you plan to use it. Are you looking to track your high-impact workouts or simply ensure you get your steps in? Monitor heart health or blood oxygen levels? Or maybe sleep tracking and monitoring mindfulness? Different Fitbits come with varying feature sets that will accommodate different goals. Often, more complex trackers will be larger, more complicated, and more expensive. Finding the right balance among those three factors will set you up to use your Fitbit to the fullest.

Cost

Fitbits come in many shapes and sizes, meaning some are more expensive than others. Some models cost as little as $60. Others get as high as $400. Again, you want to find a balance between feature-set and price that works for you, but it’s also generally important to keep your budget in mind as you shop.

Smart functions

While some Fitbits act as fairly basic fitness trackers, others are much more elaborate smartwatches. Which is right for you depends on whether or not you need all those smarts.

FAQs

Q: How much does a Fitbit cost?

Prices range from under $60 for the Ace 3 to as much as $400 for the Google Pixel Watch 2, depending on the most current sale prices.

Q: Are Fitbits waterproof?

All the latest-generation Fitbit models boast strong water resistance in up to 50 meters. They’re all great for swimming laps or playing in a pool. If you’re diving, you may want to consider something a bit more durable.

Q: How do I get my Fitbit to sync?

Once you pair your Fitbit with your phone, it will sync periodically when the Fitbit smartphone app is open. You can manually sync on the app homepage by swiping down.

Q: How accurate are Fitbit devices?

No fitness tracker is 100% accurate. They approximate your activity by sensing movement, heart rate, and other factors. You can improve your tracker’s accuracy by feeding it more data. Enabling GPS and entering accurate height, weight, and stride length in the app settings will improve results.

That said, Fitbit trackers do fare comparatively well in general testing. A 2017 study found that Fitbits tend to have a 27% median error when tracking calories burned. While that might seem like a lot, they outperformed almost all major competitors. There hasn’t been much hard research done since then on the accuracy of Fitbit’s latest releases, but having compared them against other trackers that are well-regarded for their accuracy—as well as good old-fashioned paper-and-pencil calorie tracking—I can say that they seem to perform well.

Final thoughts on the best Fitbits

The best Fitbit for you comes down to one of two factors: whether you want a smartwatch or a fitness tracker and your budget. The core fitness tracking features are largely consistent among most models. Hence, you need to consider whether you care about smartphone-related lifestyle features and the advanced fitness analytics that come with Fitbit’s premium subscription. Ultimately, most Fitbits are great so long as their features and your expectations are in sync.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Fitbits for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to start hiking barefoot, if you’re into that kind of thing https://www.popsci.com/diy/barefoot-hiking/ Tue, 17 Oct 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=580076
A person walking barefoot across a fallen tree trunk in a forest.
When you're hiking barefoot, you may decide to take the smoother, narrower path, than the rough wide one. Michał Parzuchowski / Unsplash

Hear us out: no shoes in the forest.

The post How to start hiking barefoot, if you’re into that kind of thing appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person walking barefoot across a fallen tree trunk in a forest.
When you're hiking barefoot, you may decide to take the smoother, narrower path, than the rough wide one. Michał Parzuchowski / Unsplash

Modern adults are rarely without footwear, all too eager to cover their feet for everything from walking to the mailbox to relaxing on the back porch. And while shoes are, of course, frequently required (like for your morning coffee run, grocery shopping, and dinner out with friends), the outdoors offer a stellar opportunity to kick off your shoes and free your feet for a change.

Yes, despite the presence of dirt, sticks, mud, and uneven surfaces, you can—and perhaps should—ditch your shoes for your next ramble in the woods. Because going barefoot offers holistic health and wellness benefits, strengthens your feet, improves balance, and is just plain fun. Here’s how to do it safely and why you might want to consider hiking barefoot on your next outing.

The benefits of walking barefoot

There have been numerous studies documenting the benefits of walking barefoot, including strengthening foot and leg muscles, improving balance, and potentially reducing inflammation.

The physical effects stem from the fact that when barefoot, the small bones, muscles, and ligaments in your feet can move more freely than they would in typical footwear that reduces natural movement. This restriction can lead to physically weaker foot muscles, less stabilization when walking, and even flat arches.

The potential anti-inflammatory effects may be attributed to the practice of grounding or earthing, which involves your bare skin touching natural surfaces—as it would when walking barefoot. Grounding has been shown in small studies to reduce pain and inflammation, but more research is needed.

There are also more immediately tangible results to hiking in unshod feet, explains Paul Thompson, a podiatrist and founder of The Barefoot Movement, who specializes in barefoot neuromuscular training in New South Wales, Australia. “Traditional shoes often encourage compensations in our natural gait,” he says. “By returning to a barefoot state, we can utilize our entire body in a more balanced and efficient manner. This not only improves the efficiency of walking but also allows us to adapt more effectively to varying terrains.”

Translation: hiking barefoot could improve your balance and reduce your risk of injury. Thompson says that’s because the “heightened sensitivity translates into improved reaction times, enabling hikers to swiftly respond to terrain changes and avoid potential discomfort or injuries.” 

[Related: Learn how to use trekking poles]

But strengthening your feet, just like other parts of your body, takes time, so if you’re new to barefoot hiking, take it slow to protect your soles.

Transition wisely

Much like transitioning to barefoot-style shoes, slow and steady is the way to go when attempting barefoot hiking. After all, if you’ve spent most of your life in cushioned, overbuilt footwear, walking barefoot on any surface is likely going to take some getting used to.

So start with short barefoot walks on soft surfaces like grass. Then incorporate foot exercises into your daily routine. Perform heel raises by planting the balls of your feet and lifting your heels off the ground while squeezing a tennis ball between your heels. Or a technique called “short foot,” where you stand up straight with bare feet, spread your toes, and strive to raise your arches while keeping your heels and the balls of your feet firmly planted.

All of this will strengthen your feet and condition them to the novel feeling and workload of being barefoot for extended periods of time. When you’re ready to hike, Thompson says one short stroll a week is plenty at the start. As your feet become stronger and your soles toughen, you can progressively increase hike duration.

Safety first

When you hike, bring along a first aid kit and a pair of shoes or sandals in case you come to a section of trail you’re not comfortable traversing without foot protection. Slide them on when you need to and back off again whenever you’re ready.

[Related: First aid basics for your adventure in the wilderness]

Then, take it slow. You’ll likely need to pay more attention to where you’re planting your feet than you do while wearing shoes. That means you may end up hiking a bit more slowly than you’re used to, but it also means you’ll be experiencing your surroundings in a more immersive way. So take your time and enjoy the journey.

Find a trail

When it comes to picking the perfect trail for a barefoot hike, some destinations can be more accommodating than others. In Celerina, a small town located in the Swiss Alps, for example, there are dedicated trails specifically for barefoot hiking.

But those are few and far between in the US, so depending on where you’re located, you may have to do a bit of research. One way is to find a local barefoot hiking group, several of which are scattered around the US. If there’s not an official club near you, check websites like Meetup or Facebook for barefoot-friendly hiking events. Even if you don’t want to join a group hike, you can ask for trail recommendations in your area.

If you’re searching on your own, focus on finding trails with ideal surfaces for hiking barefoot, at least when you’re starting out. These include grass, soft dirt, and sand. Even mud is often more fun barefoot than in shoes—plus, going shoeless keeps your boots clean.

Though there aren’t many high moors left in the world, Katharina Moosbrugger, hiking guide and founder of Naturerfahren, a nature-focused tour company in Austria, says these landscapes are an excellent place to walk barefoot thanks to the soft, spongy surfaces. But because these open tracts of land can hide deceptively deep bogs, you’ll want to opt for a guided hike through such areas if you’re not familiar with them. Otherwise, you could easily sink up to your shoulders in wet mud.

Once you’ve found a few ideal spots and are ready to liberate your feet from shoes, have at it. Just remember to take it slow, pick trails wisely, and enjoy the experience of being outdoors as nature intended.

The post How to start hiking barefoot, if you’re into that kind of thing appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best back massagers of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-back-massager/ Sun, 12 Dec 2021 21:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=388172
The best back massagers composited
Stan Horaczek

Aches, pains, and knots don’t stand a chance against these motorized muscle relaxers.

The post The best back massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best back massagers composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Comfier Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager is the best for deep-tissue massage. Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager
SEE IT

This massager sits atop an office chair, sofa, or dining room chair to reach pain points in the back, neck, and legs.

Best handheld The RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager is the best handheld deep-tissue massager. RENPHO Rechargeable Hand Held Deep Tissue Massager
SEE IT

The RENPHO massager’s five percussion modes and five interchangeable nodes let you target problem areas on your own.

Best percussion massager Hypervolt Pro Hypervolt 2 Pro
SEE IT

Multiple attachments and a serious motor target specific areas and take no prisoners, bullying sore, tight muscles into a relaxed mass of goo.

A back massager can’t replace a full-on visit with a massage therapist, but it can provide some much-needed relief for just about any back pain. These handy devices let you target sore spots, loosen tight muscles, and relieve pain. However, you’ve got some decisions because they come in many designs. From massage pads that cover your chair to models that mimic a deep shiatsu massage, these handy tools pamper and maintain mobility at the same time. You can soothe your muscles with vibration or beat out stiffness with a massage gun. Then, you can apply heat to keep everything loose. Back massagers can make you ‘ooh’ and ‘ahh’ or weep a tear as they knead tight muscles into submission. Here are some of the best back massagers for a variety of bodies.

How we chose the best back massagers

Splitting our time bent over laptops and lugging new gear to test around, we’re no strangers to back pain here at PopSci. We surveyed dozens of products and scoured reviews by media outlets and users to choose the best back massagers. We have chosen a variety of types of back massagers, including percussion massagers and more deep tissue options. Ultimately, we relied on a mixture of hands-on experience, user reviews, editorial reviews, and expert opinions to land our picks.

The best back massagers: Reviews & Recommendations

All back pain isn’t the same, and neither are back massagers. There’s a wide variety of designs and features. Some models mimic shiatsu massage, a deep-tissue massage with roots in Japanese therapy. Others offer percussive massage, working out deep muscle knots, as tight muscles may just need heat and vibration to stimulate blood flow. Some massagers provide a range of massage movements, including different nodes to target various areas of the back and body. We’ve selected multiple types of back massagers so you can find one to heal, relax, and soothe your muscles whether you’re a fitness enthusiast or staring at spreadsheets for hours.

Best overall: Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager

COMFIER

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Four nodes dig into your tense muscles in the best possible way.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: AC adapter
  • Price at time of publication: $196.99

Pros

  • Also gets hips and neck in the mix
  • Easy to use in most chairs
  • Optional heat function

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Not very portable

The Comfier Shiatsu Neck & Back Massager uses slow, targeted movements to knead the back, shoulders, neck, and thighs. You can also relax the body into the massager to add a pressure massage to the lower back, waist, and thighs. The shiatsu massage balls in each location (neck and lower back) can be turned on or off independently, so you get a massage only where you want it. Users of different sizes can adjust the position of the neck massagers to fit a taller or shorter torso better. This model folds down for compact storage.

Best for lower back: MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager

MagicMakers

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This simple method for self-massage can also apply heat alongside pressure.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: AC adapter
  • Price at time of publication: $39.99

Pros

  • Targets common trouble areas
  • Doesn’t require a second person
  • Heat function

Cons

  • Requires arm strength some people may not have
  • Six-foot power cord can be limiting

The MagicMaker Shiatsu Neck and Back Massager features eight rollers that knead into the muscles. The rollers heat, but you can turn the heat on or off as needed. This model’s design works beautifully for the lower back, and its ergonomic design can rotate to fit the neck and shoulders, too. It includes two massage motions to adjust the massage experience to your needs. 

Best handheld: RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager

RENPHO

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The extra-long reach makes it simple to get into tricky areas.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $39.99

Pros

  • Long reach to accommodate less flexible users
  • Affordable
  • Five attachments provide ample options
  • Battery-powered for portability

Cons

  • Not all the attachments are particularly useful
  • Shuts off after 20 minutes to prevent overheating

The RENPHO Rechargeable Handheld Deep-Tissue Massager features a rechargeable battery-powered design that lets you reach behind your back or legs without getting tangled. This cordless model also comes with five interchangeable nodes to target problem areas. A full charge lasts 140 minutes, though it may be lower depending on the level of the massage. The RENPHO also includes a safety feature to prevent overheating that turns the massager off after 20 minutes.

Best percussion massager: Hypervolt 2 Pro

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pro-grade percussion massager has exceptional pressure and extremely robust battery life.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 5
  • Power source: Built-in battery
  • Price at time of publication: $329

Pros

  • Strong pressure options
  • Built for heavy use
  • All the attachments feel useful

Cons

  • Pricey
  • Heavy

Portable, high-powered massagers have become essential equipment for athletes and even casual gym-goers looking to bully their sore muscles into a quick recovery. This high-end option isn’t cheap, but it offers five levels of intensity and guided routines developed by athletes and trainers provided in the companion app (making it one of our top percussion massager picks). The package includes an assortment of five attachments designed to target specific areas. Attachments with larger surface area make the experience a little less intense. Advanced users will want more pointed attachments to really dig into trouble areas.

While this model isn’t cheap, it does offer a serious brushless motor designed to endure frequent and everyday use. A fully charged battery will also provide up to three hours of run-time, which is great if you want to bring it to the gym without having to worry about plugging it in.

It’s not all upside, though. It is rather heavy, and some high-end models offer a slightly more ergonomic design. But, when it comes to performance and durability, the Hypervolt has the advantage.

Best mini massager: TheraGun Mini Massage Gun

TheraGun

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This pocket-sized device provides powerful percussion massages on the go.

Specs

  • Levels of intensity: 3
  • Power source: Lithium-ion battery (included)
  • Price at time of publication: $149

Pros

  • Powerful
  • Provides deep penetration
  • Ergonomically designed
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • Somewhat expensive

Theragun’s Mini Massage Gun fits in the palm of your hand yet can do serious work on sore muscles. This second-generation model is 30 percent lighter than the last model. It features three percussion speeds (1750, 2100, 2400 PPM), penetrating to 12 mm amplitude for deep relief. Each 2.5-hour charge provides 2 hours of running time. Plus, it comes with three attachments that let you customize your massage. This mini massager is also Bluetooth-enabled, and you’ll get access to the Therabody app, which features a library of wellness regimens. At only a pound, Theragun’s Mini Massage Gun can fit inside your gym bag or suitcase to give you sweet relief when you’re away.

Things to consider before buying a back massager

Back massagers may be electric, battery-powered, or manual. Battery-powered models provide portability, making it easier to use the massager throughout your house or take it while you travel. However, electric massagers maintain consistent power. 

With so many affordable electric and battery-powered massagers available, manual massagers have largely fallen out of favor. That doesn’t mean you can’t find one, but you can easily secure an electrical or battery-powered model for a few more dollars. 

Designs range from massagers covering a chair’s seat and back to a low back-only massager. Choose a design that targets your type of pain. For example, pain may strike only during certain positions like sitting or standing. A chair massager can help those stuck on the sofa, while a handheld model can work for those held hostage in the standing position.

Different muscle issues and pain points may respond better to certain types of back massagers. If you want a massager for general muscle soreness (not just in the back), handheld massagers and massage guns can be used almost anywhere on the body. However, if you suffer from severe back pain, a model that targets and is specifically designed for the back may work better.

Dig into knots and pain deep within the muscle

Deep-tissue massage requires a massager reaching the deepest muscle layers and fascia, the muscles’ connective tissues. The massager then uses slow, firm pressure to relieve aches and pains. 

Shiatsu massagers also fall into this category. If you are at a day spa, a shiatsu massage would involve the masseuse using their fingers, thumb, and palms to target the body’s pressure points. Electric and battery-powered shiatsu back massagers mimic this movement, using slow, intense motions.

Lower back pain (LBP) can make it hard to work, stand, or sit

The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that 28% of men and 31% of women over the age of 18 experience lower-back pain (LBP). Anything from an injury to weight gain can cause LBP, and it can limit activity, work, and sleep. 

Lower-back massagers target this sensitive area with designs that fit the spine’s natural curve. These massagers also feature nodes and balls that dig into the musculature of the lower back without touching the vertebrae. Lower-back massagers may offer vibration, deep tissue massage, and/or heat. Take your pick of the movement that works best for you.

How handheld massagers work

A massager that lets you target pain points yourself can be invaluable. Handheld massagers do just that. These portable models feature a long handle with a massage head that contains one to four massage nodes. Most include different node attachments, from multi-pronged to thin, pointed ones that dig deep into the muscle. 

Most massagers use vibration to stimulate blood flow and relax the muscles. However, some use percussion to press into hard knots to relax the muscle tissue. Many include a heated option, too. Models with cases or storage bags let you keep all the attachments together, so you’re ready for a massage anywhere.

The difference between deep-tissue and percussive massage

Percussive massage differs from deep-tissue massage, even though both target muscles deep within the body’s muscle structure. Percussive massage, also known as deep-muscle stimulation, targets muscle soreness and soft tissue pain. With this method, short, rapid pulses press deep into the body’s soft tissues, stimulating blood flow and elongating muscle tissue. 

These massage guns go hard and fast. They’re not for the faint of heart, but they can work wonders on the sore muscles for which they are designed. Models with varying speeds and intensities provide adjustability based on your comfort level. These guns can be loud, so look for a model with a motor designed to keep noise down. 

Mini massagers save space and let you target problem areas

Mini massagers are smaller versions of full-size massagers. They come in manual, battery-powered, and electric designs. These handheld models may also include different nodes for a greater variety of massage options. They typically have fewer speeds and intensities than larger models, but a mini massager can also be much quieter.

If you’re on a budget, look into a manual massager. The only problem with these is you usually need someone else to do the actual back massaging. But a mini handheld with a long handle can do the trick if you’re usually massaging on your own. 

FAQs

Q: Are back massagers worth it?

Yes, back massagers are worth it. With the right massage motion, the best back massager can relieve and prevent back pain, soothe sore muscles, and loosen stubborn knots.

Q: What does a vibrating massager do to muscles?

A vibrating massager stimulates the muscle, increasing blood flow. More blood also brings more oxygen, which aids in recovery. There’s also evidence that vibrating massagers can temporarily improve flexibility.

Q: How often should you use a massage gun?

How often you use a massage gun depends on a few factors, including the type of massage, the reason behind the massage, and the level of muscle trauma. For mild soreness, you can use a massage gun every day for several times a day if you keep your sessions short, about 15-30 seconds per muscle group. That said, be careful not to use the massage gun daily in the same place for a prolonged period, as you can introduce trauma to the muscle. 

Final thoughts on the best back massagers

A back massager can work wonders on a chronically sore back. A massager that fits your lifestyle and includes movements that target your pain points will offer the most relief. The best back massager will soothe your hard-to-reach areas with little effort on your part. You can lean into them, close your eyes, and let the massager do its work.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best back massagers of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best trekking poles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-trekking-poles/ Tue, 13 Sep 2022 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=469199
best trekking poles sliced header
Tony Ware

The best tools for keeping you upright on all manner of hikes, treks, and scrambles.

The post The best trekking poles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
best trekking poles sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a dynamic, highly packable trekking pole. Black Diamond Alpine FLZ
SEE IT

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a dynamic, highly packable trekking pole.

Best carbon fiber These MSR poles feature a “Dynalock” mechanism that shores up their durability.
MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon
SEE IT

The MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon is a versatile, sturdy, and comfortable pair of poles.

Best aluminum Leki Makalu Lite Leki Makalu Lite
SEE IT

The Leki Makalu Lite will hold up through months-long treks over all sorts of terrain.

Many dedicated backpackers consider a quality pair of trekking poles essential gear for hiking. They help you hike and keep your balance over steep hills, rocky paths, and slippery snow-covered trails. Like their predecessor, the humble walking stick, a quality pair of hiking poles are sturdy enough to put your entire weight on them, yet light enough that they do not feel like a burden after a long day on the trail. They ease the strain on your knees and back, especially if you’re carrying a heavy pack. There are a dizzying number of poles to choose from. They’re made from different materials, feature different designs, and, of course, some are more expensive than others. We’ve tried a whole bunch of popular options, taking them on runs, hikes, climbs, and scrambles to find the best trekking poles for all your outdoor adventures.

How we picked the best trekking poles 

I’ve been writing about outdoor gear and my often dubious adventure travel for decades at publications like Hearst, HuffPost, BBC Travel, Fodor’s, Adventure Cycling, Input, and many others. My criteria for experiencing new places usually include how many people visit (the fewer the better), and if it has a reputation as a “challenging” journey. Over the years, I’ve traveled across all kinds of terrain and environments, many of which required a good set of trekking poles to navigate.

I’ve spent a good deal of time testing trekking poles—walking, running, climbing, scrambling, and sometimes falling—all over the world. Over the years, I’ve found a few favorites. I’ve also compared notes and talked for hours with trekkers, hikers, and adventurers about gear around countless campfires and well-worn tables in questionable bars.

The best trekking poles: Reviews & Recommendations

Like most outdoor gear, trekking pole preference can vary from person to person. Given that, our recommendations span a variety of options made from different materials and covering a wide range of prices. All of them, however, have a clear edge over similar poles in important qualities like durability and weight.

Best overall: Black Diamond Alpine FLZ

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is a highly versatile pole that packs down small, making it a prime choice for all kinds of activities.

Specs

  • Weight: 18 ounces
  • Maximum length: 43, 49, or 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 14, 15, or 16 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Foldable
  • Tips: Carbide tips, trail baskets, snow baskets, rubber tips (sold separately)

Pros

  • Versatile
  • Comfortable handles
  • Packable

Cons

  • Heavy

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is an incredibly versatile trekking pole. The small packable size and durable aluminum construction make it an optimal pole for most everything including rugged trekking, multi-day backpacking, steep hiking, and even backcountry skiing. The cork handles become increasingly more comfortable over time as well as a secondary foam grip.

While a telescoping pole is inherently stronger than a foldable one, I’ve found the Alpine FLZ holds up extremely well in a variety of precarious situations including nefarious water crossings and muddy sheer drop-offs. They feature Black Diamond’s patented Flicklock pro locking mechanism, which uses a lever to secure the pole length with an inner adjustable tension dial that requires a small Allen key to adjust.

The Black Diamond Alpine FLZ is far from the fanciest pair of trekking poles out there but has proven that it can get the job done in difficult situations, and feels comfortable on easy trail hikes.

Best carbon fiber: MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon

MSR

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The MSR Dynalock Ascent Carbon is a versatile, sturdy, and comfortable pair of poles that work for a wide variety of adventures.

Specs

  • Weight: 17 ounces
  • Maximum length: 47 inches or 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 14.25 inches or 17.5 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: EVA foam
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Winter and summer baskets

Pros

  • Comfortable grip
  • Versatile
  • Small pack size

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy for a carbon pole

My friend Ben has been almost everywhere on the globe and he always travels with his MSR Dynalock Ascent carbon poles, which he considers an extension of himself and one of the best gear spurges he’s ever made (it may also be the only one).

The Dynalock Ascent poles have comfortable, contoured foam grip handles and padded straps. Each one folds down to a very packable 14.25-17 inches, depending on which size you get. Unlike most other poles where most of the tips are sold separately, these come with both winter and summer basket tips. 

They also feature MSR’s signature Dynalock mechanism, which consists of a thick aluminum lever and an inner metal dial that allows you to tighten or loosen with ease as well as providing exceptional sturdiness. It also locks each section into place with metal buttons on the sides. As someone who often has “Final Destination”-type scenarios running through my brain, I appreciate both of these components. 

REI

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Leki Makalu Lite is one of the most durable poles I’ve tried.

Specs

  • Weight: 17.3 ounces
  • Maximum length: 54 inches
  • Collapsed length: 26 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips, summer basket

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Extremely durable
  • Moderate price

Cons

  • Large packed size

If you’re planning to use your trekking poles on a weeks-long adventure, Leki’s Makalu Lite poles are among the most durable we’ve found. Despite the name, they’re slightly thicker than most other poles, making them tremendously strong, as well as fairly heavy.

The Makalu Lite features Leki’s very comfortable “Aergon Air” grip—a cork design with a hollow core and wide support at a lightly tilted ergonomic angle. Like all Leki poles, these use the company’s durable “Speed Lock” system, which combines a lever lock with a small dial to tighten spring tension by hand.

A pair of Makalu Lites is overkill for your average day hike, but their durability is worth the extra weight on a long trip where you’ll traverse mountains or glacial ice for weeks or months.

Best for hiking: Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Alpine Carbon Cork is an incredibly sturdy carbon pole with a very comfortable grip.

Specs

  • Weight: 17 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 24 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips and trail baskets included; snow baskets sold separately

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Excellent locking mechanism
  • Durable

Cons

  • Not as packable as other options
  • Expensive

I prefer cork handles over rubber and foam because they mold to your hands over time so, eventually, feel like a seamless extension of your body. The cork handles on Black Diamond’s Alpine carbon poles are quite comfortable right out of the box and improve exponentially over time. Like most trekking poles, they have a secondary foam grip beneath the handles, which gives you a comfortable place to grab when you need to lower your grip, as well as wide wrist straps.

They are amazingly durable and sturdy for a carbon pole, thanks to their thicker shafts and Black Diamond’s patented “Flicklock” mechanism, which flips into place with a robust snap. The “Flicklock” system has its disadvantages: The locking mechanism requires a tiny Allen key to adjust, which isn’t ideal since it’s easily misplaced. Not being the most graceful person, (especially when hiking) I routinely get my poles stuck between boulders requiring intense back-and-forth movement to dislodge. Despite this, I have yet to break them.

The collapsed length of these poles means they’re not well-suited to be stowed in a backpack during a technical climb but for most activities, including trekking over rock and snow in remote regions of the world, these poles are a solid choice that will last for years.

Best for backpacking: Black Diamond Trail Ergo Cork

Black Diamond

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Black Diamond Trail Ergo Cork is a solid, affordable option that’s durable enough to handle most backpacking trips.

Specs

  • Weight: 18 ounces
  • Maximum length: 55 inches
  • Collapsed length: 27 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips, trekking baskets, and snow baskets

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Versatile
  • Reasonable mid-range price

Cons

  • Doesn’t pack down as small as other options

Black Diamond’s Trail Ergo Cork trekking poles are a great pick for new hikers. They’re sturdy, comfortable, and reliable—a great fit for most backpacking and thru-hiking. Plus, at less than $150, they don’t cost a fortune.

 The cork handles are tilted forward slightly for a more natural, ergonomic wrist alignment. They also have padded straps and a foam secondary grip, making them easy to hold. Like the other Black Diamond hiking poles on our list, these feature the company’s patented “Flicklock” system, ensuring they don’t come loose while you’re walking.

Collapsing to a fairly large 27 inches, they are longer than the majority of other poles when packed away. Unless you’re taking them on a plane, though, that probably shouldn’t be too much of an issue.

Best ultralight: Gossamer Gear LT5 Three Piece Carbon

gossamer gear

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Gossamer Gear LT5 is one of the lightest trekking poles available.

Specs

  • Weight: 10.6 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 23.5 inches
  • Shaft material: Carbon fiber
  • Grip material: EVA foam
  • Pole design: Collapsible
  • Tips: Carbide tips

Pros

  • Comfortable
  • Ultralight
  • Extremely durable for their weight

Cons

  • Expensive

For situations where every ounce (or even gram) counts, the ultralight Gossamer Gear LT5 carbon trekking poles streamline your experience better than any other poles. Despite weighing less than 11 ounces, they’re incredibly durable. I used them on a multi-week thru-hike over mixed terrain through a good portion of northern Spain one summer where I was intent on carrying as little weight as possible, both emotionally and physically, and they didn’t let me down.

The twist-lock mechanism is easy to set; you simply rotate the sections for a secure lock. The wrist straps sport comfortable padding and the EVA foam handles have proven to be comfortable enough (though I am partial to cork handles).

The LT5s also serve as great support for ultralight tents that use trekking poles as part of the structure, thus providing a super lightweight sleep system.

Best budget: Trekology Trek-Z

TREKOLOGY

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Trekology Trek-Z is an incredibly inexpensive pole that doesn’t sacrifice comfort or durability.

Specs

  • Weight: 26 ounces
  • Maximum length: 51 inches
  • Collapsed length: 15 inches
  • Shaft material: Aluminum
  • Grip material: Cork
  • Pole design: Foldable
  • Tips: Carbide, rubber, snow baskets, mud stops, rubber feet

Pros

  • Inexpensive
  • Durable
  • Folds down small

Cons

  • Heavy

Made from aerospace-grade 7075 aluminum alloy, the Trekology Trek-Z is an inexpensive pair of poles that come complete with carbide tips, rubber tips, snow baskets, mud stops, and rubber feet, making them highly adaptable and a huge bargain. They feature a metal flip-lock mechanism that’s easy to operate, though you may not use it often since they offer a very limited 7-inch range. They do collapse into a very compact 15-inch package, though.

For less than $50, the Trek-Z is one of the most affordable poles we’ve seen. Unsurprisingly, they’re also among the heaviest. We wouldn’t recommend them for alpine climbing, mountain running, or speed hiking, where you want to be quick and nimble. For those sticking to the trail and not too concerned about their performance, they’re an excellent option for not a lot of money.

One thing to keep in mind: Trekology makes a new “Trek-Z 2.0” with EVA foam grips instead of cork. In general, I prefer cork grips because of the material’s moldable properties, so we’re sticking with the original. Just keep in mind that it may become harder to find in the coming months.

What to consider when buying trekking poles

Finding the perfect trekking pole can be a daunting task. As with all outdoor gear, there are a variety of options to consider. More often than not, finding the “best” choice requires you to balance different strengths and weaknesses based on your personal needs and taste. The lightest trekking poles will rarely be the absolute sturdiest. The strongest poles will likely not be the most packable. To help you figure out what you need, let’s talk about the most important elements of any trekking pole set.

Sizing up your poles

Trekking poles come in different lengths so that any person can find a pair that feels right. At standing position, the grip of the pole should line up with your elbow or, more precisely, with your hands when your elbows are bent at a 90-degree angle. If you’re shopping at home, look for poles that are adjustable to within 20-24 inches shorter than you. For example, I’m 5 feet 6 inches, or 66 inches, so I want poles that you can set to a height between 42-46 inches.

Most modern trekking poles are adjustable to some degree, so there’s a lot of wiggle room if you aren’t sure about what will feel right. Some companies also make fixed-height poles, as they are technically stronger. All of our recommendations are adjustable, though, as we find them to be much more versatile than fixed-length poles. In general, I usually shorten my poles when ascending a steep incline and lengthen them when descending. Collapsible and foldable trekking poles allow the user to change the overall length of the pole as the terrain and situation merit.

Collapsible poles feature a telescoping design, where increasingly narrow sections slide and fit inside each other. Foldable poles have a reinforced cord running through them that holds the sections together when pulled apart while allowing them to fold—like the pole technology used in most lightweight tents. 

Telescoping poles will be stronger than their foldable counterparts because, in most cases, the pole overlaps and slides into itself at a greater distance than foldable ones. A fixed-length pole will be the most durable option, though, as there are no weak points or breaks in the shaft. Many poles now feature one telescoping section coupled with two folding sections to offer more precise adjustment options.

Pole material

Most trekking poles are made from either high-grade aluminum or carbon fiber. Carbon fiber produces a lighter pole, while sacrificing a bit of durability. Under intense stress, a carbon fiber pole will likely snap. Aluminum poles, by contrast, will usually bend before they break, giving you a bit of a warning that you should navigate out of that particular situation right away if at all possible. 

If you’re looking for speed and/or the ability to go long distances, a carbon pole is probably your best choice. If you’re okay with a slightly heavier pole (and we’re usually talking ounces here, not pounds), an aluminum pole may be a better fit for difficult terrain and will last a bit longer.

Check the grip

You’re going to spend a long time holding your trekking poles’ grips, so you want to make sure that they’re comfortable. You should take a look at the grip and, ideally, give it a squeeze to see how it feels in your hand.

Most pole grips are made from cork, foam, or rubber. I prefer cork because the material molds to the shape of your hand over time. Grips made with EVA foam are also often quite comfortable and weigh a bit less than cork. Rubber grips absorb shock exceptionally well, but can get sticky and cause blisters when it’s hot and humid out.

Tips

Trekking poles come with different kinds of tips on the end, which can help you move across different kinds of terrain. Many poles, including our recommendations, either come with multiple sets of pole tips or give you the opportunity to buy alternate tips or replacements when you need them. (You should replace your tips every 1,500-2,000 miles.) Most pole tips have a screw-on mechanism, so it’s easy to change them on the fly, so it’s nice to have multiple options on your trip. Here are some of the most common choices:

Rubber tips provide extra grip on wet surfaces, as well as shock absorption on paved surfaces. Since they’re softer and less pointy, rubber tips don’t tear up trails as much as carbide tips, but also don’t provide as much traction.

Carbide tips are extremely durable. They don’t wear down as quickly as rubber versions. With a sharper point, they grip well on rock, dirt, and ice, allowing you to really dig into surfaces. They’ll also rip up soft dirt, so they may damage hiking trails.

Rubber feet have a shape that resembles a small foot. With a wider footprint, they allow you to move faster without losing your balance.

Mud baskets attach a few inches above the tip of your poles and prevent your poles from sinking down too far into soft, muddy earth. They can also prevent some of the mud from splattering onto your calves. Like carbide tips, though, they can damage plant life on trails, so you should reserve them for appropriate terrain.

Snow baskets are a wider version of mud baskets made for snow. They function like snowshoes, keeping your poles near the surface of deep snow.

Locking mechanism

If you follow my lead and go with adjustable poles, you should take a closer look at how it opens and closes. Most adjustable trekking poles feature a locking mechanism with a lever that opens or closes to slide the pole length up or down, coupled with a push button lock or spring-loaded twist lock. Many also include an inner dial in the lever to increase or decrease tension. When considering a pole, check to make sure it’s easy to adjust the poles and operate the lock with or without gloves. If you buy poles that require special tools to change spring tension, make sure those are included. You want a pole that you can easily adjust when out on the trail but also locks securely.

FAQs

Q: How much do the best trekking poles cost?

Most trekking poles cost $50-$250, depending on what they’re made from, versatility, comfort, durability, and weight. Generally speaking, the lighter the pole, the higher the price tag. When choosing hiking poles, remember that they need to be light enough to lift and carry all day without tiring you out on a hike, but strong enough to support your body weight.

Q: Where do I recycle my trekking poles?

If they are in good working condition without structural damage, you can often recycle a pair of trekking poles through a gear trade-in program like the one offered by REI. If they aren’t reusable, you can put aluminum poles out with your household metal recycling.

Carbon fiber trekking poles aren’t recyclable. There are companies who are developing ways to recycle it, but it’s not a process that is easy or currently available to the general public.

Q: Are trekking poles bad for trails?

Trekking poles can be bad for trails as they have the potential to tear up soft soil and damage plants growing along the trailside. Pay close attention to where you place your poles, and stick to hiking best practices, including the following:

Don’t use your poles when you don’t need them. Use rubber tips as much as possible. In an area with tense vegetation, avoid using baskets that will rip up plant life. And finally, make sure to leave no trace.

Q: Do carbon fiber trekking poles break?

Carbon trekking poles can break, though it’s usually a result of extreme pressure. It doesn’t happen often enough for them to be considered unsafe. 

Originally developed for the aerospace industry, carbon fiber is lightweight, strong, and stiff made from woven fibers held together with resin. It is stronger than even steel of the same thickness while also being much lighter which is why it’s used to make things like trekking poles and bicycles.

Final thoughts on the best trekking poles

Outdoor gear companies are always finding ways to build sturdier, lighter trekking poles, but I find that you don’t need to get too worried about the particulars. As long as you get a pair that’s sturdy, comfortable to hold, and light enough to use all day, you shouldn’t worry too much about optimizing for the “best” experience. More than anything, you want something reliable. All of the poles included here are durable and comfortable with the potential to be that favorite piece of gear you don’t leave for an adventure without.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best trekking poles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best boxing gloves in 2023, according to experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-boxing-gloves/ Fri, 13 Oct 2023 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=579245
The best boxing gloves header
Stan Horaczek

A professional martial arts instructor and personal trainer breaks down the best ways to protect your hands during workouts and sparring.

The post The best boxing gloves in 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best boxing gloves header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for beginners Hayabusa boxing gloves are great for beginners. Hayabusa T3
SEE IT

These synthetic gloves come in tons of colors and weights.

Best for sparring Fairtex boxing gloves are great for sparring because of their shape Fairtex BGV1
SEE IT

The classic hook shape makes them useful for working in a clinch.

Best budget RDX makes some of the best boxing gloves on a budget RDX
SEE IT

These solid, reliable gloves retail for roughly $30.

Selecting the right pair of boxing gloves can be a difficult task. Whether you’re a seasoned pugilist or a total newcomer to fight sports, the importance of high-quality equipment can’t be overstated. A good set of gloves is important for protecting your wrists and hands, but they also play an important role in the safety of your training partners. You must consider details like their overall weight, padding, material, and wrist support. With the explosion in popularity of casual boxing classes, a variety of options have flooded the market. Today, there are countless brands, styles, and materials to choose from, so I’ve assembled a list detailing some of my favorites to help you navigate. Plenty of quality brands exist beyond those discussed here, so shop around, try out different pairs, and find the best boxing gloves for you.

How we chose the best boxing gloves

I’ve been practicing martial arts on and off since I was eight years old. I picked up kickboxing in my teens, MMA in my 20s, and Muay Thai in my 30s. I now train students at a handful of fight and fitness gyms around NYC, where students of every age and level come to sharpen their skills. After a few decades of training and teaching, I’ve gotten a handle on what to look for when finding just the right pair. You’re going to prioritize the details that are most important to you. Still, I looked at overall construction, design, durability, price, and basically how each glove feels when I use it on the bag or when hitting pads. So, mix up some protein powder, strap on a pair, and get to punching.

The best boxing gloves: Reviews & Recommendations

You won’t truly know how much you love a pair of boxing gloves until you hear them slap against a pad or a bag, but we fully recommend these pairs based on years of experience.

Best overall: Twins Special

Twins Special

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Leather
  • Weights: 10oz, 12 oz, 14oz, or 16oz

Pros

  • Extremely durable
  • Stay firmly in place
  • Ample protection
  • Impeccable reputation

Cons

  • Some may prefer a longer cuff
  • Hard to buy online

Twins Specials is known for being a classic, high-quality, widely respected maker of boxing gloves. They’re made in Thailand, with a long history of producing premium equipment. They top my list because of their fit, weight distribution, construction, and durability. Their standard models are generally round around the fist with more-than-sufficient padding over the knuckles and a short cuff over the wrist (I personally dislike a long wrist cuff that goes way up my forearm, and these do not have one, but that’s a personal choice). They’re really well balanced, too, with just the right amount of weight on the hand versus the wrist. They also last forever. You can beat the heck out of them on the bag or on the mitts (even with an old-school trainer with heavy hands), and these gloves will somehow still keep their shape and padding. They are a little more expensive, with authentic pairs rarely less than $100, but totally worth the price tag. I’m looking forward to seeing more faux leather options from them in the future. Bottom line, Twins Special has well-earned its excellent reputation. The only trouble is buying them online. You can find limited models from online retailers, but a local shop is your best bet.

Best for beginners: Hayabusa T3

Hayabusa

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Vylar
  • Weights: 10oz, 12oz, 14oz, 16oz, or 18oz

Pros

  • Tough synthetic outer
  • Ample knuckle protection
  • Lots of wrist support
  • Tons of color and size options
  • Five layers of foam for impact absorption

Cons

  • Breaking-in process can take a while

The Hayabusa T3 is a really high-quality glove with great wrist support, making it my top pick for beginners. Many new boxers can struggle with hand and wrist pain because of the misalignment of their joints when striking. To help solve this, the T3 runs a semi-rigid “splint” across the wrist (from the cuff to the knuckles) that helps keep the arm straight and knuckles in place when throwing a punch. Additionally, the dual straps help support the wrist and fortify it on impact. Multiple layers of dense padding help, too, and the gloves just plain look cool in pretty much every color variation. They take a few more rounds on the bag to “break in” than other brands, but that’s a good thing for newbies. 

Best for heavy bag: Ringside Apex Flash

Ringside

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Leather
  • Weights: 14oz or 16oz

Pros

  • Round shape provides extra padding at the knuckles
  • Good bounce off the bag
  • Good for high-volume training
  • Flashy colors
  • Protect joints

Cons

  • Limited weight options

Ringside makes great equipment all around, and the Apex Flash line of boxing gloves is no exception. I find Ringside gloves to be well “rounded” around the knuckles, giving a bit more of a padded feel when landing heavy strikes. This is beneficial when you’re going deep in rounds on a densely packed heavy bag that doesn’t have much give. You want the slight “bounce” off the glove the Apex Flash will give you every time you throw a jab or a cross so that a high-volume training session doesn’t have a high-volume impact on your knuckles, elbows, or other joints. 

Best for sparring: Fairtex BGV1

Fairtex

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Synthetic leather
  • Weights: 14oz, 16oz, 18oz, or 20oz

Pros

  • Another brand with an impeccable reputation from a long tradition
  • Plush cushioning for protection
  • Durable despite softness
  • Hook shape is ideal for kickboxing
  • Available up to 20 ounces in some colors

Cons

  • Graphics may not match everyone’s style

Fairtex is one of the most well-respected names in boxing, kickboxing, and especially Muay Thai training equipment. Their gloves are superbly made, and they offer a wide variety of styles and colorways. I’ve probably owned more pairs of Fairtex gloves, shinpads, and shorts than any other brand. The BGV1 is a great standard-issue glove evenly weighted around the fist with a short cuff around the wrist. I chose them for sparring because the padding is strong enough to protect your knuckles but cushy enough not to thud too heavily on your training partner and because the material doesn’t easily degrade (which could scratch your training partner’s face). Additionally, if you’re working on the inside or doing clinch work, they have a classic “hook” shape to the palm side of the glove that helps maintain a grip on your opponent. Fairtex also makes it easy to find heavier pairs, like 18 oz and 20 oz gloves, for bigger fighters.

Best for sparring (runner up): Yokkao

Yokkao

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Leather
  • Weights: 8oz, 10oz, 12oz, 14oz, 16oz, or 18oz

Pros

  • Extra-long cuff for wrist support
  • Soft-but-durable leather outer
  • Hook shape for clinching
  • Tons of color and size options

Cons

  • Some users don’t love the smell of the leather (which eventually goes away)

Best budget: RDX

RDX

SEE IT

Specs

  • Material: Synthetic leather
  • Weights: 8oz, 10oz, 12oz, 14oz, or 16oz

Pros

  • Very affordable
  • Simple, sturdy closure
  • Solid ventilation
  • Durable
  • Very attached thumb to encourage beginners to make the correct fist shape

Cons

  • Not as plush as expensive models

These days, you can get a pretty good pair of boxing gloves without burning through your wallet. RDX makes great high-level gear but also some of the sturdiest affordable gloves on the market. At about $30, this pair hits all the marks—solid construction, balanced weighting, dense padding through the knuckles, and they just look cool. I’m also a fan of the faux-leather material, which is just as durable as its more expensive real-leather cousin. It used to be that you couldn’t find a solid pair of boxing gloves for less than $75, and then it dropped to $50, but these RDX really do the trick for anyone just getting into striking who doesn’t want to make a big investment yet. 

What to consider when shopping for the best boxing gloves

Here are some essential terms to know and variables to consider when you set out to find the perfect pair of boxing gloves:

Style

Most boxing gloves are constructed relatively similarly in terms of shape and “style.” Some Muay Thai gloves will have a bit of a “hook” design to them that aids in clinching, but overall, the differences are pretty subtle for most users. When considering how they fasten, you typically can choose between velcro and laces. Most gloves on the market open and close using velcro straps because it’s quick and easy. You can usually get a pretty tight grip, too, unless it begins to wear out (less common with the more expensive pairs). Laced-up gloves are great for getting a more snug fit around the hand, but they’re not really necessary below a certain level of training. In most scenarios, velcro gloves are completely appropriate, especially if you don’t have a trainer to help you get in and out of them. 

Material

Boxing gloves are typically made out of leather, but faux-leather options are on the rise and totally viable. As recently as 10 years ago, you didn’t want to purchase the non-leather options because the material would quickly break down after a handful of workouts. Today, it seems most companies have mastered the manufacturing process, and you can get inexpensive versions of both leather and faux-leather boxing gloves that will last you a while. On the inner part of the glove, you’ll typically find some kind of nylon lining, whereas some gloves will feature foam. I tend to favor lining because it’s easier to slide your hand in and out and because it helps stop sweat from absorbing into the deeper parts of the glove. 

FAQs

Q: How do I clean boxing gloves?

Cleaning boxing gloves is as simple as wiping them down with a wet rag or disinfectant wipes after use. But that won’t get rid of the notoriously sour sweat smell. That is best accomplished by keeping them dry, which I learned to do with a small fan and some newspaper. This basic trick has served me and many other fighters very well for a long, long time. Bacteria are the major culprit in stinky boxing gear and thrive in the moist environment inside the glove. Desiccating bacteria (i.e., drying it out) keeps it from proliferating and producing that foul smell we’ve all come in contact with.

I usually open the gloves as much as possible, folding the velcro in the opposite direction, and then sit them on top of a small, adjustable desktop fan (you can get them at CVS or on Amazon for $15–$25 usually). Leave them there for 15 minutes on the highest setting, which usually does the trick. After they’ve dried, you can shove some old newspaper in towards the fingertips (usually the stinkiest part) to absorb any remaining moisture. You can also do this with paper towels or other materials, but what’s nice about newspaper (besides recycling it) is that the carbon-based ink is great for drying out the bacteria and neutralizing odors. This has been more effective for me than fancy sprays, inserts, or any other expensive product my Instagram feed tried to push on me. Do not put them in the washing machine.

Q: What weight glove should I get?

Your boxing gloves’ weight (in ounces) depends on your weight and what you’re doing with them. There are some standards (like 16 oz. gloves for sparring in most boxing, kickboxing, and Muay Thai gyms), but it also comes down to personal preference. A very loose stratification of glove weights according to body weight might look something like this:

– If you’re around 110 lbs, consider 10 oz. gloves
– If you’re around 120 lbs, consider 12 oz. gloves
– If you’re around 140 lbs, consider 14 oz. gloves
– If you’re around 160 lbs+, consider 16 oz. gloves

Other factors might include how big your hands are and how well they fit in each size glove after your hands are wrapped. Or you might want a heavier glove with more padding because you’re hitting a stiff heavy bag frequently in your training regimen (heavier gloves will also provide a bit more of an upper-body workout). Try different weights and see what works best for you. 

Q: How much do boxing gloves cost?

The cost of boxing gloves and other fight gear has decreased considerably in the last decade. You can now find a pretty decent introductory pair for anywhere from $25–$50. For most practitioners, you can get by pretty well on a pair in the $40-$75 range. I regularly buy gloves for around $60, which suits me just fine. If you’re training hard and often, though, gloves around or over $100 will often last longer, but price and exclusivity are not always proxies for professionalism. I’ve watched gear-snobs on Instagram talk about this or that being the only gloves and protective gear they’ll use and proclaim that suggesting anything within X or Y brand shows that you’re clueless in the sport. It’s hard to take that seriously when plenty of pro fighters can be seen wearing the same generic, low-cost gear these wannabe influencers deem unworthy. In 2023, we’ve got lots of options.   

Final thoughts on the best boxing gloves

At the end of the day, buying the right pair of boxing gloves is a personal decision. A strong case can be made for any of the gloves above, as well as a host of other great brands out there, but you have to find the glove that fits your needs and physiology best. Figure out your training routine and goals, then pick a pair and go! For the vast majority of us, any glove is better than no glove or no training at all. Take into consideration some of the specifics we mentioned above—weight, material, training methods, etc.—and then talk to your coach and training partners and see what they say. Try a few pairs out, and don’t be afraid to switch them up if you feel they aren’t what you’re looking for. “Protect your tools” is one of the most important things I remember from my first MMA coach, and a good pair of boxing gloves is part of that. Luckily, there are plenty on this list to choose from. Good luck and happy hitting!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best boxing gloves in 2023, according to experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best insulated water bottles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-insulated-water-bottles/ Tue, 26 Jul 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=458191
Best insulated water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

Hydrate in style—and save some plastic—with these durable steel bottles that will keep water cold for hours.

The post The best insulated water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best insulated water bottles sliced header
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle is the best insulated water bottle overall. YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle
SEE IT

A variety of sizes and mouthpieces mean you can build your best bottle.

Best with straw Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid is the best insulated water bottle with straw. Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid
SEE IT

An included silicon bumper protects from dings and dents.

Best 64 oz. Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug is the best 64 ounce insulated water bottle. Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug
SEE IT

No refills are necessary with this easy-to-carry bottle.

The hottest accessory of the season (or maybe it’s the coolest, depending on the contents) is an insulated water bottle. Although that sounds a little zany to say in a world of Amazon and Etsy, the #emotionalsupportwaterbottle tag on TikTok has 45.1 million views, with hundreds of videos of people showing off their rotation of reusable water bottles—plural—in a variety of colors, sizes, and brands. Those looking for this level of attachment—something trustworthy and always at your side, much like an emotional support animal—often turn to insulated varieties, which can keep drinks frosty for hours sans condensation, making them perfect travel companions. The best insulated water bottles go the distance when it comes to keeping drinks icy in style, and here are our picks.

How we chose the best insulated water bottles

As a former field hockey player and marching band kid, I know the importance of a water bottle that can go from class to sports practice to band rehearsal without breaking a sweat—literally. Although I was both an average athlete and slightly better musician, I can say with confidence that I’m a water bottle expert (hydration is very important to me, a water sign). Although my current hydration MVP is a pink 32-ounce Nalgene plastic water bottle I was excited to rescue from my college bookstore’s lost & found, I’ve had insulated water bottles from Yeti, Hydro Flask, Stanley, and Kleen Kanteen in my rotation. I also looked at critical reviews and user recommendations and conducted first-hand testing to separate the bad bottles from the rest of the bunch. The only thing we don’t like to keep bottled up at PopSci is our feelings on the best buys. 

How do insulated water bottles work?

One of the biggest reasons to opt for one of the best insulated water bottles and not something like the BPA-free Tritan plastic in my Nalgene bottle is the vacuum insulation—a small gap of air between the bottle walls to reduce conduction, keeping liquids hot or cold for several hours. Additionally, this also prevents the outer layer from sweating and causing water marks on some surfaces. Plastic may be durable and is less likely to dent in a fall, but it will warm up if left in a hot car. Beyond temperature retention, there are certain things to keep in mind when picking an insulated water bottle.

The best insulated water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

These insulated water bottles will leave you feeling refreshed—hydration-wise and “this water bottle is a nice step-up from the other things I’ve used”-wise.

Best overall: YETI Rambler 26-ounce Bottle

YETI

SEE IT

Also available on Amazon

Why it made the cut: Throw it in your backpack and then throw it in the dishwasher—this bottle is meant to keep up with busy lifestyles. 

Specs

  • Sizes: 12, 18, 26, 36, 46, 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 12-24 hours for iced drinks; 12 for hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with removable Chug Cap

Pros

  • Tough
  • Dishwasher safe
  • Lots of mouthpiece accessories are available

Cons

  • 5-year warranty
  • A bit more expensive compared to other reusable water bottles

There was stiff competition to name the best overall water bottle. However, the Yeti Rambler takes home the top prize. It’s more durable than other contenders like Hydro Flask, and the powder coating has a great feel and grip to it. The bottle itself comes in a plethora of fun colors (with equally fun names like “Bimini Pink” and “King Crab”), and the number of accessories you can get for your bottle is astonishing. We think the included Chug Cap is a happy medium between wide-mouth ease and narrow-mouth accessibility; you can remove the Chug Cap for washing and ice insertion and put it back on for spillage-free sips. 

The handle on the bottle feels sturdy and is grabble—an important feature for slippy-fingered people like myself. Even the straw cap warrants major kudos—you don’t have to touch the straw part to flip it up, and the handle is offset, so you can sip without any logistical problems. Yeti advertises 12-24 hours for keeping iced drinks cold, but we think it can keep drinks cold for closer to 36 hours. Although the five-year warranty is great in theory, other comparable brands feature a lifetime warranty on their bottles. And, although the price is great in the long run, you can technically get an insulated water bottle that will last just as long (with more dings and dents) but is cheaper. However, we think Yeti is worth the investment.

Best sustainable: Klean Kanteen TKWide

Klean Kanteen

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Insulated water bottles are already sustainable, but Klean Kanteen’s 90% post-consumer 18/8 stainless steel composition goes the extra eco-friendly mile.

Specs

  • Sizes: 12, 16, 20, 32, 64
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature retention: 46-47 hours for iced drinks, depending on cap; 14 hours hot with cafe cap
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Steel straw in twist mouthpiece is more luxurious and eco-friendly than plastic
  • Twist cap straw design is stylish and prevents germs
  • Innovative internal thread design
  • Lots of accessory options

Cons

  • Straw cap not recommended for hot liquids due to stainless steel straw
  • Mouthpieces have more crevices than other bottles
  • Handle could be more robust

If you thought your reusable water bottle was saving the planet, wait until you meet the Klean Kanteen TKWide line. The company states that 95 percent of its products will be made from recycled steel by 2023; however, the TKWide line is explicitly made from recycled steel right now. 

We love the innovative twist cap straw design, which hides the straw mouthpiece completely until use, meaning it’s only exposed to the world when you want it to be. The internal thread design uses a series of rounded bumps rather than a line of threads to create a better seal, keeping your drinks cooler for longer. There are multiple cap options available to turn your TKWide into a tumbler for iced coffee or transform it into athletic mode with the sport cap. If you’re looking for a bottle with a sleek handle, the TKWide metal loop cap is for you. It’s easy to snag with two fingers, but it might not be for you if you’re looking for something truly grabbable.

Best with straw: Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid

Takeya

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A large, flexible handle, included silicon bumper, and leakproof design are all game-winning features.

Specs

  • Sizes: 32, 40, 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: 24 hours cold; 12 hours hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw lid

Pros

  • Large handle
  • Included silicone bumper
  • Leakproof 

Cons

  • Reviews note pink bottle looks different in the product photo than in real-life

When looking for an insulated water bottle with a straw cap, we like to see some specific features: a durable handle that isn’t in the way of the straw itself; a ridge to easily flip up the straw so it doesn’t come in contact with sweaty or dirty hands; and a leakproof design. The Takeya Pickleball Insulated Water Bottle with Straw Lid checks off all these boxes, with an included silicone bumper to prevent damage. A powder coating makes this bottle durable and easy to hold, and the large handle makes it easy to clip onto a backpack or carry around. 

These bottles are also cheaper than others on this list of a similar size—for example, a 32-ounce Hydroflask retails for $44.95, depending on where you purchase it. This bottle retails for $39.99, which is a steal considering it comes with a silicone bumper, which other companies sell separately. We think everyone is sleeping on this Japanese brand. If you’re looking for a serious step-up option, check out the Titanium Aurora Bottle from Snow Peak, a Japanese outdoors brand founded out of the snowy mountains that crafts elevated everyday items.

Best for kids: Hydro Flask 12-ounce Kids Wide Mouth Straw Lid

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This lightweight bottle has an included silicone boot for extra protection.

Specs

  • Sizes: 12 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes 
  • Temperature times: 24 hours for cold drinks
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Perforated silicone boot for extra protection
  • Kid-friendly features like a place to write a name
  • Straw doesn’t need to be open all the way to take a sip

Cons

  • Handle design not the most comfortable to hold
  • Not leakproof

It was tough to choose between this and the Yeti Rambler Jr. as best for kids. However, the included silicon boot—which other companies sell as a separate accessory—and kid-specific features like a place to write their name edged it out. It’s also lighter than the Yeti Rambler Jr., clocking in at 9.6 ounces compared to 1 pound.

The straw doesn’t need to be opened all the way to take a sip, which is a blessing and a curse: it’s easier to drink out of, but it’s not leakproof. Additionally, the handle is out of the way from taking a sip but is a little uncomfortable to hold since it requires you to hook your fingers rather than allow for a full grab. The company does sell water bottle slings separately, which can keep everyone hands-free. If this bottle doesn’t tickle your kid’s hydration fancy, check out our other picks for the best kid water bottles.

Best with a filter: LifeStraw Go Stainless Steel Water Filter Bottle

LifeStraw

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Clean water is all around you with this fabulous filtered bottle.

Specs

  • Sizes: 24 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes, only with filter and carbon capsule removed
  • Temperature times: 24 hours cold; not recommended for hot liquids
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw mouthpiece

Pros

  • Included carabiner
  • Clean water anywhere
  • Dishwasher safe

Cons

  • One size only
  • Heavy
  • Doesn’t fit in standard cupholders

Finding clean water in the great outdoors is a struggle. Heck, even finding clean water in cities is difficult—looking at you, suss outdoor water fountain in the park. The LifeStraw Go Stainless Steel Water Filter Bottle gets rid of this drinkable debacle thanks to its included Titan Renew and membrane microfilters, which protect against parasites, microplastics, chlorine, organic chemical matter, dirt, sand, and cloudiness, while also improving taste. 

Specifically, LifeStraw’s membrane microfilter removes 99.999999% of bacteria, 99.999% of parasites, 99.999% of microplastics, silt, sand, and cloudiness. It meets NSF 42 standard for chlorine reduction and meets U.S. EPA & NSF P231 drinking water standards for the removal of bacteria and parasites. This means you can also have access to clean water internationally. The carbon filter costs around $10 to replace, and the replacement two-stage membrane filter costs around $25. However, these filters only need replacing every 1,000 gallons—that’s a lot of lake water. Although it’s heavier than other insulated water bottles, doesn’t fit in standard cup holders, and only comes in one size, we think the benefits of clean water outweigh these cons. If you’re looking for a bottle with UV light filtering, consider the LARQ PureVis Bottle, which is also self-cleaning.

Best 64 oz.: Stanley Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug

Stanley

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This jug is easy to carry and keeps drinks cold for hours, making it easy to drink more water.

Specs

  • Sizes: 64 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: cold for 20 hours; 4 days with ice
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth with straw lid

Pros

  • Extra large moveable handle 
  • Leakproof straw
  • Insulated lid doubles as a cup

Cons

  • Heavy when filled

Stanley Adventure Quencher travel tumblers are currently every TikTok drink girlie’s must-have item. A TikTok drink girlie is a person (girlie is gender neutral) who has at least three beverages on their person at once, one of them being some sort of chaotic Utah soda concoction or an iced coffee. Stanley makes a mean water bottle as well, and its 64-ounce Ice Flow Flip Straw Jug is our favorite. Unlike other jugs, which come with a narrower mouthpiece for chugging, this water bottle comes with a straw for easy sipping—no one wants to recreate the water-chair scene in Flashdance IRL, at least not unintentionally. 

Its temperature control is also unbeatable—four days with ice is a long time! The large, moveable handle allows you to carry the (objectively heavy) jug with ease. I have an older model of this jug with a fixed handle, and I’m debating swapping it out for this model. Although it won’t fit in your cupholder, you can throw it on the floor of your car without worrying about it tipping over—and if it does, you’re less likely to experience any spills.

Best budget: Igloo 36-ounce Vacuum-Insulated Bottle

Igloo

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: You don’t have to sacrifice quality for price with this bottle, which has the same cooling times and features as more expensive varieties. 

Specs

  • Sizes: 26, 36 ounces
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • Temperature times: 48 hours cold; 12 hours hot
  • Mouthpiece: Wide mouth

Pros

  • Ergonomic handle
  • Great price for how long it can keep drinks cold
  • Powder coating for durability

Cons

  • Reviewers note the bottle leaking despite closing it tightly

If you’re looking for quality on a budget, look no further than cooler-aficionado Igloo. Although the company doesn’t sell any accessory mouthpieces—you’re kinda stuck with the wide mouth bottle with twist cap—you might be able to get away with finding an accessory cap from another company (which we are obligated to say, do this at your own risk). This bottle features similar specs as our best overall, the Yeti Rambler, at a fraction of the price. The products even have almost identical dimensions and handle shapes. Which is to say we love this bottle for the same reasons we love the Rambler: a powder coat finish for durability, an ergonomic handle, and lasting cooling power.

What to consider when buying the best insulated water bottles

Size: Insulated water bottles bring plenty of bounce to the ounce; the water bottles on this list range from 18 ounces all the way up to 64 ounces. Shop for a size based on your water intake. If you’re a frequent hydrator or athlete, you might want to consider a bottle that is 32 ounces and up. For on-the-go use, I personally enjoy a water bottle in the 24- to 32-ounce range—it’s not too small that I need to refill it constantly, but not a complete lug to haul around. However, I have a 64-ounce water bottle for the sole purpose of getting in my daily water intake without having to refill. Those looking for super-extra hydration should consider a gallon water bottle. Tiny tykes who don’t need that much water should aim for a 12-ounce bottle.

Dishwasher friendliness: You should wash your stainless steel water bottle after every use, regardless of what was in the bottle. Not all stainless steel bottles are dishwasher safe, however. Warm, soapy water and a sponge does the trick for bottles that require handwashing. If you have a bottle with a narrower opening or one that has hard-to-reach crevices—which equals a stinky, smelly, stainless steel bottle—look for a bottle brush or bottle-cleaning tabs to take care of the job. All of the bottles on our list are dishwasher safe.

Sip preferences: Wide-mouth water bottles are great if you want a cup-like sipping experience or want to throw in some ice hassle-free. However, you might get some spillage on your shirt and face in public, which is humbling, to say the least. A narrow mouth prevents that but is harder to load up with ice. A flip-up straw lets you sip your water as you please, but can be harder to chug based on the model. Companies often sell separate cap accessories to customize a sipping experience to your liking. 

Weight & durability: Stainless steel vacuum-insulated water bottles tend to be light and durable, thanks to 18/8 stainless steel, which refers to its elemental composition: 18% chromium and 8% nickel. However, there is still a possibility for dings during use since some bottles have a thinner outer layer of stainless steel compared to others. This makes them lighter in weight but more prone to dents. And, like phone screens, you never know if your bottle will survive a short fall on concrete or a 3-foot tumble down a mountain. 

Additionally, the bottle’s paint coating affects its durability. Powder-coated bottles are less prone to scratches and peeling than liquid-coated bottles. The powder coating also gives the bottle more grip, which prevents it from slipping out of your hands. Handles, slings, and silicon sleeves can add personality and keep your bottle ding-and-dent-free. 

Thankfully, you can allegedly fix a dented bottle with some hot and cold water or a hairdryer and dry ice. This is all to say that a bottle with a thicker outer layer and a powder paint coating will typically experience fewer dents. 

FAQs

Q: Is drinking from stainless steel harmful?

No. Stainless steel (and titanium) water bottles are made from food-grade material resistant to corrosion and oxidation. Unlike aluminum bottles, they do not need a protective inner coating. And, unlike plastic bottles, they do not leach chemicals when exposed to warm beverages or heat. In fact, using a stainless steel water bottle is your safest bet when it comes to drinking receptacles.

Q: How do I clean my insulated water bottle?

If it’s dishwasher safe, just place it in the dishwasher on the left or right of the top rack, upside down. If it’s handwash-only, some warm, soapy water, a sponge, and some elbow grease are perfect. Bottlebrushes can help clean bottles with narrow openings or crevices. Bottle-cleaning tablets work in a pinch or on stubborn stains. 

Q: Can I bring an insulated water bottle on a plane?

Per TSA, insulated water bottles are allowed in carry-on bags as long as they’re empty before entering security. If you walk through security with an insulated water bottle that’s filled, you will risk confiscation or getting pulled aside. It’s best to make the TSA agent’s life easier by filling up your bottle after passing security. 

Q: How long do insulated water bottles last?

With proper use and care, you can get 10-12 years out of your insulated water bottle. Considering most high-quality insulated water bottles are in the $25-$60 range, that means you’re helping the environment while getting excellent cost-per-use. 

Q: How much should an insulated water bottle cost?

Most insulated water bottles cost around $30, although you’ll have to pay a little more if you want one in a larger size.

Final thoughts on the best insulated water bottles

Choosing the best insulated water bottle doesn’t have to dry out your spirit. You can find high-quality bottles to fit your liking and lifestyle across all price points. Handles, different mouthpieces, accessories, stickers, and fun colors can help you personalize your water bottle so it matches your personality. Hydration is essential, but who says it should be boring?

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best insulated water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Apple Watch for most people is just $199 for Amazon Prime Day https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-amazon-prime-day-deals-october-2023/ Wed, 11 Oct 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=578759
Apple watch SE 2 in a pattern
Stan Horaczek

The Apple Watch SE 2 has everything most people need and it starts at just $199 during Amazon's Prime Big Deal event.

The post The best Apple Watch for most people is just $199 for Amazon Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Apple watch SE 2 in a pattern
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The Apple Watch SE (2nd gen) is Apple’s budget-friendly wearable, and Amazon has knocked $50 off the price across the board to make it even more attainable. The SE has most of the bells and whistles found on the more expensive Apple Watch models at a fraction of the price. It’s 50m water resistant and includes essential safety features like irregular/unusually high heartbeat notifications and crash detection. It works seamlessly with other Apple devices. Plus, it comes in two sizes and a wide variety of colors. You can buy an older model to save money, but then you won’t get software support for as long as you will with the SE. This is all the smartwatch most people need, and it’s a steal at this price.

Note: You’ll have to be an Amazon Prime member to take advantage of most of these deals, so be sure you’re signed up before making a purchase.

Apple Watch SE (2nd Gen) [GPS 40mm] Smartwatch with Midnight Aluminum Case with Midnight Sport Loop $199 (was $249)

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

This is the cheapest version you can get. It has a smaller 40mm face (you can move up to 44mm starting at $229). It’s great if you don’t have a huge wrist or you simply don’t want a giant watch. It monitors your heart rate, gives you your messages, runs all the Apple Watch apps, and does everything most people need.

Other Apple Watch SE options on sale for Prime Day:

Accessorizing other activities? Take a look at our ongoing list of Big Deal Days discounts.

Want more deals delivered to your inbox weekly? Sign up for PopSci’s Deals newsletter and save money on stuff you’ll really use.

The post The best Apple Watch for most people is just $199 for Amazon Prime Day appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best CrossFit shoes for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-crossfit-shoes/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=576005
The best crossfit shoes
Stan Horaczek

The right CrossFit shoes can make you a whole lot more comfortable (and safer) during your workout.

The post The best CrossFit shoes for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best crossfit shoes
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Nobull gum trainer+ crossfit shoes Nobull Gum Trainer+
SEE IT

The sturdy and seamless, which prevents annoying blisters from forming.

Best budget Nikon Metcon 8 crossfit shoes Nike Metcon 8
SEE IT

They’re one generation old, but they’re still great and frequently on sale.

Best for recovery Hoka recovery slides Hoka Ora Recovery Slides
SEE IT

They’re comfortable like flip flops, but much better for your feet.

If you’ve ever attended a WOD (short for Workout of the Day in CrossFit parlance), you know the right CrossFit shoes can make a huge difference in your performance. Of all the many, many CrossFit accessories you can purchase to improve your training, few have the same kind of impact as your shoe choice. But, CrossFit is a varied discipline with several distinct aspects. In this list, we’ll break down the best CrossFit shoes for cross-training, Olympic lifting, and even recovery.

How we chose the best CrossFit shoes

I have been a part of my local CrossFit community since 2009, during which time I’ve tried just about every shoe meant for the mats. You can even see a very embarrassing picture of me online from the Reebok CrossFit launch event way back in 2012. For this article, I relied on personal experience, editorial reviews, spec comparisons, and advice from several high-level CrossFit competitors who can’t be named here due to their sponsorship status. While CrossFit-oriented shoes are never cheap, I have focused on pairs that are durable enough to last for years while providing the comfort and performance required to keep you ringing up PRs. 

The best CrossFit shoes: Reviews & Recommendations

While we make specific recommendations about individual products, you’re always best off checking out all the options before purchasing. There’s lots of product overlap, so know your options before you pay.

Best overall: Nobull Gum Trainer+

Nobull

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Men’s 8-16 and Women’s 5-11
  • Best for: All-around shoe suitable for weightlifting and metabolic conditioning

Pros

  • No seams to rub and cause blisters
  • Very comfortable
  • Subtle heel rise
  • Rubber reinforcement makes them very durable
  • Wide toe box for stability

Cons

  • Toe box may actually feel too wide for some
  • Women’s sizes cap at 11

Nobull burst onto the CrossFit scene just a few years ago, and now the company is the title sponsor for the annual CrossFit Games. The Nobull shoes are easily recognizable thanks to their seamless design, which makes them cool to look at but also reduces the risk of blisters from bunched fabric. CrossFit requires a lot of unusual movements in every direction, and one bad seam inside of a shoe can cause havoc. 

Heavy-duty rubber reinforces areas that take a lot of abuse. The toe caps are burly, so repeated burpees won’t tear them apart. The bottom is thick and sturdy, so it won’t flex when you don’t want it to. Plus, the wide toe cage and reinforced sole provide a very stable platform for heavy lifts and intense dynamic movements. Despite their rugged build, they’re still relatively light and extremely breathable. 

These shoes were specifically built for the rigors of a CrossFit gym, and it shows. 

Best budget: Nike Metcon 8

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Women’s 5-12 and Men’s 6-15
  • Best for: All-around shoe for lifting and conditioning

Pros

  • Very wide size range in both men’s and women’s
  • Attractive design with lots of colors
  • Affordable because they’re usually on-sale
  • Sturdy sole provides a very solid platform
  • Breathable

Cons

  • Toe box isn’t as wide as some others

You’ll notice that the Metcon 9 is already on the market, which may make the 8 seem like a weird recommendation. But, if you don’t need the absolute latest model, you can save quite a bit of cash and still get a great shoe. 

The Nike Metcon 8 (“Meton” is CrossFit speak for “metabolic conditioning”) offers a flat, sturdy bottom with four degrees of heel rise. That makes them much more stable than running shoes when it comes to dynamic movements and heavy lifts. They’re naturally a bit more narrow than the Nobulls, but they break in very nicely. They’re reinforced with sturdy rubber at points that naturally take a lot of abuse. There’s even a large rubber area on the outside midsole of the shoe to prevent rope climbs from tearing up your kicks. 

While the Nobulls opt for a very no-nonsense design, the Nikes are much flashier, which I personally appreciate. There are lots of colorways to choose from. 

The toe box is wide but not massive, so you might have to spend a little time breaking these in before they feel just right. Once you’ve gotten a couple of workouts in, though, they’re excellent. 

Best for beginning lifters: Reebok Lifter PR II

Reebok

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Men’s 6-14 (men and women can wear the same style)
  • Best for: Weightlifting

Pros

  • Affordable compared to other dedicated lifters
  • Relatively light
  • Lots of size options
  • Easy to put on
  • Stable

Cons

  • Not as durable as more expensive models

Once you start lifting seriously, a solid pair of weight-lifting shoes can make a huge difference in your form and the overall feel of your lifts. You’ll notice that pro lifters typically wear wedge-shaped shoes with a raised heel that puts their legs (and by extension, their entire body) into a better position. These beginner-oriented lifters do just that with a wedge-shaped sole that slightly raises the heel. This is useful for backsquatting, Olympic lifting, and other activities with heavy weights. 

A sturdy velcro strap goes across the laces to add an extra layer for stability during the high-torque process that is weight-lifting. If you’re just starting out, these will likely provide all the stability you need. Plus, they’re durable enough to last for years of training before you move up to something more advanced.

Best for advanced lifters: Nike Romaleos 4 SE

Nike

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Men’s 3.5-15 (unisex)
  • Best for: Serious weight lifting

Pros

  • Heel rise provides a comfortable lifting position
  • Extremely sturdy
  • Very stable even under heavy load
  • Cool colorways
  • Easy to put on

Cons

  • Some reviewers complain about the durability of the Velcro strap

Once you’re ready to move on to a more advanced (and more expensive) lifter, this is a great option. The hard, flat bottom provides a very stable base and a satisfying slap against the gym floor during Olympic lifts. The raised heel puts your body in an ideal position for a deep squat without taxing your Achilles and other vulnerable tendons. The leather upper is very sturdy to handle the rotational forces involved with heavy lifts. Plus, a pair of Velcro straps go over the laces in order to keep everything cinched up tightly. These are pro-grade lifting shoes for moving serious weight. 

Best for recovery: Hoka Ora Recovery Slide

Hoka

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Men’s 4-14 (unisex)
  • Best for: Wearing after a workout

Pros

  • Specifically shaped to support the foot, unlike regular sandals
  • Air channels to keep cool
  • Two-stage material to refine squish under your foot
  • Lots of colorways

Cons

  • Most colorways are very bright, which may not be your style

Recovery is crucial for your entire body. But, feet take an especially hard beating. Just about any good trainer will tell you that the average sandal or flip-flop is like a foot torture device. Hoka designed these slides with recovery in mind. They have a two-stage design, which provides the right balance of squishy padding and stable support. The shape of the slide cradles your foot in an active position rather than flattening it out and stressing the delicate parts inside. They’re super-light, ventilated for airflow, and cool-looking as long as you can pull off the bright color vibes. You could get some to match your workout headphones.

Things to consider when shopping for the best CrossFit shoes

Here are some variables and terms to understand when shopping for the best CrossFit shoes.

Style

Most serious CrossFitters have a pair of shoes they use for metabolic conditioning workouts and then another pair of shoes meant specifically for weight lifting. If you’re just starting out, you probably don’t need a dedicated set of lifters. A simple pair of training shoes from this list can do everything you need. Once you start getting to heavier lifts, however, a good pair of lifting shoes will pay off in the long run. Plus, since you only wear them a few hours a week, they should last a long time. 

Heel drop

Running shoes are not good for CrossFit. They typically have too much padding, which makes them unstable during lateral movements and under heavy weights. Plus, they typically have more than 10mm of drop from the heel to the toe. That elevated heel puts your legs in the incorrect position and can limit your flexibility and mobility down the road. A shoe like the Nobull trainers on this list, for example, only has 4mm of heel drop. You’ll find that most CrossFit shoes hover around that. You want something that’s still relatively comfortable, but that puts your legs in the correct position during a workout. 

Fit

Most CrossFit shoes offer a wide toe box that may feel weird when you’re first getting used to it. You need a wide, stable base for dynamic movements (especially when you’re moving laterally), so CrossFit shoes skew much wider than running shoes or casual footwear. Even with that wide toe box, however, you want to ensure you tie them very tightly. You don’t want your foot wiggling around while you work out. That’s a surefire ticket to Blister City. 

FAQs

Q: Are CrossFit shoes worth it?

If you’re going to be working out regularly, you’ll want the right shoes. Typical running shoes offer too much padding and heel drop, which is bad for stability and flexibility. That might be fine when you’re just starting out, but once you start moving serious weight, things can get very dicey. Eventually, you’ll likely want a pair of trainers and a pair of lifters. 

Q: Are running shoes OK for CrossFit?

When you run, your heel typically strikes the ground with the whole weight of your body. As a result, running shoes really stack the padding around that area to cushion the blow. During CrossFit, however, that happens somewhat infrequently and that padding becomes a liability. A higher heel pushes your ankle up and shortens your tendons, limiting movement in the long run. Also, that squishy foam doesn’t provide a solid base under your foot once you start doing torque-based heavy lifts like backsquats. Imagine you’re trying to lift while standing on a big squishy blob instead of a rigid platform. It can go badly. 

Q: How long do shoes last for CrossFit?

There are a lot of variables here. You can burn through a pair in six months if you work out five times per week doing outdoor exercise and otherwise punishing your shoes. If you mostly work out in the gym and take care of them, they can last for years. Lifters tend to last longer because they’re made from tough material and don’t get as much use. 

Q: Can you do CrossFit without shoes?

First, you’ll need to get your gym to allow it. Most won’t for hygiene reasons. Some workouts may lend themselves to barefoot status. Kettlebells, for instance, are fun to do with no shoes on. You’ll want to wear shoes for things like back squats or Olympic weight-lifting because you need the grip. Done correctly, those will put a ton of rotational force on your feet, and you want as much grip as possible. Your best bet is to get a pair of shoes that fit nicely, and then you won’t be so eager to ditch them and let the dogs out. 

Final thoughts on the best CrossFit shoes

Whether you’re just starting out or have been around since the early days, the right CrossFit shoes can make a huge difference in how you train. You want stability, versatility, and durability. Plus, you want them to look cool, so when you post your daily Instagram story from the gym, you look the part. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best CrossFit shoes for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best vegan protein powder for 2023, tested and reviewed by experts https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-vegan-protein-powder/ Fri, 29 Sep 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=575915
The best vegan protein powders composited
Stan Horaczek

Vegan protein powder offers all the nutritional benefits with none of the animal byproducts.

The post The best vegan protein powder for 2023, tested and reviewed by experts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best vegan protein powders composited
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Vega Sport vegan protein powder Vega Sport Chocolate
SEE IT

This high-performance protein tastes good and comes at a reasonable price-per-serving.

Best tasting Garden of Life Vegan Protein Powder Garden of Life: Creamy Oat Chocolate Brownie
SEE IT

If you have trouble choking down regular protein, this pleasant powder may be what you’re looking for.

Best for sensitive stomachs Promix vegan protein with a pile of powder Promix Vegan Raw Chocolate
SEE IT

If you want simple ingredients and immaculate macros, then this is a great choice.

The plant-based bandwagon has been picking up a lot of passengers these last few years, which has led to an abundance of vegan protein powders on the market. But, the workout supplement landscape can be tricky to navigate. It’s full of expensive scams and misinformation. Plus, the rise of well-meaning, but unqualified foodies and fitness influencers across the Internet has made it difficult to discern fact from fiction. We’re here to help you sort it out. Whether you’re throwing haymakers on the heavy bag or trying to PR on your deadlift, we found five vegan protein powders that will support your every workout. 

How we chose the best vegan protein powder

PopSci has multiple staff members who are vegetarian and explore animal protein alternatives, while I’ve been an active athlete since childhood and have been vegan most of my adult life. I filtered my search to performance supplements that are purely plant-based. I’m also a Columbia-educated registered dietician. I focused my search on products with ingredients that are accurately labeled, which can be tricky since the FDA doesn’t regulate protein powder in the same way it regulates regular food. Therefore, I relied on supplements certified by NSFSport, trusted by USADA (United States Anti-Doping Agency) and most major league sports associations, to verify product authenticity and suitability for athletes. You’ll notice I chose the chocolate flavors of each brand because that’s what I find best fits the most common peanut butter and banana “recipe” many of us use for protein smoothies (most brands only carry a chocolate and vanilla flavor in their vegan selection, anyway). Finally, as I reviewed the available options, I made sure to account for differences in things like packaging, allergens, and price.

Here’s that easy, delicious smoothie recipe:

  • 12 oz Britta water
  • 1 large banana
  • 2 ice cubes
  • Teaspoon of peanut butter
  • Dash of vanilla extract
  • Shake of cinnamon
  • Shake of cloves

The best vegan protein: Reviews & Recommendations

While we make specific recommendations, it’s important to consider your needs and tastes. Be sure to check out all the options on the list before ordering.

Best overall: Vega Sport Chocolate

Vega

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 30g
  • Carbs per serving: 6g
  • Fat per serving: 3g
  • Calories per serving: 160
  • Cost per serving: $1.92

Pros

  • High absolute and relative protein content (second highest of all reviewed)
  • Has 2.5 g of leucine, which is important for stimulating MPS (muscle protein synthesis)
  • Simple ingredients make it less likely to upset your stomach
  • Tart cherry, a powerful antioxidant, can help aid in recovery

Cons

  • Not personally a huge fan of the stevia taste, but it’s not bad

The Vega brand carries a lot of weight in the world of vegan athletics because of its co-founder, Brendan Brazier—a former ultra-endurance athlete who helped prove the competitive viability of a plant-based lifestyle. This protein powder looks like it’s formulated to help you maintain that competitive edge. It got top billing on this list because of its high protein content, GI-safe ingredients, and adequate leucine content—important traits for any protein supplement. It comes stacked with 30 grams of protein per 44 gram serving (a ratio of 0.682 per gram) and 2.5 grams of leucine, which is important for stimulating muscle protein synthesis. It’s also free of the pro- and prebiotics, often the cause of GI disturbances, found in the more expensive “Premium” version. It doesn’t skimp on vitamins with 7 milligrams of iron and 20% of your daily calcium needs. I remember the early Vega protein powders in the mid-2000s and, I’ll be honest, they weren’t great. This has come a long way in taste and texture with a subtle, chocolatey flavor not overly affected by that distinct stevia taste. It blended well with the rest of my smoothie ingredients without getting too frothy. I’m not a fan of “froth” because it just puts my air in your stomach, causing most people to feel bloated. Finally, at only $29.99 for the standard tub, Vega’s Sport Protein – Plant-Based Protein Powder Chocolate does all I need it to do as a vegan athlete.

Best tasting: Garden of Life: Creamy Oat Chocolate Brownie

Garden of Life

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 20g
  • Carbs per serving: 16g
  • Fat per serving: 4.5g
  • Calories per serving: 170
  • Cost per serving: $2

Pros

  • Oat milk does just what it says—gives it a creamy taste
  • Fully organic, non-GMO product
  • Trusted brand that has been around a long time

Cons

  • The protein-to-powder ratio is a little low compared to competitors
  • Pro- and prebiotic blend can upset the stomach of a person with a normal GI tract or IBS

Taste is a huge factor when considering a supplement because, let’s be honest, if it tastes bad, you’re probably not going to take it. The Garden of Life Creamy Organic Vegan Protein Powder + OatMilk is not that chalky protein powder of old. The coconut and oat milk powders give it a silky and creamy flavor that tastes pretty close to an actual milkshake. And, I’m not a chef, but there’s this nutty character of the chocolate that I’m guessing comes from the gluten-free grains they use for extra protein—brown rice, amaranth, quinoa, buckwheat, millet, and chia. Now, as someone who tries to get a pretty high amount of protein in his body every day, I do wish it had a bit more than 20 grams per serving (a ratio of 0.435 per gram), especially since vegan athletes have a slightly less access to bioavailable proteins. It also has a number of ingredients like erythritol (sugar alcohol), inulin, acacia gum, and a probiotic blend that can cause bloating or GI irritation for some people. Still, Garden of Life has been around a long time and makes a host of products that are independently verified to be as authentic, organic, and generally good for you as they try to be. If you get a good amount of protein in your diet and just want a bit extra through a delicious, organic shake, this is a good bet.

Best meal replacement: Gnarly Vegan Chocolate

Gnarly

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 20g
  • Carbs per serving: 16g
  • Fat per serving: 7g
  • Calories per serving: 200
  • Cost per serving: $3.69

Pros

  • Higher overall calories and a broad macronutrient profile 
  • Contains widest array of micronutrients, including biotin, vitamin D, and iron
  • Includes more than 30% of daily fiber needs (9 grams)

Cons

  • Larger serving size means you’ve got a lot of powder to chug
  • Higher fat content than the others on the list

Gnarly Vegan’s Chocolate Meal Replacement protein is great for exactly that—a meal replacement. It’s got the highest calorie count (200 kilocals) and the widest array of micronutrients (i.e., vitamins and minerals) of all the brands reviewed. At 20 grams of protein per serving (a ratio of 0.400 per gram), 7 grams of net carbohydrates, and an impressive 9 grams of dietary fiber (one of the most chronically insufficient nutrients in American diets) it has a macronutrient distribution atypical for a protein powder but worthy of a meal replacement if you add a few more sources of carbohydrates. On their website, Gnarly owns up to the fact that this supplement is just barely a meal replacement, claiming that the higher calorie count (as compared to most protein supplements) puts them in that category.

As a sports dietitian, I agree, and added a few more bananas, berries, and applesauce to my shake in order to make it meet a full meal’s worth of nutrients. I would have added more powder, but the large serving size (50 grams) might have made it a more chalky smoothie than I was looking to drink. Be that as it may, if you’re looking to pack on muscle, which nutritionally relies on caloric surplus and protein intake, Gnarly Vegan’s Chocolate Meal Replacement is a safe bet. 

Best for sensitive stomachs: Promix Vegan Raw Chocolate

Promix

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 25g
  • Carbs per serving: 3g
  • Fat per serving: 2g
  • Calories per serving: 130
  • Cost per serving: $1.32

Pros

  • Highest relative protein content of all reviewed (more than 3/4s of the product weight is protein at 0.781 per gram) 
  • Fewest ingredients make it pretty easy on the stomach
  • Made mostly in America (94%)

Cons

  • Packaging is inconvenient and easily punctured

Promix’s Vegan Raw Chocolate protein powder is my kind of straight-to-the-point, no-frills workout supplement. It doesn’t try to be everything to everyone and just packs a lot of protein in as few ingredients as possible. For that reason, it gets the nod as the easiest on your stomach, free of bubbly-guts culprits like prebiotics, probiotics, gums, sugar-alcohols, and all nine major food allergens. It actually has more protein per gram of product (0.781) than any of the others I reviewed, which means you get a lot of muscle-building macronutrients without too much powder. I found this to help with taste since I tasted more of the banana and cinnamon I added than the powder itself, which was more of a generic, neutral chocolate flavor than anything else. It’s not overly delightful, but it’s not at all offensive like some supplements can be. Finally, for those who like to shop with a bit of environmental responsibility, Promix’s manufacturing processes ensure 67% less carbon emissions compared to most competitors, and it sources 94% of its ingredients in North America.

Best after an interval workout: Ladder Chocolate

Ladder

SEE IT

Specs

  • Protein per serving: 21g
  • Carbs per serving: 7g
  • Fat per serving: 2g
  • Calories per serving: TK
  • Cost per serving: $1.80

Pros

  • High in electrolytes (sodium and potassium), making it a good option for someone who sweats a lot 
  • Tart cherry contents help with recovery after a tough workout
  • Chocolatiest of the chocolate protein powders

Cons

  • Pro- and prebiotic blend can upset the stomach of a person with a normal GI tract or IBS

Ladder’s Premium Chocolate Protein was close to getting the award for best tasting because of its rich chocolatey flavor while providing 21 grams of protein per serving. I actually tasted it by itself (mixing it with just water) and it legit tasted like a cooled-down hot chocolate. What makes it stand out, though, is its high concentration of electrolytes (650 mg of sodium, 620 mg of potassium), which are essential in rehydrating after an intense workout, and it’s inclusion of 480 mg of tart cherry extract—a powerful antioxidant which has been shown to reduce muscle soreness and inflammation. It isn’t specific about its leucine content, but it does boast 1000 mg of BCAAs (valine, leucine, isoleucine) and methionine. I could also do without the probiotic blends, but some people may find that useful. Overall, it tasted great and didn’t bother my stomach much, if at all. It’s definitely something I’ll consider taking after a bunch of rounds on the heavy bag. 

Things to consider when shopping for vegan protein powder

Here are some essential variables to consider when shopping for a vegan protein supplement.

Protein content

The first thing I consider when looking for a vegan protein supplement is how much protein it contains. As plant-based athletes, it can be challenging to get high-bioavailability protein into our systems without eating a massive amount of food. Vegan protein sources are usually found in foods containing a lot of fiber, so some of the protein gets passed through us. Therefore, I’m usually trying to get the biggest bang for my buck, with a minimum of 20 grams of protein per serving, but preferably 30.

Ingredients and your ability to digest them

I’m also looking out for unnecessary ingredients (like probiotics) because I don’t need my protein shake to solve any GI issues I have. I just need it to give me protein without making me feel bloated or giving me the runs (we’ve all been there). This includes being aware of the protein source—soy, pea, brown rice, etc.—though most these days come from peas. Pea protein tends to be easy on the gut and peas have a high protein content compared to other legumes. Also worth thinking about is a supplement’s overall macronutrient content. Most protein powders will have a good ratio that is high in protein and low in fat and carbohydrates, but most of us don’t need to be overly concerned with that. The truth is, muscle building mostly happens in energy surplus, meaning we need sufficient overall calories for the protein we ingest to be put to proper use. Having adequate calories from carbohydrates and fats is an important part of that equation.

Other beneficial ingredients

Finally, where possible, I try to find a supplement with about 3 grams of leucine, an essential amino acid that stimulates muscle protein synthesis. Some powders will advertise their BCAAs (branched chain amino acids) but aren’t specific about how much leucine is present, even though it’s the most important of the three (leucine, isoleucine, and valine). If you can’t get it in your protein powder, soy, legumes, and whole wheats are usually a good bet. You know your body and your goals, so make the choices that best suit you, but keep the above in mind. Whenever possible, talk to an accredited dietitian to better understand what dietary adjustments best suit you. 

FAQs

Q: How much protein do I need?

Everyone’s protein needs will differ depending on age, weight, goals, dietary patterns, and so on. The current RDA (recommended daily allowance) for protein at 0.8 grams per kilogram of body weight (or about 55 grams of protein for a 150 lbs person) is generally considered low by most dietitians, and should probably be closer to 1.0–1.2 grams per kilogram (68–82 grams for a 150 lbs person). That number may be as high as 1.6 grams per kilogram for an athlete or for someone who exercises intensely, especially with resistance training, multiple times a week. Highly-trained athletes with a very high volume of movement may need up to 2.0 grams per kilogram to meet their needs, but that is a very small percentage of people.

Q: Is vegan protein better than animal protein?

When it comes to protein powders and how they are formulated, there is no strong case for plant-based protein powder being superior or inferior to animal-based protein powder. The only way vegan protein is better than animal protein is because it isn’t supposed to require any animals to die in order to be made. Otherwise, there is good science suggesting that whey protein has an edge over other protein sources when it comes to stimulating muscle growth. Still, that effect is only meaningful to the very few people who do all the other stuff right first, such as eating enough total protein, spreading it out between 4–6 meals a day, eating enough total calories to spare protein for tissue development, and letting their bodies recover sufficiently between workouts (i.e., rest days and sleep) to rebuild tissue. 

Q: Do I need to take a protein supplement?

Protein supplements should be exactly that—a supplement to your regular diet rather than a replacement for regular food. There is no specific need to take protein powders or supplements if you can meet your nutritional needs through food, which is still considered the best fueling method. What protein shakes do is help you get extra protein more easily than eating grilled tofu (or grilled chicken for the omnivores) at every meal, but that doesn’t mean you should forgo your whole grains, legumes, and other whole foods. If you’re someone who has tried it all and can’t meet your estimated protein needs through your regular dietary habits, adding a plant-based protein shake (or two) to your daily routine can be helpful. 

Final thoughts on the best vegan protein powder

At the end of the day, our goals are individual, and our tastes are subjective. You’ve got to figure out what your body needs and how best to get there. Find a protein powder that you’re going to use consistently, maybe because of its taste, because it helps you recover after a workout, or because it doesn’t bother your stomach. You find what works for you. When in doubt, find a registered dietitian to help you sort through the details.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best vegan protein powder for 2023, tested and reviewed by experts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fitness watches in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-fitness-watch/ Thu, 30 Dec 2021 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368530
Four of the best fitness watches sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

These impressive fitness watches will allow you to better track your workout metrics, heart rate, sleep cycles and more.

The post The best fitness watches in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best fitness watches sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall The Apple Watch Ultra 2 fitness watch against a white background Apple Watch Ultra 2
SEE IT

This watch offers full functionality without your phone and plenty of advanced activity tracking.

Best for running The Garmin Forerunner 965 on a wrist showing a map with a forest and trail in the background Garmin Forerunner 965
SEE IT

The Forerunner 965 offers advanced running metrics even without additional accessories.

Best budget The Coros Pace 2 fitness watch product shot against a white background COROS Pace 2
SEE IT

You’ll get advanced fitness watch features at a more affordable price.

If you lead an active lifestyle, are training for competition, or simply want to keep better track of your health, a fitness watch is a necessary addition to your everyday wear. These devices help you focus on what you’ve set out to do, whether running, cycling, swimming, or hiking. Some even allow you to download your favorite songs to onboard storage or take control of smartphone apps like Spotify. You can gain insight into where to maximize your efforts with detailed monitoring of your distance, steps, calories burned, heart rate, and more. Most wearables even provide data you can use to improve your sleep and offer specific training suggestions. No matter your goals, the best fitness watches will help you keep progressing.  

How we chose the best fitness watches

As fitness enthusiasts and long-time athletes, we have used our fair share of fitness trackers. We used our personal experience, editorial reviews, and user feedback to select this guide. When considering the wide array of options available, we looked at what sensors and tech each watch used and what each watch did with all that data in terms of insights and suggestions. Accurate on-wrist heart rate monitoring, SpO2 measurements, and GPS were essential. Usability was a key consideration, as was durability. We prioritized watches that provide free access to your information instead of paid subscription models. 

The best fitness watches: Reviews & Recommendations

With so many brands and products available, there is bound to be a watch that aligns perfectly with your wants and needs. The good news is that you might not have to choose only one must-have feature since most smartwatches run the gamut of fitness-tracking features—though some handle particular needs, like running or sleep tracking, better than others. 

Best overall: Apple Watch Ultra 2

Apple

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 36 hours (70 with low power mode)
  • Display type: Always-on OLED Retina 
  • Water resistance: 328 feet
  • Materials: Titanium case
  • Size: 49mm case
  • Weight: 2.16 ounces

Pros

  • Available in three different band styles with multiple colors
  • 3000 nit display more easily viewable in bright sun
  • Made of recycled materials
  • Support for third-party training apps
  • Improved cycling features

Cons

  • Battery life still lags behind other watches
  • Recovery metrics are limited

While the Apple Watch Ultra 2 may be a splurge purchase compared to other fitness watches on this list, its top-shelf feature set makes it worth the cash. Thanks to its (optional) cellular connection, it is the best connected smartwatch for most, meaning you can leave the phone behind. You can listen to music without your phone (just use headphones or earbuds with situational awareness features, please). And you can send and receive messages or calls even if you are trail running (as long as you have service). That’s a great safety feature for fitness watches since you never know when you may twist that ankle and need a ride home. 

The Ultra 2 is highly capable when it comes to insights. The wearable measures your blood oxygen levels and takes electrocardiograms right from your wrist to keep extremely close tabs on your cardiovascular health. Of course, it’ll do the basics, like track your daily activity and measure your workouts, even if they include swimming.

The second iteration of the Apple Watch Ultra brings new cycling features to the table, including the ability to connect Bluetooth power meters, speed, and cadence sensors. It also estimates cycling power and power zones (when using a power meter). Another benefit of the Ultra 2 is that you can connect third-party training apps, such as TrainingPeaks. 

Unfortunately, the battery life of the Ultra 2, while better than the standard Series 9, is still pretty lackluster compared to the competition. And, of course, you’ll only be able to take advantage of all the features we’ve listed with an iPhone. But, the well-rounded features make this the best option for most people looking for a fitness watch. 

Best for the backcountry: Garmin epix Pro (Gen. 2) Sapphire Edition 

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 10 days in smartwatch mode (42mm case), 
  • Display type: AMOLED 
  • Water resistance: 10 ATM
  • Materials: Sapphire glass lens with steel bezel
  • Size: 42mm, 47mm, or 51mm case
  • Weight: 2.2 ounces (42mm 

Pros

  • Flashlight is powerful and extremely useful
  • Available in three sizes to fit your wrist best
  • Advanced training metrics and suggestions
  • Features topographic maps and weather overlays

Cons

  • Expensive

If you like to hit the trail less traveled, the Garmin epix Pro (Gen. 2) is the best fitness watch you can get. The watch comes in two configurations (Pro Standard or Pro Sapphire) and three sizes, so you can dial in what you want and need. We particularly like the Pro Sapphire for backcountry use since the Sapphire lens is incredibly durable and scratch-resistant. In fact, it’s the only screen I’ve not managed to scratch, even after using and abusing it. Plus, Garmin tested the watch to U.S. military standards for thermal, shock, and water resistance, so you can trust it will hold up on even the most rugged adventures.

Beyond durability, the epix Pro (Gen. 2) has a built-in LED flashlight on the front side of the watch case. It is surprisingly handy, and I find myself utilizing it almost every day, but it would be especially nice if you are trying to navigate off a trail after dark. You’ll also have access to multi-band GPS ​​for accurate location information, which enables navigation via the topographical maps. I especially like that the map tells you the distance to the next fork to prevent missing a turn—one of several reasons it tops our best hiking watches. Garmin also added weather overlays so you can keep an eye on any storms that may be headed your way, which I have found extremely useful even when just grabbing a beer on the patio of a local brewery.

As with just about any Garmin smartwatch, you’ll have access to a robust list of sensors, activity recording, and insights. The epix Pro (Gen. 2) tracks your heart rate and blood oxygen levels all day and your HRV status while you sleep. It provides a Morning Report so you can get a picture of your sleep, training outlook, and even the weather. The watch will provide daily suggested workouts and even offers animated workouts for you to follow along. It can predict your race times, help you plan race-day strategies, and more. It’s essentially a helpful coach right on your wrist at all times.

The 42mm epix Pro (Gen. 2) offers 10 days of battery life in smartwatch mode or up to 20 hours in GPS mode. The 42mm case size is ideal for my small wrists, but you can also opt for the 47mm or 51mm sizes and will see a boost to battery life in the larger versions. For example, the 51mm Pro Sapphire provides up to 31 days in smartwatch mode or 62 hours in GPS mode, which is a substantial difference. 

The weather map overlay displayed on the Garmin epix Pro on a wrist resting on a table
The weather map overlays are very useful on the epix Pro (Gen. 2), even when just hanging out on the patio of a brewery. Abby Ferguson

Best fitness tracker: Fitbit Sense 2

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Display type: AMOLED
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Materials: Aluminum case
  • Size: 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.45 inches
  • Weight: 0.8 ounces

Pros

  • Slim, minimal design and size
  • Plenty of sensors for health tracking
  • Bright and responsive touchscreen
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • No third-party app support
  • Subscription required to access all features and insights

The watches we’ve included here can be overkill for many people, which is where a fitness tracker comes in. The Fitbit Sense 2 is essentially a paired-down fitness watch. Though don’t let that fool you, it is still highly capable of helping you track your fitness and health. It is packed full of sensors, including a multi-path optical heart rate sensor, cEDA sensor, SpO2 sensor, skin temperature sensor, built-in GPS and GLONASS, ambient light sensor, and more. 

All of those sensors combine to give you useful health stats. It keeps an eye on your heart rate and alerts you if there is anything abnormal. You can track your sleep and stress levels. It automatically tracks exercises and can guide you on when it’s time to rest or workout. And as a smartwatch, you’ll get notifications right on your wrist. 

The lower price of the Sense 2 does mean there are some compromises. For example, if you want to take advantage of some features, such as the Daily Readiness Score or in-depth sleep information, you’ll need to pay for a Premium Fitbit subscription. And even then, it doesn’t provide as thorough performance and health insights as Garmin or Apple options. It also doesn’t support any third-party apps, so you’re stuck with Fitbit Pay, Google Wallet, and Google Maps. And there are no music controls or storage. But if you just want a basic device to help you stay active, the Fitbit Sense 2 is a great option.

Best for running: Garmin Forerunner 965

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 23 days in smartwatch mode, 31 hours in GPS mode
  • Display type: AMOLED
  • Water resistance: 5 ATM
  • Materials: Corning Gorilla Glass 3 DX, titanium
  • Size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.5 inches
  • Weight: 1.9 ounces

Pros

  • Bright and colorful AMOLED display
  • Lots of customization options
  • Highly accurate GPS and heart rate
  • Lots of training metrics

Cons

  • Pricey
  • A bit large on small wrists

For runners and triathletes, it’s hard to beat the Forerunner 965 (or any Forerunner, in my opinion). Though all of the fitness watches here offer plenty of running features, this Garmin watch is clearly purpose-built to help you truly improve your running performance. Considering the bright and colorful AMOLED display, it offers impressive battery life. Even with daily runs and the always-on display enabled, you should be able to get nearly a week of life out of your watch. And it charges quickly if you need to top it off before going out for a run. 

Garmin hits its training features out of the park, which is no different on the Forerunner 965. The Training Readiness feature looks at your sleep, recovery, training load, and more to better guide your workouts. And the daily suggested workouts can help you when you’re stuck. Garmin will even build training plans based on your races for truly fine-tuned suggestions. And the Training Status feature helps you understand your overall fitness at a glance. 

The Forerunner 965 can track a wide range of workouts, including multisport profiles for triathlons, duathlons, brick workouts, and swimruns. It’s an ideal tool for those focused on multiple disciplines. You can easily customize what you see on your watch for each activity, putting the information that you rely on front and center. The heart rate data is accurate, though wrist-based heart rate monitors don’t work well during swimming activities, so you will want to invest in that accessory if you’re a triathlete.

Beyond workouts, you can get turn-by-turn directions on courses you find or create in the Garmin Connect app or third-party platforms. Or, you can enter your desired distance for suggested routes, which is helpful when running in new areas. I also love the safety features of the Forerunner 965, which allow you to send a message with your live location right from the watch. It can even sense when an incident occurs and send a message automatically. You have to have your phone on you to use those, but it gives me some peace of mind when I’m out running.

Best budget: COROS Pace 2

COROS

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 20 days of regular use, 30 hours of activity tracking
  • Display type: LCD
  • Water resistance: 5 ATM
  • Materials: 
  • Size: 1.2 inch
  • Weight: 1.05 ounces

Pros

  • Excellent battery life
  • Available with silicone or nylon straps
  • Very lightweight and low-profile
  • Accurate GPS and heart rate

Cons

  • No music controls or contactless payment options

The COROS Pace 2 is a generation behind the current model, but it’s still an impressive watch, especially for the price. One of the best features of this fitness watch is the battery life. COROS promises up to 20 days of regular use, which includes tracking daily activity and sleep. It also offers up to 30 hours of full GPS battery life, which can last for serious ultramarathon runs. 

Another big advantage of the Pace 2 is how small it is. The watch weighs only 1.05 ounces (with the band) and is very low profile on the wrist. Despite the slim form factor, it is packed with plenty of sensors, including GPS, heart rate monitor, barometric altimeter, accelerometer, compass, gyroscope, and thermometer. You’ll be able to gather plenty of data to guide your training and monitor your health. The display isn’t as bright or beautiful as more expensive watches, and you won’t have access to music controls or contactless payments, but those are minor details for many.

From a training standpoint, the Pace 2 is highly capable. It offers activity tracking for a wide range of spots, including jump rope, swimming, rowing, weight training, and more. The navigation tools make it easy to find your way on runs or hikes. Like Garmin watches, it gives insight into your training status, training load, and recovery time to manage fatigue and prevent injuries. You’ll even have access to pre-designed workouts and plans or one-on-one support from a team of qualified coaches.

What to consider when shopping for the best fitness watch 

Whether you prefer running outside, spinning, or playing group sports like baseball, purchasing a fitness watch can be a great addition to your accessory collection. With sleek and customizable styles, you can wear your watch daily, no matter your activity. But before you buy a wearable designed to help you prioritize your health, you’ll need to prioritize the features that are your must-haves. 

Activity tracking and preferences

While many fitness watches are fitness omnivores—monitoring workouts of all stripes—some watches will specialize in certain activities. For example, Garmin tailored its Forerunner series of watches to runners with running-specific activity tracking, performance metrics, and more. If you focus on cycling or strength training, such metrics may be irrelevant to you. Also, if you opt for a specialized device that differs from your preferred workout type, you may not be able to track what you need due to limited sports profiles. As a result, it’s important to put some thought into what you most frequently participate in and look at what each fitness watch offers in terms of tracking and insights for that activity.

Battery life

A fitness watch doesn’t do much good if you need to constantly take it off in order to charge the battery. You’ll want to keep an eye on the promised battery life from the manufacturer, but remember to take that with a grain of salt. Individual usage and conditions can impact battery life significantly. For example, if you enable an always-on display and use the most precise level of GPS for long activities on a daily basis, you will burn through the battery much faster than someone who performs short workouts without the display on at all times.

Battery life is especially important for those who participate in long-lasting activities, such as hours-long trail runs or bike rides. For serious athletes, look for a model that offers 20 to 30 hours (or more) of battery life in GPS mode. If you are a more casual user but still hate needing to charge your device frequently, focus on fitness watches with days or even weeks-long battery life in smartwatch mode.

Performance metrics & training features

Some of us need a nudge to push workouts to the next level. Many devices offer lots of training tools to help you understand your current performance level and what you need to do to improve it. Some may feature built-in workout suggestions to specifically guide you. Others include access to fitness communities that put you in touch with both peers and professional coaches, both of which can offer inspiration or exercise routines to keep you motivated or mix up your routine if you get bored. 

Phone connectivity

The line between smartwatch and fitness watch has become incredibly blurry, with the two essentially being synonymous at this point. That said, there are varying levels of phone connectivity options in fitness watches that may impact what is best for you. 

Cheaper fitness trackers typically won’t offer built-in GPS, instead relying on your phone for connected GPS. That means you must have your phone on you for mapping, distance, and pace information. Pricier fitness watches all feature built-in GPS so that you can track your workouts without your phone. Some models will also provide on-board storage to save music or podcasts, meaning you can keep yourself entertained without having your phone on hand. Others may allow you to control your music, but you will need your phone on you to actually listen. 

Lastly, most fitness watches do not have a cellular connection, so you won’t be able to send or make calls on the watch itself. And you won’t be able to receive notifications if you don’t have your phone nearby. Look at the Apple Watch or Samsung Watch LTE versions if you want a device that can do it all. 

Sleep tracking

There are some days when you wake up ready to greet the day and others where you just want to pull the covers back over your head. It can be hard to know the difference between a good night’s sleep and a rough one, but fitness watches with sleep-tracking capabilities can help you get to the bottom of it. Most fitness watches monitor your heart rate and movement, which is closely related to sleep cycles. Once the device’s algorithmic smarts crunch all that information, it’ll help you understand why and when you are waking up. Then, you can take action to resolve the issue. Some watches even come with built-in meditation apps like Breath or Calm to help you wind down before bed. 

Advanced health metrics 

More health-conscious individuals may want a watch that tracks their fitness activity and offers a deeper understanding of their health beyond heart rates and calorie burns. Most Garmin watches, as well as the Apple Watch, include sensors to track your cardiovascular health by measuring your blood oxygen levels and taking electrocardiograms. This provides a better picture of your overall health, which can be very useful. 

FAQs

Q: Should I get a fitness tracker or a smartwatch?

Whether you should get a fitness tracker or smartwatch depends on your goals, preferences, and budget. The two device styles overlap more these days, making the line between them quite blurry. Most fitness trackers will connect with your phone and provide notifications like smartwatches. But there are still some important differences.

The main differences between fitness trackers and smartwatches are their size, cost, and features. Fitness trackers are typically smaller and more minimal in design. That means fewer health sensors and generally a lack of built-in GPS. They are also more affordable. Smartwatches generally pack more tech inside and, as a result, are larger and more expensive. But they are also more capable for serious fitness tracking. 

If you want a basic, affordable device to keep track of your activity level, a fitness tracker is the way to go. If you want more robust fitness and health monitoring options, a smartwatch with fitness features will be worth the money.

Q:

Is it worth getting a fitness watch? 

A fitness watch brings together the best of a fitness tracker with the connectivity of a smartwatch. It can track important information in real-time—such as calories burned, steps taken, distance covered, and sleep cycles—and motivate you to maximize your workouts. With the numbers and details provided, you can track your progress and make the necessary changes to improve your health and ensure you get the best workout. If you are serious about your training, a fitness watch is a key tool in helping you progress and is absolutely worth it. 

Q:

What is the best budget fitness tracker? 

The best budget fitness tracker is the Amazfit Band 7. However, it is very basic and won’t be the best option for those serious about their fitness. If you want a step up without spending a fortune, the COROS Pace 2 is the best budget fitness watch.

Final thoughts on the best fitness watch

The best fitness watch will track your activity metrics and provide insight as to where improvements can be made. These devices are full of advanced technology to help you progress and monitor your fitness and health while preventing you from overtraining. They can also be used as smartwatches, so you are always connected, even when hitting the gym. The best option for you depends on your goals, priorities, and budget, but with so many options available, you’re sure to find the right fit. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best fitness watches in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best cheap fitness trackers in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-cheap-fitness-trackers/ Tue, 26 Sep 2023 20:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573719
Four of the best cheap fitness trackers sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

These affordable fitness trackers will help you track moving move for less.

The post The best cheap fitness trackers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best cheap fitness trackers sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Garmin vívosmart 5 cheap fitness tracker with black band against a white background Garmin vívosmart 5
SEE IT

This Garmin fitness tracker offers the ideal balance of price and features.

Best GPS The Fitbit Charge 5 cheap fitness tracker with a black band against a white background Fitbit Charge 5
SEE IT

The Fitbit Charge 5 offers built-in GPS that is fast to connect.

Best budget Amazfit Band 7 budget fitness tracker on a wrist with a green background Amazfit Band 7
SEE IT

You’ll get plenty of features with a comfortable design in this budget fitness tracker.

Gone are the days of basic pedometers being the only option for cheap fitness trackers. These days, even budget-friendly trackers offer advanced training and data-gathering functionality to help you monitor and push toward your fitness and health goals. Most even offer a plethora of smartwatch features to keep you connected when you’re on the move. While these budget options won’t give you the same level of performance as expensive fitness watches, you don’t need to drop a fortune to get a capable device. The best cheap fitness trackers will provide plenty of insight to keep you motivated and moving. 

How we chose the best cheap fitness trackers

As a fitness enthusiast and frequent watch reviewer, I have used countless fitness trackers and smartwatches. When selecting the fitness trackers included in this guide, price was, of course, one of the most important factors. Beyond that, we considered sensors and tracking abilities, battery life, fit, and durability. Although cheap fitness trackers are inherently more basic than expensive fitness watches, we also looked at advanced features, such as sleep tracking, performance metrics, and more. We made our selections on a mix of hands-on experience, editorial reviews, and user feedback. 

The best cheap fitness trackers: Reviews & Recommendations

The best cheap fitness tracker for each person will vary, as your individual needs and goals will dictate which features are necessary. Despite their budget-friendly prices, the options below are highly capable and offer a range of capabilities and designs so that you can find the best device for your lifestyle.

Best overall: Garmin vívosmart 5

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet 
  • Battery life: 7 days
  • Display size: 0.41 x 0.73 inches
  • Weight: 0.86 ounces (small/medium), 0.93 ounces (large)

Pros

  • Free access to all your data
  • Available in two sizes
  • Lightweight, minimal design
  • Accurate heart rate and sleep tracking
  • Activity tracking for a range of activities

Cons

  • No built-in GPS

Garmin’s smartwatches are some of the best fitness watches available, though most come with steep price tags. The vívosmart 5 comes at a much lower price point with more beginner-friendly features. Plus, Garmin doesn’t charge extra to access all of your data and training assistance features, which is why it earns our top spot. 

Despite being a cheap fitness tracker, the vívosmart 5 still gets plenty of Garmin’s advanced technology and accurate data collection so that you can maximize your training without spending too much. The built-in heart rate monitor constantly monitors and can alert you if your rhythm is too high or low while at rest. And it helps you understand how hard you are working during an activity. It also features a pulse ox sensor to check your blood oxygen saturation, though you’ll have to do that during the day manually.

As is typical of cheap fitness trackers, this device doesn’t offer built-in GPS. Instead, it relies on connected GPS with your phone. It also offers limited sports apps for activity tracking compared to Garmin’s more expensive models. But it tracks your sleep, stress, and respiration, and you can log your fluid intake, providing a well-rounded picture of your health. And you can get notifications from your smartphone, which adds a lot of convenience. 

Best for sleep: Fitbit Inspire 3

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: 10 days
  • Display size: 1.5 x 0.7 x 0.5 inches
  • Weight: 3.5 ounces

Pros

  • Lightweight and slim
  • Long battery life
  • Bright AMOLED display
  • Provides helpful sleep insight

Cons

  • Requires a subscription for advanced insights and workout suggestions

While tracking your sleep may seem unnecessary, it can provide lots of insight and benefits to help you improve your health and fitness. The Fitbit Inspire 3 automatically tracks your sleep at night, providing information on how long you spent in light, deep, and REM sleep stages. It provides a Sleep Score at the night’s end so you can get the big picture. Plus, you can set a vibrating alarm to wake you up during the optimal sleep stage so that you actually feel refreshed when you wake up.

To keep things fun, the Inspire 3 pairs you with a sleep animal and shares a monthly personalized analysis of your sleep. However, you’ll need to pay for a Fitbit Premium subscription to get this feature. In fact, you need to pay for the Premium subscription for quite a few insights—including detailed sleep data, wellness reports, and a Daily Readiness Score—which keeps the Inspire 3 from earning the top spot. 

Beyond sleep, the Inspire 3 can track your steps and activities. The built-in heart rate sensor and SpO2 sensors provide useful information for tracking your fitness, such as your VO2 Max and heart rate zone information. It relies on connected GPS, so you’ll need your phone for accurate distance and pace information. But you can get all your phone notifications on the watch, which is always an added convenience layer. 

Best for minimalists: Whoop 4.0

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 32 feet for 2 hours (IP68)
  • Battery life: 4 to 5 days
  • Display size: N/A
  • Weight: 1 ounce

Pros

  • Comfortable to wear for extended periods
  • Lots of recovery insights
  • Minimal, screen-free design
  • Can be worn in many ways with Whoop accessories

Cons

  • Requires a pricey monthly subscription

The Whoop 4.0 comes across as basic thanks to its minimalist design that bucks the trend of fitness trackers turned smartwatches. This unique device doesn’t feature a screen of any sort. You won’t be distracted by notifications popping up on your wrist or be preoccupied with keeping an eye on all those numbers during your workout. However, although the Whoop is basic in looks, it is not basic in capabilities.

The Whoop 4.0 features blood oxygen, skin temperature, and heart rate sensors to provide plenty of data. It can automatically detect a workout, or you can start one manually in the app. If you are strength training, the Whoop can track weights, reps, and sets. Then, the app takes all that data and provides lots of useful recovery information to help you get the most out of your workouts. 

Another benefit of the Whoop is that you can purchase a range of clothing items, including swimsuits, underwear, shirts, and more, that Whoop designed to hold the fitness tracker, allowing you to go wristband-free. That’s an ideal option for a lot of different sports and activities. Despite the lack of a screen, the Whoop 4.0 is the most expensive option on our list. Unfortunately, it also requires a pricey monthly subscription. But this is a unique device that many people prefer over traditional smartwatch-style trackers. 

Best GPS: Fitbit Charge 5

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: 7 days
  • Display size: 0.86 X 0.58 inches
  • Weight: 1.02 ounces

Pros

  • GPS is fast to connect
  • Includes an ECG app for monitoring irregular heart rhythms
  • Sleek, slim design
  • Bright touchscreen

Cons

  • Lack of buttons can be frustrating

Most cheap fitness trackers only offer connected GPS, which isn’t very accurate and requires you to always keep your phone on you. But the Fitbit Charge 5 features built-in GPS, so you can get accurate pace and distance data even if you leave your phone behind. And it’s quick to connect, so you won’t be stuck waiting for it when you want to start your run.

Another bonus with the Charge 5 is the ECG app for detecting heart rhythm issues. You can even share this information directly with your doctor to assist in diagnosing problems. It also tracks your heart rate all day, including during exercise and at night, in order to provide fitness and sleep insights. The automatic exercise tracking is ideal for those who tend to forget to start their watch when beginning activities. And it offers a range of exercise modes with live stats right on your wrist during your workout. 

The Charge 5 features the classic fitness tracker design profile with a slim, minimal look. Fitbit opted for a button-free design on it, though, which means you’ll need to rely on the touchscreen for everything. That can get a bit annoying at times, but the touchscreen is nice and bright, so you’ll easily be able to see it even in bright sunlight. 

Best value: Xiaomi Band 7 Pro

Xiaomi

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes 
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: 12 days
  • Display size: 1.64 inches
  • Weight: 0.7 ounces

Pros

  • Large, high-quality display
  • Built-in GPS
  • Affordable price
  • Lots of workout and health-tracking features

Cons

  • Sleep tracking isn’t accurate
  • Mi Fitness app isn’t very user-friendly

Typically, if you want more advanced fitness tracking features, such as built-in GPS, sleep tracking, and a large display, you’ll need to spend well over $100. The Xiaomi Band 7 Pro offers a much more affordable alternative while ticking those boxes. 

The most surprising feature for a sub-$100 watch is the built-in GPS. It even supports BeiDou, GPS, GLONASS, Galileo, and QZSS satellite systems for more accurate location information. Plus, you can load your running course and track your progress right on your wrist. The Band 7 Pro offers 110 plus fitness modes for all levels of athletes and offers all-day heart rate tracking with a blood oxygen sensor. 

Another feature that makes this cheap fitness tracker stand out is the large display. It offers a 1.64-inch AMOLED touchscreen display. It features an ambient light sensor to automatically adjust brightness, which is not typically found in such budget-friendly devices. The battery should last you 12 days, depending on how you use it, and you’ll even have access to Amazon Alexa voice assistant. Overall, the Band 7 packs a lot of features into an attractive and affordable watch. 

Best advanced: Garmin Forerunner 55

Brian Stillman

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: Yes
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: Up to 2 weeks (smartwatch mode), or 20 hours (GPS mode)
  • Display size: 1.04 inches
  • Weight: 1.3 ounces

Pros

  • Provides workout and recovery time suggestions
  • Highly accurate GPS and heart rate
  • Easy to use
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Lacks a touchscreen

If you are starting to get more serious with your training, a step above a fitness tracker may be the way to go. The Garmin Forerunner 55 is a beginner-friendly running watch that still comes at a relatively affordable price, especially for what you are getting. For starters, it is lightweight and small, making it ideal even for those with small wrists. 

Garmin packed the watch with highly accurate GPS (as well as GLONASS and Galileo) so you can get detailed pace, distance, and interval data. It also features Garmin’s built-in rate monitor for all-day heart rate monitoring at rest and during activities. And it offers plenty of built-in sports apps for tracking your favorite activities. 

This watch is an ideal choice for runners for a few reasons. It offers cadence alerts to help you keep your cadence consistent. The PacePro technology helps you plan a race strategy for a selected course or distance, and you’ll also get daily suggested workouts based on your training history, fitness level, and recovery time. 

You’ll miss out on some of the more advanced features (sleep tracking, multi-band GPS tracking, and more) of Garmin’s more expensive watches, such as the Forerunner 955. But if you are just getting started on your running journey, you can’t go wrong with the Forerunner 55. To read more about this highly capable cheap fitness tracker, check out our full review

Best budget: Amazfit Band 7

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Built-in GPS: No
  • Heart rate monitor: Yes
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Battery life: 18 days
  • Display size: 1.47 inches
  • Weight: 0.96 ounces

Pros

  • Very lightweight
  • Affordable
  • Accurate heart rate monitor
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Touchscreen is a little finicky

If you’re searching for one of the cheapest fitness trackers available to get you started on the road to better fitness and health, the Amazfit Band 7 is your best bet. The Band 7 features a classic fitness tracker design with a narrow rectangular shape. It’s also very lightweight, which makes it more comfortable to wear, even for days on end. The AMOLED display is colorful and bright, though there is no ambient light sensor, so you’ll have to adjust brightness on your own. But it’s easy to see at full brightness even in full sun. 

The Amazfit Band 7 features a heart rate monitor and blood oxygen sensor wrapped up into one (BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor), providing accurate data. It can calculate your VO2 Max, stress levels, and sleep. I found those numbers to be on par with the more expensive Garmin watches I’ve used, which is impressive. And Amazfit provides lots of help text to explain what all those numbers actually mean. It can be a great tool for starting a fitness journey. 

As with most cheap fitness trackers, the Band 7 relies on connected GPS, so you’ll need to keep your phone on you for any activities where location, pace, or distance are important. And keep in mind that even with your phone’s GPS, those numbers won’t be very accurate. I found it to vary pretty significantly from my watch with built-in, multi-band GPS. 

Despite the budget-friendly price, the Band 7 promises up to 18 hours of battery life. I got roughly 16 days at a time in my testing, which is impressive for such a cheap fitness tracker. The watch’s touchscreen is almost too sensitive, and there are no physical buttons, so you’ll be stuck relying on that. But despite its shortcomings, I was very impressed with the Band 7. To learn more, check out our full review

Things to consider before buying a cheap fitness tracker

Just like any fitness tracker or watch, cheap fitness trackers come in a range of styles with various features. Which is best for you depends on your goals and how you plan to use the watch. But the following categories will help guide your decision in selecting the best cheap fitness tracker for you. 

Steps & heart rate

If you’re looking for a fitness tracker, you likely want to capture data from your workouts and daily life. Fitness trackers come with a wide range of data-collecting sensors. However, this is the one area where companies make sacrifices in order to offer lower-priced models. The result is that you will see fewer options on cheap fitness trackers when compared to more expensive devices. Nevertheless, there are two key sensors to look for if you want to use your tracker for fitness goals. 

The most basic thing to look for is an accelerometer. The accelerometer constantly senses the movements of the body in order to count your steps. All fitness trackers will at least be able to count your steps (just like the good old days). It will give you basic insight into your activity on a particular day.  

Most will also feature a built-in heart rate monitor. Some will offer additional sensors within the heart rate monitor array, including a pulse ox. This combination allows the device to capture additional data, such as blood oxygen levels, heart rate variability, sleep insight, training status, and more. That’s why a heart rate monitor is such a vital component of a well-rounded fitness tracker, as it gives you a much better idea of your fitness and progression to goals. 

GPS

Beyond step counting and heart rate monitoring, you’ll be limited in what the cheap fitness tracker provides. That includes GPS functionality. GPS connectivity helps provide accurate distance and pace information and can also map your activities to show where you ran or biked. 

Most cheap fitness trackers will rely on your phone for GPS, also called tethered or connected GPS. This method isn’t as accurate as built-in GPS, and it means that you have to keep your phone on you. That’s not a problem for some since you would have it on you anyway. And you may not be concerned about super precise pace and distance information either.

Others may get annoyed by the prospect of always carrying around a phone. Or perhaps you want accurate insights. If that is likely to be you, be sure to opt for a fitness tracker that features a built-in GPS unit.

Activity tracking

These days, most fitness trackers will also be able to track specific types of workouts. The types of workouts that a watch can record vary across brands and models, with some only supporting a small handful and others providing a robust list of activities. 

If all you take part in is the most common workouts—such as running, biking, or walking—then a basic fitness tracker with limited tracking abilities will get the job done. However, if you like to participate in racquet sports, swimming, weight lifting, or any other of the less common movements, you’ll want to opt for a fitness tracker with a longer list of options. 

Battery life

Like with any technology, you’ll be at the whim of your cheap fitness tracker’s battery life. The range of battery life across these devices is significant, though. Look carefully at promised battery life numbers, especially if you don’t want to be stuck charging your watch daily. 

Smartwatch abilities

As technology has progressed, the line between fitness tracker and smartwatch has become blurred to the point of nearly being indistinguishable. The result is that even cheap fitness trackers act as connected smartwatches. They won’t offer cell service like the Apple Watch, but they will tell the time and allow you to receive notifications from your phone when you have it nearby. 

Beyond those basic functions, some will even allow you to select from quick responses to respond to text messages. Certain watches may provide weather information or other basic insights that they pull from your phone. If you want a fully connected wearable, look for a device with a long list of smartwatch functions. And you’ll also want to verify that it will work with your phone.  

FAQs

Q: How much should I spend on a fitness watch?

How much you should spend on a fitness watch comes down to what you want to use the watch for and what your budget is. You can easily spend over $1,000 on a fitness watch, but that doesn’t mean you need to. In general, a fitness watch around $200 or $300 will provide an excellent list of features and tools to help you with your fitness. But you can also spend as little as $50 on a very capable fitness tracker. 

Q: Can I use my phone as a fitness tracker?

Yes, you can use your phone as a basic fitness tracker with the help of various apps. Your phone will allow you to count steps and utilize GPS for distance and pace information on runs or hikes. Some apps even allow you to pair a heart rate monitor to collect heart rate information during workouts. 

However, the steps and GPS data collected by your phone will not be as accurate as a dedicated fitness tracker or watch. And it means that you need to always have your phone on you, which isn’t ideal in some situations. While it will work in a pinch or as a basic introduction to fitness tracking, if you want accurate data for a better idea of your performance and progression, a fitness tracker is the way to go. 

Q: Is it OK to sleep with a fitness tracker on?

It is absolutely okay to sleep with a fitness tracker on. In fact, many offer sleep-tracking functionality to give you a better picture of your overall health and training readiness. That said, whether you want to wear a fitness tracker while you sleep or not is a matter of personal preference, as not everyone enjoys having something on their wrist while they sleep.  

Q: Is GPS necessary for a fitness tracker?

GPS is not necessary for a fitness tracker. Many cheap fitness trackers will not offer built-in GPS in order to keep the price and size of the watch down. Instead, they rely on your phone’s GPS (tethered GPS) for location data. 

The downside to a fitness tracker without GPS is that you won’t get as accurate information for distance, pace, or location. In my testing, those numbers can be wildly inaccurate compared to a watch with GPS. If you just want a basic device to help you keep track of your workouts, it may not matter. But if you are training for something specific or want accurate data, you will want to look for a fitness tracker with built-in GPS.

Final thoughts on the best cheap fitness trackers

Though the fancy, expensive fitness watches are certainly cool, they are, quite frankly, overkill for most people. If you are simply focused on getting or staying active, a cheap fitness tracker will be more than enough. The best option for you will depend on what type of activities you like to participate in, what information you want from your watch, and your style preferences. No matter what you’re looking for, one of the watches included here should meet your needs.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best cheap fitness trackers in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best outdoor saunas for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-outdoor-saunas/ Wed, 08 Jun 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448299
The best outdoor saunas
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Want to get healthier? Do sweat the small things but do it in the comfort of your own backyard.

The post The best outdoor saunas for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best outdoor saunas
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Aleko Outdoor Rustic Cedar Aleko Outdoor Rustic Cedar
SEE IT

A fantastic overall option that’s more affordable than some competition.

Best infrared Enlighten Rustic 5 Person Sauna Enlighten Rustic 5 Person Sauna
SEE IT

All the sauna effects without the high temperatures.

Best budget Sunray 3-person outdoor sauna on a plain background Sunray Grandby 3-Person
SEE IT

Get a traditional sauna experience during any season.

Saunas boast an array of health benefits and for those looking to make an investment in their wellness, an outdoor sauna provides one of the most authentic and enjoyable experiences. Outdoor saunas were traditionally used across Northern Europe as far back as 2000 BC. Today, however, many people think of Finnish saunas, which use stones heated over a fire to create steam and heat. And there’s a reason most people think of Finland when they think of outdoor saunas: they can be rejuvenating in cold weather. You can use an outdoor sauna year-round but, when the temperatures drop, saunas can really help you get through the winter and, hey, maybe actually enjoy it. Whether you’re looking for the best outdoor saunas or the best home saunas, we curated this list of options that include both traditional saunas, infrared saunas, and even wood-burning models.

How we chose the best outdoor saunas

We scoured write-ups and reviews to find the best outdoor saunas for our readers. We wanted to include a range of products that could appeal to any user, no matter how much space you have for a home install. We know that outdoor saunas can be a serious investment so, while we included products across multiple price levels, we prioritized those that had materials or features that made them worth the money. We also looked at capacity, sustainability of materials, and complexity of assembly.

Most of the products we included have a DIY option to minimize installation costs, but this can be a laborious process. We also wanted to ensure that our selections used high-quality, non-toxic materials like natural cedar. Last, we ensured that each sauna we selected—no matter how cheap—has a high-quality heating element, as these can make or break your experience. (No one wants a really slow-warming or inefficient sauna.) 

The best outdoor saunas: Reviews & Recommendations

Our guide includes a range of products that could appeal to any user, no matter your budget or how much space you have for a home install.

Best overall: Aleko Outdoor Rustic Cedar

Homedepot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This indoor or outdoor barrel sauna fits eight people while minimizing unusable space, resulting in a relatively affordable and energy-efficient sauna. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 93” W x 72” D x 75” H
  • Materials: Western Canadian Red Cedar, tempered glass, and stainless steel
  • Type of Heater: Harvia 8kW ETL-approved electric heater for steam or dry heat

Pros 

  • Great price-to-quality ratio 
  • Can be used indoors and outdoors 
  • Free shipping or local pick up at a retailer like Home Depot

Cons 

  • Manufactured overseas 
  • The interior doesn’t have any windows, so the door is the only source of natural light 

Aleko’s outdoor sauna tops our list because it is a high-quality barrel sauna without an absurd price tag. While the exterior may not be made with premium lumber as some of our other selections, this outdoor barrel sauna comes with a comparable 8W Harvia electric heater. Harvia is a high-end Finnish brand, and you’ll see these heaters featured in other saunas below. Also, while some other sauna kits charge extra for components and accessories (like the heater, bucket, ladle, and thermometer), this includes all of these parts in one package. 

Like most traditional saunas, you can choose either dry or steam heat by adding water to the sauna stones. Many prefer this traditional experience to the hands-off infrared heating panels. We also love that the sauna heats up quickly because of the space-efficient design. Pick this up and you can have your own outdoor wood sauna in less than a week. 

Best infrared: Enlighten Rustic 5-person Sauna

enlightensauna

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This large outdoor infrared sauna is made with eco-certified, non-toxic materials and is great for cold climates, as it is insulated.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 81.5” W x 61.5” D x 86” H
  • Materials: Western Canadian Red Cedar, asphalt shingles 
  • Capacity: 5 people

Pros 

  • Insulated to retain maximum heat even in cold weather
  • Plenty of features, including a magazine rack and cup holders
  • Two full-spectrum heaters and 10 carbon far infrared heaters 

Cons 

  • You need to request a quote for the price 
  • Slightly complicated installation

This gorgeous 5-person outdoor home sauna is made with Western Canadian Red Cedar paneling and is great for a family or larger group looking for an infrared sauna, no matter where you live. Thanks to its insulation, this sauna can withstand colder climates and still provide comfy warmth even in the winter. It houses a total of 12 heaters, two of which are full-spectrum infrared, including bench and floor carbon heaters. 

Customize your experience by playing music through the built-in Bluetooth speaker or filling your space with reading material in the magazine rack—it won’t get as hot as a traditional sauna so people often extend their sessions to up to an hour. The exterior and interior materials are eco-certified and non-toxic, but the cedar still provides the feel of a more traditional sauna.

Best steam: Traditional Outdoor Country Living Barrel Sauna by Saunacore

northernsaunas

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This traditional-style steam sauna comes with a wood-burning stove option for total off-the-grid immersion. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 96” W x 72” D x 96” H 
  • Materials: Canadian Clear Western Red Cedar and tempered glass 
  • Type of Heat: Saunacore CTW-WS12 wood-burning stove or electric heater

Pros 

  • Choose either a wood-burning stove or electric heater.
  • Quick heat time because of barrel design
  • Available in both 6ft and 8ft lengths

Cons 

  • The electric heater isn’t very sightly 
  • Wood-burning stoves are not allowed in all municipalities and may come with health concerns

For those who don’t want to deal with the electrical installation or don’t have the means to hook up a sauna, this outdoor barrel sauna comes with a wood-burning stove. (However, check your local regulations to ensure wood-burning stoves are allowed in your area.) Don’t worry; unlike traditional smoke saunas, this one has an extensive ventilation system. 

It’s spacious, well-designed, and customizable to your budget and needs. You could add a porch with bench seats or substitute American Poplar wood if you need a hypoallergenic and scent-free alternative to cedar. It also comes in both 6-foot and 8-foot lengths, so it’s perfect for larger groups or community outdoor spaces. 

While the barrel design is classic, it’s also energy efficient because of the reduced volume. So, with the design and the wood-burning stove, this sauna heats up pretty quickly. Our only complaint is that you don’t get much natural light exposure from the only window on the door. 

Best barrel: Redwood Outdoors Thermowood Panorama Sauna

Redwood Outdoors

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A beautiful, full-sized glass window makes this an ideal backyard sauna if you want to take in your natural surroundings. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 71” W x 73” D x 76.5” H
  • Materials: Scandinavian softwood, stainless steel components
  • Type of Heat: Harvia 8kW Clindro Electric heater for steam or dry heat

Pros 

  • Natural light from the full back window 
  • Wood sourced from PEFC-certified forests 
  • Self-assembly takes four hours

Cons 

  • Only comes with a 1-year warranty

We swooned as soon as we saw the big, panoramic back window on Redwood Outdoors’ Thermowood Panorama Barrel Saua. It is designed with classic Scandinavian principles and features an interlocking system that forms a tight, natural seal for energy efficiency. Thermowood, which is heat-treated Scandinavian softwood, is durable and resistant to heat, humidity, and fungi. It’s also naturally insulating, so you can use this sauna year-round, even when snow is falling outside. You can even add on roof shingles if you want to further weather-proof your sauna.

While the large window provides ample outdoor views, the interior is equally impressive. The included Harvia 8kW Cilindro Electric heater is absolutely gorgeous, and the bench seats have ergonomic backrests for comfy lounging. Best of all, you can easily assemble it at your house with only a few hours and some basic hand tools.

Best two-person: Clearlight Sanctuary 2

Audacia

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Feature-packed infrared sauna with Bluetooth compatibility and an integrated audio system. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 51” W x 46” D x 71.5” H 
  • Materials: Cedartec coating, Western Canadian Red Cedar exterior, mahogany wood interior, and ceramic/carbon heating panels 
  • Type of Heat: Full-spectrum infrared

Pros 

  • Full-spectrum infrared technology that is rare in outdoor saunas 
  • A smartphone app allows you to control it remotely 
  • Integrated Bluetooth audio system and charging station

Cons 

  • The exterior appears cheap because of Clearlight’s Cedartec coating
  • Expensive for a two-person sauna

This elegant backyard outdoor sauna from wellness brand Audacia is packed with features. If you want to listen to music or watch TV from a tablet during your session, you can do that with the Bluetooth audio system and outside tablet cradle (which also doubles as the door handle). Inside, choose between an ergonomic seat style and a flat seat by flipping over the bench to fit your comfort. 

While these features are beneficial, what really sets this Clearlight outdoor sauna apart for us is the full-spectrum infrared technology. Infrared technology eliminates the need for excessively high temperatures so that you can stay in the sauna for longer. The company’s proprietary True Wave™ heaters line the back, side walls, floor, and front wall to provide 360-coverage and powerful heat. Overall, it’s one of the best small outdoor saunas with infrared heating on the market. 

Best kit: Dundalk Leisurecraft Outdoor Luna Sauna

the hardware supply

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: High-quality components, a modern design, and “choose-your-upgrades” options put this at the top of our list for best sauna kits. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 85” W x 86” D x 86” H
  • Materials: White cedar, bronze-tempered glass, stainless steel
  • Type of Heater: 6kW Saaku Electric heater for steam or dry (not included in price) 

Pros 

  • Quick, 20-minute heat-up time
  • Great design that blends modern and traditional elements
  • Upgrade the kit depending on your needs
  • Sustainably-sourced cedar 

Cons 

  • Can get pricey once you start upgrading components
  • Lengthy assembly—expect it to take the whole day if you DIY 

Somehow modern and classic at the same time, this outdoor sauna has wooed us with its incredible aesthetic design and sustainably sourced materials. The full-size door and large window really make this feel like an outdoor sauna because you’ll be able to get glimpses into your surrounding environment as you soak in the dry or steam heat. The inside has two cedar benches so that you can fit two in luxury or four comfortably. 

The price point fluctuates for Dundalk Leisurecraft’s Luna Sauna because you can customize it to fit your needs, making it a top choice for an outdoor sauna kit. Upgrade to include a front porch or lounge bench option if you want the added space and comfort, or just add some basics like an outdoor solar light and sand mount wall timer if you’re trying to minimize expenses. 

Also, while you may want to hire an electrician, many people opt to set this up themselves. The manual installation is relatively simple yet lengthy, so plan a day around it. 

Best budget: Sunray Grandby 3-Person

Homedepot

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A more budget-friendly option for an infrared sauna that heats up in minutes.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 69” W x 47 D x 83” H
  • Materials: Canadian hemlock 
  • Type of Heat: Far infrared

Pros 

  • The price tag is appealing
  • 7-year structural warranty
  • Easy to set up

Cons 

  • Not as powerful as many outdoor saunas

Okay, let’s start by addressing the obvious: home saunas are an investment, and no outdoor sauna is cheap. But this one clocks in at around $3,000, making it a more budget-friendly option than anything else on our list. It comes equipped with seven far-infrared ceramic heaters to quickly warm the room in less than 15 minutes.

The temperature maxes out at 140 degrees Fahrenheit, which is standard for infrared saunas. It comes with a built-in bench and lighting, cup holders, and a Bluetooth/USB-compatible audio player. Although this sauna can technically fit three people, it’s a better option for two people. 

Overall, this is a solid entry-level infrared sauna option with easy assembly and an aesthetic of all-wood construction.

What to consider when shopping for the best outdoor sauna

Regardless of whether it’s a larger home sauna or a portable sauna you’re seeking, there are some essential terms and features that you should know about before heading out into the market:

Price

While saunas don’t cost much to maintain, the upfront costs can be high, especially when considering installation and electrician costs. Set a budget and then determine if you’re okay with the baseline model of the sauna or if you want to add extra features. Some saunas do not come with the heater in the price tag, so check this before you buy. 

The price of the best outdoor saunas can vary widely, but if you need to prioritize one thing, prioritize the heating element in the unit. While you may be able to cut costs on a less aesthetic design or smaller footprint, you shouldn’t skimp on the heater. This is one of the most important components of the sauna’s performance.

Capacity

You can find outdoor saunas with different capacities, but they generally range from 2-person saunas to 8-person outdoor saunas. Two-person saunas have a smaller footprint but will not fit the whole family or social group.

Material

Look for outdoor wood saunas with high-quality materials to make the most of your investment. You’ll want to look for a well-constructed sauna to retain heat, a premium electric heater or infrared panels, and comfortable benches. Wood, like cedar, will smell great as the sauna heats up.

Where you live

If you live in a cold region, you will be happier in the winter if you buy a traditional sauna instead of an infrared. As infrared saunas operate at lower temperatures, they may be less enjoyable if the outdoor temperatures are too cold. Alternatively, if you live in the desert, an infrared sauna may be more enjoyable in the summer because you won’t have to withstand such high temps.

FAQs

Q: How much do outdoor saunas cost?

Outdoor saunas ran in price based on materials, size, and components. They range from around $3,000 to upwards of $12,000. You’ll also have to factor in installation (some saunas are DIY) and electrical assistance for higher-voltage units.

Q: Will I have to assemble my outdoor sauna?

Many modern outdoor saunas are “pre-fab” meaning they are pre-fabricated and ship in larger parts to go together quickly. Some outdoor home saunas have self-assembly, while others require installation. Check with each manufacturer for the complexity of installation before you purchase. Most manufacturers will recommend hiring a professional electrician to assist with the installation due to the high voltage requirements.

Q: Are outdoor saunas expensive to run?

Many outdoor saunas are designed to run extremely efficiently, ranging from 1kWh for small models to 6kWh for larger saunas. Depending on where you live, 1kWh of electricity can range in price from $0.10 to $0.34 per hour. Typically, sauna owners will not notice a change in their energy bills and will spend less than $1/hour to run their sauna.

Q: Can you use an outdoor sauna in the winter?

Winter is a great time to get warm, purifying benefits of an outdoor sauna. You can use any outdoor sauna in the winter, although barrel saunas and insulated saunas will have the highest performance in cold temperatures.

Q: How do I protect my outdoor sauna?

If you buy an outdoor sauna, it should be treated or designed to withstand the elements. Some saunas come with mildew- and UV-resistant coating, while others use naturally durable wood like cedar. If you do decide to treat the exterior, you can use wood stain with UV protection or a wood-penetrating oil to reduce the weathering of your outdoor sauna. 

For the interior, do not use any chemicals or household treatments. Maintenance is minimal, but you should clean your sauna regularly to get rid of sweat or buildup. If you’re purchasing a barrel sauna, use the cradle supports to keep it suspended off the ground, reducing its exposure to moisture.

Q: Are infrared saunas better than traditional?

Both infrared and traditional saunas have their benefits. 

Infrared saunas require lower operating temperatures because the heat penetrates your body directly rather than heating the air around you. It raises your core temperature much more effectively than a traditional sauna. Infrared saunas are great for people looking to maximize their health benefits without exposing themselves to very high temperatures or humidity.

Traditional saunas, on the other hand, use either dry heat or steam to warm the air in the sauna. They are more reminiscent of Finnish saunas and have a heating element, rocks, and water. Both dry and steam saunas can reach higher temperatures than infrared, so you can’t spend as long in the sauna as with an infrared. If you’re looking for shorter, yet intense steam or heat sessions, a traditional sauna is a better fit.

Final thoughts on the best outdoor saunas

The Aleko 4-person barrel sauna is a great introductory outdoor sauna for any backyard, as it comes with a high-quality heating system comparable to more premium models. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best outdoor saunas for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best workout apps for all kinds of exercise https://www.popsci.com/diy/best-workout-apps/ Sat, 23 Sep 2023 00:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=573614
A woman sitting in her living room looking at her smartphone while sitting on her yoga mat.
Workout apps enable you to get exercise from your living room and beyond. Deposit Photos

Lift, press, jump, and stretch your way to better fitness with apps that provide pocket-sized training wherever you go.

The post The best workout apps for all kinds of exercise appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman sitting in her living room looking at her smartphone while sitting on her yoga mat.
Workout apps enable you to get exercise from your living room and beyond. Deposit Photos

The best workout apps will save you time and (often) money, and many include social features that allow you to get some of the in-person benefits that you’d find at the gym. These apps vary in the quality and variety of instruction, but you might be surprised by the caliber of some free exercise apps—some feature top-notch fitness pros. 

As a personal trainer, I’ve used some of these apps myself and have recommended them for clients and friends. Some apps sync with devices or equipment like heart rate monitors, fitness watches, or exercise bikes. Some offer live instruction along with a wide selection of on-demand classes. They often provide expert guidance on form and let you work out whenever you want, without having to schedule a class or wonder if the gym is open.

Before you sign up for a subscription for one of the many fitness apps available, consider your workout preferences. Do you like to kickbox or strength train? Do you want the option to do both with some yoga or pilates on recovery days? Your goals, lifestyle, and budget play a big role in the best workout app for you. We’ve rounded up our favorites below.

1. Best overall: Peloton App

A woman dressed in workout clothes outdoors swiping on her smartphone on the Peloton app website.
Pit yourself against Peloton’s best and see if you can make it to the leaderboard. Screenshot: Peloton

First things first: You don’t need a Peloton bike or treadmill to use the Peloton app. Peloton offers different subscription levels to fit a range of budgets and fitness goals, including a free subscription that provides access to 50 classes. 

You can get by on the free subscription if you don’t rely on the app for all of your workouts, and it will give you a good sense of what to expect from the paid tiers. But you can also take advantage of a 30-day trial period for the paid subscriptions to see how the app fits into your workout style. I personally don’t think you need to pay for more than the $12.99 per month subscription unless you’ve got a Peloton bike or treadmill, which requires a $44 per month, all-access subscription.

The Peloton app offers a wide range of exercise modalities, like rowing, strength training, kickboxing, and pilates. The quality of Peloton’s instructors sets them apart from other apps, and in some cases, can feel like a virtual personal trainer. Plus, the fitness coach app features training programs if you’d like to focus on a specific area for a few weeks. Peloton also offers an excellent selection of live leaderboards and social motivation that creates a sense of community for users.

Peloton App is available on Android and iOS for $12.99 per month.

[Related: A beginner’s guide to Google Fit and Apple Health]

2. Best free: Nike Training Club

The Nike Training Club is the best deal in town for workout apps.
The Nike Training Club is the best deal in town for workout apps. Screenshot: Nike

The Nike Training Club (NTC) is the best free workout app, hands down. Nike removed the subscription fee during the COVID-19 pandemic, and they haven’t reinstated it. This app offers 190 free workouts in a wide range of modalities, from dance and pilates to bodyweight strength training and running warm-ups. It also includes pre-designed programs that run from one to six weeks, helping you build strength and endurance over time. 

NTC also lets you easily build a customized workout. I love good filters because they minimize scrolling through an endless list of workouts. You can filter based upon:

  • Available equipment
  • Muscle group
  • Workout focus
  • Trainer-led classes
  • Workout length

The app also includes a workout history so you can see your progress. Plus, it offers suggestions based on your past workouts and your preferences. Lasting fitness requires a planned approach, and NTC gives you that option. While instruction isn’t as dynamic as the Peloton app, the classes are led by Nike Master Trainers and the app includes excellent tips on form to maximize your workout time. And you can’t beat the price.

Nike Training Club is free on iOS and Android.

3. Best for yoga: Asana Rebel

A split screen of two women in different yoga poses.
Lean into a Warrior pose in your living room. Screenshot: Asana Rebel

As a trainer and a yoga practitioner, I love Asana Rebel. I recommend it to anyone who prefers yoga as their main form of exercise. 

When you sign up, you fill out a survey and the app tailors your options based on your preferences. Strong filter features help you find workouts by length, muscle group, experience level, and workout goals. Plus, there are meditations if you feel like you need something quieter than yoga. For the desk-bound, this app includes yoga for the office to give you a stretch and rejuvenation from your chair. But don’t let the ease of use fool you. Most yoga practitioners can find challenging workouts. 

One of my favorite features is the add-on option at the end of each workout. You can start with a five-minute focus on flexibility and finish your session with a routine that targets the upper body, followed by some meditation. Plus, the app offers nutrition and meditation guidance, providing a holistic approach to physical and mental health. 

Asana Rebel offers a yearly subscription that costs around $6 per month. However, the subscription frequently goes on sale for 50 percent off, so you can snag yourself a good deal.

Asana Rebel is available for Android and iOS for about $6 a month.

[Related: The best fitness trackers]

4. Best for weightlifting: Fitbod

The Fitbod app provides customized plans for strength training and tracks your progress.
Keep arm and leg day straight with the help of Fitbod. Screenshot: Fitbod

Building muscle safely requires a plan, and the Fitbod app helps you develop a tailored regimen and record your progress for long-term success. The app guides you through a strength training plan, offering suggestions as you progress. You get three workouts for free before you have to pay for the $12.99-per-month subscription. 

The app customizes exercises based on your fitness level and access to equipment. When you sign up, you put in your fitness level, goals, and add a checkmark next to the equipment available to you. If you’re limited to dumbbells and body weight, the app provides suggestions based on your answers. Fitbod can help you create workouts whether you have access to a full gym or not. 

You can also create your own workout programs or customize suggestions made by the app. Selection starts with choosing a muscle group or two, and Fitbod provides suggestions that include circuits and supersets to give you options to choose from. The app also provides instructions for strength moves ranging from bench presses to mountain climbers. And instructors demonstrate proper form in included videos.

While this app may not be robust enough for pro lifters, Fitbod is an excellent choice for people designing their lifting programs on their own, as it combines instruction and a workout planner. Even those with more experience can use it as an exercise plan, tallying sessions and sets to monitor progress.

Fitbod is available for Android and iOS for $12.99 per month after three free workouts.

The post The best workout apps for all kinds of exercise appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fitness trackers of 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-fitness-tracker/ Sun, 18 Jul 2021 20:59:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-fitness-tracker/
Four fitness trackers sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

Whether you’re a weekend warrior or a pro athlete, up your game with these impressive fitness trackers.

The post The best fitness trackers of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four fitness trackers sliced together against a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Apple Watch Series 8 on a wrist Apple Watch Series 8
SEE IT

You’ll get accurate fitness tracking abilities plus all your iPhone notifications.

Best for heart rate monitoring Polar Ignite 3 fitness tracker Polar Ignite 3
SEE IT

It’s accurate heart rate sensor provides plenty of data to track your fitness and health.

Best with GPS Garmin epix 2 Pro on a wrist in front of a trail through a forest Garmin epix Pro
SEE IT

The highly accurate GPS and detailed maps keep you safer in the outdoors.

The very first fitness trackers were rudimentary step-counters, but technology has progressed drastically since then. Whether you want to hit that 10,000 daily step goal, monitor your sleep, or train in a specific heart rate zone, there’s a wrist-mounted wearable for you. Plus, most don’t just log and display info. They link with your smartphone and use sophisticated apps to show where you are in relation to your fitness goals and how you’re doing compared to historical data. With so many options, how do you know which is the best? From product design to functionality and battery life, we’ve tracked down everything you need to know to pick the best fitness tracker for you.

How we chose the best fitness trackers

These days, the line between fitness tracker and advanced smartwatch is incredibly blurred, with the terms essentially used interchangeably. However, not everyone wants an expensive, robust fitness watch. As a result, we aimed to select models that would appeal to serious fitness enthusiasts and casual users alike. 

When selecting the fitness trackers included here, we looked at a range of features. GPS, water resistance, compatibility, and other health-tracking abilities were all important considerations. We also evaluated battery life, build quality, and comfort level. We based our recommendations on a mixture of hands-on experience, editorial reviews, and user feedback. 

The best fitness trackers: Reviews & Recommendations

In a world that already bombards us with information, do we really need more data in our lives? The quick answer, if you’re serious about getting fit, is “yes.” Research shows that setting goals, benchmarking progress, and getting feedback make us more likely to improve our fitness, health, and wellness. Add in accountability—yes, many of these trackers can post directly to social media—which is another proven way of sticking to your healthy lifestyle, and you can see why so many people are devotees. Below are some of our favorite options for a range of situations and preferences.

Best overall: Apple Watch Series 8

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 18 Hours
  • Display type: OLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Built-in GPS, plus GLONASS, Galileo, QZSS, Beidou
  • Water resistance: Up to 164 feet
  • Compatibility: iOS
  • Size: 41mm, 45mm
  • Weight: 1.1 ounces (41mm), 1.3 ounces (45mm)

Pros

  • Beautiful display
  • Real-time updates
  • Crash detection and fall detection

Cons 

  • Expensive
  • Battery life not as long as advertised

Right out of the box, the Apple Watch Series 8 is almost ready to go. I assembled the watch with the included band and powered it up. The included magnetic fast charger works with a USB-C port. I wasn’t able to charge it with a wall adapter, but connected it to my MacBook Air laptop. From there, I connected to the WiFi and used the Apple Watch app to customize the display—a stunning Retina display that makes it a pleasure to look at my wrist and is easy to see, even in bright light. 

It’s the health tracking that truly sets the Series 8 apart. The watch works with thousands of apps, so I could easily record a run on Strava while listening to a podcast or Audible book on my iPhone. It tracked my average pace, heart rate, heart rate zone, and more in a display that was easy to see with a quick glance. Then, once I was done, the Apple Watch synced with the Apple Health app to track and evaluate my progress. 

For the first time, I got insight into my VO2 Max and where I compared with people in my age group. The Activity Tracker also tracks the calories I’ve burned, my steps, flights climbed, and walk steadiness, plus more granular metrics, like running stride length, ground contact time, and running power. Once an hour, the Watch notifies me it’s time to stand. 

The Apple Watch helps me track these metrics daily and over time, along with sleep. And I get notifications for texts, calls, and Slack messages. It can integrate into your life from a yoga flow to your workflow. One quibble is that the battery life is supposed to last up to 18 hours, but in my experience, it didn’t last that long, and after it died a few times mid-run, I made sure it was charged before heading out. 

But the reminders to complete my Activity rings help keep movement top of mind, even when I’m reluctant to lace up my sneakers for more miles. And the crash and fall detection features provide extra peace of mind. Having the Series 8 feels like having a health coach at my wrist, which, to my mind, is worth the investment. Here is a full review of the Apple Watch Series 8 that breaks down all the new features. We also have a guide to help you determine if the Apple Watch Ultra is worth the upgrade, and we acknowledge that the Apple Watch Series 9 is now an option, but this just means that the price on the more than still adequate Apple Watch Series 8 is that much more approachable.

Best sleep tracker: Fitbit Sense 2

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 6 days
  • Display type: AMOLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Built-in GPS, GLONASS
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: 1.5 x 1.5 x 0.45 inches
  • Weight: 0.8 ounces

Pros

  • Lightweight and comfortable design
  • Lots of sensors for health data and sleep tracking
  • Bright, responsive touchscreen display
  • Accurate body temperature data

Cons

  • No third-party app support
  • No music support

The Fitbit Sense 2 is a highly capable fitness watch, but it shines with its sleep tracking. It automatically tracks your sleep, giving you insight into how long you sleep as well as time spent in light, deep, and REM sleep stages. It also shows how your sleep compares to others of the same age and sex. It also offers relaxing breathing sessions to help you wind down before bed. When it’s time to wake up, the Sense 2 can vibrate to wake you up when you are in the optimal sleep stage so you feel as refreshed as possible. 

Beyond sleep tracking, Fitbit built the Sense 2 with plenty of sensors for data collection. I can measure your heart rate, heart rate variability, skin temperature, breathing rate, blood oxygen, blood glucose, and more. And the built-in GPS means you can track your workouts with detailed distance and pace information. 

The app displays the data clearly and lets you see historical data and a 30-day average, too. It provides plenty of metrics to help you keep an eye on your fitness and health and is compatible with iOS and Android phones. You’ll need to pay to take advantage of some features, and unfortunately, there is no third-party app support for the Sense 2. But for detailed sleep tracking, this is a fantastic choice. 

Best for pure metrics: Whoop 4.0

Nick Hilden

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: 4 to 5 days
  • Display type: N/A
  • GPS: None
  • Water resistance: 32 feet for 2 hours (IP68)
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: 1.7 x 1.1 x 0.4 inches
  • Weight: 1 ounce

Pros

  • Very comfortable to wear
  • Can be worn in multiple ways with Whoop accessories and apparel
  • Lots of recovery and health data
  • No notifications or bright screen

Cons

  • Requires a pricey monthly subscription
  • No GPS

Most fitness trackers these days are also smartwatches. But all those notifications and the bright screen can be distracting, potentially taking away from you setting a personal best. If you are looking for a fitness tracker without all the fancy smartwatch features, the Whoop band is your best bet. This unique device is essentially a watch band with a bundle of sensors. There is no screen, so you can stay focused on the task at hand. 

The Whoop 4.0 is a minimal device in terms of looks and sensors. The company opted to stick with the absolute essentials: Blood oxygen, skin temperature, and heart rate sensors. These provide accurate data to help guide your recovery. The fitness tracker can automatically detect a workout, or you can manually start one via the app. It even tracks weights, reps, and sets when you are strength training to provide the impact that has on your body. It does not offer GPS, however, so you won’t be able to map out runs.

The main downside of Whoop is that it is a subscription-based product. Depending on your chosen plan, it will cost you about $20 a month. That comes with an Onyx band, but if you want one of the many other colors, it will cost you extra. Not everyone will love the lack of a screen, either. But you can buy clothing and accessories to wear your Whoop in positions other than your watch, which is very handy for certain types of activities. Whoop certainly is a unique way to gather data and keep track of your fitness and recovery.

Best for heart rate monitoring: Polar Ignite 3

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 30 hours in training mode
  • Display type: AMOLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Built-in GPS, plus GLONASS, Galileo, QZSS, Beidou
  • Water resistance: 98 feet
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: 1.7 x 1.7 x 0.4 inches
  • Weight: 1.2 ounces

Pros

  • Very slim and lightweight
  • Attractive design
  • Provides lots of workout suggestions and guides
  • Tracks sleep and other important health metrics

Cons

  • Notifications are occasionally delayed
  • Battery life isn’t great

Polar is well known for its highly accurate sensors and watches. There’s a reason many physiology and sports science labs rely on its products. The Polar Ignite 3 takes that technology and packs it into a tiny, wrist-based product. The heart rate monitor in the Ignite 3 uses 10 LEDs across multiple wavelengths and four light detectors to gather more accurate heart rate measurements from your wrist. I found it to be as accurate as a chest strap in most situations. 

Beyond heart rate, the Ignite 3 also offers many features to help you stay healthy and fit. It tracks your sleep, including nightly skin temperature, measures your VO2 Max, and provides lots of insights to help you manage your fitness and performance. It even suggests workouts if you want tips on what to do on a given day. Those suggestions include cardio, strength, and stretching, which is more than most watches will do. And it walks you through the workout in an easy-to-understand way. I particularly liked the stretching suggestions for loosening up after hard workouts. 

Even though the Ignite 3 is a highly capable fitness tracker and smartwatch, it’s extremely slim and minimal. It barely sticks up on my wrist, making it more comfortable to wear day in and day out. Unfortunately, the compact size meant a compromise in battery life. Polar promises 30 hours in training mode or 120 hours in watch mode, which lags behind the competition. Luckily, it charges quickly, so you can get back to keeping track of your steps sooner. 

Best for battery life: Garmin Vivofit 4

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 7 days in smartwatch mode
  • Display type: OLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Connected GPS only
  • Water resistance: 164 feet
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: Small/medium: 0.7 x 0.4 x 8.54 inches, Large: 0.7 x 0.4 x 10 inches
  • Weight: Small/medium: 0.86 ounces, Large: 0.93 ounces

Pros

  • Slim, minimal design in four colors
  • Available in two sizes
  • Advanced health and fitness tracking abilities
  • Long battery life

Cons

  • Relies on your phone for GPS
  • Small screen limits data you can see

The Garmin Vivofit 4 is a true fitness tracker. It’s simple in design with a tiny build. This watch is available in two sizes and four colors with interchangeable bands, so you can pick something that fits you best. It is comfortable to wear all day and even at night, so you can even take advantage of its sleep-tracking abilities. 

Of course, the extra-long battery life comes with a few compromises. The primary downside is that it doesn’t offer built-in GPS (though Garmin makes plenty of multisport watches for that). Instead, if you want location information, you’ll need to keep your phone on you for connected GPS. But those who don’t want to be tied to a charger will appreciate this pared-back tracker.

The Vivofit 4 will track steps, distance, activities, and calories burned. It provides a personalized daily step goal and provides insight into your energy levels and recovery information so you can train smarter. The color display is customizable, and the Garmin Connect app adds functionality and helps you see your information. Plus, despite the budget-friendly price, it provides incident detection and the ability to instantly send messages and location information to emergency contacts, adding peace of mind when out on a run or bike ride.

Best with GPS: Garmin epix Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 10 days in smartwatch mode
  • Display type: AMOLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Built-in GPS, GLONASS, Galileo
  • Water resistance: 328 feet (10 ATM)
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: Available in 42mm, 47mm, or 51mm case sizes
  • Weight: 2.2 ounces (42mm)

Pros

  • Built-in LED flashlight is surprisingly handy
  • Advanced training tools and health measurements
  • Highly accurate data
  • Rugged and durable
  • Bright, attractive display

Cons

  • No solar charging
  • Expensive

The Garmin Epix Pro is a serious watch for those dedicated to their fitness. It measures just about every health and fitness metric you could want, including heart rate, blood oxygen, HRV, VO2 Max, training load, training effect, and so much more. As with most Garmin watches, the epix Pro gives you various fitness scores—such as Endurance Score, Hill Score, Body Battery, and more. These metrics help you keep an eye on when you may be overtraining and need to back off or when you should pick up the pace. 

This advanced fitness tracker suggests daily workouts and can track nearly an endless list of activities. It can even help you plan for specific races and help you navigate when you are on the course. The Up Ahead mode can show you checkpoints and aid stations, giving you peace of mind and helping you plan accordingly.

Garmin clearly built the epix Pro for the outdoors. It is rugged and durable, with lots of features to help you on adventures. The version linked here uses a scratch-resistant sapphire AMOLED display with a fiber-reinforced polymer case. It is tested to U.S. military standards for thermal, shock, and water resistance, so you’ll know it can handle whatever you throw at it. It comes in three different case sizes and multiple colors.

Additionally, the epix Pro offers terrain maps with relief shading and weather map overlays. I have relied on the weather maps on more than a few occasions to get back home before a storm hits. It also features an LED flashlight, which I have come to rely on in my day-to-day life far more than anticipated. Plus, the display of the watch is bright and vibrant, making it easy to see in the bright sun. Garmin also has plenty of unique and customizable watch faces so that you can personalize your watch quite a lot. 

The Garmin epix Pro is a highly advanced watch. As a result, it’s an expensive option. You can save a little by opting for the Pro Standard version instead of Pro Sapphire. Or, if you want all the robust Garmin health and fitness features for less, check out the Forerunner lineup. The Forerunner 955 Solar is a particularly good watch with impressive battery life. 

Best budget: Amazfit Band 7

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Battery life: Up to 18 days
  • Display type: AMOLED touchscreen
  • GPS: Connected GPS only
  • Water resistance: 164 feet (5 ATM)
  • Compatibility: Android, iOS
  • Size: 1.84 x 0.95 x 0.48 inches
  • Weight: 0.96 ounces

Pros

  • Compact and lightweight
  • Very affordable
  • Long battery life
  • Accurate heart rate measurements

Cons

  • Only offers connected GPS
  • Finicky touchscreen

While many fitness trackers are on the pricey side, you don’t have to drop a fortune to get accurate fitness tracking capabilities. The Amazfit Band 7 is the best budget fitness tracker available thanks to its robust feature set, compact build, and sub-$50 price. 

The Band 7 is minimal in design, with a narrow rectangular AMOLED display. It’s large enough to see your important data without being too large, even on small wrists. There aren’t any buttons on the watch, so navigation is entirely based on touchscreen functionality. It’s plenty bright and colorful for bright days, and the information provided during workouts is nicely simplified so that you can quickly glance down and see what you need. 

Inside the band 7 is AMazfit’s ​​BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor. This is able to measure heart rate and blood oxygen levels. The watch can calculate VO2 Max and stress levels and track your sleep. I found these numbers to be as accurate as the more expensive watches I’ve used, including Garmin. Amazfit also provides lots of help text throughout the watch so that you can better understand what its metrics mean. 

The downside of the budget price is that it relies on tethered GPS, so you’ll need to have your phone on you if you want any GPS data from your activities. And even then, the GPS data isn’t as accurate as a multi-band GPS system. But the upside of this is that the battery life is seriously impressive for a budget watch. Amazfit promises up to 18 days with normal usage. In my testing, I was able to get 16 or so, which is pretty close. 

This fitness tracker won’t cut it for serious athletes wanting all the data, but for those who simply want something to encourage them to stay active, the Amazfit Band 7 is a great choice. To read more about this watch, you can check out our full review

What to consider when shopping for the best fitness trackers

It’s easy to get bewildered by all the features and functions available in today’s fitness trackers. But the best fitness tracker for you is the one that will effectively and efficiently monitor exactly what you want it to—maybe your heart rate or the quality of your sleep—and deliver the info in a way that works for you. But it’s also smart to keep in mind that too many functions, such as GPS or an energy-sapping display, can drain your tracker’s battery life. They may also be more than you’ll actually need, leaving you paying for features that you won’t use. 

Heart rate sensors

These days, just about every fitness tracker or watch comes built with a wrist-based heart rate sensor. The accuracy of these depends on the particular watch, as well as how you are wearing the watch. Depending on the activity you are participating in, it won’t be as accurate as a chest-based monitor. But technology has improved significantly in recent years, and most watches provide plenty of accurate data for all but the most serious athletes. 

Sleep tracking

When it comes to fitness, we tend to neglect recovery. Yet it is a key component of fitness and health. That’s partly why sleep monitoring has become a key feature of fitness trackers and smartwatches. Some argue that you should know whether you’ve had a good night’s sleep just based on how you feel in the morning. Trying to beat a sleep score every night, they say, only adds stress and makes it less likely you’ll sleep well.

However, if you’re trying different approaches to improve your sleep—a relaxing pillow spray, avoiding screens before bed, or winding down with a warm shower—a tracking app can help you figure out what works best for you. While sleep trackers in labs use brain activity to measure the different stages of sleep—light, deep, and REM sleep—fitness trackers tend to use a combination of movement and heart rate tracking to estimate your sleep cycles.

You have to notify some trackers that you’re going to bed in order to initiate sleep monitoring, which may not be ideal for you. Others do it automatically as long as you are wearing your device to bed. Keep in mind that if you want to wear your tracker to monitor your activity during the day and your sleep at night, you’ll need a device with a long battery life or a quick charging time so you never have to miss a moment, night or day.

Battery life

When it comes to electronics, particularly small yet powerful ones, battery life can be a major concern. Depending on how you want to use your fitness tracker, battery life might be key when choosing one.

Many of the most popular products blur the line between fitness trackers and smartwatches. They come with a huge number of functions, such as sending and receiving messages, storing music, and GPS tracking. But these bells and whistles can be a real drain on your battery. You might find yourself needing to fast charge your device while you’re in the shower or sacrificing sleep tracking so it can power up overnight.

That might be fine if you just want to keep track of the odd HIIT class. But if you hate being a slave to a charger or want to take your tracker on a camping expedition without access to power, it might be worth sacrificing some features for longer battery life. Or you may need to pay for a more expensive model in order to get the best of both worlds.

GPS & GNSS

GPS—or Global Positioning System—is a series of satellites that circle the Earth. If you have a GPS receiver, it can use the relative positioning of these satellites to tell you exactly where you are. It’s this sort of geolocation technology that is used to help your car company or food delivery service locate you and how the map app on your phone gives you directions.

When it comes to fitness trackers, GPS can be helpful in a number of ways. Using what it knows about your location and the time you were there, you can get an accurate idea of your pace when you’re running or hiking. It can also allow someone who’s not with you to track your progress or help you create a map of your route. Further, on some devices, with an additional app, GPS can be used to help direct you along a pre-programmed route.

Fitness trackers have various ways of capitalizing on GPS. Some may include their own built-in receivers, which means you don’t have to have your phone with you. Others use the GPS in your smartphone to help geolocate you, which is referred to as tethered GPS.

The quality of GPS in fitness trackers varies, too. Sometimes, it’s tricky to squeeze a high-quality receiver into a small band or watch, and if accurate GPS is really important to you—say you’re a competitive runner and need a highly accurate record of your distances and pace—a GPS running watch might be a better option for you. For the most accurate location data, you’ll want to look for multiple GNSS (Global Navigation Satelite System) options in a single tracker. 

Display size & features

How much information do you want to see on the screen of your fitness tracker? Do you want all your info there? Or would you rather have a single piece of data on screen—your step count, calories burned, or heart rate—knowing that you’ll have to scroll through to get the other data you want?

As with so many choices, it’s all about compromises. If you want a full-color, bright, and fully customizable touchscreen, you’re probably going to sacrifice battery life. And if you want loads of information in one place, you’ll need to opt for a large fitness tracker, which may be rather clunky on your wrist. On the other hand, if you opt for a more basic, smaller display, you won’t be able to see your information as easily. 

Whatever you opt for, it’s worth spending a bit of time getting to know your tracker’s screen and working out how you can customize it so that the functions and information you want most are easily and quickly accessible. As with your phone, you may find some apps or functions installed that you don’t need. If you know you’re never going to record a ballet class, for example, delete that option if you can. The less information you have on screen, the easier it will be to zone in on what you want.

It might also be worth considering a screen protector if you’re going for a smartwatch-style tracker. These can be really thin and unobtrusive, and the best don’t interfere with functionality, just protect against scratches, scrapes, and damage.

FAQs

Q: What is the best cheap fitness tracker?

The Amazfit Band 7 is one of the cheapest fitness trackers on the market, but there are other affordable options that cost just slightly more than the Band 7. You may sacrifice some features and quality when you choose a cheaper option, but they’ll still track the basics, like steps, heart rate, and fitness metrics.

Q: What are the best fitness tracker brands? 

Fitness trackers have an interesting heritage—closely related to sports watches and mobile phones—as well as being their own stand-alone tech. There are now many companies that create products in the fitness tracker realm, but some of the best are Fitbit, Garmin, and Apple. Fitbit was one of the first fitness trackers available, but the company has come a long way since then. In fact, Google bought Fitbit in 2019. It offers a range of trackers, from basic to advanced. 

Garmin is one of the leaders in the fitness tracker and advanced fitness watch market. Its roots lie in GPS, and that legacy has continued with its impressive lineup of highly accurate trackers. 
Apple is a name that just about everyone will recognize. Its Apple Watch helped bridge the gap between fitness watch and smartwatch, offering cellular connectivity with advanced health sensors. 

Q: Why use a fitness tracker?

Fitness watches can motivate users to stay on track with their fitness goals by providing real-time data and metrics that allow you to monitor progress and performance. As many of us are sedentary throughout the day, fitness trackers offer real-time alerts and reminders to keep you moving, even in small increments.

Q: Which fitness tracker is most accurate?

We all want a fitness watch that accurately measures our fitness data—after all, accurate metrics help us get a better grip on our health. The Garmin Vivofit 4 is among the most accurate trackers, along with Garmin’s other offerings, offering precise measurements for both everyday and fitness wear.

Final thoughts on the best fitness trackers

There’s no doubt that a fitness tracker can help you up your game when it comes to your workouts and that there are a host of different features and functions out there that can keep you on track, whether you’re a busy parent squeezing in a quick yoga class or a professional athlete trying to shave every last second off your time. The huge leaps and bounds in technology also mean that your fitness tracker can do double duty as a smartwatch, notifying you about everything from news headlines to your next meeting. The type of tracker you opt for will depend on your life, lifestyle, and what you want from it. But the choices are out there like never before.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best fitness trackers of 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best portable saunas of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-portable-saunas/ Tue, 07 Jun 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=448139
The best portable saunas lined up in a row
Amanda Reed

These are the best portable saunas for ultimate relaxation and healing when you’re at home or on the go.

The post The best portable saunas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best portable saunas lined up in a row
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna is the best overall portable sauna. SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna
SEE IT

This full-featured sauna creates a serene overall environment.

Best sauna kit SereneLife Full Portable Sauna is the best portable sauna kit. SereneLife Full Portable Sauna
SEE IT

Get everything you need in one convenient bundle.

Best infrared Heat Wave Radiant Saunas makes the best portable sauna that's infrared. Heat Wave Radiant Saunas Oversized Portable Cabin
SEE IT

Get the benefits of Infrared without the bulk.

Portable saunas can provide all the health benefits of their larger counterparts. Those benefits include stress relief, muscle recovery, improved circulation, and detoxification. As brands create increasingly compact products, you can now bring the feel-good sauna experience home whether you live in a single-family home or one-bedroom apartment—no permanent installation required. And, unless you get one of the high-end models, portable saunas are more affordable than traditional saunas. Our favorite at-home saunas are comfortable to sit (or lay) in and easy to set up and break down. You’ll find a variety of styles out there, from full-body infrared saunas to sit-in steam saunas to sauna bags. This list of the best portable saunas for wellness and recovery will help you choose the best option for your home and your needs. 

How we chose the best portable saunas

Portable saunas come in an array of styles, and we wanted to reflect this diversity while being mindful of price and durability. We searched through dozens of portable sauna products and narrowed down our list to include ones that are the highest quality possible within their price range. For example, we wanted to ensure the budget option came with a warranty in case any of the components fail. 

When selecting the best portable saunas, we also considered the materials and power output to find energy-efficient options that won’t send your power bill skyrocketing. We also considered whether or not the portable sauna was aesthetically pleasing because it will become a staple in your home. 

During our review process, we scoured reviews across multiple sites. Once we decided on a product, we cross-referenced multiple sites and retailers to ensure the product stood up to dozens of user reviews.

Best portable saunas: Reviews & Recommendations

Once relegated to the realm of gyms and spas, saunas have exploded in popularity as medical studies demonstrated that they can relieve pain and promote relaxation. The best portable saunas should make it easy to bring some heat and healing into your home—not cause more stress. After scouring, sourcing, and performing lots of testing, here’s what we found.

Best overall: SaunaSpace Luminati Portable Infrared Sauna

SaunaSpace

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This beautifully designed, minimalist sauna is made of high-quality materials and creates a pleasant environment.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 52” x 52” x 63”
  • Weight: 50.3 pounds 
  • Materials: North American basswood, bamboo, stainless steel, and canvas

Pros 

  • Aesthetic design so you don’t need to break down after each use 
  • Walk-in style provides a full-body experience
  • High-quality, durable materials that are backed by a 10-year warranty 

Cons 

  • Heavy and may take two people to set up
  • The high price tag might be a deterrent for some buyers 

Part of the sauna experience is the atmosphere: the lack of visual distractions and the smell of untreated wood. And this portable, full-body sauna allows you to immerse yourself in a relaxing environment. The wooden components, like the base and the stool, bring in elements of a traditional sauna without the heavy weight and elaborate installation. While some infrared saunas come with the risk of EMF exposure, SaunaSpace uses advanced technology to keep these levels low. (While some people may prefer to limit their exposure to EMFs, no research exists to support that low levels of exposure are harmful.) 

The high-quality, sustainable materials take this personal sauna above and beyond the competition. The canvas comes in multiple colors—like indigo, stone, and hand-dyed turmeric—so you can match this sauna kit with your current wall color or room’s aesthetic. Although it is more expensive than most portable saunas, it is a beautiful, well-crafted addition to a home and comes with a 10-year warranty. If after the 100-day trial period you’re not satisfied, you can return it for a full refund. 

Best sauna kit: SereneLife Full Portable Sauna 

SereneLife

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This portable sauna is tall enough for most adults to stand up in, creating a more comfortable home sauna experience than its competitors. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 35.4” x 35.4” x 70.9”
  • Weight: 37 pounds 
  • Materials: Cloth, plastic

Pros 

  • Full-size design allows you to reap full-body benefits 
  • Heats up to 140 degrees Fahrenheit 
  • Packable design lets you stow away when not in use

Cons 

  • Set-up instructions can be confusing
  • Taller people may not be able to fully stand inside 

As one of the only full-sized, fully portable saunas on the market at this price point, the SereneLife is at the top of our list for best portable sauna kit. While most portable saunas require you to stick your head and neck out of a hole at the top, this is completely enclosed so you can get the infrared benefits on your face, head, and neck. It comes with a folding chair so you can sit comfortably inside and a heating pad for your feet. 

After you set up this sauna for the home, just set your desired temperature and timer up to 60 minutes on the remote. It takes a while to heat up, but once it gets going, it can reach temps around 140 degrees Fahrenheit, mimicking your favorite gym sauna. Additionally, this model comes in both infrared and steam versions, depending on the type of heat you prefer. 

Best infrared: Heat Wave Radiant Saunas Oversized Portable Cabin

Heat Wave Radiant Saunas

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: It’s energy-efficient, spacious enough for people up to 6’5”, and portable enough to use for car travel. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 33.5″ x 33″ x 41. 5″ 
  • Weight: 24 pounds 
  • Materials: Polyester and beech 

Pros 

  • Roomy for a sit-in design sauna 
  • Incredibly energy efficient
  • All the components feel high quality and are backed by a 1-year warranty

Cons 

  • Pricier than similar products 
  • Maximum timer length is 30 minutes 

Tent-style portable saunas may look goofy, but they’re ideal for those with minimal space or people who want a lightweight option. This home sauna has a sturdy frame that makes it easy to get in and out, interior zippers for your hands, and a pocket for the handheld remote or a phone. Using the remote, you can control the temperature for both the sauna and foot pad, and set the low-EMF carbon fiber heating panels up to 150 degrees Fahrenheit. 

The set-up and break-down processes take less than a minute, and the carrying handle makes transport easy so you can find relaxation anywhere. Plus, the quilted polyester fabric is moisture-resistant and looks nicer than many of the tent-style saunas. The complete sauna kit comes with two soft neck collars for optimal comfort and a padded floor mat that will help soak up moisture when the sweat builds. Although this personal sauna is on the higher end of the price range for his style, you’ll save money on power bills because of the energy-efficient carbon heating panels. 

Best for stress: Sun Home Saunas Infrared Sauna Blanket

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This blanket is easy to set up and easy on the eyes, thanks to fun patterns and colorways.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 71” x 71” unfolded
  • Weight: 15 pounds 
  • Materials: Waterproof polyurethane

Pros 

  • Wide range of temperature and timer settings
  • Multiple colors
  • Backed by a 1-year warranty

Cons 

  • Expensive

Bringing the spa experience to your living room doesn’t have to be boring. Take the Sun Home Saunas Infrared Sauna Blanket, which comes in a jazzy blue zebra print (pictured), a fun purple and red colorway, and a classic black style. The climate and timer controls are easy to use: Temperature settings range from 35-75℃, and time settings range from 30-60 minutes. Pre-heat time only takes around 15 minutes. The industrial-grade Velcro keeps the heat in and feels sturdy to the touch. However, the blanket is easy to open—making cleaning a breeze. And, its large interior circumference will make you feel cozy—not constricted. When you’re done using it, simply pack it away in the included carrying case.

Best for travel: LifePro Far Infrared Sauna Blanket

LifePro

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The LifePro Rejuvawrap packs a sauna’s catharsis into a full-body blanket, making it a good choice for your mobile detox needs.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 70.8 inches L x 70.8 inches W
  • Weight: 13 pounds 
  • Materials: Waterproof Oxford cloth, polyurethane leather, and cotton

Pros

  • Folds into an included canvas carrying bag
  • Includes disposable sauna wraps for increased temperature
  • Waterproof fabric makes for easy cleaning

Cons

  • Not very hot at lower settings
  • Moderate size when stowed in bag

If you’re looking to take the benefits of your portable sauna on the road, the LifePro Rejuvawrap is a sleeping bag-style sauna blanket that’s definitely worth considering. Its foldable five-layer design consists of a far-infrared carbon fiber heating pad, two layers of comfortable cotton, and a waterproof oxford cloth topper to aid with sweat cleanup. Using an integrated remote, users can adjust the blanket temperature and auto-shutoff timer between 95 to 176 degrees Fahrenheit and 5 to 60 minutes. The Rejuvawrap does take a while to heat up, and though many users have reported that only its higher settings feel sufficiently hot, we actually like the blanket’s ability to offer everything from soothing warmth to blazing heat. If you find yourself needing even more focused heat, the Rejuvawrap also includes a handful of disposable sauna wraps and a washable towel to further tailor your sauna experience. Like other sauna blankets, the LifePro Rejuvawrap is fairly bulky when folded and stored in its canvas carrying bag, but we still found it to be easy  to tote around and stow in a car or closet.

Best for home: Clearlight Curve Sauna Dome

Infrared Sauna

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Achieve full relaxation mode in this personal lay-down sauna. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: 69” x 28” x 18”
  • Weight: 80 pounds 
  • Materials: Organic hemp cloth, wood, memory foam

Pros 

  • Memory foam pad is super plush and comfy
  • Low-EMF infrared heat 
  • Comfortable, reclined design is great for users who can’t sit for long periods

Cons 

  • Not as portable and space-efficient as others on this list 
  • Very heavy 

Not everyone has the space, money, or time for a full-scale sauna installation. But that doesn’t mean you have to sacrifice quality. The Curve Sauna Dome allows for a high-quality experience without the hassle of a permanent home sauna. With a memory foam infrared pad and multiple heat level adjustments, this indoor sauna is one of the most comfortable options on our list. Simply set the timer, lay down, and relax. When you’re finished, slide the two domes together for easy storage. 

The model uses far-infrared light, known for its wellness benefits, including increased circulation and boosted immunity. It also comes with a lifetime warranty, so you can buy in confidence knowing your purchase is protected. However, this sauna is a more serious investment than others on this list: it’s heavier, less space-efficient, and not travel-friendly. 

Best small: HigherDose Infrared Sauna Blanket

HigherDose

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Just about everything is better in bed, and sauna sessions are no exception.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 71” x 71” 
  • Weight: TK pounds 
  • Materials: Waterproof Polyurethane and fireproof cotton

Pros 

  • Short pre-heat time of 10 minutes 
  • Non-toxic materials
  • Fully adjustable with a handheld controller 

Cons 

  • Maximum interior circumference of 65 inches may be too small for some users
  • Requires more frequent cleaning

If the thought of being trapped inside a pop-up structure with your head sticking out the top gives you the heebie-jeebies, the HigherDose Sauna Blanket is the answer. This sauna bag provides all the benefits of a portable sauna, yet is thin, lightweight, and convenient. You can use it on any heat-resistant surface like your bed or a yoga mat, and you have the choice of wearing a layer of clothing or using HigherDose’s towel insert. However, you can expect to sweat a lot, so the manual emphasizes the importance of preventing any skin-to-mat action. 

This product is just really thoughtfully designed. Charcoal and clay layers beneath the infrared panels balance the heat. Of all the options, this is one of the easiest to store, which can come in very handy if you’re extremely limited on space. It also makes it one of the easiest models with which to travel.

Best budget: Durasage Oversized Portable Steam Sauna

Durasage

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This affordable steam sauna leaves room in your budget for actually traveling.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 31.5” x 33” x 41”
  • Weight: 15.8 pounds 
  • Materials: Polyester and PVC tubing 

Pros 

  • Two large pockets on the front can fit a tablet or book
  • Great price 
  • 1.5-year warranty 

Cons 

  • Chair is flimsy and can only support up to 20 lbs
  • Clumsy frame design makes it hard to get in and out 

This portable, sit-in steam sauna is great if you just want to test the waters of a home sauna or don’t have the cash to make a bigger investment. With the pop-up sauna tent and a foldable chair, this sauna kit has everything you need to start a regular sauna routine. (However, you may want to replace the flimsy chair with one of your own. Just make sure you don’t need it for other purposes—it will get sweaty!) This portable sauna also has dual pockets for a book or e-reader and easy-to-zip hand slots. 

We like the budget-friendly price tag, but what we love best about this portable sauna is that you can add fragrances like herbs or oil to the plastic container on the side of the steam generator. The scent of lavender or jasmine will elevate your experience, and you can’t do this with an infrared sauna.

Things to consider when buying the best portable saunas

Type of heat 

Portable saunas come in three varieties: 

  • Dry saunas are the most traditional and use heating panels to warm the air without increasing the humidity. These saunas can reach higher temperatures than steam saunas. 
  • Infrared saunas use infrared lighting panels to heat your body in an effort to aid muscle recovery. Because they use light to heat your body instead of heating the air around you, they generally don’t get as hot as traditional dry saunas (so you can spend more time in them). They’re a great option for sauna users who can’t tolerate the humidity of steam saunas or high temps of dry saunas. 
  • Steam saunas use—you guessed it—steam to warm the air and allow you to work up quite a sweat. Unlike dry saunas, steam saunas use a heater with water to warm up your space. They take a bit longer to heat up but provide a more classic experience similar to Finnish steam rooms. 

Design 

You can find portable saunas that encapsulate your entire body or smaller options that you sit in from the neck down. If space isn’t an issue and you don’t get claustrophobic easily, you may want to choose a full-body personal sauna. However, the neck-down, collapsible saunas can be a great option for people who prefer to multi-task and read a book while relaxing. If you deal with chronic pain and have trouble sitting upright for long periods of time, a reclined sauna or sauna blanket could be a good fit. 

Size and weight

Consider where you’re going to put your sauna and how often you’re going to use it. More spacious saunas will be more comfortable, especially for taller or larger users, but smaller saunas are better for saving space. If you plan to break it down after every use, you can opt for a foldable sauna with a larger footprint. Some portable saunas require a more elaborate setup and are best for users who aren’t ready to install a permanent indoor sauna but can leave a portable sauna up for longer periods of time. 

FAQs

Q: How much do portable saunas cost?

Portable saunas cost between $100 and $3000 dollars, depending on the style, brand, and quality. If you want a reliable personal sauna, you should expect to spend at least $300, although you can find lower-quality options for cheaper.

Q: What are the health benefits of a portable sauna?

Portable saunas are known for their health and wellness benefits, including relaxation, improved circulation, pain relief, and reduced risk of disease, including hypertension. Research about sauna benefits used to be scant, but in the past five years, multiple studies have implied that sauna bathing can offer health and wellness benefits for many regular users. 

Q: How long do portable saunas last?

The lifespan of a portable sauna can vary widely. Just like any product, it depends on the quality of your purchase. While you can find dozens of budget options online, these may have a shorter lifespan than high-quality home saunas. Some portable saunas, like the Curve Sauna Dome, come with a lifetime warranty. 

Final thoughts on the best portable saunas

For those who can afford it and have the dedicated space, the SaunaSpace Luminati is one of the best portable saunas available. The ThermaLight technology allows you to enjoy the benefits of infrared heat without the added risk associated with EMFs, and the organic canvas and bamboo components are minimal yet aesthetic enough to leave installed in the home.  

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best portable saunas of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best compact treadmills of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-compact-treadmills/ Tue, 05 Sep 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=567741
Work out at home and save space with one of the best compact treadmills.

Whether you prefer walking or running, these machines will help you get a workout in without taking up too much space.

The post The best compact treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Work out at home and save space with one of the best compact treadmills.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Picture of a shirtless man in shorts running on a treadmill. NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450
SEE IT

This premium model features an HD touchscreen, access to thousands of live and on-demand classes, and a fold-up deck for storage.

Best for walking A woman in a black tank top and gray leggings walking on a compact treadmill. Sunny Health & Fitness Slim Walking Pad Treadmill
SEE IT

This compact treadmill goes up to 3.75 mph and is also available with arm exercisers or a desk.

Best budget A woman in a pink tank top and black legging walking and jogging on a compact treadmill. BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill
SEE IT

This affordable option lets users run and walk and displays metrics like time, distance, and speed on an LED screen.

If you want to exercise at home but don’t want to turn your living room into a home gym, a compact treadmill could be the answer. Often smaller than traditional treadmills and available in under-desk and foldable options, they won’t dominate your space. You can find options that suit your fitness goals, whether you’re looking to get your steps in while on a work call or when training for a marathon. Here are some tips and picks to help you find one of the best compact treadmills for your needs.

How we chose the best compact treadmills

In choosing the best compact treadmills, we considered the options from top makers of home fitness equipment, including NordicTrack, Echelon, Sunny Health & Fitness, and more. We also tested LifeSpan Fitness’s TR-1000 Glowup Under Desk Walking Pad Treadmill. In addition, we considered features, connectivity, portability, ease of use, user reviews, and price when making our recommendations.

The best compact treadmills: Reviews & Recommendations

With a treadmill, getting a workout in from the comfort of your home (including your home office) is easy. And with a compact treadmill, you don’t have to sacrifice as much space to stay fit. Whether you’re looking for a full-service fitness machine or a walking pad that will keep you moving during the workday, we’ve rounded up various options to suit your needs.

Best overall: NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 339 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Belt length: 60 inches
  • Max speed: 12 mph

Pros

  • Features a 14-inch interactive HD touchscreen
  • Streams iFIT workouts on demand led by instructors from around the globe
  • Provides inclines of up to 15 percent
  • Designed with technology to help users fold it up easily

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy
  • Larger footprint than other compact models

NordicTrack’s Commercial 2450 Treadmill provides the premium training experience of its other models, with the ability to fold up the machine and stow it away more easily. This model is designed with a powerful 4-horsepower motor and features a 14-inch interactive HD touchscreen for on-demand training (also a feature we love about the NordicTrack rower). The free 30-day iFIT membership allows users to connect the treadmill to a WiFi router and livestream workouts from around the world and get personalized feedback on your form. What’s more, this treadmill is designed to accommodate hard-core training, with a maximum speed of 12 mph and an incline of up to 10 percent. When you’re done getting your miles in, this treadmill is designed with technology that allows you to fold it up and set it up against a wall. That said, at 339 pounds, this model is heavy for a compact, and lifting it might be a two-person job.

Best under-desk: LifeSpan Fitness TR-1000 Glowup Under Desk Walking Pad Treadmill

LifeSpan

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 117 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 350 pounds
  • Belt length: 58 inches
  • Max speed: 4 mph

Pros

  • Quiet
  • Easy to assemble
  • Designed with casters for portability
  • Long belt for a compact model

Cons

  • Somewhat heavy
  • May be too wide for small standing desks

Looking to get your steps in during Zoom meetings? A compact treadmill like LifeSpan’s Fitness TR-1000 Glowup Under Desk Walking Pad Treadmill is a solid choice. This model is heavier than some compact models but is easy to assemble right out of the box. Designed with casters, you can easily slide it under a standing desk that can accommodate its 28-inch width. LifeSpan also sells a compatible standing desk. The 2-horsepower motor is quiet and allows you to walk up to 4 mph. And you can place the accompanying attachable console on your desk to track your time, distance, speed, and calories burned.

Best for running: Echelon Fitness Stride Auto-Fold Smart Treadmill

Echelon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 156 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 300 pounds
  • Belt length: 55 inches 
  • Max speed: 12 mph

Pros

  • Provides access to more than 40 live classes daily and thousands more on-demand with iFIT membership 
  • Features two 2-watt speakers
  • Designed with automatic folding feature

Cons

  • Need tablet to access classes and other media
  • Motor is less powerful than other options

If what it takes to get you through a tough run is lots of multimedia inspiration, the Echelon Fitness Stride Auto-Fold Smart Treadmill could be your best option. With the Echelon membership associated with this treadmill (free for the first 30 days), you’ll have access to 40 live workouts per day and thousands of on-demand workouts led by trainers around the world. And its maximum speed of 12 mph and incline of 10 percent allow for challenging workouts for most runners. This treadmill also syncs with Strava, Apple Health, Fitbit, and Spotify, and features two 2-watt speakers to play your favorite tune (or grab one of our favorite headphones for running if you need to up the pace without upping the volume). 

The desk also folds automatically and can be leaned up against a wall to save space. That said, it is important to note that this model does not include a touchscreen or tablet, but it’s designed with a tablet holder to let you stream classes and other media.

Best for walking: Sunny Health & Fitness Slim Walking Pad Treadmill

Sunny Health & Fitness

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 55 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 220 pounds
  • Belt length: 39 inches
  • Max speed: 3.75 mph

Pros

  • Lightweight compared to other models
  • Very compact
  • Affordable

Cons

  • Belt length is significantly shorter
  • Won’t work for larger users

For an affordable option that won’t take up much space, consider the Sunny Health & Fitness Slim Walking Pad Treadmill for Under Desk. At 55 pounds, this model is significantly lighter than other compact treadmills. This compact treadmill also features a digital monitor that tracks your speed, time, steps, distance, and calories burned, though it can only go up to 3.75 mph.

It’s important to note that this model is designed to support smaller users, as its belt of 39 inches is more than 10 inches shorter than some premium models, and it can only support a weight capacity of up to 220 pounds. (The company recommends you use it with a desk or table.) That said, if you’re not looking to spend a lot and have a smaller frame, this option will keep you moving, has a small footprint, and is easy to stow away under a couch or bed.

Best folding: Goplus 2-in-1 Under Desk Treadmill

Specs

  • Weight: 73 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 265 pounds
  • Belt length: 39 inches
  • Max speed: 7.5 mph

Pros

  • Small footprint
  • Allows users to switch between walking and running
  • Designed with smart features like app and Bluetooth speaker
  • Easy to store

Cons

  • Maximum speed is low for serious runners
  • May not accommodate larger people

People looking for a compact treadmill that allows them to switch between walking and running will appreciate the Goplus 2-in-1 Under Desk Treadmill. Weighing 73 pounds and with a belt 39 inches long, this folding treadmill is smaller than other compact treadmills. That said, its maximum speed of 7 mph allows users to switch between running and walking. The GoPlus also features an LED screen to help you track your progress, works with an app, and includes a Bluetooth-compatible speaker. And its small footprint allows it to fit under desks easily and makes it easy to fold the deck up and store.

Best budget: BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill

BiFanuo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 60 pounds
  • Weight capacity: 260 pounds
  • Belt length: 42 inches
  • Max speed: 7.5 mph

Pros

  • Affordable
  • Comes assembled 
  • Allows users to walk and run

Cons

  • No smart features
  • Designed for smaller users

Not interested in shelling out for thousands of workouts and smart features? The BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill will still let you get a good workout in at a fraction of the price. This budget-friendly model is assembled out of the box. It allows users to go from .5 mph to 7.5 mph, letting you switch off from walking to running. The 42-inch-long belt is slightly longer than some of the competition, and this model is available in versions with or without a handrail. The LED screen on the console tracks the basics of time, speed, distance, and calories burned. For the price, this model provides good value.

Things to consider when buying the best compact treadmill

Space

Are you looking for a premium treadmill with a touchscreen that will provide access to thousands of classes? Or are you looking for a foldable model that can easily slip into a closet or under the bed? If you’re planning to use it in your home office, you want to look for an under-desk treadmill that is either designed with a compatible desk or one that will fit under a standing desk you already own.

Usage

Compact treadmills span the gamut, from low-frills models that are just walking treads to full-size models that come with fitness memberships, have adjustable inclines, and let you run up to 12 mph. Other options are designed to easily fit under a desk to allow you to walk during the workday. With other models, you can choose add-ons that allow you to give your arms a workout as well as your lower body.

Motor

How powerful your compact treadmill will be will depend upon its motor. Models designed for running that allow you to run up to 12 mph with an incline of 10 percent, such as the NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450, feature a 4-horsepower motor. Other compact treadmills are less powerful, with 2-horsepower motors. What type is best for you depends on the features you want in a compact treadmill, what you plan to use it for, and how much you want to spend.

Portability

The beauty of compact treadmills is that they’re designed to be folded up or not take up a lot of space. That said, some models are still quite large, and while they may have casters, some are still more than 100 pounds and not necessarily easy for one person to lift. Other models easily fold up and are relatively lightweight but also designed with more basic features.

Belt length

A smaller belt length is part of what makes a compact treadmill take up less space. That said, while a small belt (less than 40 inches) might not be an issue when you’re walking slowly, it’s important to keep in mind that if you’re taller or looking to run on your compact treadmill, it’s a good idea to look for a model with a longer belt to accommodate longer strides while running.

FAQs

Q: How much does a compact treadmill cost?

The cost of a compact treadmill ranges from $1,999 at the time of publication for a premium compact treadmill such as the NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450 to about $230 for the budget-friendly BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill.

Q: Can you run on compact treadmills?

Yes, you can run on some compact treadmills. Some can reach speeds up to 12 mph. Others are designed specifically for walking and going under desks. And we’ve featured two 2-in-1 models on this list that allow you to walk or run on the same machine. It’s worth keeping the belt length in mind if you plan to run, as taller people should opt for a longer belt to match the stride length if they plan to run on a compact treadmill.

Q: Are folding or non-folding treadmills better?

Whether folding or non-folding treadmills are better depends on your needs. You can opt for a premium model, such as the NordicTrack Commercial Series 2450, which has the same features as many traditional treadmills. And if you don’t have a lot of space, a compact treadmill like the BiFanuo 2-in-1 Folding Treadmill is budget-friendly and is designed for both walking and running.

Final thoughts on the best compact treadmills

Before you invest in another piece of home fitness equipment, it’s worth it to take the time to consider where and how you want to use it, what features you’re looking for, and how much you want to spend. Fortunately, there are plenty of good options available at a range of price points and fitness levels.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best compact treadmills of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The surprising strategy behind running the fastest marathon https://www.popsci.com/science/marathon-running-formations/ Thu, 24 Aug 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=565059
Runners forming a V-shape with marathoner Eluid Kipchoge in the rear, on a road beside trees.
Eliud Kipchoge, at left in a white tank, behind pacers forming an aerodynamic V in 2019. Robert Szaniszlo/NurPhoto/Getty Images

Aerodynamics experts disagree over the best shape for reducing drag: Is it a V or a swordfish?

The post The surprising strategy behind running the fastest marathon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Runners forming a V-shape with marathoner Eluid Kipchoge in the rear, on a road beside trees.
Eliud Kipchoge, at left in a white tank, behind pacers forming an aerodynamic V in 2019. Robert Szaniszlo/NurPhoto/Getty Images

In 2019, Kenyan long-distance runner Eluid Kipchoge became the first person to run a marathon in under two hours. This achievement had held an almost mythical status—existing, as some physiologists projected, at the edge of a human body’s capabilities. But in the years leading up to Kipchoge’s feat, he and other elite athletes had squeezed their marathon times ever closer. Finally, four years ago, in an unsanctioned event along a flat six-mile loop in Vienna, Kipchoge cruised at record speed, completing 26.2 miles in one hour, 59 minutes, and 40 seconds. 

Officially, the two-hour marathon barrier has not been broken, according to World Athletics, the organization that keeps race records. For one, there were no other competitors in Kipchoge’s event. Plus, he wasn’t alone. He ran in a pack with several expert runners, known as pacers or “rabbits,” creating an aerodynamic shape around him. Wind tunnel tests and computer simulations helped the team finesse the formation: Five pacers positioned in front made a V, like the inverse of a flock of geese, while two additional racers ran slightly behind the marathoner, at his left and right flank. After each loop, the pacers rotated out for a fresh set of legs. With this protection from headwinds, Kipchoge completed the distance more than a minute faster than he ever had.

But as it turns out, there may be an even better drafting formation for running a marathon—or so says a team of researchers at École Centrale in Lyon, France, who recently tested multiple shapes by placing miniature manikins in a wind tunnel. They’ve proposed an arrangement, somewhat resembling a swordfish’s body, that would reduce drag forces by 60 percent on a runner. It would result in marathon times about a minute quicker than the Vienna V, they claim. Using the swordfish shape, it “may be possible to run the fastest marathon ever,” the study authors write in a paper recently published in the journal Proceedings of the Royal Society: A

But the scientists who helped develop and verify the buzzed-about 2019 configuration dispute that assertion, citing flaws in the new study’s wind tunnel setup and the proportions of the mini model runners used to explore it. “The paper itself shows huge differences between present results and those from previous studies,” says Bert Blocken, a professor of civil engineering at KU Leuven in Belgium, who used computer and wind tunnel simulations to analyze drag reduction in the Vienna race. While the Proceedings paper indicates that a V-shape reduces drag by 50 percent, Blocken says that past work found it was closer to 85 percent.

[Related: How epic wind tunnels on Earth make us better at flying through space]

The benefits of marathon formations are not in dispute here. Aerodynamics researchers agree that packs offer an advantage to going solo, especially at the pace elite runners travel. The drag force acting on an object is proportional to the object’s speed squared, points out Pietro Salizzoni, a professor of fluid mechanics and an author of the new study. In other words, the faster you go, the more extreme headwinds you face. On a leisurely stroll, these disturbances are essentially undetectable. But at the speed Kipchoge ran at for his record—an average of 4.5-minute miles or 13 miles an hour, which would feel like a sprint to most people—pushing air out of the way becomes a literal drag.

Orange figurines showing a V-shape formation.
Blocken and his team tested these figures, scanned from marathon runners, in a wind tunnel. KU Leuven

For Vienna, three studies pointed to a V-shaped pack, Blocken says: a UK consultancy company’s tests of 110 formations using fluid dynamics simulations; his team’s own computer simulations of 15 formations; and wind tunnel experiments involving 10 formations. (Confidentiality clauses from INEOS, the British chemical company that sponsored Kipchoge’s race, means those reports have not been published.) “All three detailed previous studies gave the same outcome,” Blocken explains: The configuration with a “V-shape in front of the target athlete and two runners behind him” produced the lowest aerodynamic drag.

Salizzoni and his coauthors independently tested eight formation styles, including the INEOS V-shape, by mounting stationary 6.5-inch manikins in an indoor wind tunnel. Their goal was to measure air resistance proportional to what a marathoner would experience. Ultimately, they also found a benefit to placing two pacers in the back. The force acting on a running target “is the sum of the pressure on the front and on behind,” Salizzoni notes—those in the rear help minimize any pressure drops. “You want to control the wake you are producing,” he says, similar to the back wings on a Formula One race car.

A diagram of the swordfish running shape.
A top view showing where pacers would be, in blue, and the target athlete, in red, for three permutations of the swordfish formation. (The measurements are 1/10 scale, in centimeters.) Marro et al. Proc. R. Soc. A

Where the new findings differ substantially is in the positions of the pacers out front. Salizzoni’s team concluded the most effective was a swordfish-profile shape: a lone pacer, followed by four other pacers forming a skinny diamond four feet behind, and finally the target athlete less than five feet behind the diamond’s rear. The “narrower wedge” in this formation could allow runners to “sort of slice through the air,” University of Colorado Boulder physiologist Rodger Kram, who wasn’t part of the research team, told Science News.

[Related: Why do marathon runners get the runs?]

Blocken remains unconvinced—he argues that the team’s manikins were inappropriately proportioned. “The model used in the study by the present authors seems to be some sort of small cartoon model that is very different from the geometry of a real human body,” he says, referring to the unrealistic chest-belly ratio and sharp edges of the models’ poseable joints. Blocken’s studies used smooth and solid manikins based on scans of real human marathoners. 

Plastic figures used to test a marathon formation.
A poseable manikin used to test the eight drafting formations. Marro et al. Proc. R. Soc. A

Salizzoni counters that their figurines had a “equivalent area and an equivalent form” to an athlete, and that using moveable models helped provide more accurate data. After all, humans in motion don’t have their arms and legs fixed in place. This “could still give a realistic result for the single runner,” Blocken say, but he points out that the fluid dynamics of formations are much more sensitive to subtle changes. In fact, as the New Yorker noted at the time, the configuration for the 2019 race was so precisely tuned that if Kipchoge moved five inches out of place, he would be much more exposed to aerodynamic drag.

It may be some time before a top marathoner puts another pack run to the test. Kipchoge typically only competes in two marathons a year. His second race of 2023 will be in Berlin in September, where he officially set the world record in 2022—without the help of a formation—at 2:01:09.

The post The surprising strategy behind running the fastest marathon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
January AI glucose monitor review: A pricey but effective approach to fine-tune your diet https://www.popsci.com/gear/january-ai-glucose-monitor-review/ Thu, 17 Aug 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=561522
January AI helps you keep tabs on your blood sugar all day.

These medical devices are now being marketed to non-diabetics who want to keep tabs on their metabolic health.

The post January AI glucose monitor review: A pricey but effective approach to fine-tune your diet appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
January AI helps you keep tabs on your blood sugar all day.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

What if you could walk into a grocery store, scan the barcode on a Rice Krispie treat, and find out how it would affect your blood sugar before buying it? That’s the promise of January, a virtual continuous glucose monitor (CGM) system that the company describes as a “24/7 AI health coach to change the way you live.”

As a middle-aged woman with a family history of diabetes and a pizza weakness, I’ve wanted to try a CGM. After more than a week of testing the January AI system, I found it to be an effective tool that gave me more insight into my metabolic health and actually helped me lose a few pounds. It’s a sizeable investment but can return equally valuable insights if you sign up for a subscription and keep a few things in mind.

January

SEE IT

Overview

  • After filling out your health history in an online telehealth session, if you’re approved, January will send you a CGM
  • Once you attach the CGM to your arm, you log the food you’ve eaten, scan the sensor with your phone, and the January app shows your glucose levels in real-time
  • You must also sync with an Apple Watch or an Oura Ring to record your activity levels
  • After five days, January will provide detailed recommendations for foods to eat and activities, taking your preferences into account
  • A one-month subscription costs $288, and an annual subscription is $380

Pros

  • Provides feedback in real-time on how various foods will affect your glucose levels
  • Includes a comprehensive database of foods. You can also enter using a QR code on-site in a store
  • Fun to use
  • Recommends activity to counteract high glucose levels
  • Provides meal plans and activity recommendations based on your nutritional needs and preferences

Cons

  • Somewhat expensive
  • Might not be good for someone with a history of disordered eating around calorie restriction
  • Sensor came out somewhat easily

Verdict: If you’re concerned about your risk of diabetes because of family history, physical health, or age, or you just want personalized recommendations on how to live healthier, the January AI system is a useful and fun tool.

What is a continuous glucose monitor (CGM)?

Continuous glucose monitors were originally developed in the 1980s to help diabetics keep tabs on their blood glucose, or blood sugar, levels. People with diabetes have trouble making insulin, a hormone secreted by the pancreas that allows glucose to be used by cells for energy. Glucose then remains in the bloodstream, keeping blood sugar levels high over time. Chronic high blood sugar can also damage the kidneys, heart, and nervous system.

While CGMs used to require users to prick their fingers to test their blood sugar, newer CGMs include a small sensor that goes under the skin. The sensor will then transmit readings of your glucose levels to a device that will analyze them. Pioneering CGM makers include Dexcom, which made the first CGM that didn’t require a finger pricking and got FDA approval for diabetics in 2016.

Increasingly, people who aren’t diabetic, including elite athletes, are using CGMs to get a more granular sense of their metabolic health. Other popular CGMs that keep popping up in my Instagram feed include Nutrisense and Levels. Tech sites have speculated for years about Apple’s possible plan to build a CGM into the Apple Watch. However, CGMs still require a medical prescription, and their use by people who haven’t been diagnosed with diabetes has generated debate in the medical community. One perspective published in the journal JAMA described CGMs for non-diabetics as a “waste of time and money.” 

Other doctors point to the more than 120 million Americans who either already have diabetes or are prediabetic. Peter Attia, M.D., who co-authored the bestselling book, Outlive: The Science and Art of Longevity, makes the case that the typical blood sugar tests that patients get annually don’t reveal daily spikes that can signal a brewing problem.

“In the vast majority of cases, today’s normal individual is tomorrow’s diabetic patient if something isn’t done to detect and prevent this slide,” Attia writes. Fluctuating glucose levels have also been associated with an increased risk of heart disease, cancer, and Alzheimer’s disease, he notes.

While I’m generally healthy, I was interested in learning more about my blood sugar levels and how they might affect my life. My parents had been diagnosed with Type II diabetes in their 40s, so I checked the family history box. After losing weight early in the pandemic, I put on some pounds last year. And despite training for my first marathon, I found that all the exercise wasn’t helping get me into better shape as easily as running did when I was younger. 

True, the lab results from the last time I was tested after a visit to my primary care doctor in September 2022 passed muster. My glucose level of 87 milligrams per deciliter (mg/dL) was in the middle of the normal range, but my hemoglobin A1C—the standard test that measures the average of blood glucose over 90 days—was 5.5%, on the high side of normal.

According to the CDC,  a reading of 99 mg/dL or lower is normal for fasting blood sugar, while 100 to 125 mg/dL signals that you’re prediabetic, and 126 mg/dL or higher indicates you have diabetes. Would seeing those spikes on my phone just after eating help me make better decisions?

The background

Monitoring daily fluctuations in blood sugar can provide a much better window into your metabolic health, says Noosheen Hashemi, January’s co-founder and CEO. She became passionate about a more holistic approach to health care after learning the truth about her parents’ medical conditions. Doctors failed to diagnose her father with prostate cancer while he was being treated for another cancer. And her mother’s heart failure was misdiagnosed as asthma.

“Once you fall into that sick journey, all sorts of things can happen to you,” Hashemi says. “So I became obsessed with: ‘How can we know sooner, what can we know, and why do we know so little?’”

She teamed up with Michael Snyder, Ph.D., chair of Genetics and Director of Genomics and Personalized Medicine at Stanford School of Medicine. Snyder was conducting research that revealed a population of people who looked to have healthy blood sugar levels actually frequently had spikes in which their glucose reached diabetic levels.

“He believed this was a ticking time bomb and that we should look into it,” Hashemi says. “That’s how we got started.”

That was more than five years ago. They’ve since used machine learning to develop a library of foods complete with nutritional information and incorporated data from their clinical studies and thousands of users to develop and refine models for predicting glucose spikes.

They also realized that most of the their users were not diabetics, but instead what Hashemi describes as “optimizers and discoverers”: fit people looking to optimize their health or people who had potential risk factors, such as a family history, like me. Hashemi is optimistic that the FDA will approve CGMs for non-diabetics next year.

Diabetes photo

The setup

People interested in using January have to complete a telehealth evaluation online. The process involves filling out an online form, not a virtual interaction with a live healthcare professional.

For $288 ($260 for the gear and $28 for the membership), you get a Freestyle Libre CGM, access to January AI’s glycemic food database and recommendations through its app, and $40 off an Oura Ring (Gen 2 or Gen 3) to track your activity. (You can also use an Apple Watch, which I did.) If you’re approved, the Freestyle Libre will arrive in the mail shortly. 

Easy-to-follow videos on the Freestyle LibreLink app showed me how to apply the CGM sensor. I felt a slight pin prick and mild soreness when I installed the sensor on my left upper arm. The app is connected to a medical practice based in California. After agreeing to use of my health data, I was up and running. 

Then using the January app, I was instructed how to scan the sensor with my phone and sync my Apple Watch. Once the sensor is active, it’s ready to deliver real-time glucose readings after each scan. Over the next five days, January’s AI would analyze my glucose levels, activity, and what I was eating and compare it to its thousands of users to predict my body’s response to various foods and exercise. “It takes inputs from your heart rate monitor and your food log and your CGM to build a digital twin for you,” Hashemi says. 

Diabetes photo

The performance

I began using January at the end of June, logging my meals and scanning the CGM. I found the food database reasonably comprehensive, although sometimes it took some scrolling down to find the exact food.

I was warned that the initial glucose levels could be either high or very low within the first 24 to 48 hours as the CGM calibrated to my system. My first blood sugar reading was very low—58 mg/dL—which got me googling hypoglycemia. 

Then I ate a small bowl of vegetable ramen leftover from a night out at a restaurant the night before. I scanned the CGM with my phone about 5 minutes after eating and found my glucose was in the normal range: 90 mg/dL.

The January app provides reports on the previous day in three categories: Nourish (calories, fiber intake, and macros); Move (post-meal activity, time exercised, and calories burned); and Recharge (fasting period, last-meal sleep gap, and sleep duration). After the five initial days of analysis, January’s AI notified me that it had created my digital twin and began making recommendations for food choices and activity.

I’ve never stuck with food logs in the past, but the ability to quickly see how specific items affected my blood sugar became something I looked forward to testing. I also discovered that requirement to log what I was eating provided additional incentive to eat better. I had been prioritizing protein over refined carbs over the past few months and was glad to see that eating Greek yogurt, flax seeds, and blueberries for breakfast got me a shoutout for protein and fiber goals. I also dialed back on the snacking that’s too easy to do when working from home about six feet from the fridge.

I felt compelled in the name of science to see how a slice of pesto pizza and a Rice Krispie treat would affect my readings. As expected, these foods spiked my blood sugar more than my virtuous breakfast. When I had a high reading, the app recommended a walk after the meal. The January app also provided alternatives based on your preferences (although I was wasn’t excited to replace chia seeds with dried spirulina).

You can also reach out through the app to a virtual health coach named Jan, who provides chatbot answers on everything from what you should eat for lunch to creating a new exercise plan. The company is also in the process of adding more FAQs, such as what is a normal glucose level. Hashemi is quick to point out, however, that January is not a healthcare provider, but it does provide lifestyle recommendations based on their (and your) data. 

Diabetes photo

In fact, January has explicit behaviors that it’s leading users toward, including adopting intermittent fasting, increasing fiber consumption, aligning calorie intake with activity level, getting post-meal movement, and reducing glucose-spiking foods.

I was doing reasonably well with all of these, but unfortunately, after eight days of testing, I accidentally dislodged my sensor while getting dressed. But January’s AI still provided plenty of valuable insights during the time I used it. My blood sugar was mostly low to normal, but I did see a few spikes that took me out of my normal range. And I did lose a few pounds and came to appreciate the importance of better discipline and regular meals. I did wish there was more information for people with readings on the low side.

But while the nudge toward intermittent fasting might be helpful for many (myself included), I saw how it could also cause problems for people with a propensity for disordered eating around calorie restriction. It concerned me that after I stopped logging meals, the app indicated on days when I didn’t enter food that the number of calories I consumed was “excellent.”

So, who should buy the January system?

Yes, $288 for a month’s subscription sounds expensive. But if you generally eat the same things, 30 days will give you plenty of time to analyze your health data and see how different foods affect you. I’m hopeful that glucose level monitoring will become more accessible and affordable, bearing in mind the estimated 96 million Americans over age 18 characterized as prediabetic.

Technological advances have made it possible for us to see our heart rate with a quick glance at our wrist, a luxury many of our parents didn’t have. Now, the ability to test our blood sugar is now almost as frictionless as posting on Instagram. If you’re concerned about your glucose levels due to family history or just want to fine-tune your health, January’s AI can help with daily insights and personalized recommendations. Just remember that it’s a tool and doesn’t replace regular visits to your healthcare provider. 

The post January AI glucose monitor review: A pricey but effective approach to fine-tune your diet appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best gallon water bottles in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-gallon-water-bottles/ Fri, 15 Jul 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=455945
Best gallon water bottles
Stan Horaczek

Here’s one way to make sure you drink enough water every day.

The post The best gallon water bottles in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best gallon water bottles
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Yeti Rambler Gallon Jug is the best gallon water bottle overall. Yeti Gallon Jug
SEE IT

Yeti’s stainless steel gallon water jug is rugged and cleverly designed.

Best insulated Hydro Flask Oasis is the best insulated gallon water bottle. Hydro Flask Oasis
SEE IT

Hydro Flask’s 1-gallon Oasis can quench a big thirst after a long day.

Best motivational Fidus Motivational Water Bottle is the best motivational gallon water bottle. Fidus Motivational Water Bottle
SEE IT

The Fidus motivational water bottle has markings to help you hit your hydration goals.

The gallon water bottle is the ultimate hydration vessel. Carrying 128 ounces of liquid, these giant vessels are the perfect companion for balmy beach days, backcountry hikes, and sweaty gym sessions. They’ve also recently grown popular as a way to push yourself to drink more water every day. If your average 40-ounce water bottle just isn’t cutting it, an absolutely immense gallon bottle will ensure you never feel parched again. Chances are, you’ll have plenty left over to share with your friends and family after you absolutely crush those hydration goals. Here are the best gallon water bottles for aspirational drinkers, fitness obsessives, and anyone who wants to catch the big water bottle wave.

How we chose the best gallon water bottles

I consider myself an outdoorsy guy, so I spend a lot of time at the beach, in the mountains, and far away from clean running water. I was particularly excited to look into gallon water bottles since I’ve been thinking about picking one up myself. To make our selections, I performed hands-on testing and did hours of research, surveying critical viewpoints from water-obsessed coworkers alongside user impressions before settling on our picks.

At Popular Science, I cover a little bit of everything. I’ve researched all kinds of products, from the best energy-efficient air conditioners to the best smoke detectors. Before PopSci, I wrote about and reviewed gadgets for over 10 years for sites like iMore, XDA Developers, and CNN Underscored

The best gallon water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

The type of gallon water bottle you buy depends on how you plan to use it. If you want to keep liquids hot or cold, a stainless steel bottle that’s vacuum insulated is your best option. Otherwise, plastic bottles tend to be more affordable and weigh less. Since there aren’t that many trustworthy brands making gallon water bottles, we feel confident that one of these picks is the best option for you.

Best overall: Yeti Rambler Gallon Jug

YETI

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Yeti Gallon Jug features tough stainless steel construction and double-wall vacuum insulation to keep drinks icy cold all day long.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Height: 15 inches
  • Weight: 4.5 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Clever magnetic lid to store spout cap
  • Double-wall insulation
  • Sturdy handle

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

The Yeti Gallon Jug will keep your water cold if you’re out in the field and away from refills. It’s made of durable stainless steel and features vacuum insulation so that it will keep liquids hot or cold for several hours. It also keeps your bottle from sweating, so surfaces are safe from condensation.

The Gallon Jug’s lid features a sturdy metal handle with soft grip padding, making it easier to carry on long hauls. The lid also contains a neat magnetic design, so users can store the cap when the spout is open. You can also screw the entire lid off for easy cleaning and refills. It’s a clever design that reinforces Yeti’s attention to the small details.

Like all Yeti’s other stainless steel bottles, the Gallon Jug is BPA-free and dishwasher safe. It weighs 4.5 pounds before putting water in it, or over 12 pounds full. That’s heavy on a hike. Still, it is far and away the nicest water bottle of this size.

Best insulated: Hydro Flask Oasis

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Hydro Flask Oasis is big and heavy, but it’ll keep your liquids cold for up to 24 hours or hot for up to 12 hours.

Specs

  • Material: Stainless steel
  • Height: 14.8 inches
  • Weight: 4.96 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Easy grip base
  • Double-wall insulation
  • Keeps liquids cold for up to 24 hours

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

Like our top pick, the Hydro Flask Oasis is a large, heavy stainless steel bottle with double-wall vacuum insulation that ensures liquids stay cold. Hydro Flask claims water stays chilled in the Oasis for up to 24 hours, making it the perfect companion for the summer months. It’s also rated for hot liquids and keeps coffee, tea, or soup hot for up to 12 hours. It’s an excellent option for skiers who want a piping hot cup of joe after a long day on the slopes.

In addition to its superior insulation, we like the Oasis’ beveled base, which makes it easier to grab and pour. It’s a nice touch that you won’t find elsewhere. On the other hand, the Oasis’ lid doesn’t provide a place to store the spout cap, and the plastic handle isn’t as durable or easy to hold.

Like the Yeti Rambler, the Hydro Flask Oasis weighs nearly 5 pounds and pushes 13 pounds when filled with water. The weight isn’t a significant hurdle if you’re keeping hydrated at home, but the Oasis’ weight could be an issue on a camping trip or climbing up a mountain when every ounce counts.

Best for the gym: Coleman One-Gallon Beverage Cooler

Coleman

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Coleman One-Gallon Beverage Cooler features a simple flip-top spout, insulation, and a classic design you remember from childhood.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 12.8 inches
  • Weight: N/A
  • Dishwasher safe: No
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Sturdy design
  • Insulation
  • Flip-top spout

Cons

  • Not dishwasher safe

If you played sports as a kid, you may remember the Coleman gallon jug. Your coach may have brought it along to keep your whole team hydrated, but now it’s just for you.

The fact of the matter is that Coleman still makes a great bottle, and it’s specifically the perfect option for the gym. It has a leakproof lid, flip-top spout, and insulation to keep liquids cold. It’s also incredibly durable and features a handle that makes the Coleman Chiller easy to carry. It’s a simple, classic design that will keep you hydrated through every workout step.

Best motivational: Fidus Motivational Water Bottle

Fidus

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: For people buying a big water bottle to drink more water, the Fidus Motivational water bottle gives you regular hydration goals.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 13.8 inches
  • Weight: 0.83 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Paracord handle
  • Button cap
  • Available in several colors

Cons

  • No insulation

Drinking a gallon of water in a single day is hard work. As we mentioned, you don’t actually need to do it to stay healthily hydrated. But if you want to, this water bottle from Fidus is a trendy Tritan plastic water bottle with markers and motivational quotes to keep you on track to hit that daily goal. 

The 1-gallon water bottle from Fidus features eight motivational quotes to keep users focused and energized about hitting their water intake goals. It also features a cap that covers the spout and straw, so it’ll stay shielded from dust and particles throughout the day, and comes with a detachable paracord handle for easier carrying. Who doesn’t like a bit of encouragement?

Best budget: Simple Modern Gallon Water Bottle

Simple Modern

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Simple Modern Gallon Water Bottle offers a basic bottle at an affordable price.

Specs

  • Material: Plastic
  • Height: 13.8 inches
  • Weight: 1.15 pounds
  • Dishwasher safe: Yes
  • BPA Free: Yes

Pros

  • Silicone straw
  • Button cap

Cons

  • No insulation

The Simple Modern 1-gallon bottle is, just like the brand name implies, a simple gallon water bottle. The dishwasher-safe Tritan plastic bottle comes in a variety of colors, including some calming color gradients like the green-to-purple “Tropical Seas,” and warm coral-to-cyan “Havana.” The best part of the Simple Modern bottle is its lid, which features a silicone mouthpiece with a lockable cover to keep it from getting dirty between sips. Press, Flip, Hydrate. Simple!

What to consider when buying the best gallon water bottles

So let’s get one thing out of the way: You don’t actually need to drink 8 cups of water every day. Giant water bottles have recently seen a surge in popularity, as people see them as a means of motivating themselves to drink more water. While you should never deny yourself water if you’re thirsty, it turns out that you don’t need to push yourself to drink that much.

That doesn’t mean there aren’t good reasons to carry around an absolutely gigantic jug of water. If you frequently go camping or spend long stretches of time away from a clean water source, it pays to bring a lot of water along. 

There aren’t as many manufacturers making gallon water bottles as the standard 32-ounce and 40-ounce options, so there isn’t as much room to get picky about style and design. That said, it still pays to know the essentials of water bottle construction so you can tell the best gallon water bottles from the knockoffs. Once you know where to look—and what to look for—in a gallon water bottle, you’ll find options that offer excellent durability, insulation, and clever designs for comfortable transportation and enhanced hydration.

Material

Most water bottles, no matter the size, are made of durable plastic or stainless steel. You may also find gallon jars made from shatter-resistant glass, but it’s fairly uncommon among bottles made for daily drinking.

Stainless steel water bottles are popular because they’re light but durable. They’re usually made from 18/8 stainless steel, which refers to its elemental composition—18% chromium and 8% nickel. It is considered food safe and is resistant to corrosion and oxidation. Many stainless steel bottles are also vacuum insulated or designed to create a sealed buffer between the liquid in the container and the environment outside the bottle, which reduces conduction and keeps liquids hot or cold for several hours. 

Reusable plastic water bottles offer a great balance of durability and affordability. High-quality plastic bottles are arguably more resistant to superficial wear and tear, though they generally lack stainless steel’s insulation. There is far more variability among the material to make plastic water bottles than there is among stainless steel water bottles. 

When buying plastic, make sure to get a plastic water bottle that’s made from BPA-free Tritan plastic, which is light, ultra-durable, and safe. Some studies suggest that containers made from plastics with bisphenol A, or BPA, can seep into what’s stored in the container and cause adverse health effects, so avoid plastic bottles unless the manufacturer specifies that they use a BPA-free material.

Durability

The gallon water bottle you buy will likely be by your side day and night, so it needs to withstand the pitfalls of everyday use. Stainless steel can get dented and scratched, but it’s pretty resilient over the long run and should last for several years. Stainless steel can also handle sudden temperature changes, making them more versatile than other materials on this list.

Tritan plastic water bottles are generally more scratch-resistant and won’t ding, but are by no means indestructible. Both materials are strong enough to withstand everyday wear and tear, even hiking or running. However, if you’re likely to drop your bottle off a cliff (or off a car’s roof), maybe go with stainless steel.

Weight

Here’s where things get a little tricky. There’s no way around the fact that our stainless steel picks are heavy. When filled up with water, they feel like small kettlebells. We don’t feel like their weight disqualifies them from consideration because, well … a gallon of water is always going to feel heavy. (Remember: A gallon of water weighs approximately 8 pounds.) That said, if you really want to minimize your bottle’s weight, a plastic bottle will generally weigh less than a stainless steel one.

FAQs

Q: How much does a gallon water bottle cost?

Depending on the bottle material, a gallon water bottle can cost between $20-$130.

Q: How often should I clean a gallon water bottle?

Some experts argue that you should clean your water bottle once a day. That may not be feasible for everyone, especially if you’re using your gallon water bottle off the grid. We’d argue that cleaning it a few times per week is a more achievable goal.  What you don’t want to do is go several weeks without washing your reusable bottle. Even if it looks clean, water bottles can build up bacteria over time, so you should clean them often.

Q: Can I put other liquids besides water in a gallon water bottle?

You can put other liquids in your gallon water bottle besides water, but some things are safer than others. For example, you can put hot coffee in the Yeti Rambler, but the company says to avoid using the jug’s lid with carbonated beverages because of potential pressure build-up. For the plastic bottles on our list, you should stick to room temperature or cold water.

Q: How long is water good in a gallon jug?

According to the Centers for Disease Control (CDC), you should replace stored water every six months. If you plan to keep water for an extended period, make sure it’s in an FDA-approved food-grade storage container. If you can’t find a food-grade water storage container, be sure the container has a top that can close tightly, is made of durable, unbreakable materials, and has a narrow neck for easy pouring.

Q: Is it safe to drink a gallon of water per day?

Drinking a gallon of water daily isn’t harmful but you probably don’t need to drink so much for optimal health. Optimal water intake varies from person to person based on a variety of personal and environmental factors, including height, weight, their activity level, and the current temperature. Rather than aiming for “eight cups a day,” simply try and drink water whenever you feel thirsty. 

Final thoughts on the best gallon water bottles

Gallon water bottles are for people who either won’t have access to a water source for a while or need to hit a specific intake goal. Otherwise, their size and weight make them too cumbersome for most people. If you want something easier to manage, you’re better off checking out our picks for the best water bottles. And if you’ve got young ones, there’s our guide to the best kids’ water bottles.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best gallon water bottles in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best exercise bikes in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/story/reviews/best-exercise-bike/ Sun, 10 Oct 2021 22:15:00 +0000 https://stg.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-exercise-bike/
The best exercise bikes of 2021

These stationary bikes will push your heart rate without requiring you to leave the house.

The post The best exercise bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The best exercise bikes of 2021

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Schwinn Upright Bike is the best exercise bike overall. Schwinn Upright Bike 170 Series
SEE IT

An authentic indoor bike experience.

Best for classes NordicTrack makes the best exercise bike for classes. NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle
SEE IT

This premium bike provides on-demand workouts from elite trainers from around the world.

Best budget The Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike is the best bike value. Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike
SEE IT

This affordable bike comes with lots of workout options.

Exercise bikes provide a great in-home option for low-impact, high-intensity workouts. Maybe you need something to help you condition for your bike club, maybe it’s a heat wave but you don’t want your exercise regime to cool off, or maybe you just aren’t comfortable going to a crowded indoor spin class. Whatever your reason for wanting to purchase an exercise bike, we are fully supportive of this endeavor and we’ve collected everything you need to know about the best exercise bikes to buy right now.

How we chose the best exercise bikes

To assist you on your exercise bike journey, we looked at a few key features to help you make an informed decision. We selected both recumbent and upright bikes, in order to meet the different needs of our readers. In both models, we wanted to ensure a smooth, kink-free, and safe ride that included a high-quality belt system. 

Because we know many people would be purchasing an exercise bike for home use, where their main motivator might be to beat their personal best, we also wanted to select bikes that could track fitness data to store your progress. We opted for bikes that provided varied resistance to suit any workout needs, as well as adjustability to cater to a variety of heights and weights. One of the most important factors in selecting an exercise bike, though, is ensuring that it is super durable and stable since you’ll be spinning at a fast pace.

The best exercise bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Studies show that indoor cycling can “improve aerobic capacity, blood pressure, lipid profile, and body composition,” and this activity is a great option for those requiring a lower-impact exercise than a treadmill or elliptical provide. The problem is: there are so many options to choose from. Some are super expensive, and others offer a more basic but still highly effective experience at a much more wallet-friendly price point. With so many questions and endless models, we know the shopping experience can be overwhelming, so we narrowed the options to help you select a top pick, refill that water bottle, and get back in the saddle ASAP!

Best overall: Schwinn Upright Bike 170 Series

Schwinn

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This all-around winner comes shock full of workouts at an affordable price. 

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 41.3 x 21.4 x 55.6 inches
  • Weight: 58.4 Pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

Pros

  • Bluetooth connectivity
  • 50+ global routes
  • Fully loaded console with 29 workout programs
  • Padded, larger, contoured seat 
  • Well-made and durable

Cons

  • Can be difficult to assemble
  • Handle rests are not padded

With such a high-quality product at a very fair price point, the Schwinn brand made our list yet again for their upright bike series. The seat on this bike is comfortable, it runs quiet, the 170 model features a backlit LCD screen (this was a major complaint with the 130 model), and the programs and routes are endless. It’s a major bang for your buck.

There’s a USB port to plug in your phone or tablet; it’s a sturdy, durable machine; and it’s safe for those in physical therapy. (While recumbent bikes get all the glory for PT, upright bikes may be best for those in physical therapy from hip surgeries, where the body must remain upright). This connectivity lets you participate in subscription workout programs and even real-time rides.

The main complaint here appears to be that the handle rests are not padded and an annoying setting that beeps every minute you ride. The manual explains how to turn that sound setting off if it disturbs you. A good pair of gloves can help ease the strain on your hands if the lack of padding is an issue.

Best for classes: NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This premium bike comes with a 22-inch touchscreen that provides access to elite trainers from around the world. 

Specs

  • Dimensions: ‎22 x 60 x 63 inches 
  • Weight: 193.6 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 350 lbs

Pros

  • Provides immersive experience
  • Training provided by elite coaches
  • Comes with 24 resistance levels

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Need to pay for membership to access workouts after 30 days

Consider the NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle if you’re looking for an intense and immersive experience from an exercise bike. This model comes with a 22-inch rotating high-definition touchscreen that provides on-demand workouts with world-class trainers through the included 30-day IFIT membership. This bike has 24 resistance levels, and you can adjust the incline up to 20%. This bike also connects via Bluetooth so that you can listen to your trainer or the music of your choice on your workout headphones or portable speaker. It can serve up to five users and also comes with two three-pound dumbbells. That said, this bike is an investment, but several warranty options are available in case you need reassurance that it’s a wise purchase.

Best for seniors: JEEKEE Recumbent Exercise Bike for Adults Seniors

Jeekee

SEE IT

Why we picked it: A spacious, ergonomic, and lightweight design that’s intended for senior users, or those in physical therapy, at a very fair price point.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 19.3  x 53.5  x 39 inches
  • Weight: 66 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

Pros

  • Advanced two-way external magnetic flywheel technology 
  • Quiet; produces only 20DB of sound
  • Budget-friendly
  • 9-way seat to fit user height from 4’9 to 6’5
  • Ergonomic design

Cons

  • Seat could be sturdier
  • Seat could use additional padding for more comfort
  • No Bluetooth connectivity 

Perfect for physical therapy, rehabilitation, or seniors needing more delicate care, this recumbent bike is lightweight, smooth, and offers an ergonomic design easing pressure off the spine. Recumbent bikes are known to be better for those with back and joint pain and offer a larger seat than upright bikes, which may be more comfortable to use for older bikers. 

The JEEKEE bike features eight gear resistance levels, which are easy to adjust with just a flick of the knob. At only 66 lbs with two wheels in front, any user can easily move it around. The low frame and spacious design also make it easy to get on and off for those who are injured or need more range of motion. Some users say the seat could be more comfortable and sturdier, so we suggest placing a small pillow or cushion on the seat if you find you need the extra support.

You can easily track your progress on the LCD screen, and the bike will also count miles biking backward if your physical therapy requires alternative movement. All of this comes at a super budget-friendly price point!

Best recumbent: Schwinn Recumbent Bike 230 Series

Schwinn

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Despite its laid-back riding position, this full-featured ride offers a full suite of features that includes everything you need for very challenging workouts

Specs

  • Dimensions: 64 x 27.7 x 49.9 inches
  • Weight: 86.6 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

Pros 

  • Bluetooth connectivity
  • 29 program settings
  • 25 resistance levels; very smooth operation
  • High-speed, high-inertia perimeter weighted flywheel
  • Very quiet

Cons

  • Speakers and fan could be better quality
  • Seat made from plastic, which some users may not enjoy
  • Unreliable heart rate monitor

As far as recumbent bikes go, the Schwinn Series offers one smooth, joint-friendly ride. The 270 model offers the most frills, like up to four profiles if you plan to share this bike with family or roommates (the 230 model only allows two profiles to be saved, for comparison).

The 270 model features: Bluetooth connectivity; the ability to sync with downloadable apps and virtual ridealong experiences; 29 programs (12 profiles, nine heart rate controls, four custom settings, two fitness tests, one quick start); 25 resistance levels; two LCD monitors; a media shelf; speakers; and a fan to keep you cool.

The flywheel resistance is magnetic, meaning it’s especially rigorous on mountains and hills, which you can pre-program for “rides in the park” or “rolling hills,” for example. 

The magnetic resistance also makes it exceptionally quiet, especially compared to anything with a belt or fan, so we definitely recommend it for apartment use. However, some reviewers have found the heart rate monitor is flaky, at best, and the calorie counter isn’t the most reliable. We suggest opting for a separate fitness watch if you want to keep a more detailed account of your progress.

Best for home: CHAOKE Indoor Cycling Bike

Chaoke

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: A heavy flywheel and magnetic resistance pair with a belt drive system to give this full-featured bike plenty of resistance options and tweakability.

Specs 

  • Dimensions: 41.34 x 20.08 x 44.49 inches
  • Weight: 72 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 pounds

Pros 

  • Whisper quiet
  • Heavy flywheel
  • Rust-resistant
  • Good for all levels
  • Budget-friendly

Cons

  • Can be difficult to assemble
  • Seat could be more comfortable 

This indoor bike has magnetic resistance and a belt-driven system, offering the quietest biking experience for apartment dwellers or those with sensitive neighbors. Even at spinning speed, it stays super quiet, so you won’t announce to everyone in the house that you’re working out. It’s also good if you like to watch content on your TV or smartphone while you exercise.

The heavier flywheel and rust-resistant steel frame are durable, high-quality, stable, and sturdy for a consistently comfortable riding experience. Adjust the resistance with a handy knob, and note that you’ll have to push down on the knob to stop the bike when it’s in motion. It also comes with transportation wheels to easily move it around or out of sight when not in use, plus a 2-way (up/down) adjustable handlebar. 

Assembly seems to be the biggest complaint with this bike; the instructions may be somewhat confusing, and the pedals screwing into the bike must be handled just right, which can be a pain if you’re not particularly handy. We recommend using a bit of oil on the pedal thread when assembling your bike.

Best budget: Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike with Pulse

Exerpeutic

SEE IT

Why we picked it: If you only need a basic workout and you’re not trying to crank away on the pedals, this cheap ride will suit you just fine and leave lots of budget for padded shorts.

Specs

  • Dimensions: 41.34 x 20.08 x 44.49 inches
  • Weight: 39 pounds
  • Max User Weight: 300 lbs

Pros

  • Ultra-lightweight
  • Foldable design
  • Good for beginners
  • Very affordable

Cons

  • Can be difficult to assemble
  • Advertised as upright, but is more of a hybrid
  • Uncomfortable seat

At only 39 pounds with a foldable design, this exercise bike is one of the market’s lightest and most budget-friendly designs. This bike is a great starter for those looking to get into cycling. Note that while this bike is advertised as an upright bike, the structure of the bike functions more as a hybrid. 

Even at such a low price point, you still get some bells and whistles, like basic workout tracking that stores your workouts and progress and access to the trainer-led subscription service. 

A few notes: the seat is not the most comfortable compared to more expensive models; we suggest adding foam to the back of the seat to contour it for a more comfortable seated experience. Also, because it’s so lightweight, it’s very handy for taking in and out of storage. But because it is so light, we wouldn’t recommend doing intensity sprints on this model.

Things to consider when buying the best exercise bikes

There are three main types of exercise bikes. Knowing which of the following types best fits your needs will give you a solid place to start looking for your perfect model:

Upright

Upright bikes are the closest relative to traditional outdoor bicycles. In terms of alignment, bikers are seated upright with the pedals directly under the person’s feet, causing the user to engage their core more than on other types of exercise bikes. This is not the most suitable option for those in physical therapy or who have spinal issues.

Recumbent

Recumbent bikes allow the biker to sit back comfortably in a chair position, with the pedals in front of them rather than below. Studies show that recumbent bikes may be better for seniors or those in physical therapy, who have lower back or knee pain, or are recovering from injuries.

Indoor cycling

Indoor cycles are most like the bikes used in your local spin class. They are similar to upright bikes but are designed with the body positioning reaching slightly more forward. This can result in a more intense and muscle-activating workout. They do not require electricity, which may be more suitable for certain users.

FAQs

Q: Which bike is best for home exercise?

The best bike for home exercise is the one that you’ll actually use. Look for an exercise bike that aligns with your fitness goals and fits your space. If it takes up too much room or you’re just really uncomfortable riding it, you’ll never get the results you’re looking for.

Q: What is the best exercise bike to lose weight?

You should consult your doctor before deciding you need to exercise as part of a routine to lose weight. Too many people buy exercise equipment, thinking they need to lose weight for the wrong reasons. However, an exercise bike can be a good option if the activity is cleared by a doctor. Increasing your workout intensity and duration can spur weight loss. If you’re looking to lose weight, consider an exercise bike that comes with lots of options for different workouts, the option to ramp up resistance, and an app to track your progress.

Q: What is the best exercise bike for seniors?

The best exercise bike for seniors lets you get a good workout in while lessening the impact on the body. They say 70 is the new 60, and the Schwinn recumbent bike lets you choose from 29 workouts while going easy on your back and joints.

Q: How much does an exercise bike cost?

The cost of an exercise bike depends on its sophistication. A premium model with an HD touchscreen that provides access to on-demand workouts like the NordicTrack Commercial Studio Cycle costs about $1,500. A basic foldable model, such as the Exerpeutic Folding Magnetic Upright Exercise Bike with Pulse, will run you about $190.

Final thoughts on the best exercise bikes

Exercise bikes are an excellent low-impact workout for all levels, body types, and fitness goals. Whether you’re in physical therapy or rehab, looking to invest in a piece of exercise equipment that can ease off tension from your joints, or simply want great cardiovascular training at your disposal, exercise bikes are a worthwhile investment.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best exercise bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
2 easy homemade electrolyte drinks that actually work https://www.popsci.com/diy/homemade-electrolyte-drink/ Wed, 02 Aug 2023 12:00:08 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=560470
A homemade electrolyte drink that's a pale green lime color, on a cutting board next to some lime slices and sugar.
This homemade electrolyte drink should quench your thirst. Alisha McDarris for Popular Science

You might need more than water to recover what you lose when sweating.

The post 2 easy homemade electrolyte drinks that actually work appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A homemade electrolyte drink that's a pale green lime color, on a cutting board next to some lime slices and sugar.
This homemade electrolyte drink should quench your thirst. Alisha McDarris for Popular Science

When you’re dehydrated, whether as a result of a heavy workout or something else, like eating questionable food or partying a bit too hard, reaching out for a bottle of ice-cold water should help you recover. But depending on how long your body has been losing H2O, that alone may not be enough to replace what you’ve lost—you might also need electrolytes.

Sports drinks may be an option, but if you’re not participating in prolonged exercise, you don’t need all the extra carbs and calories—not to mention that red No. 40 food dye. Fortunately, you can easily craft your own homemade electrolyte drink for a cleaner hydration solution.

How to make a DIY electrolyte drink

Sports drinks and electrolyte mixes can be expensive. Making an electrolyte drink at home, on the other hand, only requires ingredients you probably already have in your fridge or pantry.

[Related: Hydration seems to be the key to aging better and living longer]

We asked two experts, Alex Larson, a registered dietitian who works with endurance athletes, and Matthew Kadey, also a registered dietitian and sports nutrition writer, to share their favorite recipes for homemade electrolyte drinks. These recipes contain between 300 to 700 milligrams of sodium per serving, which is enough to keep you properly hydrated after an hour-long heavy workout. 

Whichever you choose to make, Larson recommends you start by consuming your DIY electrolyte drink only after exercising. This will make sure your body doesn’t have a negative reaction, as you don’t want to suffer from gastrointestinal issues during your run or workout.

Larson’s electrolyte water

A glass of DIY electrolyte drink with lemons and salt.
This fresh homemade electrolyte drink will help you replenish the sodium you’ve lost while sweating. Alisha McDarris for Popular Science
Ingredients
  • 8 ounces of coconut water
  • 8 ounces of a fruit juice of your choice
  • About 1/16 teaspoon of salt
Instructions

Shake or stir all the ingredients together to combine. Serve chilled or over ice for the most refreshing quaff.

Kadey’s Maple Orange Hydration Beverage

A glass of homemade electrolyte drink with maple syrup.
Maple syrup is not only for your pancakes. Give some of that sweet taste to your DIY sports drink.
Ingredients
  • 16 ounces of water
  • 8 ounces of orange juice
  • 2 tablespoons of maple syrup
  • 1/16 to 1/8 teaspoon of salt
Instructions

Shake and combine all ingredients. You can add ice if you want.

What even are electrolytes?

Maintaining a healthy balance of water in the blood is critical for stabilizing your temperature (thermoregulation), and keeping healthy and efficient cardiovascular and muscle function. 

Electrolytes are a group of micronutrients that includes sodium chloride, potassium, magnesium, and calcium. And while they’re all an important part of a healthy diet, when it comes to staying hydrated and maintaining the right amount of water in your blood, only one ingredient is indispensable for most non-endurance athletes: sodium chloride, also known as salt.

Sodium is the main electrolyte you lose when you sweat, making it the most important micronutrient to replace, Larson explains. And it doesn’t take much of a deficit to see negative effects. A 1994 study published in the International Journal of Sports Medicine, showed endurance athletes suffering from as little as 2 percent dehydration (meaning they’ve lost an amount of water equivalent to 2 percent of their body weight) may see impaired performance. Severe dehydration for adults begins at 10 percent, but you can start experiencing symptoms like headaches and dizziness at a 5 percent dehydration level.

Chugging copious amounts of water can sound like a solution, but it can also lead to hyponatremia. This condition results from a dangerously low concentration of sodium in the blood, which in extreme cases can cause potentially deadly pulmonary or cerebral edemas.

When to bust out an electrolyte drink

There are several ways to tell if you need electrolytes. If you are experiencing muscle cramps during exercise, don’t reach for a banana, as most bodies maintain a solid store of potassium. Instead, opt for some salt in the form of an electrolyte drink, as Larson explains there’s evidence that cramping may be a signal that you need a sodium boost.

If you’re running low on electrolytes, you may also experience a lack of energy or reduced performance, though not having enough carbohydrates to fuel your body may be a reason as well. This is why many store-bought electrolyte drinks and mixes contain sugar or other simple carbs, explains Kadey.

Finally, if you start feeling disoriented or confused, that could be a sign of dehydration or heat illness, and you should seek medical attention right away.

[Related: The truth about hydration hacks like IV therapies, alkaline water, and more]

If you’re not experiencing any symptoms, whether you need a bottle of water or an electrolyte drink to rehydrate, will depend on a host of factors. The average person sweats out between 17 and 67 ounces of perspiration per hour while physically active, which means you could be losing between 250 and 2,000 milligrams of sodium every 60 minutes. Where you fall within that range will depend on your body type and activity level (bigger and more active bodies need more electrolytes), the weather (higher humidity and temperature will result in more sweat and electrolyte loss), and the effort you’re exerting (more effort equals a higher sodium loss). Even altitude plays a part, and Larson recommends increasing fluid intake by 25 to 50 percent when exercising at altitudes over 10,000 feet.

Salty sweaters may need more sodium than the average athlete. If you regularly find white, chalky sweat rings on your workout clothes after they dry, you might consider pre-loading with an electrolyte beverage before you head outside, especially if you’re planning a long workout or you’ll be dealing with particularly hot weather.

Keep in mind that just because you’re sweaty doesn’t mean you need a sports drink. Your body maintains a reserve of sodium, so most of the time you can get away with staying hydrated with water if you’re exercising for under 90 minutes, or 60 if you tend to sweat profusely or work out in high humidity, says Kadey. Still, though—your homemade electrolyte drink will taste a lot better. 

The post 2 easy homemade electrolyte drinks that actually work appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hydration packs of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-hydration-pack/ Wed, 23 Jun 2021 14:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=371549
A lineup of the best hydration packs on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We found water backpacks to stave off dehydration during your favorite outdoor activities, including cycling, biking, and running.

The post The best hydration packs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best hydration packs on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Backpack is overall the best hydration pack. Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Bike Backpack
SEE IT

This pick includes a 2.5-liter water bag that doubles as a comfortable day backpack with even weight distribution, hip belts, and a helmet lock attachment.

Best for runners The TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack is the best hydration pack for runners. TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack
SEE IT

With straps and shoulder pads, this hydration pack secures against the body to prevent movement while running.

Best on a budget The Water Buffalo Hydration Pack is the budget pick for best hydration pack. Water Buffalo Hydration Pack
SEE IT

Equipped with plenty of pockets for storage, adjustable straps, and ultra-light material, this pack doesn’t sacrifice quality for its affordable price.

Staying hydrated is important for any outdoor enthusiast, so hydration packs are essential if you’re in it for the long haul. In warm climates and the hot summer months, easy access to water is a must when you’re exerting yourself outdoors. Strenuous activity in the sun can quickly lead to dehydration, a surefire way to find yourself sitting out the next ride, run, or hike. But it isn’t easy to lug around jugs or bottles of water. Long-distance runners, hikers, cyclists, and other outdoor adventurers want to move around unencumbered, and that’s where the best hydration pack can come in. Hydration bags come in the form of backpacks or waist packs (like a fanny pack) that contain a reservoir for water storage, so you can strap your water supply to your body and get on the road or the trails. We tracked down five of the best hydration packs for outdoor athletes, so if you thirst for options, read on. 

How we chose the best hydration packs

Many of us at PopSci are bonafide Sporty Spices. We bike, hike, and maybe even ice skate. Some of us also use treadmill desks, under-desk bikes, standing desks, walking pads, and more to keep moving while working. And we’ve spent time with plenty of smart home gym equipment. With all that gear at hand, we personally tested hydration packs while also asking experts and looking at reviews and recommendations to separate the leaders of the (hydration) pack from their dry opponents.

The best hydration packs: Reviews & Recommendations

Hydration backpacks come in different styles tailored to running, hiking, or biking/cycling. One of our choices should help you stay hydrated on your next adventure—don’t be afraid to leave that insulated water bottle in the car.

Best overall: Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Bike Backpack

Osprey

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2.5 liters
  • Sport: Biking
  • Weight: 1.6 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 10 liters

Pros

  • Lots of extra features like hip pockets and helmet attachment
  • Can also be used as a day pack
  • Large bladder size

Cons

  • Bag is not waterproof and doesn’t include a rain cover

Designed as a bike pack, the Osprey Raptor 10 Bike Hydration Backpack includes a 2.5-liter hydration bag and can also be used as a day-hiking backpack. Even weight distribution, hip belts, the LidLock helmet attachment, and a sleek look make the Osprey Raptor our pick for the top hydration pack.

Best for hikers: CamelBak Fourteener 26 Hydration Pack

CamelBak

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 3 liters
  • Sport: Hiking
  • Weight: 2.3 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 26 liters

Pros

  • Large bladder and backpack capacity
  • Lots of back support
  • Overflow pocket to store an extra layer or other stashables

Cons

  • Expensive

The CamelBak Fourteener 26 Hydration Pack is designed for long hikes on hot days. Its reservoir holds 3 liters of water, and it’s designed with dual wing belts and an inner cargo belt to take the weight off your shoulders. More than a hydration backpack, the Fourteener also boasts 23 liters of cargo capacity for snacks, sunscreen, and other important hiking gear.

Best for bikers/cyclists: Thule Vital Hydration Pack

Thule

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2.5 liters
  • Sport: Biking
  • Weight: 1.15 lbs.
  • Backpack size: 6 liters

Pros

  • Retrakt magnetic hose system
  • Large enough to carry a bike pump and repair kit
  • Low center of gravity

Cons

  • Chest strap sits high depending on body type

The hands-free design of the Thule Vital 6 Hydration Pack is perfect for bikers and cyclists who need to hydrate mid-ride. Thule’s Retrakt magnetic hose system automatically returns the drinking hose to its place after each sip, so riders always know where to find it. Bikers and cyclists can carry up to 2.5 liters of water and 6 liters of additional storage for a pump and repair kit.

Best for runners: TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack

ETON Sports

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2 liters
  • Sport: Running
  • Weight: .9 lbs
  • Backpack size: 2liters

Pros

  • Low-profile design
  • Lightweight and sturdy
  • External pocket for items that need to be within reach

Cons

  • Can chafe parts of your body if not covered by clothing

Runners love the lightweight TETON Sports Trailrunner 2.0 Hydration Pack because of its secure fit. Straps and shoulder pads adjust to fit your body, preventing uncomfortable jostling during your run. The Trailrunner also comes with a free 2-liter bladder, and its intake hole is wide enough for ice cubes—perfect for keeping cool on a summer run.

Best budget: Water Buffalo Hydration Pack

Water Buffalo

SEE IT

Specs

  • Bladder size: 2 liters
  • Sport: Hiking, running, cycling
  • Weight: 7 ounces
  • Backpack size: 12 liters

Pros

  • Extremely lightweight
  • Splashproof nylon
  • Multi-purpose

Cons

  • No seal between twist cap and bag on bladder

The Water Buffalo Hydration Pack holds up to 2 liters of water and has several pockets for storing other essential items so that it can be used for a run, a bike ride, or even as a small hiking backpack. Its Oasis Hydration bladder is designed to keep water fresh and clean while also preventing pesky leaks. With fully adjustable straps, splashproof nylon, and ultralight material, the Water Buffalo will keep you hydrated even if you’re on a tight budget.

What to consider when buying the best hydration packs

There are plenty of designs available for different sports, so you can choose the best hydration pack depending on the type of activity in which you’re participating. Packs come in two main designs. The first is the waist pack, which belts around the waist and has slots for one or more water bottles. The other is the hydration backpack, which straps to your back and contains a reservoir, or water bladder. The bladder is connected to a long straw, so you can sip from the pack without taking it off your back.

Hydration backpacks typically hold more than waist packs. A standard water bottle holds roughly 0.5 liters of water, so that’s about the capacity you can expect from a waist pack. Backpacks come in different capacities, ranging from 0.5 liters to 3 liters of water. Stocking up on as much water as possible might seem like a great idea for a long bike ride on a sweltering day, but don’t forget all that water comes with extra weight—one liter of water weighs over 2 pounds. Water weight is just one of the considerations when searching for the best hydration pack.

Which activity will you be using the hydration bag for?

The first thing to consider when shopping for a hydration bag is that most are tailored to a specific activity. Hiking hydration backpacks are usually bulkier and provide more space for storage. Biking/cycling hydration packs tend to offer features for hands-free drinking. Running hydration packs are thinner and lightweight and often come as a vest. While many hydration bags are adequate for cross-training, they tend to lean toward one sport or another, so bear that in mind.

How much water do you want to carry in your hydration bladder?

Water weight is an important consideration when choosing the best hydration pack for you. A seasoned hiker going for a day-long climb might do best with a larger, 3-liter hydration bladder. A marathon runner, on the other hand, might prefer a less cumbersome waist pack that holds a single bottle the runner can sip from between water stations (where they can also refill).

What other features do you want in an outdoor backpack?

Before making a purchase, consider what extra features the outdoor backpack offers. Some hydration backpacks come with similar features to daypacks, with extra pockets and loops for storage. This is optimal for carrying snacks on long treks when you’ll need to fuel up along the way. Other features of the outdoor gear may include shut-off bite valves to prevent leaks, disconnecting tubes to simplify refills, and multiple portals for easy straw placement.

How comfortable is the day pack for you to carry?

Finally, make sure you feel comfortable carrying the day pack. If possible, try it on to ensure the hydration backpack fits properly on your body. Give it a test run while you’re biking, running, or hiking—something comfortable while you’re standing still doesn’t always feel so great when it’s jostling around during a run. Check that the backpack has a hip belt (most do) to relieve pressure on your shoulders. 

FAQs

Q: How much does a hydration pack cost?

Depending on size and features, a hydration pack can cost between $25-$200.

Q: What hydration bag does the military use?

Although there is no one official hydration pack that the military uses, CamelBak prides itself on being a favorite among the armed forces. CamelBak offers a line of gear suitable for military use to keep forces hydrated and has even worked with the military to research turning the CamelBak design into a backpack that could hold oxygen. If you’re looking for a military-grade hydration bag, a CamelBak backpack is a top choice.

Q: How big of a hydration bladder do I need?

How thirsty are you? In all seriousness, how big of a hydration bladder you need depends on the activity you’re doing, how long you’re active, and other factors (including the color of your urine). CamelBak provides a hydration calculator to analyze these factors and determine the water necessary to keep you at peak hydration. Remember to drink water throughout the day and use a hydration bladder to supplement the fluids lost during exertion.

Q: Is a hydration pack worth it?

Staying hydrated is one of the most important things you can do for your body, and it’s often the most overlooked. A hydration pack is absolutely worth it to keep a water source close by during physical activities. There’s no better way to stay hydrated and cool on a long run, hike, or bike ride. In addition, many hydration backpacks provide more than just hydration—most come with additional storage space where you can organize tools, repair kits, phone, credit cards, sunscreen, a packable rain jacket, and other essentials for easy access. If you’re unsure if you need a hydration bag, start with a budget option and see how it suits you. Then you can decide whether to invest in a higher-end hydration pack. 

Final thoughts on the best hydration packs

One of the best ways to keep your body going during strenuous activity is to keep it hydrated! Athletes who ignore their water intake may begin to experience symptoms of dehydration, which include feeling fatigued, dizzy, and light-headed. Making hydration part of your fitness routine will help you run faster, bike farther, or enjoy a longer hike on a sunny day. There’s no excuse for being thirsty when you’ve got the best hydration pack, tailored for a specific sport, as part of your outdoor gear. Choose one that’s right for you, get out there on the trails, and don’t forget to drink up as you drink it all in!

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hydration packs of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Don’t miss the boat on these last-minute deals on Hydrow rowers and gear this Prime day. https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-hydrow-workout-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 09:25:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=553981
Hydrow has some great deals on rowers and gear this Prime Day.
Hydrow

Explore and get a good workout in without handing more cash out with these discounts on Hydrow gear this Amazon Prime Day.

The post Don’t miss the boat on these last-minute deals on Hydrow rowers and gear this Prime day. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hydrow has some great deals on rowers and gear this Prime Day.
Hydrow

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Summer is a great time to be out on the water, but what if you could maintain the experience of bobbing all year? Hydrow’s connected rowing machines provide simulated rowing experiences on waterways in the Americas and Europe. And they’re on sale for Prime Day. Save $500 on Hydrow’s classic rower and get discounts on their stand, yoga mat, and more gear during the shopping event. But hurry, the shopping event winds down tonight.

All of these Prime Day deals require an active Amazon Prime Membership. You can sign up here for a free 30-day trial.

Hydrow Wave Rowing Machine with 16″ HD Touchscreen & Speakers, Subscription Required $1,695 (Was $1,895)

Hydrow Wave

SEE IT

If you’re someone who looks at exercise as a way to explore, Hydrow’s Connected Rowing Machine can virtually transport you to New Zealand, Rio de Janeiro, and Norway from your living room. This heavy-duty rower has a 16-inch touchscreen that lets you feel like you’re on the water. A required subscription of $44 per month provides access to thousands of workouts and instruction from world-class rowers. The system also provides a range of supplementary workouts, from HIIT to yoga. Plus, you can jump into live events and compete virtually against your fellow rowers. You can easily track your progress on the touchscreen and the Hydrow app. And you can save $200 during this Prime Day deal. (Read a full review here).

More Prime Day Hydrow deals

Prime Day deals on Echelon indoor bikes

Prime Day deals on Echelon rowing machines and other gear

More Prime Day deals

The post Don’t miss the boat on these last-minute deals on Hydrow rowers and gear this Prime day. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save up to $400 with these last-minute deals on Echelon smart bikes, rowing machines, & more https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-echelon-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 09:15:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=554802
Save hundreds on smart fitness equipment from Echelon this Amazon Prime Day.

Get a real workout and real savings without leaving home thanks to these Prime Day connected fitness equipment deals.

The post Save up to $400 with these last-minute deals on Echelon smart bikes, rowing machines, & more appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save hundreds on smart fitness equipment from Echelon this Amazon Prime Day.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Connected fitness equipment lets you join a live workout and sweat with strangers from your living room. Echelon, one of the leaders in virtual workout gear, is offering steep discounts on smart bikes, rowers, and more this Prime Day. Take advantage of the opportunity to get more than 40% off this premium gear.

All of these Prime Day deals require an active Amazon Prime Membership. You can sign up here for a free 30-day trial.

Echelon EX3 Smart Connect Indoor Cycling Bike + 30-Day Free Echelon Membership $399.99 (Was $799.99)

Echelon

SEE IT

Echelon provides the best of both worlds when it comes to its indoor bikes: a modern cycling experience paired with smart technology that gives you access to 3,000 in-person and on-demand workouts. With 32 levels of resistance, this is a piece of equipment that can work for beginners and experienced riders alike. And it comes with a rotating handlebar console that lets you take advantage of live cycling sessions plus a range of classes, including kickboxing, HIIT, yoga, strength training, and more when you’re off the bike. And this Prime Day, you can save $400 on this versatile bike.

More Prime Day deals on Echelon indoor bikes

Prime Day deals on Echelon rowing machines and other gear

Prime Day deals on Hydrow fitness equipment

More Prime Day deals

The post Save up to $400 with these last-minute deals on Echelon smart bikes, rowing machines, & more appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save up to $300 on Garmin watches with these Prime Day deals https://www.popsci.com/gear/prime-day-garmin-deals-2023/ Tue, 11 Jul 2023 18:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=555590
A selection of Garmin fitness watches on a white background
Abby Ferguson

These GPS-equipped smartwatches are adventure ready, and the prices leave you more money for GORP.

The post Save up to $300 on Garmin watches with these Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A selection of Garmin fitness watches on a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin makes some of the best fitness watches available. They feature advanced tech and health tracking capabilities along with full smartwatch abilities, giving you the best of both worlds. And if you are training for any sort of event, they are invaluable training tools. And this Prime Day, you can find outstanding savings on a handful of options, from beginner-level devices to watches for competitive athletes.

Garmin epix Gen 2 $699.99 (Was $999.99)

Garmin

SEE IT

For adventure lovers, it’s hard to beat the Garmin epix watches. This particular version features premium white titanium and a bright AMOLED display, so it looks sleek even when you’re not on the trails. It promises up to 16 days of battery life in smartwatch mode, which is longer than most other adventure watches out there. And, as with most Garmin watches, it is built with a robust list of sensors for advanced health and performance measurements, accurate GPS tracking, and navigation tools with topographic maps.

More Garmin Prime Day deals

Prefer a smartwatch tailormade for an iPhone? We’ve collected the best Apple Watch deals; click here!

In the mood for something more analog? We’ve gathered some of the best men’s watch deals; click here!

The post Save up to $300 on Garmin watches with these Prime Day deals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
I lift heavy weights to soothe my fibromyalgia pain—here’s what the science says https://www.popsci.com/diy/weightlifting-fibromyalgia/ Thu, 06 Jul 2023 16:02:51 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=553755
three stages of woman standing and lifting barbell
Ard Su for Popular Science

Pumping iron may help people with FMS, but there’s still more to learn.

The post I lift heavy weights to soothe my fibromyalgia pain—here’s what the science says appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
three stages of woman standing and lifting barbell
Ard Su for Popular Science

I THINK THE BARBELL SAVED ME. Before that, I was toiling under the bar as a sports-bra-clad 20-something, lifting heavy things off the floor in pursuit of vain aesthetic goals. Then one day, that version of my life evaporated over a small bowl of rolled oats.

That pivotal morning, I felt something novel: earth-shattering pain like I’d never felt before. It crept up and down my back, hammering my vertebrae as if they were piano keys. Over the next few weeks, this percussive melody swelled to a full-body symphony. Agony spread to my limbs and tightened, viselike, around my ribs until I suspected I was having a heart attack. My sleep shattered into tiny, torturous fragments. I was suddenly sensitive to bright lights and loud noises, wading through waves of nausea, and sinking headlong into brain fog.

For a few months, securing a diagnosis became my sole mission. I ignored work to Google symptoms and spent my savings on medical appointments. I ran the gamut: cardiologist to pain specialist, general practitioner to gynecologist—a new diagnostician for each mysterious symptom. No one offered me an answer.

With the battery of tests exhausted, a kind doctor in a Kolkata clinic finally diagnosed me with a condition traditionally defined by exclusion: fibromyalgia syndrome (FMS). But there was no pill to take, no detailed road map to follow for the rest of my lifelong journey.

I had no idea that I would come to view my longtime acquaintance—that 45-pound stainless-steel bar and its set of stackable plates—in a completely different light, and that it would help me chart my path.

woman in pain curled in fetal position
Ard Su for Popular Science

What makes FMS so hard to diagnose?

Most people with fibromyalgia have had somewhat similar diagnostic experiences. The helpless trudging from specialist to specialist. The constant, confusing pain. The sense of isolation. No one ladled the biryani for me, stirring the individual symptoms into a cohesive diagnosis like cardamom pods, fried onions, and chunks of mutton coalescing atop layers of rice. To be fair, it’s not exactly their fault. The US National Institute of Arthritis and Musculoskeletal and Skin Diseases describes FMS as a chronic disorder that causes pain and tenderness throughout the body, fatigue, sleep problems, and heightened sensitivity to pain. But what’s really important to absorb is the institute’s caveat that “scientists do not fully understand what causes it.”

At least some of this uncertainty can be attributed to medicine’s struggle to conceptualize FMS, let alone find a suitable test for it. While key fibromyalgia-like symptoms were identified in the early 1820s, the term wasn’t officially coined until 1976. It took another decade for the American Medical Association to recognize FMS as an official diagnosis. There may be some gender bias involved too: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention reports that women are twice as likely to have FMS as men (though the extent it’s underdiagnosed in men is an active area of research). This is sobering, considering that medicine has historically ignored women’s pain—making them wait longer in emergency rooms, dubbing them “emotional,” and nudging them to just ignore the “little pain, honey.” Even in 2019, I found myself going through the rigmarole of not inconveniencing others, not sounding “too hysterical”—because if it doesn’t show up on medical imaging or in a blood panel, it isn’t real.

With FMS, the diagnosis is hard won, but what follows is harder. You may navigate, alone, the cesspool of a vague and nebulous condition with little medical support, using generalized prescriptions from practitioners. You may get shunted from osteology to neuroscience, rheumatology to pain management. You might find your way to the fibromyalgia subreddit, where fellow chronic pain sufferers can validate your story. What helped me most was forming some semblance of a community. I began to figure out how to move forward.

woman bench presses large weights
Ard Su for Popular Science

The relationship between FMS and resistance training

Few blows were harder and more bewildering than being advised by the many specialists I saw to give up weight training. My life was going to be hard with fibromyalgia, they reckoned—wouldn’t I rather try light tai chi or restorative yoga instead? Already frustrated (“chronic pain” meant I’d never be cured, and that was crushing), I found this a bitter pill to swallow. I’d been lifting weights since I was 18, and all those deadlifts, bench presses, and heavy barbell squats had given me a dopamine release that few other things had. Not even India’s inequitable COVID-19 pandemic could keep me away—I had settled into a makeshift home gym, pertinaciously jotting down the day’s reps and sets in a mass of squiggles on my phone. These numbers spoke to me in their own love language, soothing my anxiety. Often, they were the fulcrum that balanced an entire day.

Again, I cannot entirely blame my doctors. Their recommendation stemmed from a lack of new research. Guilherme Torres Vilarino, who has a doctorate in human movement science and works as an assistant professor at Santa Catarina State University in Brazil, explains that studies on resistance training and FMS are still too recent and limited for medical practitioners to incorporate them into treatment plans. One of the earliest studies that investigated the effects of resistance training in patients with FMS—wherein a group of premenopausal women with FMS took part in 21 weeks of progressive strength training—was published in 2021, but resistance training’s effects on people with FMS remained a rare research topic until a few years ago. “Scientific information does not reach the professionals who are working on a daily basis so quickly, so there’s a certain outdatedness,” Vilarino says. “Many professionals still think that exercise with loads will make pain worse.”

This school of thought isn’t unfounded. The Journal of Clinical Investigation points out that people with FMS have such debilitating pain because their sensory neurons “have heightened sensitivity to touch and pressure, as if their neurons are primed or supercharged to transmit pain signals in response to even minimal changes in the environment.” Everyone with FMS has their own triggers, and I’ve been able to zero in on mine over the years. My most common is a night of poor sleep, which invariably elicits shooting pain in the mornings.

The Lancet takes this further to suggest that people with fibromyalgia experience “nociplastic pain,” a relatively newly defined type of pain that’s different from nociceptive pain (caused by inflammation or tissue damage) and neuropathic pain (caused by nerve damage). The Lancet acknowledges that there’s more to learn about nociplastic pain, but that one factor could be altered pain modulation—the process by which the body handles pain signals. The medical journal also says that this kind of pain can be “more widespread or intense, or both, than would be expected given the amount of identifiable tissue or nerve damage.”

It makes sense, then, that many with FMS instinctively recoil from anything that feels out of place and could trigger symptoms. Perhaps resistance training is a fan to the flame for many diagnosed with fibromyalgia. But research now suggests that for some fibromyalgia patients, at least, weights are worth a closer look. 

back view of woman holding weight bar
Ard Su for Popular Science

Why resistance training may be able to help with fibromyalgia 

Since FMS research really began taking off in the past couple of decades, studies have sought to find out what the syndrome actually does to you and how exercise factors in. A 2006 study in Physical Therapy, for example, compared the functional physical performance and strength of women with fibromyalgia, women of similar weights and ages without FMS, and healthy older women. The results were alarming: The young women with FMS and the healthy older women had similar lower-body strength and functionality, which suggests fibromyalgia could increase the risk of premature age-related disability. 

This is concerning for women with FMS, especially those who may avoid physical activity for fear of triggering pain—because they may lose skeletal muscle mass while recovering. Science has established that if you don’t use it, you lose it. The Scandinavian Journal of Medicine and Science in Sports, for example, found that you can lose significant muscle after only 10 days of “detraining” (i.e., after returning to pre-study levels of activity with no resistance or endurance training), while The American Journal of Sports Medicine found that even rugby and football players began to lose both upper- and lower-body strength after just three weeks of detraining. Athletes and fitness junkies aside, COVID demonstrated that sarcopenia (loss of skeletal muscle mass) is an unavoidable consequence of lying in bed.

In that context, it’s helpful to look at what resistance training (RET) does to fibromyalgic pain. High-quality studies have linked muscular fitness to lower all-cause mortality over the years in healthy individuals, and the American College of Rheumatology says exercise is the most effective treatment for FMS, but it does not single out RET. Still, recent research has focused specifically on how training for that muscular fitness could affect pain in FMS sufferers. A 2015 study of 130 women with FMS symptoms spanning up to 35 years found that RET led to significant improvement for current pain intensity, pain disability, and pain acceptance. The researchers did, however, stress that each participant needed to be actively involved in planning her own workout, a practice they said would help the women manage their progression around their own health problems. 

In 2022, three Chinese researchers analyzed a number of studies across several databases (including PubMed and the China National Knowledge Internet) and found that a combination of resistance and aerobic training might be the best way to alleviate pain among FMS patients. There’s also a 2013 examination of literature across databases (from the World Health Organization to the Cochrane Library) that suggests moderate-intensity RET reduces tender point sensitivity and pain in people with FMS, but also acknowledges that the evidence is low-quality—a technical term indicating that more studies are required. Then there are the mixed results, like those of a 2022 study of 41 women with FMS. This study found after 24 weeks of gradual and progressive strength training, the participants had reduced pain and improved sleep quality…but not reduced anxiety and fatigue, two other key FMS symptoms.

If you take one thing away from all this, it should be that while RET has been shown, in small, sporadic studies, to support pain reduction, we still lack studies that deeply probe whether patients outside a controlled trial can transfer those habits to their daily lives. The key, then? Start slow, and build slowly. 

After one 12-week strength-training program—in which participants did 11 exercises twice a week, doing each exercise for a set of eight to 12 repetitions at 40 to 60 percent of their one-rep max and eventually progressing to 60 to 80 percent of their one-rep max—women with FMS saw improved strength and daily functionality; however, tender point sensitivity stayed the same. 

Another study published in Arthritis Research and Therapy had women with FMS begin lifting weights that were 40 percent of their one-rep max for a training period of 15 weeks, and that aforementioned 2001 study published in Annals of the Rheumatic Diseases started women with FMS at exercise loads of 40 to 60 percent of their one-rep max for a 21-week program. The results of both studies were promising: The former found significant improvements in current pain intensity, and at a post-trial examination, the latter found significant improvement in neck pain, fatigue, and depression.

Lynn B. Panton, a lead author on the study involving a 12-week strength-training program, suggests cautious progression. Panton, who has a doctorate in exercise physiology and is a professor of exercise science at Florida State University, suggests a multimodal program (one that combines RET, aerobic training, yoga, mental health therapy, and other activities). But even with such variety to choose from, she cautions against overwork. “One of the things we did in our studies was not to allow women, when they felt well, to do too much—because then they would usually overdo it,” Panton says.

Annette Larsson, a physiotherapist with the University of Gothenburg, points out another obstacle to incorporating RET into a multimodal program for FMS patients: “Proximity to training facilities and the cost of gym membership are important factors in whether a person with FMS chooses RET or not.” Plus, there are many, she says, who might believe they have insufficient knowledge of the exercises and don’t want to risk hurting themselves. Given the importance some researchers have placed on FMS patients being actively involved in their own workout planning, a lack of familiarity and confidence is certainly a challenge, but research has already laid the groundwork.

“You should choose to start with low weights and increase the load at a slow pace so you can get used to it. but then don’t be afraid to try to train on heavier loads with few repetitions.”

—Annette Larsson, Physiotherapist

How often you lift, and how much, varies from person to person, but studies have suggested a gradual-loading approach can have both physical and mental benefits. “In the beginning, we start light, 50 to 60 percent [of a one-rep max], two sets, eight to 12 reps. We find it tolerable, manageable, with easy progression,” says J. Derek Kingsley, an associate professor of health sciences at Kent State University and a certified exercise physiologist who has led several studies on resistance training for women with FMS and chronic disease. “It shows the women they are capable, for one, and allows for time to learn the lifting techniques (breathing, for instance).” 

When I was figuring out my own resistance load, months after my diagnosis, I stopped to listen to my body, and to the sage words of weightlifters such as Megan Densmore, who’s had FMS since she was 14. Densmore has said that it took her five years to rebuild her strength and endurance, during which time she would often get a “flare” (an array of FMS symptoms, caused by a trigger) if she did too much. What could “too much” be, then? The Arthritis Foundation has suggested gradually scaling up to just a few exercises per week, but at heavier loads for fewer reps.

This appears to be important, as tempting as it may be to train with lighter loads that you can lift for many, many reps. A 2013 study examined 10 recreational athletes across three different rep ranges (high, low, and medium) and found that the high-rep athletes had the most lactate accumulation in their bodies after they finished their exercises. That’s important because a 2021 study in the International Journal of Environmental Research and Public Health found that 10 women with FMS generally viewed heavy-load exercise sessions more positively than light- to moderate-load ones, and Larsson says excess lactic acid accumulation after many light reps could be a reason why. “In [that] study, it was shown that women with fibromyalgia actually preferred to train with heavier weights and fewer repetitions.” Vilarino, however, cautions that few studies specifically compare the effects of high-intensity training with those of low-intensity training for FMS patients. He still recommends starting with lighter loads, only increasing if one feels confident. “This progression should only be made if the patient does not imagine that this could worsen the symptoms.”

woman holds towel around neck
Ard Su for Popular Science

My routine, post-diagnosis

There are recommendations galore for incorporating RET into one’s training module, along with aerobic exercise, yoga, tai chi, and more. Aerobic exercise, especially, Kingsley says, can increase heart rate variability, thereby reducing your risk of cardiovascular disease, while Larsson suggests that the most important thing is to find a form of training you enjoy and that works with your life. “Get moving, that’s the key,” Kingsley says. 

And there are plenty of ways to move, no matter what your body is capable of. I, for one, have simply found my way back to an old favorite. I’ve settled into resistance training three days a week, supplemented by a day or two of yoga or high-intensity interval training (HIIT). I think of how I’ve naturally gravitated, led by an FMS-fueled brain, toward deadlifting, benching, and squatting, hauling heavy but rarely for too long, always listening, tuned into the sounds of my body. I think, also, of the personal records I continue to track in a set of squiggly lines within an endless phone note, assured that my FMS flares will now be fewer and farther between than they were in 2019 when all this started.

When I asked Larsson about the efficacy of my own training module, she suggested I was on the right track and advised a similar approach: “You should choose to start with low weights and increase the load at a slow pace so you can get used to it. But then don’t be afraid to try to train on heavier loads with few repetitions.”

Beyond physical benefits, there is my mind, soothed, and the self-love welling up when I feel a weight lift off the ground. That self-esteem bump, Panton says, is indeed a prime reason to do all this. The effects of FMS on depression and anxiety, and vice versa, are well documented, with evidence of higher numbers of psychiatric conditions, including post-traumatic stress disorder, in people with FMS compared to the general population. Using exercise to counter that, even for a short while, can be heartening. “Studies show that RET can help with PTSD, empowering women and improving self-efficacy and self-esteem. All women can get the benefits,” Panton says. Kingsley says the same, although he concedes that I am still part of a “tiny minority”—women who have fibromyalgia and actively veer toward resistance training. If the studies keep coming, and stigma falls away to reveal a deeper understanding of FMS, this minority could grow.

Why, then, does the idea of RET as inherently damaging still permeate popular discourse? My earliest slew of doctors, for example, were not FMS experts and shrank from the idea of me returning to strength training. Panton and Kingsley say it’s likely about perception. RET, Kingsley says, is viewed as higher intensity than many other exercises, but it doesn’t have to be. In fact, just 30 to 60 minutes of muscle-strengthening activities like RET per week is enough to reduce the risk of premature death. Consider starting with a couple of 15-minute sessions a week.

Panton also acknowledges that using a weight room can be seriously intimidating, especially for someone who hasn’t ever set foot in one. That said, once you’re in there, you may see improvements quite quickly, especially if you have the guidance of a kind soul or two with knowledge of your pain—a doctor, a partner, or a specialized trainer.

It’s been four years since my diagnosis, and since then, I’ve moved through tidal waves of emotion—first mourning for a body that once was, then feeling rage, grief, and quietude all at once. The struggle, as the kids say, is real: A bad pain flare will push me, frustrated, away from the squat rack for a day or two, and a bout of nausea can physically stop me from lifting a weight for half a week. In all of this, at least, I’ve earned a more heightened awareness of my body—a silver lining that gives me comfort when I’m low. Science will agree that movement looks different on different days, and research can’t yet confirm exactly what movement means for those of us with FMS. But I’ve come to understand that sometimes standing still, inert, hyperaware in the tsunami that is chronic pain, is movement itself.

Life after an FMS diagnosis isn’t exactly the same, they tell you. But who says it has to be worse?

Read more PopSci+ stories. 

The post I lift heavy weights to soothe my fibromyalgia pain—here’s what the science says appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hiking watches for 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hiking-watches/ Wed, 28 Jun 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=551607
Four of the best hiking watches sliced together
Abby Ferguson

Get prepared for your next adventure by strapping on one of these impressive hiking watches before you go out (and back).

The post The best hiking watches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Four of the best hiking watches sliced together
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Garmin epix 2 Pro on a wrist in front of a trail through a forest Garmin epix 2 Pro
SEE IT

It’s a well-rounded watch with impressive battery life and endless hiking features.

Best smartwatch Apple Watch Ultra with an orange alpine loop showing the compass face at the Theodore Roosevelt Island marsh Apple Watch Ultra
SEE IT

This rugged smartwatch provides cell connectivity and sleek styling.

Best budget Amazfit T-Rex 2 hiking watch on a wrist in front of a trail through the woods Amazfit T-Rex 2
SEE IT

A budget-friendly price doesn’t result in fewer features on this watch.

Hiking watches are useful and important tools for those who spend time hitting the trails. At a minimum, a hiking watch should allow you to keep track of the time of day, how long you’ve been out, and how long you might have till sundown. Ideally, it should also provide altitude, barometer, and compass functions. More advanced watches for hiking may also offer various safety features, advanced navigation tools, energy expenditure and endurance estimations, and smartwatch functionality. No matter what, the best hiking watches will help keep you safe on your adventures and be able to handle whatever you throw at them. 

How we chose the best hiking watches

As an avid hiker and trail runner since a young age, I’ve spent my fair share of time in the woods and have learned what is important to have with you in those situations. In addition, other members of our staff have been known to plan months-long trips around opportunities to explore the National Park System, and have taken their fair share of adventure accessories with them. This insight, along with a mix of hands-on use, reviews, and brand reputation, guided the selection of hiking watches included here. In making our selections, we looked at key features like compass and altimeter functions, GPS, connectivity options, safety features, battery life, and more. 

The best hiking watches: Reviews & Recommendations

Whether you are hitting a short local trail or tackling an epic thru-hike, these watches will help you keep track of your achievements and stay safe on the safest, most efficient route. 

Best overall: Garmin epix 2 Pro

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 42mm (also available in 47mm and 51mm sizes)
  • Weight: 2.2 ounces (42mm version)
  • Display type: AMOLED
  • Battery life: Up to 10 days in smartwatch mode (42mm version)
  • Sensors: Multi-band GPS, heart rate, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, ambient light, pulse oximeter 

Pros

  • Available in three different sizes and lots of colors
  • Ruggedly built 
  • Includes a bright flashlight
  • Lots of safety features and health tracking

Cons

  • A nearly endless list of settings and customizations can be overwhelming

Garmin’s epix watch has been one of the standards for hiking, trail running, and ultra-marathons since its initial release in 2015. The new epix 2 Pro is even more advanced and capable, offering a nearly endless list of features, sensors, and settings. For starters, it comes loaded with a plethora of activities to track, from the basics like hiking, running, and cycling to strength training, surfing, hunting, and more. You’ll also get lots of training tools to help improve your fitness, including Endurance Score, Training Status, Recovery Status, VO2 Max measurements, and more.

As with most Garmin multisport watches, the epix Pro gets a robust list of sensors for health and activity tracking. It offers the essentials for hiking, including a barometric altimeter, compass, and GPS. But it also provides advanced multi-frequency positioning for accurate location data, which allows you to use the watch for navigation purposes. You can even upload specific courses to keep you on track during events. And it offers weather maps to allow you to check the radar for precipitation, cloud cover, wind, and temperature. Something we love about top-of-the-line Garmin watches (this one, as well as the fēnix 7 Pro below) is maps. Loads of preloaded maps, which look crisp and detailed on the always-on AMOLED screen (available under scratch-resistant sapphire glass or slightly-less-resilient Corning Gorilla Glass, if you want to save $100).

One thing we especially love about this adventure watch is that it is available in three different case sizes—42mm, 47mm, or 51mm—making it more suitable for a wider variety of wrists. It’s important to keep in mind that the case size does impact battery life. For example, the 51mm version offers up to 31 days in smartwatch mode compared to 10 days for the 42mm. So you’ll have to choose whether form factor or less frequent charging is most important to you. 

All sizes of the epix 2 Pro come with an LED flashlight that’s built into the side of the watch. It is surprisingly useful in day-to-day life but is also a game changer when navigating in the woods after dark. It does drain the battery faster, of course, but it is really nice to have. And the Red Shift Mode makes it easier to see the watch at night without blinding yourself or impacting your sleep cycle.

Best smartwatch: Apple Watch Ultra

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 49mm
  • Weight: 2.2 ounces
  • Display type: Always-On Retina LTPO OLED
  • Battery life: Up to 36 hours
  • Sensors: Multi-band GPS, compass, altimeter, pulse oximeter, heart rate, accelerometer, gyroscope, ambient light, water temperature, depth gauge 

Pros

  • Built with cellular connectivity
  • Larger screen is useful
  • Attractive styling
  • Accurate GPS with navigation tools

Cons

  • Battery life isn’t great
  • Training tools are lacking

For many, a dedicated and highly specific sport watch is not the best option. The Apple Watch Ultra offers an easily approachable combination of smartwatch functionality and fitness tools in upgraded Apple Watch hardware. It comes standard with LTE connectivity, and thanks to the dual speakers and three-mic array, you’ll be able to take calls right from your wrist as long as you have cell reception (and pay for compatible coverage). That means you can leave your phone behind on hikes and still have a way to call for help if you need to. 

As a smartwatch, it will blend seamlessly with your day-to-day style while also holding up to your big adventures, thanks to the rugged build quality. The watch’s face features sapphire glass to prevent scratches, and the titanium case is IP6X rated for dust resistance, water resistant to 330 feet, and tested to MIL-STD 810H standards.

The Apple Watch Ultra offers plenty of sensors to capture health data throughout the day as well as when you are tracking a hike. The large display makes it easy to see your information at a glance and navigate through menus. It utilizes dual-frequency L1 and L5 GPS, which results in highly accurate location information. That means you’ll get precise distance measurements and be able to use the watch for navigation as well. 

While the promised 36-hour battery life of the Apple Watch Ultra is longer than Apple’s other watches, it doesn’t come close to what the likes of Garmin and Amazfit are capable of. And it doesn’t offer as many training tools as Garmin watches. But if you want a watch that is for more casual hiking and daily wearing, the Apple Watch Ultra is a great choice.

Best for backpacking: Garmin fēnix 7 Pro

Scott Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 42mm, 47mm, 51mm 
  • Weight: 2.6 ounces
  • Display type: Sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel
  • Battery life: Up to 18 days or 22 days with solar in smartwatch mode
  • Sensors: Multi-band GPS, heart rate, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, ambient light, pulse oximeter

Pros

  • Solar charging extends battery life
  • Available in three sizes
  • Accurate health and training data
  • Advanced map features
  • Built-in LED flashlight

Cons

  • Some may prefer an AMOLED display

Garmin’s fēnix 7 Pro is nearly identical to the epix Pro above, with all the same health and fitness tracking features. You can easily keep track of your training and recovery status, track all your activities, and receive recommendations on how to improve. It even provides a Hill Score for working on how you’ll handle elevation changes, a key skill for many backpacking trips. And you get access to detailed maps, including weather map overlays and relief shading on topographical maps for better navigation.

What makes the fēnix 7 Pro different is the sunlight-visible, memory-in-pixel (MIP) display instead of the colorful AMOLED found in the epix. It’s not bright and colorful and crisply detailed like the epix display, but it is plenty visible on even the sunniest days. And it also doesn’t pull near as much battery, providing longer life between charges than the epix 2 Pro. 

Extending battery life even more is the solar-charging capabilities of the fēnix 7 Pro. With solar charging, the 47mm watch promises up to 12 days in Max Battery GPS mode. In Expedition GPS mode, Garmin says you can get up to 74 days with solar (Garmin’s solar-charging numbers assume all-day wear with 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions). 

If you are on a backpacking trip, any extra boost to battery life is appreciated. And, provided the weather conditions are right, you’ll easily hit the solar-charging requirements during your trip. You may even be able to use more precise GPS settings as a result. As with the epix 2 Pro, the different case sizes offer different battery life estimates, so if battery life is critical to you, you may want to go with the 51mm size. 

Best basic: Casio G-Shock DWH5600-1

Casio

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case dimensions: 2 x 1.7 x 0.7 inches
  • Weight: 2 ounces
  • Display type: Memory-in-pixel
  • Battery life: 35 hours with activity functions
  • Sensors: Heart rate, accelerometer, pulse oximeter

Pros

  • Solar charging
  • Lightweight and classic design
  • Nearly indestructible with classic G-Shock styling
  • Includes basic activity tracking

Cons

  • Relies on a phone’s GPS

The other watches selected in this buying guide are incredibly feature-rich. But sometimes you want just a basic watch for hiking. The Casio G-Shock DWH5600-1 fits the bill. This watch is an update on the square G-Shock that was first released 40 years ago and looks remarkably similar to that classic watch. It is just as indestructible, with a shock-resistant construction and a whopping 656-foot water resistance

Despite similar looks, the newly updated received some modern upgrades. For example, it now features a high-definition memory-in-pixel display that is highly visible even in bright light. And it sports an optical heart rate sensor, accelerometer, and pulse oximeter. Casio teamed up with Polar to offer workout analysis, sleep data, and breath exercises. 

Although you can track your activities, this basic hiking watch does not offer built-in GPS. Instead, it relies on your phone’s GPS for location data, which is not as accurate as watch-based options. There’s also no altimeter or compass, so it won’t offer navigation help. But, it offers just enough for those who want something simple and rugged with the ability to keep track of their hikes.

Best solar-powered: Garmin Instinct 2X Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 50mm
  • Weight: 2.4 ounces
  • Display type: Monochrome, sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel
  • Battery life: 40 days or unlimited with solar in smartwatch mode
  • Sensors: Multi-band GPS, heart rate, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, and pulse oximeter 

Pros

  • Built-in flashlight
  • Seriously impressive battery life with solar charging
  • Plenty of activity and healthy tracking features
  • Rugged build 

Cons

  • Large size isn’t ideal for all wrists
  • Low-resolution display isn’t for everyone

Garmin’s Instinct 2X Solar is one of the best hiking watches for many reasons but foremost is the absurd battery life. With the most accurate GPS settings, you should be able to get up to 27 hours without solar or 36 hours with 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions. Or, if you are on a long expedition, you could get unlimited battery life using Expedition GPS with enough sun or 60 days if it’s a winter expedition.

The Instinct 2X is a large watch and, as a result, is best suited for bigger wrists. If you want something smaller, the Instinct 2 Solar also offers impressive battery life in 40mm and 45mm case sizes. But the 2X is fitted with improved Power Glass, resulting in 50 percent more energy from the sun compared to the other Instinct models. That’s a significant difference, especially if you are tackling longer hikes. 

On top of the battery life, the watch is extremely rugged. It’s tested to U.S military 810 standards for thermal, shock, and water resistance and is water-rated to 328 feet. The LED flashlight is both convenient and adds a layer of safety when in the backcountry. And the Instinct 2X features Garmin’s typical advanced fitness and health tracking features so you can successfully prepare for your hikes. You’ll also be able to take advantage of advanced navigation tools. And the smartwatch functionality makes this GPS watch ideal for daily life as well.

Miss ole-fashioned analog watch hands? The Garmin Instinct Crossover Solar has you covered.

Best budget: Amazfit T-Rex 2

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Case diameter: 47mm
  • Weight: 2.3 ounces
  • Display type: AMOLED
  • Battery life: Up to 24 days with typical usage
  • Sensors: GPS, pulse oximeter, heart rate, compass, barometric altimeter, accelerometer, gyroscope, ambient light

Pros

  • Lots of features for the price
  • Excellent battery life
  • Vibrant display
  • Rugged build

Cons

  • Very bulky

While most hiking watches get quite expensive, you don’t have to break the bank for an impressive option. Amazfit makes a variety of budget watches that are more than capable, but its T-Rex 2 is especially impressive for the price. It’s extremely rugged, meeting MIL-STD-810G standards for withstanding extreme temperatures and environments. That includes water resistance to 328 feet, 158 degrees F heat resistance, -40 degrees cold resistance, and 96H salt spray resistance. 

Besides the rugged build, this outdoor watch offers dual-band positioning and support for six positioning systems. It enables you to import route files and navigate in real time on the watch. It promises up to 24 days of battery life with normal use or 45 days in battery saver mode, which is quite a bit longer than the Apple Watch Ultra. 

Despite the budget-friendly price, the T-Rex 2 offers really advanced training tools and health tracking. It features more than 150 built-in sport modes and can connect to a heart rate strap if you want the most accurate measurements. It automatically recognizes 15 different types of strength training exercises and can count reps for you. It offers training metrics like VO2 Max measurements and training effect information, and you can build training templates to guide and improve your performance. 

Features to consider when shopping for hiking watches

While any watch that tells the time could be considered a hiking watch, the best hiking watches will offer more advanced features to help you track your hikes and health, improve performance, and stay safe in the wilderness. All those specs can get confusing and overwhelming, though. Here are some of the key features to pay attention to when shopping for an adventure watch:

Battery life

How long a watch battery lasts is a crucial factor when selecting a hiking watch. That’s especially true if you want to take on any long hikes or treks. At a minimum, it is frustrating and annoying when your watch dies out on the trail. But it can result in dangerous consequences as well, especially if you are relying on the watch for navigation or weather alerts. 

Watch manufacturers will list battery life for essentially best-case, minimal-use scenarios, which is important to keep in mind. If all you plan on doing is short hikes, you can get away with a watch that has a battery life of only a few days (just be sure to charge it before your hike). But if you want to tackle long hikes or even multi-day exertions, look for a watch that promises battery life in months, not days. You may also benefit from solar charging and an option that offers lots of customizability in terms of GPS and other features that drain battery life. 

Build quality

Hiking can put you in some rugged situations, so it’s important your watch can withstand that. The watch face should be made of durable materials to prevent scratching, or you’ll soon be unable to read it. Sapphire glass is one of the most durable options, though Corning Gorilla Glass is another tough option. 

Beyond the surface of the watch, you’ll also want to make sure that the case is built for adventure. A hiking watch should be water-resistant in case you get caught in a downpour or fall in a river. And it should be able to handle dust, bumps, and knocks. Military testing is a good sign that the company designed the watch for tough environments, but Ingress Protection (IP) ratings are also useful in judging how robust a watch will be. 

Sensors

While you don’t necessarily need a bunch of sensors on your hiking watch, they can certainly help. ABC (altimeter, barometer, and compass) functions are the most basic for navigating the backcountry. These can alert you to important weather changes, help you keep an eye on the altitude, and give you rudimentary navigation tools. For more advanced navigation, built-in GPS is the way to go. That’s especially true if you won’t have cell reception to access maps on your phone while hiking. 

Beyond those, there are some health-related sensors that you may find beneficial. A heart rate sensor and pulse oximeter can help keep an eye on your health and performance. They can keep you from overexerting yourself, which is especially useful on longer hikes where it’s important to keep a steady, even pace. Plus, they allow for advanced performance measurements that assist in training to improve your performance, helping you build up to bigger hikes. 

Size

A watch doesn’t do much good if it isn’t comfortable enough to wear. The size of the case plays a big role in how comfortable the watch is, so it’s important to pay attention to this before purchasing a hiking watch. A big watch may provide a larger screen, but it can feel annoying on small wrists or even limit movement. Generally speaking, a 50mm case size is considered quite large, while 42mm is more suitable for small wrists. 

If provided, you’ll also want to look at the thickness of the watch, the weight, and the band length. Thick watches can get annoying because they don’t fit under jackets or base layers very well. And you’ll need a band that fits your wrist without excessive amounts of leftover material. 

Additional features

Beyond the necessities, some watches will offer extras that could make hiking even more enjoyable or safer for you. That could be built-in weather apps, maps, and safety features. Also, if you want to use your hiking watch for more than just hikes, activity tracking, and smartwatch functions may be ideal as well. 

FAQs

Q: Are smartwatches good for hiking?

Yes, most smartwatches are good for hiking. Of course, it depends on the particular smartwatch, the information you would like to capture from your hike, and what type of hiking you will be tackling. Longer hikes will require superb battery life or specific modes for trekking, which many basic smartwatches do not provide. But advanced smartwatches, such as the Garmin epix 2 Pro, will offer everything you need in a watch for hiking plus full smartwatch capabilities. 

Q: Do I need a GPS watch for hiking?

You don’t necessarily need GPS, but it can certainly be useful. GPS does drain a watch battery faster, but it can be crucial for navigation if you happen to get lost. Having the safety net of accurate GPS in your watch can give you peace of mind at best and save your life in worse-case scenarios.

Q: Are hiking watches water-resistant?

A quality hiking watch should be water-resistant. You never know when you’ll get caught in a freak rainstorm or need to dip your hand in a river to fill up a water bottle. Your watch should be able to withstand the elements if you are going to be in the backcountry with it. 

Q: Can hiking watches be used offline?

Yes, hiking watches can be used offline. Of course, if you use a hiking watch that is also a smartwatch and are in an area without cell reception, you won’t be able to get notifications or use those aspects of the watch. But the built-in GPS and all other features of the watch will be able to function without internet or cell service. 

Q: Are hiking watches worth it?

Hiking watches are definitely worth it if you are spending much time on the trails, especially rugged trails off the beaten path. Even easy hikes have inherent risks associated with them. Knowing how the distance you’ve been thinking, how long you’ve been out, and what the weather may be doing based on barometric pressure are all key to mitigating that risk and returning home safely. 

Final thoughts on the best hiking watches

As with most things, there isn’t necessarily a one size fits all approach to the best hiking watch. Someone who is going on casual day hikes through a local park will likely have different needs and wants in a watch than someone seeking out week-long treks through the wilderness. No matter what your style, though, one of the watches in this guide should meet your needs and expectations.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hiking watches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Hydrow Wave rower review: Different strokes for different folks https://www.popsci.com/gear/hydrow-wave-rower-review/ Mon, 26 Jun 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=547943
The Hydrow Wave lets you experience the joy of rowing from your living room.
Jen McCaffery

Explore storied waterways from home with this connected rower.

The post Hydrow Wave rower review: Different strokes for different folks appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Hydrow Wave lets you experience the joy of rowing from your living room.
Jen McCaffery

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Rowing machines are often relegated to the corners of gyms, their low profile semi-hidden amid rows of treadmills and elliptical machines. But rowing is a full-body workout that can strengthen your upper body, core, and lower body while building cardiovascular fitness and going easy on the joints. The rhythm of rowing can be meditative, but it can also get repetitive, particularly on a machine. That’s why I was excited to try the Hydrow Wave, a connected rowing machine that allows users to row on iconic waterways virtually and provides coaching from world-class athletes. And, after five weeks with the rower, I enjoyed exploring new destinations and improving my technique thanks to expert training. Read on to learn what signature features set the Hydrow Wave in the lead by a length.

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Overview

  • The Hydrow Wave is a compact version of the Hydrow Rower, with a 30% smaller footprint.
  • The Wave provides access to over 4,000 workouts, many led by world-class rowers.
  • The machine comes with a 16-inch Full HD touchscreen that allows you to experience rowing on storied rivers around the globe virtually.

Pros

  • Coaching by elite athletes
  • Live competitions
  • Allows you to row on beautiful waterways virtually
  • Ability to customize workouts for experience level

Cons

Verdict: The Hydrow Wave provides an immersive rowing experience led by elite athletes that you can enjoy from your home, but this comes with a premium price tag that requires some extras (such as the $44-a-month membership). You may be better off springing for the classic Hydrow Rower, which comes with a larger, adjustable touchscreen that may facilitate more of the non-rowing workouts included with the membership.

The build

The rowing machine dates back to ancient Greece, when Athenian admiral Chabrias built wooden frames to teach inexperienced oarsmen how to row before they boarded ships for military service. In the mid-19th century, an inventor named W.B. Curtis brought the rowing machine indoors and incorporated the flywheel in its design. In modern iterations of the rowing machine, the flywheel is connected by a chain to the handle, and it starts spinning when a rower pulls on the handle, creating resistance.

Today, rowing machines are made with either air, water, magnetic, or hydraulic resistance. The Hydrow Wave is designed with patented electromagnetic resistance, which uses magnets to mimic the experience of being on the water. 

The company was founded by Bruce Smith, who coached the U.S. National Team and is a descendant of master boat builders. Hydrow makes two rowing machines: the Hydrow Rower and the more recently released Hydrow Wave, which is described as a compact model that’s 30% smaller than the original. At $1,895, the Hydrow Wave also costs $600 less than the Hydrow Rower.  

You can assemble the Hydrow Wave yourself, or the company offers to set it up for an additional fee. The two workmen who brought it to my home got the machine up and running within a half-hour, as the company promised. The aluminum and steel frame, seat, and 16-inch Full HD touchscreen measure 80 inches long. 

What first jumped out at me was that the Hydrow Wave wasn’t particularly small, which could be a benefit or a drawback. The Wave will still take up a good amount of space, a consideration for people living in smaller apartments. The machine does have wheels on the front that allow you to lift and roll it more easily, but at 102 pounds, it may be heavy for some. It’s not a machine you can easily stow in a closet or under a bed. The Wave can be stored upright; however, it requires a vertical anchor you can purchase from Hydrow for an additional $190.

The Hydrow Wave Rower is one of the best rowing machines.
Hydrow

To use the Wave Rower, you’ll also need to purchase a monthly membership that costs $44. That includes live sessions with world-class coaches; simulated rowing on waterways from the fjords of Norway to the Rodrigo de Freitas Lagoon in Rio de Janeiro; more than 4,000 other workouts, including yoga and mobility exercises; and virtual membership in a community of other Hydrow rowers. 

Getting things connected was easy. After plugging the machine in and turning it on, the touchscreen prompted me to enter my WiFi password and set up a profile. The system allows for multiple users, which is handy for families. 

The performance

Ever since I rowed for a semester in my first year of college, I’ve had a grudging admiration for the rowing machine. A type of ergometer, they measure a user’s work output (typically through calories burned), how far you would have traveled, and the time it would take you to row 500 meters.

Plus, rowing can help you torch as many calories as other aerobic workouts while going easy on the joints. A moderate, 30-minute session of rowing can burn about 252 calories, the equivalent of a high-impact session of aerobics, according to Harvard Health

After I filled out my profile on the touchscreen, Hydrow encouraged me to take an introductory session with American rower Aquil Abdullah, the first African-American man to qualify for the Olympics in rowing. He explained the components of each stroke (catch, drive, finish, and recovery) and demonstrated good form. Though I have experience with rowing machines, it was a helpful refresher. 

A key benefit of the Hydrow Wave is the ability to customize your workouts. The system allows you to pick your instructor; the duration of your workout, from 1 minute to 45; the type of workout, including Drive, Sweat, and Breathe modes; and your workout style, from beginner to advanced, including instructional videos and weekly training sessions. The system will also make recommendations based on your stats.

You can also choose the location of your workout, from 27 states around the United States and the District of Columbia to 10 countries worldwide, Europe, and New Zealand. (It would be great to see some destinations from Asia and Africa added, though.) 

Fitness & Exercise photo

Users can also select musical accompaniment from genres including Alternative/Indie to Soul/Funk/Disco. While I appreciated the range, I found some dissonance between the music in the background and trying to listen to the instructor (though I did appreciate the selection of Average White Band’s “Pick Up the Pieces” during a mobility exercise session). 

The Hydrow Wave system also offers live classes several times a week for the more competitively inclined. On a recent Tuesday afternoon, I took advantage of the opportunity to virtually row with two Olympians on the Charles River in Cambridge, home to the Head of the Charles Regatta. 

Three-time Olympian Buffy Williams and British National Championship winner Mike Dostal led the 20-minute class. As we made our way along the river to background music from the Red Hot Chili Peppers, Green Day, and Pearl Jam, Williams led us through four 4-minute sequences with rest in between.

Fitness & Exercise photo

Seeing the cadence of her strokes was very helpful, and I was able to match her strokes per minute (albeit at a slower pace). Williams and Dostal kept me moving through the session but I didn’t find the coaching particularly useful. She repeated several times that rowing is just like riding a bike, and I would have preferred more specific advice. I found more value in the pre-recorded instructional videos. And while the screen names of some of the other rowers appeared on my screen, there wasn’t a leaderboard that compared our paces.

The Hydrow system does a great job of tracking your progress in an easy-to-read profile screen that shows your streak, average rate, and how many meters you’ve rowed in the past 30 days. And you can check how you stack up against other Hydrow members in the companion app. You can also follow members and Hydrow sends out a newsletter to let users know about that week’s workouts and new instructors.

Unfurtunately, Hydrow rowers don’t connect with some fitness trackers and smartwatches, but the rowers just became compatible with Apple Watches. They also work with Strava and the system is enabled for Bluetooth 5.0, which means you can use most Bluetooth headphones, earphones, and speakers with it. And they connect with most heart monitors.  

Fitness & Exercise photo

Another quibble is that, unlike the pivoting touchscreen of the Hydrow Rower, the Hydrow Wave’s touchscreen is fixed. That made it harder for me to do the non-rowing workouts included in the package, such as yoga and Pilates. I straddled the rower or squinted to see the screen from behind the device. 

So, who should buy the Hydrow Wave?

If Olympic athletes inspire you, the Hydrow rowers are an excellent option. My favorite sessions, though, were solo: They allowed me to virtually experience the historic buildings along the Vltava River in Prague and the snow-capped mountains in the Gulf of Alaska, while getting a good workout in. The sensation of a bobbing and the sound of water lapping made it feel authentic. It’s an approach that both experienced rowers and beginners can appreciate.

With the price you’re paying for the package and the negligible difference in size between the Wave and the classic Rower, it may be worth springing for the Hydrow Rower. The difference between the 16-inch and the 22-inch touchscreens is major. And the fact that the Wave’s touchscreen is fixed makes it harder to take advantage of the more than 4,000 other workout options, such as yoga, Pilates, and HIIT training, though you can stream them through the associated app. Whatever option you choose, Hydrow allows you to explore virtually while getting a great workout in. There’s also a 30-day return period if the rower doesn’t meet your expectations. My Hydrow, however, isn’t going anywhere because I love how it keeps me focused by giving me new experiences while improving my fitness.

The post Hydrow Wave rower review: Different strokes for different folks appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-electric-mountain-bikes/ Wed, 27 Jul 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=458178
The Best Electric Mountain Bikes
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Race you to the top!

The post The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Best Electric Mountain Bikes
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90 has a motor that will pull you up the steepest inclines. Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90
SEE IT

The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90 has a motor that will pull you up the steepest inclines.

Best fat tire Ride1UP Electric Bicycle Ride1UP Rift
SEE IT

Ride1UP’s Rift handes as well on bumpy rides as on level paths.

Best budget It isn’t cheap by any stretch, but the Cannondale Monterra Neo 5 is a great bike that costs significantly less than than our other top picks.
Cannondale Monterra Neo 5
SEE IT

Cannondale Monterra’s Neo 5 is competitively equipped and competitively prices.

There are many reasons to take a closer look at electric mountain bikes. Maybe you’re into mountain biking, but you’ve never had much love for the uphill battle that comes before the rush of bombing down a trail. Maybe you simply want an electric that will handle an off-road scramble. Or maybe you’re just a real ebike head and want to try some of the latest tech-laden bikes coming out right now. Whatever box you fit into, the best electric mountain bikes offer cyclists state-of-the-art features and unrivaled all-terrain capability.

How we chose the best electric mountain bikes

As a die-hard outdoorsman and general bike enthusiast, I’ve provided a wide range of gear and tech coverage across a wide array of publications, including Popular Science, the Daily Beast, Runner’s World, Thrillist, The Manual, Popular Mechanics, and more. Electric bikes have become a key part of that coverage in the past few years.

As a result, I’ve spent months riding dozens of electric bicycles and mountain bikes, spanning every specialization and price point, and I’ve come to recognize true greatness from hype. In some cases, those tests were bolstered with additional research and observations drawn from expert and customer reviews.

The best electric mountain bikes: Reviews & Recommendations

Our favorite electric mountain bikes are made to handle a wide range of experiences. Some are made for serious mountain trails. Others are for more moderate off-road endeavors. There are options on this list for every kind of rider.

Best overall: Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90

bikes

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Why it made the cut: The Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay really ups the torque to amp up its climbing ability.

Specs

  • Battery capacity: 720Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 700W peak/108Nm
  • Suspension travel: 150mm front, 140mm rear
  • Weight: 46.6 lbs.

Pros

  • Outstanding motor
  • Great descent handling
  • Responsive suspension

Cons

  • High center of gravity for taller riders
  • Complicated setting navigation

Based out of Vancouver, British Columbia, Rocky Mountain has quietly churned out amazing bikes for years. One of its latest ebikes, the Instinct Powerplay Carbon 90, packs a noteworthy punch thanks to the company’s powerful Dyname 4.0 motor.

With a peak output of 700W and an impressive 108Nm of torque, it exponentially increases your pedaling power when in its top setting. That’s more than enough oomph to get you over the top of even the most severe incline. At the same time, its suspension and transmission provide a smooth, responsive riding experience. It also has above-average battery capacity, allowing for a full day of riding.

What’s more, the Instinct Powerplay delivers outstanding performance over fast-flow trails and through moderately technical trails. I did find that its low-slung stance results in a somewhat high center of gravity for taller riders, and the digital settings can be a bit tricky to navigate if you want to make any adjustments or calibrations. Even with a few hang-ups, though, the Rocky Mountain Instinct Powerplay is a downright thrilling ride.

Best fat tire: Ride1Up Rift

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Ride1UP’s Rift was easy to assemble and felt smooth to ride.

Specs

  • Battery: 960Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 750W/95Nm
  • Suspension travel: 120mm
  • Weight: 84.5 lbs.

Pros

  • Easy to assemble
  • Solid frame and overall construction
  • Comfortable to ride
  • Cost

Cons

  • Weight

After a few rides I began to see Ride1UP’s Rift as wish fulfillment for anyone who’s been interested in checking out a fat tire eBike for rough terrain. The bicycle arrive almost fully assembled, and the company’s video instructions provided a step-by-step set of directions to complete the job. One person can handle assembly, but asking a friend to help will expedite the process. The only accessory that isn’t provided is an air compressor to fill its tires.

Once the bike was put together, the only thing left to do was ride. I took the Rift through the suburban streets of Long Island, but its fat tires were designed to handle rocks, dips, and other anomalies you’d face while riding up and down the mountains. Its pedal assistance provided a gently helping hand at its lower settings and impressive oomph when cranked all the way up. This is a heavy eBIke (which is good when you’re riding it because the Rift feels solid), but seasoned riders will pick up how to properly control it immediately.

I never had an issue with handling the Rift, but Ride1UP suggests checking its brakes a few times during its initial rides. Our advice is to get familiar with the Rift on flat land before riding it up the side of a mountain—though again, we’re confident it could handle a rough first ride with aplomb. All of the Rift’s electric features are viewable on its 2.2-inch color screen, which is mounted on the left handlebar. You can check your trip time, power consumption, and pedal assistance level (between one and five) at a glance.

There’s no time to be checking screens while you’re riding down a mountain, so being able to see this information at a glance is important. One important thing to note is that pedal assistance will only kick in when you’re pedaling. The electric bicycle’s motor will kick on after a few seconds, which gives you time to adjust to the increase in speed. Speaking of speed, the Rift can rev up to 28 miles per hour with pedal assistance cranked up to five, though we never felt like we were going too quickly. If you’ve never used an electric bicycle before we recommend sticking to the lower power levels to start and working your way up.

Overall, the Ride1UP Rift is a smooth ride, and worth considering whether you’re upgrading from a different electric bicycle or have always ridden an analog bike. It was easy to assemble and use, built solidly, and felt comfortable.

Best step-through: Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 Plus Step-Through

radpowerbikes

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Powerful and capable, the Rad Power Bikes RadRover 6 Plus Step-Through delivers hyper-customizable performance.

Specs

  • Battery: 672Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 750W/80Nm
  • Suspension travel: 60mm
  • Weight: 73 lbs.

Pros

  • Outstanding power
  • Solid range
  • Twist throttle
  • Some suspension travel

Cons

  • Limited suspension
  • Too small for some riders

Rad Power Bikes has exploded onto the ebike scene with an expansive range of highly capable, highly customizable ebikes. The latest version of its RadRover fat tire ebike perfectly represents why the brand has garnered so much acclaim. With outstanding power and off-road capability, the RadRover 6 delivers an all-around fun riding experience.

With well-balanced performance, the RadRover 6 Plus is fast, especially when you rev it up with the throttle, and offers a solid range. It even has light suspension, making it a bit more capable on uncertain surface conditions. That said, at 73 pounds, it is the heaviest bike on our list, so it isn’t made for steep climbs. In fact, it may be too heavy to fit on your car’s bike rack.

Like all of Rad’s bikes, the RadRover 6 Plus is extremely customizable. You can add front and rear baskets or cargo carriers, bags, center consoles, water bottles, integrated locks, mirrors, passenger seating, fenders, and a whole lot more. You can even upgrade the tires with Tannus Armour for more off-road reliability. You can build the perfect bike for your needs.

Best hybrid: Ride1Up Prodigy XC

ride1up

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you’re looking for an around-town commuter that can handle the occasional off-road excursion, the Ride1Up Prodigy XC delivers.

Specs

  • Battery: 504Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 250W, 90Nm
  • Suspension travel: 120mm
  • Weight: 50 lbs

Pros

  • Solid performance
  • Surprisingly good suspension
  • Ergonomic stance
  • Relatively affordable

Cons

  • No throttle
  • No rack or taillights
  • Slow charging

The only “cross-country” bike among Ride1Up’s relatively affordable selection, the Prodigy XC is a daily commuter bike that delivers a surprising level of off-road capability thanks to its front fork suspension. It also delivers admirable performance, with a motor that provides plenty of uphill propulsion.

If you’ll use the Prodigy XC as a commuter (hence our “hybrid” designation) you’ll appreciate its ergonomic, comfortable design. However, it could benefit from the addition of taillights and a throttle. This is the sort of bike that you ride to work all week, then pedal over mild-to-moderate off-road trails for some weekend fun.

Arguably the biggest downside to the Prodigy is its relatively lazy recharging time. At five hours, it’s the slowest recharge on our list. Barring that, however, this is a nicely versatile ride.

Best budget: Cannondale Monterra Neo 5

cannondale

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Cannondale Monterra Neo 5 is a competitively equipped electric mountain bike you can get for a competitive price.

Specs

  • Battery: 504Wh
  • Motor power/torque: 250W, 85Nm
  • Suspension travel: 150mm
  • Weight: 53 lbs

Pros

  • Solid handling
  • Decent range
  • Strong motor
  • Relatively affordable

Cons

  • Slow charging time
  • Somewhat heavy

Sticker shock is a common reaction while shopping for an electric mountain bike. Many of our picks, and many others that we tested, cost upwards of $10,000. Mountain bikes are very expensive. Electric bikes are very expensive. Put those things together and you have an incredibly pricey bike. The Cannondale Monterra Neo 5 is not “cheap,” but delivers most of the specs and features you’d want from a modern electric mountain bike at around half the price you expect to pay for a top-of-the-line model. 

Electrically speaking, its motor offers admirable strength while its battery capacity is large enough for a solid afternoon of charging up (and then down) hill. It corners well, has a great suspension, and delivers an all-around enjoyable riding experience. 

Of course, with a much lower price, you can expect there to be a few flaws. The Neo 5 is heavier than our top picks and requires a very long 7 hours to fully recharge. For its price, however, these are easy flaws to overlook. 

What to consider when picking an electric mountain bike

There are a number of core concerns that you should consider when shopping for any electric bike, but certain elements are especially important in electric mountain bikes. You aren’t just looking for an ebike, after all. To provide superior off-road performance, a great electric mountain bike needs superior suspension, a strong motor, and a crazy durable yet lightweight frame, all of which tend to make them more expensive than your typical ebike.

Motor

More than anything, an electric mountain bike needs a strong motor. To literally power up steep mountain trails, you will need a motor that delivers unwavering propulsion, as well as plenty of torque, or rotational force, to pull your bike uphill over obstacles.

To make sure your bike can push you up really steep hills, we recommend a motor that churns out at least 500 watts (W) of power and 60 Newton-meters (Nm) of torque. That’s about double what we look for in a standard electric touring bike.

Range

One thing you absolutely want to avoid is having your battery give out on you halfway up a big hill. That means finding an electric mountain bike with a larger-than-average battery, capable of tackling long uphill and downhill rides that require more energy than the average ebike.

Keep in mind that while you would use a formula for a normal commuter ebike to determine how a specific model’s battery would translate into travel range, you can’t really measure how an electric mountain bike will perform off-road. There are a lot of factors that impact range—rider weight, ground conditions, and “elevation climb,” to name a few—that determining range is already a ballpark estimate that may change from ride to ride. Add in the unpredictable nature of trail riding and pinning down even a rough idea of the range becomes next to impossible.

That said, there is a direct correlation between the size of your battery and how long your ebike will be able to assist you. Bigger is better if you want a bike that will keep you on the trails all day long.

Suspension

Quality suspension, which absorbs the force of your bike hitting the ground after bumping over uneven terrain, is essential to any mountain bike, electric or otherwise. Solid suspension can make even a rocky uphill climb feel safe and relatively comfortable. Without it, any bump could jolt you off your bike.

Suspension is noted in millimeters of “travel,” which measures how far the suspension components allow the frame to move and absorb shock upon impact. We recommend looking for at least 140mm for hard riding.

Please remember that not all the bikes on our list include suspension, as some of our picks are intended for more moderate, off-road riding rather than rugged trails.

Transmission

Your electric mountain bike might be powered, but you still need a quality transmission with a wide gearing range to make it up steep inclines. Simply put, the more gears you have, the more you can reduce the force necessary to pedal up an incline. If you expect to be hitting the trails hard, you want at least eight gears if you’ll be doing any serious climbing.

Weight

Having a lightweight bike is key for trail riding. It makes it easier to pedal the bike uphill and provides more control when you’re zipping back down. For hill-climbers, you’ll want to shoot for a frame that weighs under 50 pounds. We have included a couple of heavier options here, but they’re oriented toward off-roading on level ground rather than steep inclines.

FAQs

Q: Do you need a helmet for your electric bike?

It’s always a smart idea to wear a helmet while cycling, and it’s especially important when you’re mountain biking. In fact, you should make sure to get a special helmet for off-road or extreme biking, as a typical bike helmet doesn’t necessarily provide enough protection for falling off your biking uphill, off-road, at motor-powered speeds. Always look for a helmet with MIPS (Multi-directional Impact Protection), and preferably with some form of face/eye protection like a visor or even a full face guard. Smith, POC, and Fox all make some outstanding electric mountain bike helmets.

Q: Are electric bikes good for hills?

With the right motor and transmission, electric bikes are outstanding for climbing hills. In fact, extra torque power, which allows for better climbing, is the best reason to spend the extra money on an electric mountain bike.

Q: How far can you ride an ebike?

There are formulas for calculating the approximate range of an individual electric bike, but they are just approximations. Even one specific bike’s range can vary from ride to ride based on the rider, terrain, and even the weather. This is particularly true with electric mountain bikes as you’ll usually be riding them through extremely diverse, unpredictable conditions.

Q: How much do electric bikes cost?

The biggest hurdle to buying an electric bike is the price. Even so-so ebikes cost around $1,000. As you can see from our top picks, the best of the best feature price tags well over $10,000. There’s a lot of tech that goes into an ebike and that tech tends to be expensive. 

Once you own the bike, the most common downside is potentially running out of power. Electric bikes tend to be very heavy. If your ebike runs out of juice mid-ride, it can be extremely difficult to pedal under your own strength.

Final thoughts on the best electric mountain bikes

Personally, I think riding the trails on an electric mountain bike is significantly more pleasurable than going sans power. Pedal assist practically eliminates the uphill struggle, allowing you to focus all of your energy and enjoyment on negotiating technical features and taking in the trail’s natural beauty. So whether you’re looking for a serious bike for extreme trail riding, or simply want to flow over easy gravel or dirt paths, powering up with one of the best electric mountain bikes is worth your consideration. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best electric mountain bikes in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to start lifting weights—even if you’ve never picked up a dumbbell in your life https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-start-lifting-weights/ Sun, 25 Jun 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=551027
Person working out in living room with dumbbells.
Start small and consistently increase weight as you get stronger. MART PRODUCTION / Pexels

Experts weigh in on the fitness trend that’s here to stay.

The post How to start lifting weights—even if you’ve never picked up a dumbbell in your life appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person working out in living room with dumbbells.
Start small and consistently increase weight as you get stronger. MART PRODUCTION / Pexels

Over the past few years, more and more Americans have started lifting weights. In fact, the number of people who booked strength training classes on the ClassPass app increased by 94 percent in 2022. 

This trend is in line with new waves of research that have touted the health benefits of weightlifting. A 2022 study published in the British Journal of Sports Medicine found that training with weights for just 30 to 60 minutes a week can significantly reduce your risk of premature death from all causes. Meanwhile, a 2018 meta-analysis published in JAMA Psychiatry found that resistance training can help ease symptoms of depression

If you’re interested in strength training but have never set foot in a gym, it can be difficult to know where to start. There’s a lot of information about it on social media, much of it offering conflicting advice on which strength-building routines are the most effective. Plus, even if there are experts posting on these platforms, many fitness content creators aren’t certified professionals and only offer advice based on their own experiences. 

So before you start your fitness journey, make sure you learn what the experts have to say about what a safe and efficient strength training routine looks like.

Find your equipment 

You can start strength training at the gym, where you’ll find all the gear you need and more. If possible, Joseph LaVacca, a personal trainer and owner of Strength in Motion Physical Therapy in New York City, recommends signing up for a gym that’s slightly above what you’d want to spend: “If it’s too cheap you probably won’t go.” 

If a gym is out of your budget or you’d just prefer to avoid it, you can do strength training at home or anywhere else you have the space and permission to do so, like a public park. No matter where you choose to exercise, make sure you have enough space to do basic strength training moves with proper form, says LaVacca. If you have room to do a couple of lunges without feeling cramped, you should be good to go. 

[Related: Best home fitness equipment of 2023]

Exercising at home will also require you to get your own set of dumbbells, preferably one that includes 5-, 10- and 15-pound weights. These are great for beginners because they allow you to test what feels right and add weight as you go along. Resistance bands (which come in a wide range of weights), kettlebells (which typically start at five pounds), and adjustable dumbbell sets, are great save-spacing alternatives to regular dumbbells. You’ll find most of this gear online, at sporting goods stores, and even general retailers. 

There’s no consensus about what type of weights are the easiest and safest for beginners to start with, says Ignacio Salazar, a personal trainer at Studio 16, a private fitness studio in New York City. But as long as you’re focusing on your technique and form, and keeping it as basic as you can, anything from bodyweight to kettlebells and dumbbells should work, he adds.  

Start small and listen to your body 

If you haven’t lifted much ever, it’s important not to go too hard too soon. There’s no rule of thumb on the amount of weight you should start with, as everyone is built differently. But whatever that is for you, it should feel slightly challenging—not painful or impossible—after one set, says LaVacca. 

He recommends starting by lifting for 20 to 30 minutes on two separate days of the week. During this time, pick three to five exercises and aim to complete around three to five sets of eight to 10 reps each. 

It’s best to start with basic moves, says Salazar. You can try our guide with three strength exercises everyone should do, but there are more examples to choose from:

Stay consistent 

To gain strength and muscle you’ll need to slowly but progressively lift more weight, says Salazar. It’s important not to get carried away and add it on too quickly—lifting more than your body is prepared for can lead to pain and injury. 

LaVacca has a trick for figuring out when to add on more weight: Pay attention to your perceived exertion on a scale of one to 10 after completing three reps of a certain exercise. If after that you rank a movement at about a seven or eight—meaning your heart rate is up and you’re feeling challenged while still maintaining the correct form—you’re in the right weight range. If it’s less than that, you could add more weight.

[Related: The 6 essential parts of an effective workout]

In the beginning, especially if you’re coming from being sedentary, you’ll likely be able to add weight more easily and quickly, says Salazar. But more than the amount of weight, the key to gaining strength is consistency. 

Once you’ve been lifting steadily for about eight weeks, La Vacca recommends adding a third day to your routine and adding variety to it by trying out new types of exercises. Slowly but surely, keeping at it will ensure that you get healthier and stronger. 

The post How to start lifting weights—even if you’ve never picked up a dumbbell in your life appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best smart water bottles of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-smart-water-bottles/ Fri, 16 Jun 2023 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=549271
A lineup of smart water bottles on a white background
Amanda Reed

These bottles can purify your water, track your water intake, and remind you to drink something other than coffee or Diet Coke.

The post The best smart water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of smart water bottles on a white background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall A mint-colored insulated LARQ smart water bottle on a small wooden table in front of a brick background LARQ PureVis Bottle
SEE IT

A UV-C light zaps away bio-contaminants that could leave you feeling queasy.

Best for hydration A blue HidrateSpark water bottle on a blue and white background HidrateSpark PRO Smart Water Bottle
SEE IT

Bluetooth automatically updates how much water you’ve sipped.

Best budget A teal HidrateSpark TAP water bottle on a blue and white background HidrateSpark TAP Smart Water Bottle Chug Lid
SEE IT

An option that’s only $20 packed with top-shelf features.

Among the plethora of “smart” things in this world—televisions, phones, speakers, and even entire homes—water bottles don’t come to top of mind. However, we think that can change, thanks to water bottles now having more capabilities other than “simple receptacle of many liquids.” Now, you can count how many ounces you’re chugging, get reminded to take a sip, and even get your filtered water to a new level of clean. The best smart water bottles make staying hydrated easy as they’re refilled and you’re fulfilled. 

The best smart water bottles: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: LARQ PureVis Bottle

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This high-tech water bottle comes with a self-cleaning cap that uses the power of UV light to give your filtered water a purer taste and keep the bottle clean. 

Specs

  • Cap options: PureVis self-cleaning cap, filter cap with flip top (doesn’t self-clean)
  • Bottle sizes: 17 oz.; 25 oz.
  • Self-cleaning?: Yes
  • Water tracking: No

Pros

  • Clean you can taste
  • Sleek look
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • No water tracking
  • Largest size is still relatively small
  • MicroUSB vs. USB-C

Although water covers more than 70% of the Earth’s surface, only 3% is drinkable fresh water. Even deeper than that, only .5% of that drinkable fresh water is available, meaning it’s not locked in a glacier or the atmosphere. And water from public water systems isn’t guaranteed to be clean (hello, boil water advisories). Enter the LARQ PureVis bottle, which uses UV-C light to eliminate up to 99% of bio-contaminants (including E.Coli). And it self-cleans every two hours, meaning you don’t even need to think about having a musty water bottle. Double-vacuum insulation keeps things cool, even when you’re getting stress-sweats thinking about how only 3% of the world’s water is drinkable fresh water. 

The LARQ makes for a great travel water bottle as well, especially if you really want to make sure the bottled water you’re drinking is A-OK. Just make sure you fill it up after you pass through TSA security—you don’t want to get this fancy, pricey water bottle confiscated by a very strict agent before a flight. If you’re more active, consider the Movement PureVis bottle, which is uninsulated and lighter but has the same PureVis tech as the insulated version. 

A close-up of the microUSB charger on the LARQ smart water bottle
Amanda Reed

At $99-$118, this water bottle is expensive, meaning it’s heartbreaking for you and your wallet if you misplace it, especially since you can’t use Bluetooth to track its location. And its capacity tops out at 25 oz.—practically a sip for those who drink water like a fish. There’s no hydration tracking, meaning it’s up to you to remember how much water you’ve imbibed. A pitcher version lets you get squeaky clean water you can put into your favorite gallon water bottles (or even the other smart water bottles on this list that focus on water intake tracking), but if you’re looking for UV cleaning and water tracking … sadly, this ain’t it!

The water problem, considering how things are going with the climate and public infrastructure, isn’t going away anytime soon. The LARQ PureVis bottle gives you more peace of mind that you’re not sipping on nasties. It’s not the only self-cleaning water bottle on our list, but it’s definitely the best. Read more of our thoughts on the LARQ.

Best for hydration: HidrateSpark PRO Smart Water Bottle

HidrateSpark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: This light-up water bottle uses the power of Bluetooth to keep track of how much water you’ve consumed. It even tells you how much water you should drink based on your height and weight. 

Specs

  • Cap options: Chug or straw lid
  • Bottle sizes: 17 oz.; 21 oz.; 32 oz.
  • Self-cleaning?: No
  • Water tracking: Yes

Pros

  • Lots of size options
  • Seamless water tracking
  • Friendly UX with bottle and app

Cons

  • Straw cap hard to sip out of
  • Heavy
  • Not self-cleaning

If you need the gently pulsing alarm clock version of a water bottle (aka, those bottles with the lines and cute phrases don’t cut it for you—someone with a mushy brain and short attention span caused by social media scrolling), consider the HidrateSpark PRO just that. It works with Bluetooth and a coordinating app to measure your water intake. All you need to do is set the bottle down, and the app automatically updates how close you are to your water goal. You can set that number yourself or allow the bottle to figure that out for you by entering your weight, height, elevation, and other metrics. Setup is super easy and takes less than five minutes, less than the time it takes to wash the bottle when you first get it in. The settings are also super robust: you can set when the bottle glows—every time you take a sip, when you meet your goal, both, or even … not at all! It’s similarly priced to other non-smart water bottles on the market, meaning you’re wallet won’t hurt as much compared to other options on this list. 

Best budget: HidrateSpark TAP Smart Water Bottle Chug Lid

HidrateSpark

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Practically all the same capabilities of the HidrateSPARK Pro bottle minus the price tag—and some of the cheapest smart water bottles you can buy. 

Specs

  • Cap options: Chug or straw cap
  • Bottle sizes: 20 oz.; 24 oz. 32 oz.
  • Self-cleaning?: No
  • Water tracking: Yes

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Easy setup

Cons

  • Not insulated
  • Water intake only updated with phone tap

Sure, it’s not as packed with features as its PRO sibling, but the HidrateSpark TAP is an excellent option for someone who doesn’t want to spend too much money on a smart water bottle. It doesn’t update as often as the PRO because it lacks Bluetooth tech—it uses near-field communication (NFC) instead of Bluetooth, with a simple phone tap allowing you to update the app with how much you’ve sipped. It comes in insulated stainless steel if Tritan plastic isn’t your jam, comes in a sip top option, and lights up to remind you to drink (although you can’t customize that option; it’s preset at once an hour for 12 hours as soon as you turn the timer on). If you’re looking for a basic, budget-friendly smart water bottle, look no further. 

Here are other options we think are a cool drink of water:

FAQs

Q: How much does a smart water bottle cost?

A smart water bottle costs between $29-$120, depending on size and features. Ones with Bluetooth and UV-C light will be more expensive than those with an NFC tag for updating.  

Q: Is it OK to refill smart water bottles?

Not only is it OK to refill a smart water bottle, but it’s also encouraged! Some smart water bottles let you know how many bottles you need to drink to make your personal hydration goals. 

Q: How do I clean a smart water bottle?

Washing a smart water bottle is incredibly similar to washing a regular insulated water bottle. If your smart water bottle isn’t dishwasher safe, remove any electronic components (batteries, sensors, etc.) and wash by hand with dish soap and warm water. If it’s dishwasher safe, simply throw it in there and wait until the cycle is over. 

Q: Can I microwave a smart water bottle?

Depends. You can’t microwave stainless steel (unless you want to destroy your microwave). You can technically microwave Tritan plastic, but make sure all electronic components aren’t going in the microwave. Would we personally microwave a Tritan plastic water bottle? No, but you do you, boo!

Q: Why do people use smart water bottles?

Some of us consistently rot our brains from too much social media and reach for a Diet Coke, an oatmilk iced latte, or a seltzer before even thinking about regular, plain water. A smart water bottle reminds you to take a sip and takes the guesswork out of how much water you should drink. Your kidneys will thank you!

Final thoughts on the best smart water bottles

Smart water bottles are a great way to easily track how much water you drink daily, ensure your water doesn’t have any rogue bacteria, and self-clean for mustiness-free sipping. Our favorite smart water bottle is the LARQ PureVis Bottle, which kills potential bacteria in water for results you can taste. If you’re looking for an option to track hydration, we recommend the Hidrate SparkPRO Smart Water Bottle, which syncs seamlessly with incredibly customizable settings to boot. If the cheapest option is your goal, look no further than the HidrateSpark TAP Smart Water Bottle Chug Lid, the HidrateSpark’s formidable and budget-friendly sibling. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best smart water bottles of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
LARQ PureVis bottle review: Clean you can taste https://www.popsci.com/gear/larq-water-bottle-review/ Fri, 16 Jun 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=549239
A mint-colored insulated LARQ smart water bottle on a small wooden table in front of a brick background
This looks like a regular water bottle, but don't be fooled—there's fancy tech under the hood (er, cap). Amanda Reed

Feel better about your drinking water with this portable self-cleaning water bottle that uses UV-C light to de-germify what comes out of the tap.

The post LARQ PureVis bottle review: Clean you can taste appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A mint-colored insulated LARQ smart water bottle on a small wooden table in front of a brick background
This looks like a regular water bottle, but don't be fooled—there's fancy tech under the hood (er, cap). Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

My favorite thing to talk about with Uber drivers, my beloved coffee baristas, or anyone who will listen is that fresh, potable water is actually a hot commodity, and the Water War is very much a thing that is here and happening in this world. I pontificate until I’m so parched that I take a sip from a reusable water bottle like the LARQ PureVis, and I feel like I’ve found an oasis in the desert.

Although water covers more than 70 percent of the Earth’s surface, only 3 percent is drinkable fresh water. Even deeper than that, .5 percent of that drinkable fresh water is available, meaning that it’s not locked in a glacier or the atmosphere. And water from public water systems isn’t guaranteed to be completely safe because of old infrastructure (remember the Flint, Michigan, water crisis?). All that combined equals a very cool worldwide phenomenon that deepens my existential crisis about the rad world we live in that no one is acting on to fix (slay!). 

The LARQ PureVis bottle may not help with the existential doom the water wars bring (I have my therapist and a cabinet full of paraphernalia for that), but it does make me feel better that my bad Pennsylvania water is at least bacteria-free. If, like me, you enjoy staying hydrated but don’t love what the park water fountain yields, the LARQ turns any clear water into a smooth, clarified beverage worthy of being bottled.

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Overview

  • LARQ’s PureVis water bottle uses UV-C light to self-clean and get rid of 99 percent of bio-contaminants, according to the company.

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Easy to use
  • Quick, noticeable change in water taste after use

Cons

  • MicroUSB charger not exactly future-proof
  • Expensive
  • Small and no wide mouth
  • No water tracking or app connectivity

Verdict: Adventurers, travelers, and regular ole hypochondriacs will be impressed at the quick change in water taste after using the LARQ PureVis bottle.

The build

The LARQ PureVis bottle is made of food-grade 18/8 stainless steel and is double-vacuum insulated, providing up to 24 hours of cold retention and 12 hours of keeping beverages hot. (A non-insulated option is also available.) It comes in two capacities—17 oz. and 25 oz.—and five colors.

I received the larger LARQ bottle in seaside mint for review and was impressed at how light it was. I use two other vacuum-insulated water bottles regularly—the 36 oz. Yeti Rambler bottle and 32 oz. Hydro Flask Wide Mouth Bottle, tied for my favorite insulated water bottle. If you own a Yeti, you know it’s a bit heavy, and Hydro Flask bottles tend to be lighter. The LARQ beats both of them weight-wise at 17 ounces when empty. (The Yeti weighs 1.5 lbs., and the Hydro Flask is just under a pound.) But it’s in the LARQ cap where the magic happens. It houses the UV-C light—which the company calls “PureVis technology” and claims can eliminate 99 percent of bacteria, including E. coli. The cap also houses a button that controls the bottle’s functions, plus a microUSB port for charging.

There are three modes to choose from: a Normal Mode that gives your water one minute of UV-C exposure; an Adventure Mode option, which ups the UV-C light to three minutes when you need more purification (e.g., you’ve run river water through a portable filter and want to make sure it doesn’t make you poop your pants while you’re hiking); and a Travel Lock mode, which disables the self-cleaning mode for travel or storage. Technically, the self-cleaning mode would count as the fourth, but there’s nothing you need to press to set that up: The bottle self-cleans with 10 seconds of UV-C light every two hours, regardless of use. 

A LARQ water bottle sitting on a wooden table
There are technically four modes to choose from. Here, the LARQ is in Normal Mode. Amanda Reed / Popular Science Amanda Reed

The setup

Opening the LARQ PureVis packaging feels like you’re opening a new iPhone. You’re greeted by a message that says, “Meet the bottle that cleans itself,” on its bright white, weighty packaging. The quick-start guide has a little home inside the opening flap, with the bottle nestled in its own cardboard cradle on the other side. You’ll find the microUSB cord (more on that later) under the bottle in a cut-out portion, just like how Apple hides its own included accessories.

All you have to do is find a place to plug the microUSB charger (I chose my favorite place to plug chargers into, my Animal Crossing Nintendo Switch dock), plug the cap into the microUSB charger, and run around your house and do some chores until you see a steady green light. Although I don’t mind using a microUSB cord, I’m always surprised to see one on a device in the year of our Lord 2023, when USB-C has taken over. It’s not a con so much as a very interesting tech choice to make nowadays. 

The quick start guide says to unlock the bottle by pressing the button for 5 seconds until the ring light around the cap flashes white, but nothing happened when I did. However, my bottle did start purifying after one press of the proprietary button on the cap. You can wait for the bottle to do its thing or lightly flip it to spread the PureVis light evenly. You have to be careful when filling up the bottle—you have to get the water about an inch below UV-C light, or it will plunge into the water and cause some overflow, which I learned the hard way.

A close-up of the microUSB charger on the LARQ smart water bottle
The LARQ charges via a microUSB port. We’re still using them in 2023, folks! Amanda Reed / Popular Science Amanda Reed

The performance

I was fully expecting the LARQ PureVis bottle to be a gimmick. However, I was blown away by the incredible changes I tasted as I progressed through tap water, tap water run through a Brita filter, and both waters after exposure to the UV-C light in the LARQ. 

First, I tested the tap water directly (yes, I drank raw Pittsburgh water), then I ran that tap water through the LARQ. I noticed that the tap water tasted incredibly chlorinated—which makes sense, considering water treatment plants add chlorine chloramine, or chlorine dioxide, to water as a disinfector. Tap water tastes refreshing when you happen upon a water fountain in the park, beyond thirsty. However, it’s merely tolerable in any other circumstance. This brings us to the tap water post-LARQ—the chlorination felt like a slap on the wrist compared to the sucker punch of sterilization from the tap water.    

Next, I taste-tested my Brita filtered water and the same Brita water post-UV-C light. I took sips from one bottle containing Brita filtered water and then sips from the LARQ bottle to confirm that they indeed tasted different. Brita filtered water was Dasani levels of crisp, while the LARQ bottle was borderline Fiji silkiness.

I felt like Martin Riese, the Water Sommelier on TikTok, trying to qualify the taste, but I also felt like a huge weirdo drinking from two different water bottles with a perplexed look on my face. I’m an easily distracted child who loves a shiny bright thing, so seeing the light on the cap flash and receiving better-tasting water is a better high than completing your Duolingo daily lesson. I’m slightly more prone to use the LARQ water bottle just to get the instant gratification of my water turning into a different thing, like pulling a Shrinky Dink out of the oven. 

Pennsylvania water is gross, and Pittsburgh water, specifically, is not good. The LARQ removed the tap water’s chlorinated taste and improved the Brita’s flavor profile. Overall, it left me genuinely impressed—it felt like I was aerating wine, cycling through swirl-sniff-sip-savor (and all the feels) as I noted how the water tasted before and after exposure to UV-C light. All I need to do is invest in the Brita filters that filter out lead; then I will have everything I need for the squeaky clean water. 

A close-up of the UV-C light on the LARQ water bottle
The UV-C light in the cap is small but mighty. Amanda Reed / Popular Science Amanda Reed

So, who should buy the LARQ PureVis bottle?

The LARQ is perfect for those who want to ensure their water is germ-free post-filtration during a hike or even fresh from the tap. But filtering your tap water and then running it through the LARQ bottle is the way to go, in my opinion. 

Some customer-submitted LARQ reviews say that it’s great for people who travel to another country and want to ensure their bottled water is extra clean or want to be sustainable and drink from the tap without the consequences. I couldn’t test either out, so use caution if you purchase the LARQ and test out the (international) waters. 

I wish the LARQ came in a 32-ounce option. Sure, 25 ounces is enough, but I like the comfort of knowing that I won’t drink all my water while I’m out and about and don’t need to worry about finding a new source, whether that be a river or a nice cafe barista who fills it up for me as I wait on the other side of the counter like a Dickensian child waiting for food scraps. 

The LARQ water bottle is expensive at $99-$118 (depending on size and if you decide on snagging the vacuum-insulated bottle). LARQ offering a version with app connectivity would put the bottle on another level, and help further justify that price. Hydration tracking, reminders to drink, being able to locate your bottle if you misplace it (a bonus considering it’s an expensive water bottle), and germ-free water? In my eyes, that would be worth the money, and more. However, the price tag is a drop in the bucket (or, well, bottle) compared to the pricelessness of clean water. If you’re slightly unhappy with the quality of your drinking water, even post-filtration, but not unhappy enough to spend the time and effort installing an under-the-sink filter, consider the LARQ a band-aid for your knee scrape. 

The post LARQ PureVis bottle review: Clean you can taste appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These heart-pumping exercises burn the most calories https://www.popsci.com/health/exercises-that-burn-the-most-calories/ Fri, 16 Jun 2023 10:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=548908
A woman running on a desert trail to burn the most calories.
Running is one of the most efficient ways to eat up calories over time. Depositphotos

Running, lifting, video gaming—we ranked them all based on the calories they burn.

The post These heart-pumping exercises burn the most calories appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman running on a desert trail to burn the most calories.
Running is one of the most efficient ways to eat up calories over time. Depositphotos

To be alive is to consume energy. Movement requires calories, but so does pumping blood, taking breaths, and performing other essential functions. When you read or watch TV, your body hums along in the background, churning through about 100 calories an hour. But what if you want to speed up your metabolic rate, break a sweat, and have your body devour lots of calories? Then you have to ramp up the activity levels.

As a rule of thumb—or a rule of the body—cardiovascular and aerobic exercises burn the most calories. “Generally, anything that’s going to increase our heart rate higher is going to burn more calories,” says Steve Herrmann, a research assistant professor who directs the University of Kansas Weight Management Program and maintains the Compendium of Physical Activities, a health reference guide that compiles energy costs for different exercises and activities.

Targeting the biggest calorie burners on the list won’t be the right fitness approach for everyone. If you’re still getting in shape, it’s most important to “start the habit of being active,” Herrmann says. Walking several times a week will give you a strong foundation to build on. You can then layer in strength training, and ultimately, find a workout routine you enjoy doing regularly that maintains your fitness levels. “If high-intensity interval training gets you there, that might not be the thing that sustains you,” Herrmann points out. Some people realize they’re fond of solo jogs or bike rides. Others stay motivated by exercising alongside friends

Behind the calorie burn 

In concept, calories are nothing more than a measure of energy. The calorie was first defined as the energy required to heat a gram of water by 1°C—scientists later officially tied it to the joule, another energy unit. Nutritional calories, or kilocalories, are 1,000 times that. There are four nutritional calories per gram of carbohydrate or protein, and nine calories per gram of fat. 

In reality, and especially within the biological machinery of your guts, simple caloric math falls apart. While every nutritional label includes a standard measure of calories, your actual caloric intake depends on multiple factors tied to your body. The microbes in your intestines are one example. As a result, some people might use up more calories as they digest food; some store more calories as fat; and some excrete more calories when nature calls. 

[Related: 5 nutrition goals that are better than weight loss]

The rate at which you burn calories, too, can be influenced by many factors, including age, genetics, and muscle tone. In general, the more you weigh, the more energy you expend doing a given activity because you have to move more mass, Herrmann explains. As people lose weight, they have to increase the duration or intensity of an exercise to burn the same amount of calories.

Should you count calories?

Thinking about calories can be useful in both planning out meals and workouts. “As a whole, the ‘calories in, calories out’ philosophy is a good one,” says April Ho, a dietitian and personal trainer at the University of Rochester Medical Center. “Your body has to burn more calories than you’re taking in if you want to lose weight.” But it also has its limits: Ho cautions that relying on calorie-counting tools might give an unearned sense of precision, thanks to the sheer amount of variables that influence how many calories you absorb and use up. Don’t strain yourself trying to “estimate the exact numbers,” she says, “because you’re probably going to be wrong anyways.”

It can even be difficult and expensive to measure calories in experiments. One method is to have people drink doubly labeled water, which carries harmless radioactive versions of hydrogen and oxygen through a subject’s body. Observing the tagged elements in urine or other fluids lets scientists calculate an exerciser’s energy expenditure throughout a day. 

But the most accurate way to assess someone’s metabolic rate is with a direct calorimeter. This small, sensor-filled room monitors heat produced by people as they move around inside. The tool isn’t for everyday use—it takes about $1 million to build one of the rooms, which is why Herrmann knows of fewer than a dozen in the US. 

Exercises that burn the most calories

Below are the most calorie-burning exercises, based on the University of Rochester’s calorie burn rate calculator. All values are based on one hour of activity and the average weight of Americans ages 20 or older, which according to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, is 170 pounds for women and 200 pounds for men. 

Running at 6 mph: 1,400 to 1,600 calories

Thanks to bipedalism, humans are capable long-distance runners, often using the most energy-efficient speeds to keep pace over many miles. (Some scientists hypothesize that our species evolved to be good runners to pursue prey over long stretches.) Jogging at slower speeds uses fewer calories per hour: The more ground you cover, the more energy you consume. Treadmills burn fewer calories, generally speaking, than running outdoors. 

Cycling at 20 mph: 1,400 to 1,600 calories

Biking, like running, is another exercise that gets the heart pumping and engages many muscle groups. Stationary biking uses up less energy than pedaling on the road—about 900 to 1,000 calories per hour at max speeds. “When you’re inside on a stationary bike, your shoulders are relaxed, you don’t have to turn,” Herrmann points out. There’s also no wind to contend with. To increase the burn on a machine, you can crank up the resistance or add small dumbbells. 

High-impact aerobics: 800 to 960 calories

Ho recommends two types of workouts to increase a metabolic rate and keep it elevated after an exercise is over. One, circuit training, involves “strength training and cardio at the same time,” she says, like swiftly moving from squats into crunches without breaks between each activity. The other, high-intensity interval training, can similarly “increase your metabolic rate for several hours longer than other types of exercise,” Ho says. This is cardio with bursts of high output, such as a minute of sprints followed by three minutes of more moderate activities.

[Related: Jumping rope is an unbeatable cardio workout—if you do it correctly]

Swimming laps: 800 to 1,000 calories

Moving through water works out limbs and elevates heart rates while avoiding the joint stress of footfalls on pavement. But what about a long dunk in a chilly pond? A scientific review published in 2022 found that swimming in ice water may reduce the risk of diabetes and other disorders. As for other touted benefits, such as weight loss, the evidence wasn’t clear, the authors determined.

Weightlifting: 500 to 580 calories

As you might suspect, the heavier the weights you lift, the more calories you will burn. Building muscle tone can also make everyday tasks and common motions a little easier on your body. But it’s important to remember that you have to build up to bigger dumbbells, barbells, and kettlebells—going from 0 to 100 raises the risk of tears and other injuries.

Sports: up to 960 calories 

There’s a maxim among some fitness gurus that “the best workout is the one you’ll do.” Though it’s cheesy, there’s truth to it. If you enjoy participating in sports—and this taps into the community spirit of exercise that Herrmann encourages—know you’re burning calories as you play. An hour of martial arts such as karate and kickboxing eats up 840 to 960 calories. Water polo? 800 to 960. A game of basketball? 670 to 770 calories. Even certain video games can consume more calories (think enthusiastically ducking and swinging your arms in Wii Tennis or VR games such as Beat Saber), which convinced Herrmann to include gaming in an upcoming revision of the Compendium of Physical Activities.

The post These heart-pumping exercises burn the most calories appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Lucy, our ancient human ancestor, was super buff https://www.popsci.com/science/lucy-ancient-human-walking-bipedal/ Wed, 14 Jun 2023 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=548525
The calves and thighs of the Australopithecus afarensis were more than twice the size of those of modern humans.
The calves and thighs of the Australopithecus afarensis were more than twice the size of those of modern humans. Dave Einsel/Getty Images

The unique hominid 'likely walked and moved in a way that we do not see in any living species today.'

The post Lucy, our ancient human ancestor, was super buff appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The calves and thighs of the Australopithecus afarensis were more than twice the size of those of modern humans.
The calves and thighs of the Australopithecus afarensis were more than twice the size of those of modern humans. Dave Einsel/Getty Images

In late November 1974, the world of archeology changed when scientists discovered Lucy (a nod to a famous Beatles track played over and over at the dig site), a 40-percent complete fossil of a young female Australopithecus afarensis in Ethiopia. This species of ancient hominid was living and walking around on two feet in East Africa 3.7 to 3 million years ago, long before the earliest stone tools were made. While Lucy and her relatives were shorter, more ape-like, and had smaller brains than Homo sapiens, they showed just how long human-like creatures were evolving and strolling about on Earth.

Just recently, scientists uncovered that Lucy, whose remains are housed in a specially constructed safe in the National Museum of Ethiopia, may have been even more like us than we thought—and considerably more muscular in the legs department. According to a new paper published on June 13 in the journal Royal Society Open Science, Lucy could walk around upright just as well as a person.

[Related: The ‘granddaddy’ of all early hominins walked on Earth a lot longer than we thought.]

Previously, paleoanthropologists disagreed on Lucy’s bipedal stance. Some thought she likely waddled around with her back hunched over, not unlike today’s chimpanzees. However, Ashleigh Wiseman, a paleoanthropology research associate at the University of Cambridge, created 3D models of the leg and pelvis muscles of the 3.2 million-year-old Australopithecus afarensis. After recreating 36 muscles in each of the ancient hominids’ legs, she found that Lucy’s stance was quite similar to humans. 

A 3D polygonal model, guided by imaging scan data and muscle scarring, reconstructing the lower limb muscles of the Australopithecus afarensis fossil AL 288-1, known as ‘Lucy’. Credit: Dr Ashleigh Wiseman

Not only could she walk like a Homo sapien, but she was considerably more muscular than us—her calves and thighs were more than twice the size of those of modern humans. Her thighs in particular were made up of 74 percent muscle, compared to the average 50 percent split between fat and muscle in our species today. 

This shouldn’t be too surprising, however, given the world ancient hominids lived in. To manage life in East Africa 3 million years ago, Lucy and her cousins would’ve had to roam wooded grasslands, while swiftly switching to climbing forest canopies, Wiseman said in a statement

“We are now the only animal that can stand upright with straight knees. Lucy’s muscles suggest that she was as proficient at bipedalism as we are, while possibly also being at home in the trees,” Wiseman added. “Lucy likely walked and moved in a way that we do not see in any living species today.”

[Related: 2.9 million-year-old tools found in Kenya stir up a ‘fascinating whodunnit’.]

3D models have previously been used to reconstruct the muscles of other lost species. In fact, Wiseman mentions that the method has helped paleontologists figure out the shockingly slow running speeds of T. rexes. But recreating the builds of our ancestors lets us see how far we’ve come—and how much muscle we’ve lost as our lifestyles have shifted. 

“Of course, in the fossil record we are left looking at the bare bones,” Wiseman told CNN. “But muscles animate the body—they allow you to walk, run, jump and even dance. So, if we want to understand how our ancestors moved, we first need to reconstruct their soft tissues.”

The post Lucy, our ancient human ancestor, was super buff appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best rowing machines in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-rowing-machine/ Tue, 17 Aug 2021 17:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=389603
The Concept2 rowing machine is a standard for fitness and rowing competitions.
Stan Horaczek

Our top rowing machines provide a low-impact, full-body workout from the comfort of your own home.

The post The best rowing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Concept2 rowing machine is a standard for fitness and rowing competitions.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best professional The Concept2 is the best rowing machine splurge. Concept2 Indoor Rowing Machine
SEE IT

This Bluetooth-compatible model allows you to track your health metrics over time. 

Best water Mr. Captain Rowing Machine is the best rowing machine for water. Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine
SEE IT

Get a real-life rowing experience with the sounds of water in the background. 

Best budget The Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine is the best budget pick. Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine
SEE IT

A strong competitor at an affordable price.

If you’re looking for a low-impact workout that builds endurance and strengthens muscles, look to a rowing machine. A quality growing machine lets you exercise multiple muscle groups from the comfort of your living room, bedroom, or home gym. Like treadmills and elliptical machines, the best rowing machine offers a great cardio workout with additional benefits like full-body conditioning and a good effect on your heart and lungs. Plus, it’s great for rowers of all levels and can even be meditative. Physical and mental well-being—check! Take a lap and scroll through our best rowing machine selections below before you add this invaluable equipment to your collection.

The best rowing machines: Reviews & Recommendations

The rowing machine market is crowded, which means options for every type of rower, but also that selecting the best for you can feel overwhelming. However, as long as you understand what’s most important to you, from type of rower to workout preference to resistance levels, finding the best rowing machine will be a (sea) breeze. 

Best overall: NordicTrack – RW500 – Rower

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 115 pounds
  • Dimensions: 86 x 22 x 47 inches
  • Max user weight: 250 pounds
  • Screen: LCD

Pros

  • Classic model made by trusted brand
  • 26 levels of resistance
  • Folds up for storage

Cons

  • LCD screen doesn’t play media
  • No long-term tracking of metrics

If you’re looking for a full-body workout on a rower with advanced and customizable features, the NordicTrack RW500 Rower is a solid choice. Depending on your preference, you can manually adjust the 26 resistance levels or use the built-in SMR (Silent Magnetic Resistance) system that changes your training intensity without interrupting your workout. You can easily control and monitor your workout metrics with the LCD screen. For added comfort and ease, the Nordictrack rower features an ergonomic seat and handle, plus dual two-inch speakers with an audio auxiliary port so you can listen to music or watch videos during your workout. 

Best professional: Concept2 Indoor Rowing Machine

Stan Horaczek

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 57.32 pounds
  • Dimensions: 96 x 24 x 14 inches
  • Max user weight: 500 pounds
  • Screen: LCD display

Pros

  • Designed with responsive air-resistant flywheel
  • Bluetooth- and ANT-compatible
  • Can disassemble and store

Cons

  • Can’t stream media on monitor
  • No virtual coaching

Walk into a serious gym or a place where rowers train, and you’ll likely find this machine. It’s a relatively simple machine built like a tank that will absolutely annihilate you in the best way possible. In addition to controlling the intensity of your workout with the air-resistance flywheel, you can also control the airflow by changing the damper, ranging from levels one to 10. You can select programs based on time, distance, intervals, and more and easily track your workout on the backlit LCD screen. If you want to track your heart rate as well, wireless Bluetooth and ANT+ compatibility allows you to connect with heart-rate belts and apps. Plus, if trying new workout programs is your jam, you can connect to endless fitness apps, and the free ErgData app records and stores workouts on your phone. Designed to fit most athletes, the seat is 14 inches high and features adjustable footrests and an ergonomic handle.

Even if you pull absurdly hard on the handle, it will stand up to nearly endless abuse. It’s meant for professional gyms and training facilities, so it can easily stand up to the rigors of your basement. And even though it’s a piece of professional gear, it doesn’t require much maintenance to keep it working. The screen doesn’t show live workouts or fancy media, but it’s not that kind of device. It shows you a super-accurate stream of your actual output with a few simple games (like the fish game that most Crossfitters know about) thrown in just for fun. — Stan Horaczek

Best for gamers: Aviron Rowing Machine

Johanna Hoadley

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 113.5 lbs. with high-strength aluminum frame
  • Dimensions: 83.5L x 27W x 48.4H inches
  • Max user weight: 507 lbs.
  • Screen: 21.5-inch 1080p touchscreen
  • Tablet: dual ARM processors; ARM GPU; 4GB RAM; 32GB flash storage; Wi-Fi; Ethernet; Bluetooth 5.1, 2MP front-facing camera; two 5W stereo speakers  

Pros

  • Unique gaming workouts for single or multiple players
  • Connects to popular video and audio streaming services
  • Guided workout videos include both rowing and non-rowing exercises
  • High-tech bells and whistles aside, it’s an all-around solid rowing machine
  • Stores vertically to take up less space in the home

Cons

  • Not as large of a user community as Peloton
  • Speakers sometimes too quiet for the noise of the rower
  • No button controls for the games

Some people have trouble staying motivated to work out; others just find it painfully boring spending 30-60 minutes on an exercise machine. With the Strong Series Rower, Aviron aims to remedy both obstacles to fitness with a rowing machine featuring 16 levels of hybrid air/magnetic resistance (up to 100 lbs.) and a gamified approach that make you want to level up—keeping you entertained as you keep in shape.

The Strong Series Rower offers a large amount of games that use your rowing stroke pace and distance covered to control the gameplay. The games include takes on arcade classics like “Space Invaders” and “Pong,” as well as scrolling shooter games, racing games, and others that you can play solo, against computer opponents, or either against or alongside friends whom you add from the Aviron network or who join sessions from the “Group Workout Lobby.” With their simple control schemes based on variations to your rowing speed and distance covered (which you can also increase or decrease by altering the 16 resistance levels while maintaining the same stroke rate), the games are not complicated, but many of them can succeed in keeping your mind on them, rather than on the repetitiveness and/or discomfort of rowing sessions.

Games are just one worthy option for your workout. Unlike Aviron’s big competitor, the Strong Series Rower also connects to popular streaming services—Spotify, Netflix, Disney+, Hulu, Amazon Prime, and YouTube—that you can listen to or watch while rowing. In addition, Aviron offers its own coached workout videos that include companion routines such as weights, bodyweight exercises, and stretching to complement your rowing and keep you comprehensively fit. Guided programs give you routines of different lengths with varying goals based on calories burned, distance covered, etc. Scenic rowing videos let you escape mentally to beautiful locations across the globe, complete with moving water sounds. “Pros vs. Joes” games let you simulate a race against some of the world’s top rowers, and extended programs such as monthly challenges line up all the different workouts Aviron has to offer in a sequence that will keep things interesting and nonrepetitive as you rack up achievement badges and stats over time.

Connecting a Bluetooth heart rate monitor will let you view your heart rate while you row, and the machine also lets you connect Bluetooth headphones or plug in headphones or speakers to the audio output for bypassing the touchscreen tablet’s built-in speakers.

Regardless of the workout type you choose, the Strong Series Rower saves all your metrics to your account, which you can access from your profile on the built-in screen or from the Aviron Rower Companion iOS/Android app. You can see your total time, meters, kilojoules of output, strokes, and calories burned, as well as average strokes per minute, calories per hour, and time per 500 meters—added up over the last day, seven days, 30 days, or all-time. The global Leaderboard also shows how you stack up against other Aviron users. During my two weeks using the Strong Series Rower, there were usually just under 8,000 total users on the board, and just under 1,000 in my division, which was men in their 40s.

Aviron’s user community is much smaller than that of it’s major competitor, Peloton. It was usually pretty easy to find a live session scheduled or in progress if I wanted to join other users in a competitive or collaborative game, a scenic row, or some other workout program. However, Aviron does not offer live coached classes, which Peloton tends to lean on for its monthly membership. But other than that, the Strong Series Rower offers big advantages over Peloton machines, letting rowers play games, stream shows, or follow guided programs from this machine’s 21.5-inch monitor, all for a price significantly lower than its most obvious competitor.

The Strong Series Rower starts at $2,199, with a membership of $29/month when paid monthly, or $24/month when paid annually. By contract, the Peloton Row costs $3,195 with a $44/month All-Access Membership. Without a membership, you could still use the Strong Series Rower with its Metrics Monitor as much as you want, but I found the full array of Aviron’s content to be diverting and motivating enough to gladly return to the seat almost every day. I even made it to the top 10 of my division’s leaderboard over a seven-day period. For anyone who sees the value in a high-tech rowing machine to keep them fit, but doesn’t want the inflated price or live coached workouts of Peloton, Aviron makes the ideal alternative. — Markkus Rovito

Best for coaching: Hydrow Wave

Jen McCaffery

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 102 pounds
  • Dimensions: 80 inches L x 19 inches W x 43 inches H
  • Max user weight: Up to 375 pounds
  • Screen: 16-inch touchscreen

Pros

  • Olympic-caliber coaching
  • Live competitions
  • Allows you to row on beautiful waterways around the world virtually
  • Ability to customize workouts for experience level

Cons

  • Limited connectivity to fitness trackers and smartwatches
  • Fixed screen makes some non-rowing workouts awkward

If you’re the type of exerciser who gets inspired by Olympians like Aquil Abdullah, the Hydrow Wave Rower could be the machine for you. The company was founded by Bruce Smith, the coach of the U.S. National Team and a descendant of master boat builders. Yet the experience is also quite accessible for beginning paddlers, with lots of training sessions available on how to have correct form.

Hydrow makes two rowing machines: the Hydrow Rower and the more recently released Hydrow Wave, which is described as a compact model that’s 30 percent smaller than the original. At $1,795, the Hydrow Wave also costs $600 less than the Hydrow Wave Rower.  

What first jumped out at me was that the Hydrow Wave wasn’t particularly small, which could be a benefit or a drawback. The Wave’s 16-inch touchscreen is indeed smaller than the classic model’s 22-inch one. But it’s worth noting that at 80 inches long, the Wave will still take up a good amount of space, a consideration for people living in smaller apartments. The machine does have wheels on the front that allow you to lift and roll it more easily, but at 102 pounds, it may be heavy for some. It’s also designed to be stored upright, with a stand you can also purchase from Hydrow.

You can assemble the Hydrow Wave yourself, or the company offers setup for an additional fee. The two workmen who brought it to my home got the machine up and running within about a half-hour. To take advantage of the Wave, you must purchase a monthly membership costing $44. That includes live sessions with coaches; simulated rowing sessions on inspiring waterways from around the globe, from the fjords of Norway to the Rodrigo de Freitas Lagoon in Rio de Janeiro on the full HD screen; more than 4,000 other workouts, including yoga and mobility exercises; and virtual membership in a community of other Hydrow rowers. 

A key benefit of the Hydrow Wave is the ability to fine-tune your workouts. The system allows you to pick your instructor from among a group of highly accomplished athletes; the duration of your workout, from 1 minute to 45; the type of workout, including Drive, Sweat, and Breathe modes; and your workout style, from beginner to advanced, and including instruction videos and weekly training sessions. 

You can also choose the location of your workout, from 27 states around the United States and the District of Columbia to 10 countries around the world, mostly in Europe. (It would be great to see some countries in Asia and Africa added, though). Finally, you can pick your favorite music, from Alternative/indie to Soul/Funk/Disco. While I appreciated the range, I did find some dissonance between the music in the background and trying to listen to the instructor. My favorite sessions allowed me to virtually experience a storied waterway, complete with a first-person vantage point of the shoreline, the bobbing of the boat, and the sound of water lapping.

The Hydrow Wave system also offers live classes several times a week and a leaderboard for the more competitively inclined. The system does a great job of tracking your progress in an easy-to-read profile screen that shows your streak, average rate, and how many meters you’ve rowed in the past 30 days. 

But with the emphasis on tracking numbers and progress, I was surprised to learn that Hydrow rowers don’t connect with many fitness trackers or smartwatches, though the company just announced you can now connect with an Apple Watch. They also work with Strava and the system is enabled for Bluetooth 5.0, which means you can use most Bluetooth headphones and speakers with it. And the rowers also connect with most heart monitors.  

Another quibble is that, unlike the touchscreen of the Hydrow Rower, the Hydrow Wave’s touchscreen doesn’t rotate. That made it harder for me to do the non-rowing workouts included in the package, such as yoga and Pilates. I straddled the rower or squinted to see the screen from behind the machine. But if you’re looking for first-class training from beautiful locations worldwide, the Hydrow Wave is a great option. — Jen McCaffery

Best water: Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine

MR. CAPTAIN

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 58.5 pounds
  • Dimensions: 82 x 22 x 10 inches
  • Max user weight: 320 pounds
  • Screen: Bluetooth

Pros

  • High-quality wooden design
  • Water resistance and sound lend authenticity
  • Bluetooth-compatible monitor that lets you track progress in app

Cons

  • No media streaming available 

A great workout is a priority for rowing machines, but what if you could truly feel like you’re rowing on actual water? Enter the Mr. Captain Water Rowing Machine, built like a ship with sustainable oak wood covered with an aluminum-alloy rail. It also comes with real water resistance via a water tank. To get the most out of your workout, you can set up three modes from the Bluetooth monitor: manual, interval custom, and target. Plus, features like the ergonomic seat, active recoil system, and adjustable footpads and straps provide comfort and customization for each rower. As an added bonus, you’ll have the beautiful background sound of water moving around within the shock- and oxidation-resistant tank. You might have to ask yourself: Am I in my home gym or out on the water? 

Best budget: Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine

Sunny Health & Fitness

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 60.9 pounds
  • Dimensions: 89 x 18.9 x 23.6 inches
  • Max user weight: 250 pounds
  • Screen: LCD

Pros

  • More affordable
  • Large LCD screen displays metrics
  • Bluetooth connectivity

Cons

  • Not a group exercise experience

Available for just over $200, the Sunny Health & Fitness Magnetic Rowing Machine is a steal. A strong competitor to more expensive ergometers, this rowing machine features eight levels of magnetic resistance that can be adjusted during your workout for interval training. The LCD console tracks your time, calories, distance, and more, so you can focus on your workout. Safety and comfort features include non-slip foot pedals and straps, floor stabilizers, anti-slip handlebars, and a cushioned seat. And if you’ve got multiple rowers in your household, this machine can accommodate most riders with its extra-long slide rail. 

What to consider when shopping for the best rowing machines

When shopping for the best rowing machine to add to your home fitness equipment, there are a few things to consider. To find the best fit for you, start by asking what kind of machine you want for a cardio workout at home. Ergometers are designed with one of four main types of resistance: water, magnetic, air, and air/magnet hybrid. Then consider how much space you have available. And are you on a budget? Once you better understand your workout preferences and your space limitations (or not), you’ll be off and running to find your best ergometer.

How intense do you want your workouts?

Regardless of whether you’re a beginner or an experienced rower, you’ll probably want some variation of intensity in your workout. Most rowing machines have at least eight levels of resistance, but if you really want to get your heart rate up, you might want to consider an indoor rower that features 24 levels of resistance. Additionally, lots of machines offer the option of manual or automatic, so you can customize your workout or leave it up to the pre-programmed workouts. 

How much space do you have to spare?

If you have a dedicated space for your home gym and can leave your rowing machine out, then you will have few limitations in terms of options. However, if space is at a premium, or you don’t want exercise equipment in your living room, getting a foldable ergometer is a good idea. This way, you can fold it and store it away vertically to make the best use of your space. 

What type of rowing machine do you want?

Rowing machines are generally designed with one of four different modes of resistance: air, water, magnetic, or air/magnet hybrid. So which is the best for you? While air/magnet hybrids are the priciest option, they are considered to be some of the best rowers because they are super quiet and offer a variety of training styles. Air rowers are generally the most affordable and lightweight but tend to be on the noisier side. A water rower has the most realistic rowing sensation so you can feel like you’re out on a lake, with the sound of water sloshing in the background included. Magnetic rowers are another great affordable option if you want something on the quieter side, but they don’t feel as realistic. 

Are you on a budget? 

There are lots of great rowing machines available for under $500. In this price range, you’ll find more air and magnetic indoor rowers, which have lots of pros. Cons for air rowers are that they can be quite noisy, and for magnetic rowers, they tend to feel less realistic. But If your main priority is getting a great workout, then the more affordable options will certainly get the job done.  

Will there be multiple rowers? 

Once your family members or roommates catch you rowing, there’s no doubt they’ll want in. To accommodate multiple rowers, you’ll want a rowing machine that allows you to adjust both the length and footpads and straps. Lucky for you (and your housemates), most indoor rowers are easily adjustable for a good at-home cardio workout. 

Is a Bluetooth connection important to you? 

To connect to your phone or tablet for additional workout programs, to track your heart rate or to listen to music, your rowing machine will need Bluetooth connectivity. If this is a priority for you, look for a rower that can work with your device(s). 

FAQs

Q: Are rowing machines worth it?

In short, the answer is yes, rowing machines are worth it, but that all depends on how you plan to use them. Naturally, you might assume that rowing only benefits your upper body, but an ergometer actually works most of your muscles. The total-body workout also helps increase endurance, strengthens and tones muscles, and even offers aerobic benefits for your heart and lungs. Like most workout machines, it’s best to use the rowing machine at least four times a week to see real improvement. 

Q: Can you lose belly fat on a rowing machine? 

While exercising on the rowing machine doesn’t directly target your stomach section (though your abs are worked with each stroke), the workout does burn calories and strengthens muscles, which leads to shedding fat all over. The best way to do that is consistent high-intensity workouts.

Q: Which is better, treadmills or rowing machines? 

This all depends on what you want out of your workout. If your main focus is weight loss and a lower body workout, a treadmill would be the best way to go. However, the rowing machine will be a great fit if you want full-body fitness—strengthening muscles, endurance building, and toning.

Final thoughts on the best rowing machines

The best rowing machine will provide a great low-impact cardio workout for your entire body, building endurance and strengthening muscles. When looking for the best model for you, your space limitations and how many rowers will use the machine are important considerations that will help narrow your search. If you want a realistic rowing experience, a quiet one, or a machine that can connect to your device for additional workout programs, the best ergometer is one stroke away. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best rowing machines in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-hybrid-smartwatches/ Thu, 11 Aug 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=461226
Smartwatches photo
Abby Ferguson

Get the best of both worlds with these timepieces.

The post The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Smartwatches photo
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Withings ScanWatch stylish hybrid smartwatch Withings ScanWatch
SEE IT

The Withings ScanWatch is stylish and comes with a full range of health-focused features.

Best for iPhone Skagen Jorn 38MM Gen 6 Hybrid Smartwatch Skagen Jorn Hybrid HR
SEE IT

The Skagen Jorn Hybrid is one of the most visually appealing in the space, and its e-ink display is a one-of-a-kind feature.

Best with heart rate monitor Garmin Vivomove hybrid smartwatch Garmin Vivomove HR
SEE IT

The Garmin Vivomove HR is a sporty hybrid smartwatch with a nice array of features for fitness junkies.

Hybrid smartwatches are one of the most useful pieces of wearable tech out there. The chunky bodies and digital faces of the sensor-packed Apple Watches and Fitbits of the world don’t appeal to everyone’s sensibilities. So while the biggest tech companies build watches that emphasize the tech, many brands have integrated some of the simplest, most useful smartwatch features into conventional timepieces. The average hybrid smartwatch features analog hour and minute arms, with a small screen or screens underneath to show stats like heart rate and tracked steps. For many people, the best hybrid smartwatches provide a good balance between a watch that will give you the fitness tracking and heart rate monitor you desire without looking out of place in a professional workplace.

How we chose the best hybrid smartwatches

I’ve been writing about tech for nearly a decade for publications such as PC Gamer and Input, among others, so I know how to discern between the next big thing and the next big bust. I’m also a watch enthusiast who has owned more than my fair share of smart and traditional timepieces over the years. To determine these recommendations, I consulted technical specs and tests conducted by experts and consumer reviews to find the best hybrid smartwatches for all kinds of people.

The best hybrid smartwatches: Reviews & Recommendations

If you’d like a little help jumpstarting your search, we’ve selected the best hybrid smartwatches for all kinds of users. Whether you want to shell out a bundle for a high-end watch with all the bells and whistles or buy a cheaper model with just the essentials, we have you covered.

Best overall: Withings ScanWatch

Withings

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 38mm or 42mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes, with oxygen levels
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes, with altimeter
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 30 days

Pros

  • Great feature set
  • Water resistance
  • Comes in multiple sizes

Cons

  • A little expensive

French health tech manufacturer Withings specializes in devices that monitor your body, including smart scales, thermometers, and blood pressure monitors. Their flagship watch, the ScanWatch, integrates deep health-tracking functionality into a simple, elegant hybrid timepiece. Going beyond basic step and heart rate tracking, it features an altimeter to track vertical movements, such as climbing stairs, and a pulse oximeter for blood oxygen (SpO2) tracking. Its 30-day battery life makes it one of the longest-lasting watches. It’s also waterproof and certified for up to 50 meters (or 5 atmospheres) of water pressure. 

It also provides lots of room for you to pick a watch that fits your style. It comes in two sizes, and Withings offers more colors and styles than many competitors. In plain black with metal hardware, it’s a simple and elegant everyday accessory. All of that function pushes the ScanWatch’s price higher than many of our other picks, but it offers a strong blend of style and tech substance.

Best for iPhone: Skagen Jorn Hybrid HR

Skagen

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 38mm or 42mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: “Water Resistant”
  • Battery life: 14 days+

Pros

  • Multiple size options
  • Stylish design
  • Decent features

Cons

  • E-ink display may not appeal to everyone
  • Interface can be confusing

Skagen is known for their fashion watches, and the Jorn brings a very appealing “Bauhaus”-like sensibility—a cleanly geometric German retro-modern aesthetic—to the hybrid smartwatch market. Its signature feature is a sharp e-ink display, akin to what you’d find in an Amazon Kindle Paperwhite or the classic Pebble Watch. It shows your steps, heart rate, and other stats with chronograph-like icons that perfectly match the watch’s look. The unique design and controls aren’t as intuitive as other watches, but it’s a small price to pay for such attention to detail.

If you’re a fan of buttons, the Jorn has three for you to play with rather than the traditional “hold/tap” design of the Apple Watch, and its app integration and customizability have received high marks from reviewers. As a whole, the Skagen Jorn is a strong hybrid smartwatch for those who care more about the watch and its aesthetics than smart features. However, it works very well for what it is.

Best heart rate monitor: Garmin Vivomove HR

Garmin

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 40mm, 43mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes, with oxygen levels
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 5 days (smart mode), 14+ days (watch only)

Pros

  • Good fitness features
  • Many color options
  • Easy to read

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Short battery life for smart mode

Though it is not specifically a “fitness watch,” the Garmin Vivomove HR delivers more fitness-driven features than most hybrid smartwatches, making it a notable choice for people who specifically want one to monitor their heart discreetly. It has dedicated stress tracking and relaxation timers so you can track your vitals in any situation, as well as SpO2 tracking. It falters a bit on battery life compared to other hybrids, especially when you use the smart features, though.

The design of its face is a bit simple compared to our other picks, and it’s less customizable than most, but it does have that true “Bauhaus” look. While it comes in multiple sizes and many colors, we found that many styles and colors are much harder to come by in the 40mm “small/medium” size. If you’re a fitness enthusiast, the Vivomove has the edge over competitors thanks to its stress monitor and relaxation timers. But its high price limits its appeal compared to other watches in the space.

Best for small wrists: Fossil Women’s Monroe Hybrid

Fossil

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 38mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: 30m
  • Battery life: 14+ days

Pros

  • Fits any wrist
  • The feminine silhouette isn’t common among smartwatches
  • Competitive feature-set

Cons

  • No signature feature

Look, there’s no delicate way to put this: The overwhelming majority of smartwatches out there feature masculine (or at least masculine-leaning) designs. Hybrid watches, in particular, are often based on larger “men’s” watches. If you’re looking for something feminine rather than simply picking a smaller case size, Fossil’s Monroe is definitely the way to go. The mid-sized 38mm case will fit almost any wrist, unlike the 42mm (or even bigger) smartwatches out there.

It doesn’t skimp on the features either, with notification support, activity tracking, a heart rate monitor, and more. The only real downside to this hybrid smartwatch is that it lacks a unique tech-driven feature. The Monroe is purely a style play, but since feminine hybrid watches are fairly rare, that is a signature feature unto itself.

Best for adventures: Garmin Instinct Crossover Solar

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Size: 38mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes
  • Water resistance: 30m
  • Battery life: 70 days in smartwatch mode, 31 hours in GPS mode

Pros

  • Advanced performance metrics
  • Superb battery life with solar charging
  • Navigation tools
  • Luminescent analog watch hands

Cons

  • Watch hands break up the screen

Most hybrid smartwatches tend toward the watch spectrum’s fashion end. They may offer some health tracking features but aren’t built to withstand adventures. The Garmin Instinct Crossover, however, offers robust fitness watch features in a hybrid body, making it a fantastic hiking watch or companion for the adventurous soul. As the name suggests, the Instinct Crossover Solar has much in common with the Instinct Solar. It’s a rugged watch—water-rated to 10 ATM and thermal- and shock-resistant—so you don’t need to worry when you’re out in the mountains or swimming in the ocean.

The Instinct Crossover Solar offers Garmin’s full suite of fitness features, including VO2 Max measurement, workout suggestions, training tools and metrics, and an expansive list of activities to track. And it provides impressive battery life with plenty of customization to get the right balance for your life. The battery life is unlimited if you put the watch in battery saver mode and get at least 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions. With GPS mode, you can get up to 31 hours with solar or up to 553 hours in Max Battery GPS Mode with solar.

The display of the watch is a monochrome, transflective memory-in-pixel design that is easily visible in sunlight. On top of the display sit the luminescent analog watch hands, making it easy to see even at night. And it utilizes RevoDrive technology to keep the time accurate no matter what. It’s an impressive balance of analog functionality with full smartwatch and fitness watch features.

Best budget: Withings Steel HR

Withings

SEE IT

Buy it used or refurbished: eBay

Specs

  • Size: 36mm, 40mm
  • Heart monitor: Yes
  • Sleep tracking: Yes
  • Activity tracking: Yes, with multi-sport support
  • Water resistance: 50m
  • Battery life: 25 days

Pros

  • Competitive price
  • Visually appealing
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Some may prefer a larger case size
  • Older model

The Withings Steel HR is an older, simpler hybrid smartwatch, but one that still holds up. For less than $200, the Steel HR offers only slightly less functionality than our top pick for $100 less. More importantly, the Steel is rated for 50m of water resistance, which means you can take it in the pool or the ocean without worrying about it. It offers great battery life—25 days—and features multi-sport tracking to record more accurate activity-specific health data.

Though many of the watches on this list feature a minimalist style, the Steel features what may be the simplest look. I quite like its two-dial configuration. However, with a 40mm case, it’s smaller than most of the picks on our list and may not be a great fit for people with very large wrists.

Things to consider before buying a hybrid smartwatch

Picking a hybrid smartwatch over a conventional smartwatch or fitness tracker is, more often than not, rooted in taste. You want some smart features, but not at the expense of how a classic wristwatch looks and feels on your wrist. In keeping with that, most hybrid smartwatches have a relatively standardized set of smart features, including step tracking, sleep tracking, and more. Some features, like surfacing notifications from your phone, aren’t on every model, though, so it does pay to think about how “smart” you want your watch to be.

It’s all about the features

Though hybrid smartwatches don’t vary as much in feature set and price range as other tech, like Apple watches or their alternatives, you should remember that they aren’t all identical. Most hybrid smartwatches offer some degree of fitness tracking, sleep tracking, and water resistance. Certain features—like GPS integration, altimeters, blood oxygen (SpO2) tracking, and 100-meter water resistance—tend to be reserved for more expensive models. 

High-end hybrids also tend to have better battery life, though even the least expensive of the bunch last longer than more tech-forward smartwatches like the Apple Watch Series 8 and Samsung Galaxy Watch5. The average battery life of a hybrid smartwatch is around two weeks, though some go as high as 25 to 30 days without a charge.

Aesthetics are everything

There are two main reasons to buy a hybrid smartwatch: less frequent charging and sheer aesthetics. As a watch enthusiast, I strongly prefer the round face and analog movement of a hybrid over the blocky silhouette of a Fitbit. As such, you should really consider the look and feel of the hybrid you want before you buy it. 

You should also measure your wrist before making any purchase. Most hybrid watches have a case diameter of 42mm, which is quite large on those of us with smaller wrists. If you have a wrist size of 6.5 inches or less, you will probably want to invest in a smaller 38mm model instead.

FAQs

Q: Can I buy refurbished smartwatches?

Absolutely, many of our recommended hybrid smartwatches can be purchased refurbished from Amazon, eBay, or other resellers for a reduced price. For example, you can buy a refurbished Garmin Vivomove for less than $100 right now. We’ve added a link to at least one used purchasing option for each watch on this list.

Q: Can I use a hybrid smartwatch without a phone?

Hybrid smartwatches can tell time perfectly fine without syncing to a smartphone, as they are watches first and foremost. Their smart features—heart rate monitoring, step tracking, and so on—require one, though.

Q: How do I charge a hybrid watch?

Most hybrid smartwatches charge via magnetic USB cables that you plug into a wall, similar to traditional smartwatch chargers.

Q: Can I text on a hybrid smartwatch?

Many hybrid smartwatches either display your texts or at least show you a notification when you receive one on your phone. Most, however, do not allow you to respond. If texting via your watch is a priority, you should consider buying an Apple or Android Wear watch.

Final thoughts on the best hybrid smartwatches

As with many products out there, these hybrid smartwatches ultimately have quite a lot in common with each other. Still, the devil is in the details. If you’re looking for top-of-the-line features, you may decide to go for a more traditional smartwatch instead. However, if aesthetics are what you’re looking for, all of these watches will have you well-covered. Besides, who wants to charge their watch every day, anyway?

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best hybrid smartwatches of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Animals given taurine supplements in ‘groundbreaking’ study had longer lifespans https://www.popsci.com/health/taurine-supplements-longer-lives/ Thu, 08 Jun 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=547126
Mice lived longer lives when given the supplement taurine.
Depositphotos

If you give a mouse a taurine, it lives longer. Jury’s still out on humans.

The post Animals given taurine supplements in ‘groundbreaking’ study had longer lifespans appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Mice lived longer lives when given the supplement taurine.
Depositphotos

Taurine, the energy-boosting compound in some caffeinated beverages, may help you reach your golden years—if you’re a critter, anyway. A new animal study published today in Science claims that taurine supplements extended the lifespan of worms, mice, and primates. While the anti-aging effects of taurine were not directly studied in humans, the findings suggest it is worth investigating.

“Taurine made animals live healthier and longer lives by affecting all the major hallmarks of aging,” says senior study author Vijay Yadav, an assistant professor of genetics who investigates the biology of aging at Columbia University. In several species studied, the researchers discovered that taurine stops the aging process on a cellular level. The compound prevented telomeres—DNA sequences that cap the end of chromosomes—from shortening, halting a biological process that triggers aging. Taurine supplements also reduced DNA damage in old animals while improving the ability of aging cells to detect nutrients, maintain protein function, and prevent disruptions to mitochondria.

But don’t go guzzling energy drinks to top up taurine levels just yet. Yadav cautions that, without a clinical trial on humans, he and his colleagues cannot definitively say that taking taurine will guarantee a long life. Energy drinks and similar products also carry high amounts of caffeine plus other compounds. He doesn’t recommend drinking them to boost your taurine levels.

One chemical, many functions

Taurine has intrigued the scientific community since its discovery 200 years ago in ox bile. It plays a hand in multiple life-sustaining functions, such as supporting heart health, metabolism, and promoting the growth of new brain cells. Previous research has linked taurine deficiency to deteriorating eyesight, increased inflammation in the brain, and skeletal problems—all issues seen in age-associated disorders. What’s more, taurine, which has neuroprotective effects against toxicity, is found in low amounts for people with neurodegenerative conditions.

Levels of taurine decrease naturally as humans age. The current study looked at whether taurine is an active contributor to the aging process or is just an effect of aging. When the authors gave supplements to middle-aged mice with low taurine levels, they found all mice lived 10 to 12 percent longer than those not given the compound. The effect of taurine supplements on longevity was greater in female versus male mice, suggesting possible sex-specific pathways.

[Related: The three types of supplements you should never buy]

Mice given taurine had signs of improved health, compared to the control group, which could explain the longer lifespan. Rodents who consumed taurine (at 500 and 1,000 milligrams per kilogram of body weight, once a day for 10 to 12 months) were leaner and more energetic. The authors note the decreased weight may be because taurine-treated mice use more energy and consume more oxygen, which jumpstarts the metabolic process to burn fat. Bone density also improved, as did muscle strength, memory, and their immune systems; depression, anxious behavior, and insulin resistance were reduced.

“This research clarified the biological functions and usefulness of taurine through a detailed study,” says Shigeru Murakami, a professor of biotechnology at Fukui Prefectural University in Japan who researches taurine. He was not involved in the current study, which he calls “groundbreaking.” Murakami adds: “The result that taurine extends life span in several species is particularly interesting, [making it] a hopeful compound for a healthy old age.”

To study the breadth of taurine’s effects, the researchers expanded their investigation to include worms, who also experience low taurine levels as they age. Like mice, taurine significantly extended the lifespan of worms by 10 to 23 percent, compared to untreated worms. 

When primates take taurine

The team then turned to one of human’s closest living relatives, rhesus monkeys, to model how taurine would affect aging in humans. When 15-year-old monkeys—the equivalent of age 45 to 50 for humans—were given taurine once a day for six months, they gained less weight and their bone density increased in the spine and legs. Taurine also reduced liver damage, improved blood sugar levels, and strengthened their immune systems.

“These studies in several species show that taurine abundance declines with age and the reversal of this decline makes animals live longer and healthier lives. At the end of the day, the findings should be relevant to humans,” explains Yadav.

In an article in Science accompanying the study, biologists Joseph McGaunn and Joseph Baur from the University of Pennsylvania School of Medicine note that a clinical trial is necessary to determine whether taurine supplements improve human health, and whether they are safe to take. The dosages used in the animal studies were too high to be safe in humans, McGaunn and Baur wrote.

[Related: FYI: How much caffeine would it take to kill you?]

Yet in a press conference on Tuesday, the study authors said the equivalent test dosage in humans would be about three to six grams per day. Study coauthor Henning Wackerhage, a professor of exercise biology at the Technical University of Munich, noted that reports from the European Food Safety Authority indicate some children have ingested up to six grams of taurine from energy drinks per day without health risks. “This suggests you can achieve an effective dose in humans, and is a good starting point for [future] human intervention.”

While the authors did not conduct a clinical trial of taurine supplements, they did study the relationship of taurine metabolite levels in the blood of 11,966 people while measuring the subjects’ overall health. Low taurine levels were associated with obesity, diabetes, and inflammation. Meanwhile, a higher taurine level was linked to less abdominal obesity and a lower risk for type 2 diabetes. 

Because taurine levels decline with age, humans may need to turn to other taurine-rich sources. Diet and exercise are two good ways to increase them, according to the authors. Animal-based foods such as fish and meat are high in taurine. Fitness levels may influence taurine, too. In another set of data, the authors had athletes and sedentary people ride bikes to the point of exhaustion. Blood samples taken after the workouts showed a 1.36-fold increase in taurine levels in all individuals, with athletes having slightly more taurine in their systems. The results suggest boosting taurine production could be one reason behind exercise’s anti-aging effects.

The post Animals given taurine supplements in ‘groundbreaking’ study had longer lifespans appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Up your summer fitness with $200 off select Garmin smartwatches https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-smartwatch-sale/ Thu, 08 Jun 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=546970
A selection of Garmin smartwatches and devices on a white background
Abby Ferguson

You can update or upgrade with new software and savings on the Garmin Forerunner, epix, Instinct, Approach, and more.

The post Up your summer fitness with $200 off select Garmin smartwatches appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A selection of Garmin smartwatches and devices on a white background
Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin has been at the top of the fitness watch game for some time, making a range of smartwatches for beginners and pro-level athletes alike. Though each line of watches is tailored to a specific event—such as running, golf, flying, or diving—they can essentially do it all for the multisport enthusiasts and endurance athletes out there. Right now, Garmin is running sales on many of its smartwatches. That includes many editions from the Forerunner line, which was the world’s first GPS running watch and is celebrating its 20th birthday this year. These watches are a great way to take your training to the next level, perfect as we head into summer (weather and wildfires permitting).

Garmin Forerunner 945 $399.99 (was $499.99)

Garmin

SEE IT

The Garmin Forerunner 945 has come a long way since the original Forerunner 201 was released in 2003. This advanced running watch provides the ability to sync music directly to the watch to keep you entertained on your runs. It offers 10 hours of battery life in GPS mode with music or up to two weeks in smartwatch mode. You’ll also have access to full-color onboard maps, a handful of safety and tracking features, and Garmin’s full suite of performance metrics and training insights. It’s not the latest version of the Forerunner, but it is still well worth purchasing.

Garmin fēnix 7 – Sapphire Solar Edition $699.99 (was $899.99)

Garmin

SEE IT

Garmin recently announced a Pro version of the adventure-focused fēnix 7, but the fēnix 7 is still a fantastic choice and more than enough watch for most people. This version offers the tougher Sapphire glass, so you won’t have to worry about scratches as much. And it provides solar charging, which promised 22 days of battery life in smartwatch mode when it gets access to enough sun. As with most Garmin watches, it features an accurate heart rate monitor and GPS, along with a long list of data collection and fitness tracking features.

Even more Garmin watches on sale:

More Garmin products on sale:

Garmin software updates

On top of running sales on many of its watches, Garmin has also announced a software update for the Enduro 2, epix (Gen 2), fēnix 7 series, Forerunner series, Instinct 2 series, and MARQ (Gen 2) watches. This update will include the addition of wrist-based running dynamics such as cadence, stride length, ground contact time, and more. These metrics will be measured right from the wrist, so you won’t need to purchase additional accessories if you are interested in that information.

The free software update also provides a Load Ratio to help you stay in shape and acclimation improvements to assist with altitude acclimation. Garmin also added an obstacle racing activity to keep track of your run time, the number of obstacles, heart rate, and more during obstacle course events. It will also record split times between running and obstacle sections during races. Finally, Targeted Adaptive Coaching for Cycling is now available. This will provide a week of daily suggested cycling workouts directly on the watch, which adapt to your performance and upcoming events that you add to your Gamin Connect calendar.

These updates have already started to roll out to compatible devices. You can update your new smartwatch by turning on automatic updates and syncing with Garmin Connect or by using Garmin Express. Don’t let these prices pass you by (but if they do, it’s probably because they have been training with a Garmin watch)!

The post Up your summer fitness with $200 off select Garmin smartwatches appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
What science says about popular pre-workout ingredients https://www.popsci.com/health/pre-workout-ingredients/ Tue, 06 Jun 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=545897
Two people in workout clothes putting food and supplements into a blender to make their own pre-workout
If you don't trust the label on your pre-workout, make your own. Julia Bernhard

The good, the meh, and the uh-oh in common fitness supplements.

The post What science says about popular pre-workout ingredients appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two people in workout clothes putting food and supplements into a blender to make their own pre-workout
If you don't trust the label on your pre-workout, make your own. Julia Bernhard

DO YOU HAVE a big tub of pre-workout powder sitting close by? Look at the label. How many ingredients do you recognize?

Protein used to be the “it factor” in fitness supplements. But these products, sometimes called “pre-workouts,” have tweaked their recipes in the past decade. “One new trend is the increasing caffeine content,” says Andrew Jagim, director of sports medicine research at Mayo Clinic Health System in Wisconsin. In 2019, he and two other experts analyzed the chemical contents of 100 widely available pre-workout powders, vitamin supplements, and drinks to understand how consuming them might affect the average exercising adult. While the breakdown hasn’t changed much in the past four years, Jagim thinks some labels are more transparent now. “Historically, companies have listed their ingredients as proprietary blends,” he explains. “From the consumer’s perspective, they didn’t know how much of the ingredients they were getting.”

In general, Jagim says it’s safe to take one serving of a pre-workout before hitting the gym. The bigger question is whether the supplements really up your stamina, strength, and total fitness game. Let’s take a look at some of the helpers.

Beta-alanine

This protein builder counters muscle fatigue and soreness, letting you exercise harder and longer. But you have to take the right amount to feel the effect. In their study, Jagim and his team found that most pre-workouts contain around 2 grams of beta-alanine per serving—half of the recommended daily dose for adults. 

One word of caution: Ingesting more than 4 grams, or even 2 to 3 grams for some people, of beta-alanine at a time could lead to a tingling effect known as paraesthesia. There have even been reports of gastrointestinal distress, dizziness, and symptoms similar to anxiety after taking it on an empty stomach. Taking a lower dose, splitting it throughout the day, or consuming a different form (like a pill instead of powder) might ease any bad reactions. 

Caffeine

As any coffee or Red Bull fiend knows, caffeine gets you into a hyperexcited state by raising your heart rate, respiration, and blood flow. In other words, it warms up your body before you pop a single jump squat. It also fuels you throughout your workout, metabolizing slowly as your blood moves from the digestive organs to the central nervous system and muscles. Caffeine’s energizing effects are mainly caused by its interactions with the nervous system. They’re strongest 30 to 60 minutes after consumption and subside after another hour or two.

Most pre-workouts contain 250 to 300 milligrams of caffeine—equivalent to one to two cups of coffee. That falls under the daily 400- to 600-milligram limit recommended by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA). But if you’re getting the same stimulant from other sources—energy drinks, soda, lattes with extra espresso shots—you might go overboard. “If you have anxiety or underlying heart problems, it can complicate issues,” Jagim says. He also cautions against giving highly caffeinated pre-workouts, or any caffeine, to kids younger than 16, and against taking them in the evening in case they make it harder to fall asleep.

Creatine

This coveted ingredient contains three nonessential amino acids that are naturally found in the human body, fish, and red meat. A main fuel source for muscles, creatine has all kinds of positive health effects, many of which have been well studied, Jagim says. For starters, it helps prevent muscle cramps, repairs torn tissue, and builds mass after intense interval training and heavy lifting. 

Many pre-workout products fall short of athletes’ creatine needs. On average, Jagim and his team measured 2.1 grams of the muscle-making additive, compared to the minimum of 3 grams recommended per day through diet and supplements. So what else is in these mixes?

Dimethylamylamine

A chemical that’s probably not listed on your pre-workout could be in it anyway. Dimethylamylamine (DMAA) is like a supercharged version of caffeine: It comes from amphetamines, a potent class of drugs that can be misused and result in addiction. The stimulant was often added to fitness supplements until the FDA classified it as a controlled substance in 2013. But some companies still slip in small amounts to get an edge over competitors, Jagim says. You shouldn’t be afraid of accidental “doping”—reports of bad DMAA side effects from pre-workouts are rare. Just avoid products on the FDA’s warning list for health violations.

If you’re still worried about what’s in your pre-workout and how it will affect you, look up the ingredients on a website reviewed by medical experts like examine.com, read the supplement fact label, and check if the item has a third-party certification seal. Or follow Jagim’s DIY approach and mix together three to four items (creatine powder, Greek yogurt, soy protein, or even cold brew) that fit your body’s needs. A store-bought supplement will probably do more good than harm, but in the end, you might spend more than it’s worth.

Read more in the Workout 360 series: the best basic routine, the muscles you forgot, and post-workout soreness. Or check out these other PopSci+ stories.

The post What science says about popular pre-workout ingredients appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-gift-guide-for-grads-outdoor-gifts/ Tue, 25 May 2021 15:59:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=366540
A lineup of the best grad gifts for those who love the outdoors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We’ve compiled a gift guide for grads who can’t wait to get off campus and lose themselves (figuratively) in the great outdoors.

The post A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of the best grad gifts for those who love the outdoors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for campers Graduation gift guide with the best camping hammock Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock
SEE IT

A durable option that doesn’t hurt the bank.

Best for hikers Two pair of socks in a grey color with written letters under them. Smartwool Hiking Crew Socks
SEE IT

These socks are made of Merino wool, which will keep your feet warm and dry.

Best solar generator Best Solar Generators Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300
SEE IT

Power small appliances while camping.

It feels safe to assume that—after spending the better part of many years cooped up inside classrooms, libraries, cafeterias, and/or dorm rooms—any grad is ready for a change of scenery, especially grads who love the actual outdoors. Once all their schoolwork is done, grades have been entered, and degrees are in hand, these grads will surely feel it’s time some exploits braving the elements, and you can help by giving graduation gifts for outdoor lovers that travel well. Wherever their love for the outdoors takes them, we have you covered with the best graduation gift guide for well-accessorized adventurers.

Best for campers: Wise Owl Outfitters Hammock  

Wise Owl Outfitters

SEE IT

If your favorite grad is equipped with just about everything they need to make it through a backcountry trip, get them camping gifts to introduce even more relaxation and fun to their next outdoor escape. A camping hammock is a perfect way to sit back, take a nap, read a book, or drink a calming beverage outdoors. This is the best hammock from Wise Owl and weighs under 2 pounds, including the hanging straps, so it’s perfect for campers who prioritize portability. When packed down, it’s about the size of a grapefruit, so your grad should be able to easily carry it with them or keep it stashed away in their car. Each hammock comes with tree straps and carabiners for easy setup, with no need for any additional equipment. It comes in over 10 colors so that you can choose their favorite. It’s 9 feet long and 4.5 feet wide, with a 400-pound weight limit, which should be suitable for just about any user. You can even grab a two-person hammock (weighing only 5 ounces more) if they tend to go camping with a partner or friend.

Best for grad parties in the backyard or backcountry: Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3

Brandt Ranj

SEE IT

No graduation gift guide would be complete without some great speakers. If your recent grad is always on the go—heading out for day hikes, camping trips, beach hangouts, long bike rides, and more—you can’t go wrong gifting them a portable Bluetooth speaker. No matter where they are or what they are doing, a smartphone and a compact speaker will provide the perfect soundtrack for any outdoor activity. The Ultimate Ears WONDERBOOM 3 is an excellent option, weighing under 1 pound and equipped with a flexible handle that can easily attach to a backpack, bike basket, or belt loop. It’s only 4 inches tall, but the small, compact design doesn’t mean you sacrifice anything when it comes to sound. The portable speaker can reach up to 87 decibels (equivalent to standing next to a loud blender or vacuum) and produces full 360-degree sound coverage. This powerful Bluetooth speaker can also withstand the elements and is one of our favorite waterproof speakers for a good reason; it has an IP67 rating, which means it can survive being dropped into a body of water up to a meter deep for half an hour, plus it’s dirt/dust-resistant. In addition, the battery lasts a full 13 hours, so your grad can jam outside all day long. And, if they want to be a party-goer and a party-thrower, you can up the energy with a portable party speaker.

Best for hikers: Smartwool Hiking Crew Socks  

Smartwool

SEE IT

A hiker is only as good as their socks are strong, so give a grad who loves to ramble amongst the rocks a pair that will last. While socks may seem like a simple gift, a quality pair or two is one of those hiking gifts that can go a long way. You’ll be taking care of an essential need any avid hiker has and investing in their overall outdoor experiences. Take it from us: nothing ruins a hike faster than angry blisters and constant friction. Smartwool hiking socks come in various colors and sizes, both men’s and women’s. From a tried and true brand, these socks are designed for rugged day hikes and moderate backpacking. An elasticized arch brace provides extra support, medium cushioning absorbs impact, and a flat-toe seam keeps things comfortable. Made from Merino wool and nylon, these socks will keep their feet warm even during cold winter hikes. If your loved one likes to embark on a variety of adventures, you can check out Smartwool’s other socks specifically designed for activities like running, cycling, skiing, and more. There’s a reason we listed them as our favorite wool socks.

Best for interval training to interviews: Garmin epix Pro and Garmin fēnix 7 Pro

Garmin

SEE IT

Whether your grad is thinking more about the backcountry or the boardroom, they could use a smartwatch that helps them get where they need to be when they need to be there. And when it comes to multi-band GPS smartwatches, Garmin makes the best adventure accessories out there. Endurance athletes to purposeful wanderers can benefit from the rugged, sensor-embedded case, metrics-rich displays, and accurate navigation resources found in Garmin’s newest Pro editions of the company’s multisport timepieces—available in multiple sizes and colors with different types of scratch-resistant/solar-charging glass.

Best for your grad’s new apartment: Fuzzy Ink Wilderness Print

Fuzzy Ink

SEE IT

The perfect grad gifts for outdoor lovers aren’t always the ones they’ll bring on their adventures—they can be ones they’ll appreciate before and after an excursion. A woodsy print or poster is a great present for a graduate who needs a little help decorating their new apartment. At this point, they might have all the gear they need, but what they probably don’t have are elegant pieces that express their personality but also provide a sense of maturity for an adult abode. This print from Fuzzy Ink is an artistic way for your grad to stay inspired. It measures 18 inches by 24 inches and is printed on coated paper with a matte finish, so they won’t have any trouble finding a great spot to display it. This print quietly depicts the beauty and awe that many outdoor enthusiasts find so mesmerizing about being in nature. From the crackling campfire to the expansive display of fir trees, this piece will surely bring joy to a grad who longs to roam around the forest.

Best for outdoor athletes: CamelBak Octane Dart Hydration Pack

CamelBak

SEE IT

Any outdoor lover knows how important it is to stay hydrated. Whether hiking, cycling, or running, drinking water is key to preventing heat stroke, dehydration, fatigue, and other issues. Of course, a water bottle is the first thing we think of when it comes to H2O on the go; however, bottles can be bulky and cumbersome. So, if you want to get your grad a great outdoor gift that prioritizes function and efficiency, we recommend a CamelBak Hydration Pack. This multisport hydration backpack can hold 50 ounces of water and easily straps to your back with a long drinking tube and trap management to make hydrating hands-free. All they need to do is bite down and suck to get as much water as necessary—no need to stop during a long run or bike ride to grab a water bottle. The 3D vent mesh provides lightweight comfort and airflow, while front harness pockets can hold snacks, sunscreen, and other essentials. Reflectivity strips are added for extra safety during early morning or nighttime exercise. Your grad will be able to get a run in anytime, anywhere, and stay hydrated all the while. If you’re looking for more options, consider our list of the best hydration packs.

Best personalized gift: Engraved Compass

Etsy

SEE IT

A personalized gift is always a good idea, especially when you’re celebrating a significant achievement. Giving a gift designed specifically for them—something special that only they will have—will let your grad know how much you care for and support them. If you want to give a personalized gift suited for the outdoors, check out these engraved compasses. You can choose from existing mountainscapes or upload your own favorite photos and illustrations to be perfectly recreated on the compass’s cover. Practically any part of the compass can include etching, so you won’t have to choose between a picture or a message. You can even ask for your own handwriting to be impressed on the metal so your graduate can take a piece of you with them no matter where they travel.

A useful graduation gift for the outdoors: Victorinox Swiss Army One-Hand Trekker Knife

Victorinox

SEE IT

Outdoor enthusiasts know that it’s essential to prioritize gear that is lightweight, portable, and multipurpose. You will rarely find a seasoned camper lugging around a toolbox, though the need for various utensils and instruments is frequent. From quick repairs to food preparation, a survival tool or multipurpose knife is a helpful gift for anyone who spends a lot of time outside (they can also be pretty practical for indoor use). A Swiss Army knife is practical, classic, and cool. A household name when it comes to compact knives, the Trekker lives up to the hype. Its attached tools include a wood saw, large blade, 3-millimeter and 5-millimeter screwdrivers, wire stripper, can opener, tweezers, toothpick, and more. It’s one of those camping gifts that offer pretty much everything you need to make it through the trek without any issues. A knife like this is a thoughtful graduation gift that they are guaranteed to use for years to come.

Best thoughtful: Paddywax Candles Parks Collection

Paddywax Candles

SEE IT

A candle is a fantastic gift for any graduate, signifying new beginnings and ordaining their adult apartment, or childhood bedroom, with sophisticated, balanced scents to keep them calm as they figure out their next steps. We’re a fan of scented gifts in general. But if your recent grad pines for the outdoors but doesn’t have time to travel just yet, a candle that brings nature to them is even more highly recommended. Paddywax has created a National Park Service-inspired collection that features the complex aromas of our country’s natural wonders. “Yellowstone” has hints of sagebrush and fir, the “Great Smoky Mountains” features Maplewood and moss, “Acadia” has seagrass and driftwood, while the “Grand Canyon” smells like cactus flowers and fern. Each candle is 11 ounces and has a burn time between 50 and 60 hours. When they’ve used up every drop of wax the candle has to offer, grads can upcycle the jars and repurpose them as plant pots, beauty tool holders, catch-alls, and more. Best of all, Paddywax donates a minimum of $25,000 per year to the National Parks Foundation, so your gift will not only go to your graduate but support the beautiful natural landmarks they love so much.

Best for day trips: YETI Packable Lunch Bag

YETI

SEE IT

There is only one thing better than a day outdoors, and that is a day outdoors with snacks. Whether they plan on packing a lunch for a mountaintop picnic or bringing a few celebratory drinks to a grad party on the beach, beverages, and munchies are a must-have for your graduate’s next outside hang. A cooler is the best way to keep their tasty treats fresh all day long, so they never have to worry about their food heating up in the sun while they hike or swim. This YETI lunch bag is the perfect gift for grads to take food outside or pack a tasty lunch for their new job. Available in two sizes, a standard box or larger bag, and a variety of colorways, this pack uses Coldcell Flex insulation” technology and a “thermosnap” closure to keep food at the correct temperature, hot or cold. The adjustable grid means you can set the size by simply closing the top hook into any one of the available hoops. That way, the lunch bag can easily fit under a desk or be stuffed with snacks and drinks using all of its available 15.75 inches. This bag will pair well with just about any outdoor excursion, so your grad will be able to pack all the necessities and then some.

Best wearable: Outdoor Life Tee

540Brands

SEE IT

If you want to get sweet, versatile graduation gifts guaranteed to make them smile, go with cute graphic tees like this one from Outdoor Life. Available in both men’s and women’s sizes, the “Go Play Outside” slogan is a fun way for you to tell everyone you see where your priorities lie. Made from 100-percent cotton and available in five colorways, this T-shirt will complement any hunter, angler, hiker, camper, surfer, sailor—just about any outdoor enthusiast you could think of. The soft material makes these tees particularly great for lounging around a campfire, though we recommend sizing up for maximum coziness—your grad will thank you.

Best for dirty hiking clothes: STNKY Bag Pro Wash Bag

STNKY

SEE IT

STNKY’s Bag Pro Wash Bag is the simple gift our adventurous grad didn’t know they needed. The zip-up laundry bag can hold all of their dirty clothes during multi-day camping and hiking trips to prevent unwanted odors and bacteria from getting onto their clean ones. When it’s time to wash their clothes, the STNKY bag can be unzipped and turned inside out, at which point the clothes will fall into the washing machine without being touched. The bag itself is also machine washable, which is a nice bonus. Anyone who struggles to stay organized and sanitary during their next outdoor trip will love this gift.

Best portable firepit: Colsen Tabletop Portable Fire Pit

Colsen

SEE IT

Sometimes setting up a big outdoor fire pit isn’t feasible or reasonable, but that doesn’t mean giving up s’mores for the night. Colsen’s Tabletop Portable Fire Pit runs on the company’s odorless liquid fuel, can be set up and ignited within a few minutes, and produces flame up to one foot tall for roughly 45 minutes. This is the ideal gift for someone who’s into glamping or wants a fire pit they can use indoors and out at any point during the year. The fact that you don’t need firewood to ignite it is particularly important because rainy weather can make dry fuel hard to find. And if you happen to have a grad living somewhere with a sizeable backyard/patio, you can give them a tasteful taste of the campfire life at home with a Solo Stove Bonfire firepit.

Best firestarter: Pull Start Firestarter

Pull Start Fire

SEE IT

On the other hand, if you’re shopping for someone who spends days upon days out in the woods, they’re going to need Pull Start Firestarter. The fire starter is literally ignited by pulling a string built into its small box. Smoke will begin to billow from the box, indicating that the fire starter will be fully ignited within three seconds. It lasts up to 30 minutes once fully ignited. Beyond the convenience of not having to strike a match, keeping a pack of these around can be helpful during an emergency. It’s very difficult to light wet wood with a match, but prolonged exposure to a fire starter can do the trick. Whether they’re trying to save time or their own life, your grad will appreciate having a three-pack of Pull Start Firestarter in their pack.

Best hard cooler: RTIC Ultra-Light 55 Quart Hard Cooler

RTIC

SEE IT

No campsite or boat is complete without a cooler that can reliably keep foods and beverages cold for hours—or days—at a time. If you’re shopping for a grad who’s planning a big summer trip, there’s a good chance Ultra-Light 55 Quart Hard Cooler is the perfect gift. The high-capacity cooler has three inches of insulation to maintain a consistent temperature inside, but it was engineered to be nearly a third lighter than the competition. This means it’ll be easier to carry when filled with ice, food, and dozens of cans. A cooler is one of the few gifts that may actually last your grad a lifetime, so it’s important to make the right choice. If you know they tend to pack extra light, RTIC also offers a 32-Quart model of this same cooler. Want more options? Check out more of the best coolers for camping.

Best for post-trail drinks: Hydro Flask 25 oz Ceramic Reusable Wine Bottle

Hydro Flask

SEE IT

Enjoying a bottle of wine on a mountain sounds like a dream—but wine bottles and hiking don’t exactly mix. Give your grad the gift of sneaky boozing with this ceramic reusable wine bottle from Hydro Flask, which fits one 750 mL bottle of wine. It’s dishwasher-safe for easy cleaning and BPA-free for peace of mind. TempShield double-wall vacuum insulation keeps whites chilled and reds at room temp, and a ceramic-lined interior prevents flavor transfer. Although it’s advertised for wine, we think it’s also perfect for any spirit: Our favorite nature-inspired aqua vitae is Tin Cup Whiskey, cut with water from the Rocky Mountains and named after the tin cups miners used to drink. Need a more traditionally shaped option? Check out our favorite insulated water bottles.

Best unbreakable glasses: Silipint Silicone Pint Glasses

Silipint

SEE IT

We’ve included the Silipint in our best camping gifts guide, but we think it makes a great gift especially for someone who may be too transient for real drinkware. These shatterproof “glasses” are made of 100% food-grade silicone, meaning you don’t have to deal with dangerous broken glass. Plus, they’re a fun, bright way to reduce the amount of plastic your grad may use between graduation and their very first job.

Best for ski lodge lounging: Chaco Ramble Puff Ankle Boot

Amanda Reed

SEE IT

Chaco is known for its rugged and arch-supporting sandals, but we think their covered shoe offerings deserve some praise. The Ramble Puff Ankle Boot feels like a down parka for your feet, and they’re perfect for throwing on after a day of skiing or hiking. And, water-resistant rip-stop nylon means they’re not just indoor shoes—they can hold up in the great outdoors. If you’re looking for something that slips on, the Ramble Puff also comes in a clog style just as comfy and dreamy as its boot brethren. Our staff writer lives in both the clog and boot for women—don’t ask her to pick her favorite. Speaking of puffy stuff …

Best for camp comfort: Therm-a-Rest Honcho Poncho Down

ThermaRest

SEE IT

We all know the importance of having appropriate layers for hiking—but what if you want to stay warm without having to wear the same jacket you’ve worn all day. The Honcho Poncho from Therm-a-Rest (also makers of excellent sleeping pads) combines the lightweight, warm properties of 650-Fill Nikwax Hydrophobic Down with a water-resistant 100% recycled polyester shell for a wearable sleeping bag. You can wear it around the campsite or campfire or lay it out in your tent and use it as a blanket. Its front pocket doubles as a stuff sack to make it easy to stow away back into your pack (or to use it as a lite pillow).

Best for camp chefs: Opinel Nomad Camping Kitchen Utensil Kit

Opinel

SEE IT

These knives are great for a grad who trying to step up their outdoor cooking game. The kit comes with a serrated folding knife, a folding corkscrew knife, a pocket peeler, a beechwood cutting board, and a microfiber cleaning cloth that doubles as a travel pouch. A Virobloc safety ring is attached to all knives/peelers to make it safer to open and transport the kit. Your grad never has to struggle to cut a piece of campfire-cook beef or a hunk of crusty bread again.

Best hiking boot: Vasque Breeze Waterproof Hiking Boot

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Your grad deserves a new pair of hiking boots for successfully climbing the mountain that is college. This one from Vasque is comfortable—our assistant managing editor (his ankles and dog shown above) says, “Lightweight, breathable, and comfortable to … boot … the Vasque Breeze immediately impressed me by requiring zero break-in, then continued to impress me with its stability and traction.” This means grads can climb the highly-graded mountain of post-grad life and worry more about their rent than getting blisters. They’re waterproof and made of sustainable, durable materials for years and years of adventures.

Best headlamp: BioLite 800 Pro

BioLite

SEE IT

Grad gifts are all about shiny new things, and this new headlamp from BioLite should excite your night crawler. It packs 800 powerful, bright Lumens to illuminate any dark trails … or the way to the bathroom at night. Your grad will get 150 hours of power on low; seven hours on high; and 8 hours on reserve. It recharges using a micro USB port, and includes a Constant Mode for full illumination without auto-dimming. Plus, 3D SlimFit tech gives you bounceless, slipless, and near-weightless wear. Being comfortable and able to see where you’re stepping? Sounds like a win.

Best solar generator: Jackery Portable Power Station Explorer 300

Jackery

SEE IT

Jackery topped our list of the best solar generators, and we love the company’s small-but-mighty portable power station that can be charged by a wall outlet, car outlet, and the sun (!!!). The solar panel isn’t included, but you can get this bundle that solves the lack of solar panel upon purchase. It’s easy to carry at 7.1 pounds and can charge up to six devices while your grad is on outdoor adventures. Your grad may go outdoors to unplug, but you’ll get peace of mind that their phone or other powered essentials won’t die out in the wilderness.

Things to consider when picking gifts for folks who love the outdoors

From lite hiking gifts to entertaining accessories to full-on camping gifts, you can help recent graduates prepare for whatever their next exploration entails. Or, for graduates moving to a new city or starting a new job and unsure they’ll get out much in those early post-grad days, give graduation gifts that remind them of what they love, from naturally scented candles to beautiful nature prints. The key is determining their favorite outdoor activities, skills, comfort level, and existing accouterments, allowing you to match the grad with the gift.

Final thoughts on the best graduation gifts for outdoors enthusiasts

We hope this graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors has filled you with ideas and inspiration for the perfect present. Whether you’re celebrating a trekking champion, kayaking aficionado, or dedicated camper, you’ll find grad gifts for outdoor lovers that fit their specific interests. After all, a graduation gift, whether it’s hiking gifts or camping gifts, or apartment decor, is about celebrating their accomplishments and encouraging them to follow their dreams while holding onto their passions. 


PopSci wants to help you find the most useful shopping recommendations for the best gifts regardless of occasion or preoccupation. Searching for more unique gifts? Check out our additional expert gift guides, including Best Gifts for Travelers, Sustainable Gifts, Gifts to Turn Any Kitchen Into a Café, New Gear for those New Year New You Resolutions, and Science Toys for Kids.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post A graduation gift guide for grads who love the outdoors: From practical tools to personalized accessories appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best way to relieve sore muscles after a brutal workout https://www.popsci.com/health/relieve-sore-muscles/ Thu, 01 Jun 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=544167
White-skinned person pouring ice cubes into bath with a dark-skinned person recovering after a workout. Illustrated in orange, white, and black.
Ice might numb the pain after a workout, but it won't fix what's causing it. Julia Bernhard

Put down the massage gun and step away from the treadmill.

The post The best way to relieve sore muscles after a brutal workout appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
White-skinned person pouring ice cubes into bath with a dark-skinned person recovering after a workout. Illustrated in orange, white, and black.
Ice might numb the pain after a workout, but it won't fix what's causing it. Julia Bernhard

BEING SORE SUCKS. Anyone who’s exercised to an extent can probably complain about the stiffness, pains, or—worse—injuries the next day. But as annoying as the achiness gets, it’s a critical part of the recovery process

Under your skin, the all-important muscle fibers that push and pull bones to move you around tear slightly during a workout—a phenomenon called microtrauma. Combined with inflammation, these tiny ruptures may cause soreness, which your body alleviates by replacing the cells around the wound.

There are actually two kinds of muscular soreness that you feel after a workout, and they come from different sources. The microtrauma-based discomfort is known as DOMS, short for delayed-onset muscle soreness. You might feel it most between 24 and 48 hours after the workout—and for as long as three to five days. The other type, acute muscle pain, happens after you overwork your body. These pangs go away in about a day or two, just in time for the DOMS to peak. 

So are there surefire ways to get rid of your soreness? Not exactly. The problem is that to ease the aches, your body has to heal the microtears, which isn’t a process you can speed up. There is some good news, though: A solid post-workout ritual could have a placebo-like effect on your mind, blunting some of the pain you feel. And there could be other perks too.

For example, stretching does not lead to faster recovery, but it does make you more flexible and less prone to injury in the future, especially during high-intensity workouts. And while warm-ups don’t help with the healing process either, they do raise your heart rate, preparing you for the sudden jump in activity. 

Then there are the various salves, tools, and self-care schemes people try. A few studies show that proper use of compression gear could confer some benefits for blood flow and enzyme production. Some gymgoers pregame the pain with anti-inflammatory drugs like aspirin and ibuprofen, though they have no proven power against soreness. Elite swimmers might tolerate the bruises that come with cupping therapy—without any science to confirm the benefits of the practice. Even ice baths and far-infrared saunas (featuring high heat and low humidity) have minor, inconsistent results, according to researchers.

In general, getting a massage a day or two after a workout offers short-term relief for muscle tenderness. You will likely feel a little worse with a pair of hands or a percussive therapy device kneading into you, but as soon as it’s done, your pain will be more manageable for the next few hours. In certain circumstances, massages might even help reduce inflammation and DOMS.

There are three surefire things you can do, however, to soothe your soreness a bit. The first is to rest. Your body needs time to rebuild your muscle fibers, so getting a good night’s sleep and using the sore body parts less when you’re awake will help you recover faster. Weightlifters know this well and will work a different muscle group each session. If you’re a regular at the gym, commit to triceps one day and focus on a different group (biceps, maybe) the next.

The second is to make sure you’re eating well. Your body requires nutrients like proteins and carbohydrates to patch up your muscles, so enjoy a big bowl of pasta or a tall glass of chocolate milk a few hours after training. 

The third thing you can do is keep at it. DOMS hits harder when you try a new form of exercise because your body is not used to the strenuous activity. The first time will always be the most painful. But if you set a schedule and habit around the workouts you like best, it should hurt less after you crush all your reps. 

Read more in the Workout 360 series: pre-workout ingredients, the best basic routine, and the muscles you forgot. Or check out these other PopSci+ stories.

The post The best way to relieve sore muscles after a brutal workout appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-epix-pro-fenix-7-pro-news/ Wed, 31 May 2023 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=544842
Garmin fēnix 7 Pro on a wrist with the flashlight illuminated
Garmin

The new epix Pro and fēnix 7 Pro high-performance GPS adventure watches offer more advanced features for serious endurance athletes and outdoor enthusiasts.

The post Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin fēnix 7 Pro on a wrist with the flashlight illuminated
Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin is well known for its expansive list of rugged fitness watches, with multiple lines specifically tailored to different activity types. And now, the options for adventurers and serious endurance athletes are even more extensive with the announcement of updated Pro versions of the epix and fēnix 7 watches. 

Most of the updates to these premium next-gen. multisport watches are incremental software changes, such as more activity types and new fitness measurement tools. But there are also a few notable hardware and build upgrades, including a new size option and AMOLED display for the epix Pro and an LED flashlight in all three sizes of both the epix Pro and fēnix 7 Pro. Both watches will also benefit from trickle-down features from the new Forerunners.

Garmin epix Pro details

Garmin just debuted its epix 2 line of watches last year. Despite how new the series is, the company is rolling out some worthwhile updates to make it even better in a new Pro version. With vibrant metrics-rich watch faces and extensive sensors/navigation features in a sleek body, the epix Pro remains a great choice for boardroom-to-backcountry adventures and weekend warriors, from climbers and mountaineers to ultra-marathon trail runners. 

Garmin

SEE IT

epix Pro and build changes

The epix came in two sizes—42mm and 47mm—while the Pro version adds a 52mm option for those who really want a statement piece on their wrist. The larger size offers more than just a dramatic look, however. Garmin packed extra battery into the 52mm version, which promises up to 31 days of battery life in smartwatch mode. The 42mm and 47mm both should provide 10 and 16 days of battery life, respectively. 

Like the epix Gen. 2, the Garmin epix Pro will be available in Standard Edition, which features Corning Gorilla Glass and stainless steel case, or the Sapphire Edition, which uses a more durable Sapphire lens and titanium case. And all three sizes get an even brighter upgraded AMOLED display for a colorful, detail-packed watch face. 

All three sizes will offer an LED flashlight, which can vary in intensity and features a strobe mode. We were glad to see the flashlight included even on the smallest watch since it is a potentially game-changing feature. It can illuminate your path while trail running or hiking in the dark and help others see you, which is invaluable if exercising near a road. 

The epix Pro also gets an updated and optimized heart rate sensor. Garmin didn’t provide any information on what exactly that means, but it says these changes will provide “enhanced multisport performance tracking.”

Fitness tracking features

Garmin watches are already robust in their fitness tracking abilities, but the company is not one to just let things be. The epix Pro will offer new activities, which include team sports such as soccer, basketball, and racquet sports, as well as horseback riding and more.

Beyond new tracking modes, Garmin also created new training features. Hill Score gives you a better idea of how your training impacts your ability to run uphill. Uphill segments are automatically detected and analyzed, and that information is combined with other physiological metrics to provide a score from one to 100. It even breaks the score down into Hill Endurance and Hill Strength, which reflect short, fast efforts versus long, sustained climbs. And it offers feedback to improve your training over time. 

The second new feature—Endurance score—looks beyond your VO2 Max, giving a more personalized look at your fitness. It analyzes both short-term and long-term endurance training and takes into account all types of activity, not just running or cycling. And, like Hill Score, it provides training feedback to help you understand your score.

Three new display types on the Garmin epix Pro smartwatch
The epix Pro will offer new terrain maps, a Red Shift Mode for night use, and weather overlays. Garmin

Additional new features

The Garmin epix Pro will provide a unique Red Shift Mode, which changes the display to shares of red. This lessens the impact on your vision when looking at your watch in the dark and reduces any sleep cycle disturbance you might get from the standard display. You can manually turn on this display mode or schedule it to automatically turn on and off based on sunset and sunrise time. And you can even select certain activities that automatically use Red Shift Mode.

Up Ahead mode will allow you to view running points of interest, such as checkpoints and aid stations, right on the map. This allows you to better understand what’s in front of you and plan accordingly on your race or activity. 

The last feature those navigating the backcountry will especially appreciate is the new weather map overlays and relief shading on topographic maps. The weather overlays can display temperature, precipitation, and cloud cover, to help you make more informed decisions on the go. And relief shading will assist in navigation. You can also opt into Outdoor Maps+ for even more map content, including satellite imagery and more detailed maps.  

Garmin epix Pro pricing & availability

The epix Pro is available for purchase as of today, starting at $899.99.

Garmin

SEE IT

Garmin fēnix 7 Pro details

Like the epix Pro, most changes to the fēnix 7 Pro are smaller software additions. The fēnix 7 Pro still comes in 42mm, 47mm, or 51mm sizes, though you no longer have the option of a version without solar charging. You can, however, choose between Standard Solar or Sapphire Solar, depending on how robust you want your watch face. 

Like many of Garmin’s new watches lately, including the Instinct 2X, the fēnix 7 Pro will feature an LED flashlight in all sizes. It offers a broad pattern, variable intensities, red safety light, and strobe mode. 

New training features

The fēnix 7 Pro also gets a new heart rate sensor. Garmin says this next-gen sensor utilizes “more spatially diverse optical sensors and sport-specific algorithms.” It should provide even better performance tracking for more activities, giving you even more accurate insight into your training. 

Like the epix Pro, the fēnix 7 Pro will also get the new Endurance Score and Hill Score for better endurance training insight. It also gets its share of new activities, including white water rafting, motocross, overlanding, and dozens more. And the watch will provide access to the weather map overlays, new relief shading, and Up Ahead mode.

Garmin fēnix 7 Pro pricing and availability

All versions of the fēnix 7 Pro are available for purchase at a starting price of $799.99.

The post Garmin’s newest smartwatches are even more adventure-ready appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Evolution of human foot arches put the necessary pep in our upright steps https://www.popsci.com/health/foot-arch-walking-human-evolution/ Tue, 30 May 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=544309
A walker in sneakers, with the bottom of the shoe visible.
Arch mobility could be the key to our species' successful bipedalism. Deposit Photos

A spring-like recoil in the arch helps the ankle lift the body from the ground.

The post Evolution of human foot arches put the necessary pep in our upright steps appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A walker in sneakers, with the bottom of the shoe visible.
Arch mobility could be the key to our species' successful bipedalism. Deposit Photos

Efficiently standing up and walking and running on two feet  stands out among the traits that separates Homo sapiens from great apes—and we can owe a lot of that to a raised medial arch. While crucial, the mechanics behind bipedal walking are still a bit of an evolutionary mystery.  A study published May 30 in the journal Frontiers in Bioengineering and Biotechnology found that helpful and spring-like arches may have evolved for the purpose of helping us walk on two feet.

[Related: Foraging in trees might have pushed human ancestors to walk on two feet.]

The team found that the recoil of a flexible arch repositions in the ankle upright for more efficient walking and is particularly effective for running. 

“We thought originally that the spring-like arch helped to lift the body into the next step,” study co-author and University of Wisconsin-Madison biomechanical engineer Lauren Welte said in a statement. “It turns out that instead, the spring-like arch recoils to help the ankle lift the body.”

The raised arch in the center of the human foot is believed to give hominins more leverage while walking upright. When arch motion is restricted, like it could be in those with more flat feet, running demands more energy from the body. Arch recoil could potentially make our species more efficient by propelling the body’s center of mass forward, essentially making up for the mechanical work that the muscles would have to do otherwise.

In this new study, the team selected seven participants with varying arch mobility and filmed their walking and running patterns with high-speed x-ray motion capture cameras. The team measured the height of each participant’s arch and took CT scans of their right feet. They also created rigid models that were compared to the measured motion of the bones in the foot. Scientists then measured which joints added the most to arch recoil and the contribution of arch recoil to center of mass and ankle propulsion.

Surprisingly, they found that a rigid arch without recoil caused the foot to prematurely leave the ground, likely decreasing the efficiency of the calf muscle. A rigid arch also leaned the ankle bones too far forward. A forward lean looks more like the posture of walking chimpanzees instead of the straight upright stance of a human gait.

A flexible arch helped reposition the ankle upright, allowing the leg to push off the ground more effectively. This effect is greater while running, suggesting that a flexible arch for more efficient running may have been a desired evolutionary trait.

The team also found that a joint between two bones in the medial arch–the navicular and the medial cuneiform–is crucial to flexibility. Investigating the changes in this joint over time could help scientists track the development of bipedalism in our own fossil record. 

[Related: The Monty Python ‘silly walk’ could replace your gym workout.]

“The mobility of our feet seems to allow us to walk and run upright instead of either crouching forward or pushing off into the next step too soon,” study co-author and Queen’s University mechanical and materials engineer Michael Rainbow said in a statement.

These findings and understanding more about arch flexibility could help people who have rigid arches due to illness or injury. Their hypothesis still needs more testing, but could help solve a plethora of modern-day foot dilemmas. 

“Our work suggests that allowing the arch to move during propulsion makes movement more efficient,” said Welte. “If we restrict arch motion, it’s likely that there are corresponding changes in how the other joints function.”

The post Evolution of human foot arches put the necessary pep in our upright steps appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The 6 essential parts of an effective workout https://www.popsci.com/health/basic-workout-routine/ Tue, 30 May 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543866
Person with dark skin and short hair jumps rope while pregnant person with light skin and hair in a bun squats and lifts dumbells. Illustrated in orange, black, and gray.
Working out and winning. Julia Bernhard

Cardio or lifting? Why not both?

The post The 6 essential parts of an effective workout appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person with dark skin and short hair jumps rope while pregnant person with light skin and hair in a bun squats and lifts dumbells. Illustrated in orange, black, and gray.
Working out and winning. Julia Bernhard

MOST PEOPLE have a certain mindset when it comes to working out: They tend to stick to a familiar plan and will push their bodies to the brink to achieve their fitness goals. But a healthy exercise routine has several building blocks—and a surprising number of them depend on what you do outside your regular sweat sessions. 

Warm-up

Activities that prepare you for your main fitness practice can serve two primary purposes: reducing injury and improving performance. Warm-ups hit those marks by increasing blood flow, ramping up muscle and core temperatures, and disrupting the temporary connective tissue bonds that can make you feel tight and sore. This leads to performance-enhancing benefits like faster muscle contraction, better reaction time, greater muscle strength, lower muscle resistance, and more oxygen for your cells. Warm-ups should last at least 5 minutes and top out at 15 minutes, depending on the length and difficulty of your routine: They usually include stretching and a slow increase in exertion.

Cardio

Frequent exercise that raises your heart rate to your target zone has been shown to benefit cardiac health (though there is some evidence that consistent physical effort at this level, like during marathon training, could have negative effects). It can decrease the risk of developing and dying from heart conditions. Not only that, but cardio workouts are also associated with lower blood pressure and the suppression of atherogenesis, the buildup of fatty plaque in blood vessels that can lead to coronary artery disease.

Strength training

Weightlifting isn’t just for people who want to get ripped: It has more significant benefits, particularly as you age. For one, targeted muscle building can reinforce joints like knees, ankles, and hips. That offers better support for your body, which helps lower the chances of falls and injuries. Contrary to popular belief, strength training also promotes greater mobility and flexibility; plus it boosts brain health and cognitive abilities like processing speed, memory, and executive functioning.

Hydration

You have to stay hydrated before, during, and after your workout. Exercise depletes the body’s fluids, particularly as you sweat. Dehydration degrades your performance and can also impair certain cognitive functions, including short-term memory and attention. Hydrating sometimes alleviates fatigue and increases reaction time. Overall, drinking water when you feel a need, rather than on a fixed schedule, can improve performance measures like duration and speed. It’s possible to drink too much water (a potentially fatal situation known as hyponatremia), so take small sips rather than chugging a bottle all at once.

Cooldown 

Just as you don’t want to dive straight into your routine, you don’t want to end it abruptly. Build in some time to slow your roll and bookend your warm-up. An active cooldown in which you do something similar to your workout but at a lower intensity, like a light jog after a long run, can solidify the results from exercising and prep you for your next routine. Bonuses include accelerated recovery of lactate in blood, partial prevention of immune system depression, and faster recovery of the cardio­vascular and respiratory systems.

Rest days

Taking days off between workouts is a crucial part of any fitness routine. Studies indicate that rest is necessary for the body to recover: When exercise and exertion sap your energy stores and fluids, relaxation gives you time to replenish them. You need at least 24 hours to fully replace the carbohydrates in your muscles, which are important for maintaining an adequate level of glycogen and stabilizing blood sugar. Rest days help prevent overtraining syndrome too. The illness mostly comes up in competitive runners and elite athletes, with symptoms like fatigue, sleep loss, and depression. 

Read more in the Workout 360 series: pre-workout ingredientsthe muscles you forgot, and post-workout soreness. Or check out these other PopSci+ stories.

The post The 6 essential parts of an effective workout appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-memorial-day-amazon-fitness-deals-2023/ Fri, 26 May 2023 12:19:03 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=543181
Save big on gear with these Memorial Day fitness deals.

Break a sweat without breaking the bank with these deals, like 20% on an inflatable kayak.

The post The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Save big on gear with these Memorial Day fitness deals.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The unofficial kickoff to summer is a great time to get active, indoors or out. The warmer weather invites barbecues and relaxation. So whether you’re training for a race, looking to get out on the water for the first time, or improving your putt, these Memorial Day fitness deals will help you prepare, have fun, and save money while you’re doing it.

Aquaglide Deschutes Inflatable Kayak $543.89 (was $679.99)

Inflatable kayaks are appealing because they’re generally much easier to transport than traditional models. But you shouldn’t have to sacrifice performance for portability. Aquaglide’s Deschutes Inflatable Kayak provides a solution: It’s both a cinch to toss into your car and includes features that paddlers are looking for. Plus, it’s currently available at its lowest price in months—just in time for the weather and waters to warm up.

This single-person kayak weighs just 18 pounds and fits into an included duffle bag. You’ll need a 12-volt air pump to inflate the three chambers of this open cockpit model, which is not included. Once inflated, this 11-foot kayak is designed with handles for carrying, a cushioned, quick-release seat, and adjustable footrests for a comfortable ride. The package also includes a quick-release fin, cockpit drain, and repair kit should you encounter rough waters. 

More outdoor fitness deals

Best home gym equipment deals

Best smartwatch and wearable deals

Best fitness accessories

The post The best Memorial Day fitness deals let you jump into summer activities and save appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A guide to the muscles you forget to exercise https://www.popsci.com/health/muscles-to-work-out/ Tue, 23 May 2023 13:31:04 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=542749
Person on yoga mat doing bridge exercise to work out muscles in core, neck, and back. Illustrated in red, black, white, and gray.
Find exercises that benefit multiple key muscles. Julia Bernhard

Add “tendon day” to your gym routine.

The post A guide to the muscles you forget to exercise appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person on yoga mat doing bridge exercise to work out muscles in core, neck, and back. Illustrated in red, black, white, and gray.
Find exercises that benefit multiple key muscles. Julia Bernhard

TO MAINTAIN a healthy level of physical fitness, everyone should commit to at least 30 minutes of moderate aerobic exercise or strength training a day. That’s easier said than done. With running errands, working a desk job, and fulfilling family obligations, the modern lifestyle does not leave much time for regular exercise. If you do prioritize working out, you might still be neglecting key muscle groups that support posture, movement, and overall health. Keep reading for a list of the most ignored ones, exercises to strengthen them, and the reasons you might need more variety in your routine

Healthy fitness goals

Before you start switching up your workouts, Christopher Geiser, an exercise science professor, physical therapist, and trainer at Marquette University, has a few important reminders.

First, “If you’re having trouble, don’t wait too long to get help,” he warns. Physical therapists and trainers can design a regimen specific to your needs. Everybody’s built a little differently, and unique personal histories make it difficult to give general advice. Working out various areas of the body with different types of activities is a surefire way to improve health. Remember to start off slow and careful if you haven’t exercised in a while—too much too soon might backfire on your muscles. 

Second, it’s important to know the difference between exercising for overall health and exercising for performance. “If you wanna be healthy, then you’re trying to get as variable activity with a nice even distribution of the loading across different areas as you can,” Geiser says. 

In contrast, “If you’re trying to run the Boston Marathon, you’ve got a really specific something that you’re working on and [your exercise regimen] is going to focus on that,” he explains. “And it isn’t always the most healthy for you.”

In other words, don’t sacrifice your well-being for better performance. “You want a balance across all of the conditioning exercises that you’re doing,” Geiser says. “And that variability across your system is probably what’s gonna give you the most bang for your buck healthwise.”

Target muscle area no. 1: Rotator cuffs

The rotator cuff is a group of four muscles and their connected tendons that attach the shoulder blade to the upper arm, stabilizing the shoulder and allowing 360-degree movement. Strengthening the area can prevent shoulder injuries, some of which can lead to permanent loss of function. 

If you already have shoulder pain or a rotator cuff injury, however, you could exacerbate it by exercising those muscles. See a medical professional for treatment instead.

Recommended exercises:

  • Doorway stretches
  • Reverse flies with dumbbells
  • Wall angels 

Target muscle area no. 2: Abdominal core and back

In addition to helping you avoid accidents from, say, moving furniture, having a strong core boosts posture, balance, and movement. Each abdominal muscle has to work in harmony to control your back and pelvis, although “you don’t necessarily need them to do a lot of your everyday activities,” Geiser says. “But when you do need them, they’re not always in shape and ready to go.” 

Recommended exercises:

  • Planks
  • Bridges
  • Deadlifts

Target muscle area no. 3: Neck flexors

These deep muscle groups rest in the front of the neck and are responsible for holding its position, contributing to posture. “We abuse the flexors when we stare at computer screens with our head forward all the time,” Geiser says. “They are notoriously weak because we haven’t built them up.” 

If you’re experiencing neck pain after staring down at a phone or laptop for a long period, it might be worth it to train these muscles. And at the same time, remind yourself to straighten your posture while doom-scrolling on the couch or working at a desk.

Recommended exercises:

  • Supine neck retractions
  • Active assisted neck flexions
  • Supine cervical flexions

Target muscle area no. 4: Glutes

Though they get a lot of attention, the muscles underlying your butt are often improperly exercised. Strengthening your glutes helps with proper body alignment, movement, and athletic edge. Weak glutes can cause other areas of the body, such as the lower back or knees, to overcompensate when you’re walking, running, or climbing stairs. A stronger set also corrects posture and spinal alignment, reducing the risk of back pain and injuries.  

Recommended exercises:

  • Squats
  • Lunges
  • Bridges

Target muscle area no. 5: Tendons

Most casual gymgoers don’t think of flexing these parts. Tendons aren’t muscles: They’re connective tissue that attaches muscles to bones, controlling movement of the skeleton. While they’re strong and flexible, injuries can occur from overuse, repetitive strain, or aging. Tendon-specific training can improve joint health, reduce pain and stiffness, and promote speed and agility. Use two different types of exercises to strengthen them—prolonged weight holds and quick, fast contractions—but not in the same workout. Vary your routine daily to keep from overloading these crucial parts, and be sure to take at least one day off from working out each week.

Recommended exercises:

  • Eccentric movements
  • Isometric movements
  • Plyometric movements

Read more in the Workout 360 series: pre-workout ingredientsthe best basic routine, and post-workout soreness. Or check out these other PopSci+ stories.

The post A guide to the muscles you forget to exercise appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon https://www.popsci.com/gear/fitbit-versa-2-amazon-deal/ Thu, 11 May 2023 15:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=540452
Fitbit Versa 2
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

Help yourself get in tip-top shape without tripping over your budget.

The post Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitbit Versa 2
Brandt Ranj / Popular Science

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Fitbit has the most recognizable—and some of the most highly regarded—fitness bands on the market. And, right now, Fitbit has marked down many of its most popular models on Amazon. The Google-owned company’s sterling reputation is based on the quality of its hardware and software—all of the health data your wearable collects is automatically synced with your Fitbit account so that you can measure your progress over time. Fitbit has also introduced more advanced sensors over the years, which can more accurately gauge certain aspects of your health. So, if you’re clinging onto an ancient fitness tracker, it’s likely time for an upgrade. A Fitbit won’t guarantee a healthier lifestyle, but it’ll give you the information you need to make exercise decisions.

Fitbit Versa 2, $101.93 (Was $149.95)

Fitbit

SEE IT

Several Fitbits are on sale, but we’re particularly pleased with the $48 discount on its Versa 2 smartwatch because the discount brings it down to its lowest price ever. This wearable can record your steps taken, calories burned, heart rate, and sleep cycles. It’s even waterproof, so you can wear it while swimming. There’s even a smart wake feature, which will monitor your REM cycle while you’re sleeping to wake you up at the optimal time. Many of these health tracking features are available on less sophisticated Fitbit models, but its smartwatch capabilities set the Versa 2 apart, making it a solid Apple Watch alternative.

You can use the Versa 2 to make contactless payments using Fitbit Pay or control your smart home accessories using Amazon’s Alexa, which is built into the watch. When notifications come to the watch from your phone, they’ll be easier to read, so you can decide whether it’s worth pausing your workout to address them. The Versa 2 can even run apps like Spotify, so you can switch tracks or start a playlist directly from the smartwatch. This is a lot of functionality from a Fitbit that’ll only set you back about $100 on sale.

Fitbit’s deals aren’t tied to a larger sale and can end anytime. Some models have even sold out already, and we wouldn’t be surprised if the Versa 2 is the next one to go. If you’ve been looking for an inexpensive but fully-featured smartwatch, this is the one to get.

Here are more Fitbit deals to get your heart pumping:

And here are other great deals that are ongoing:

The post Get the Fitbit Versa 2 for its lowest price ever on Amazon appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A scientific exploration of big juicy butts https://www.popsci.com/science/butt-science/ Tue, 02 May 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=537937
Red cherry shaped as butt on orange and purple ombre background
Julia Dufossé for Popular Science

Build your appreciation for the largest, most booty-ful muscle in your body with these fact-filled stories.

The post A scientific exploration of big juicy butts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Red cherry shaped as butt on orange and purple ombre background
Julia Dufossé for Popular Science

BUMS. HEINIES. FANNIES. DERRIERES. Few muscles in the human body carry as much cultural clout as the gluteus maximus. “Butts are a bellwether,” writes journalist Heather Radke in her 2022 book Butts: A Backstory. Radke goes on to explain that our feelings about our hindquarters often have more to do with race, gender, and sex than with the actual meat of them. Unlike with a knee or an elbow, Radke argues, when it comes to the tuchus, we’re far more likely to think about form than function—even though it features the largest muscle in the human body

For all the scrutiny we spare them (outside of when we’re trying on new jeans) our butts aren’t mere aesthetic flourishes. A booty is, in fact, a unique feat of evolution: Out of any species, humans have the most junk in their trunks. Many other creatures have muscle and fat padding their backsides, and some even have butt cheeks. But none pack anything close to the same proportions as us.

So why did our ancestors develop such a unique cushion? Evolutionary biologists’ best guess is that our shapely rears help us walk upright. The curved pelvic bone that gives the butt its prominence likely developed as our weight moved upward and our muscular needs shifted. Research increasingly suggests that more massive muscles in the vicinity of the buttocks make for faster sprinting and better running endurance too. “The butt is an essential adaptation for the human ability to run steadily, for long distances, and without injury,” Radke writes. 

That said, the gluteus maximus does more than just keep us on our feet. The fat that sits atop it affects how we feel whenever we sit or lie down. The organs nestled behind those cheeks also have a massive influence on our health and wellbeing. Here are a few of the ways our bums factor into scientific understanding, lifesaving medicine, and the future of engineering. 

Digging deep for ancient backsides 

For as long as humans have been making art, they’ve been thinking about bodacious butts. The 30,000-year-old Venus of Willendorf is a famous pocket-size figurine carved by a Western European civilization during the Upper Paleolithic. The statuette, which some archaeologists suspect served as a fertility charm, immortalizes a body too thick to quit.

Backside of Benus of Willendorf statue on light blue
The original Venus of Willendorf statue was excavated in present-day Austria, and is now housed at the Museum of Natural History in Vienna. Ali Meyer / Corbis / VCG / Getty Images

Scientists also love peeping at the actual posteriors of our early ancestors, which hold a broader archaeological significance in telling the stories of ancient people and their lifestyles. Differences in the pelvis and other sat-upon bones have long been used to determine the sex of unearthed skeletal remains, though we know now there isn’t as clear-cut a binary as researchers long assumed. In 1972, anthropologist Kenneth Weiss flagged that experts were 12 percent more likely to classify skeletons found at dig sites as men versus women, which he blamed on a bias for marking indeterminate skeletons as male. Recent research bears that out, with anthropologists now designating many more remains as having a mix of pelvic characteristics (or simply being inconclusive) than they did historically. Still, while the distinction isn’t completely black and white, the signs of a body primed for or changed by childbirth are useful in figuring out the age and sex of ancient remains. Butt bones can also tell us about how people lived: This March, archaeologists published the oldest known evidence for human horseback riding in the journal Science Advances. They identified their 5,000-year-old equestrians—members of the Yamnaya culture, which spread from Eurasia throughout much of Europe around that same time—with the help of signs of wear and tear to hip sockets, thigh bones, and pelvises. 

Green pear shaped like butt on purple and pink ombre background
Julia Dufossé for Popular Science

Supporting heinies of all shapes and sizes

As Sharon Sonenblum, a principal research scientist at the School of Mechanical Engineering at Georgia Tech, puts it, “What could be better than studying butts?” The Rehabilitation Engineering and Applied Research Lab that she’s part of is perhaps more aptly referred to by its acronym: REAR. 

Stephen Sprigle, a Georgia Tech professor in industrial design, bioengineering, and physiology, started REARLab with better solutions for wheelchair users in mind. A decade ago, he and Sonenblum saw the potential for an engineering-minded solution to the serious clinical problem of injuries from sitting or lying down for extended periods. Pressure sores and ulcers are a risk whenever soft tissue presses against a surface for a prolonged time, and they become more dangerous in hospital settings—where antibiotic-resistant bacteria often lurk—and in people with conditions that hinder wound healing, like diabetes. 

Sonenblum recalls that they set out to answer a deceptively simple question: What makes one backside different from another? To answer it, they had to put a whole lot of booties into an MRI scanner. Those imaging studies and others (including some done on supine patients) have provided an unprecedented amount of data about butt cheeks and the stuff inside them. 

The big headline, Sprigle says, is that “we’re big bags of water. What the skeleton does in that big bag of goo is totally fascinating.” 

The work proved particularly humbling for Sonenblum, who’d intended to spend her career studying how the gluteus maximus affects seating. Instead, she and her colleagues figured out that humans don’t rest on muscle at all—the fat is what really counts. Sonenblum and the rest of the REARLab team are investigating how the natural padding in our rears changes over time, particularly in people who spend a lot of time sitting or supine.

Today, REARLab creates more precise computer models and “phantoms” to help cushion testing—mainly for wheelchair seats, but also for ergonomic chairs of all stripes—better account for real-world bums. Phantoms aren’t quite faux butts; they’re simple and scalable geometric shapes, almost like the convex version of a seat cushion designed for your tuchus to nestle into. They don’t account for bodies’ individual differences either. 

“Phantoms are always a tricky balance between time and representation,” Sonenblum says. “You want to represent the population well, but you can’t have too many or you’ll spend your entire life running tests.”

Two butt scans with renderings of butt adipose tissue conforming to a chair when seated
REARLab renderings compare the soft adipose tissue on two seated butts. On the left, the tissue is mostly intact, providing good cushioning for the body; on the right, the tissue has lost it structural integrity and almost resembles cottage cheese. © Sharon Sonenblum / Georgia Institute of Technology

REARLab’s current approach is to use two shapes—elliptical and trigonometric—to represent a fuller backside and one more likely to pose biomechanical problems when seated, respectively. It would be reasonable to assume the trigonometric butt is the bonier of the two, Sonenblum says, but the reality isn’t so simple. Large individuals with lots of adipose tissue can still lose the round cushioning when they sit. 

“I’ve seen scans of butts that look like this, and when I do, I think, Wow, that’s a high-risk butt,” Sonenblum explains. It comes down to the quality of the tissue, she adds. “If you touch a lot of butts, you’ll find that the tissue changes for people who are at risk [of pressure injuries]. It feels different.”

Sonenblum and Sprigle hope that continued work on backside modeling, cushion-testing standards, and adipose analysis will help wheelchair users and patients confined to their beds for long stretches stay safer and more comfortable. But their work has implications for absolutely anyone who sits down. When asked what folks should take away from their studies, they’re both quick to answer: Move. People with limited mobility may not be able to avoid the loss of structural integrity in their butt tissue, but anyone with the ability to get up often and flex their muscles can keep that natural padding in prime health. 

Finding better bellwethers for bowel cancer

When it comes to protecting your posterior, it’s not just the bodacious bits of the outside that count. One of the biggest backside-related issues scientists are tackling today is the sharp rise in colorectal cancer, which starts with abnormal cell growth in the colon or rectum. It’s already the third most common cancer and second leading cause of cancer death, but it represents a mounting threat, especially for millennials. New cases of young-onset colorectal cancer (yoCRC)—defined as a diagnosis before age 50—have gone up by around 50 percent since the mid-1990s. 

Blake Buchalter, a postdoctoral fellow at Cleveland Clinic Lerner Research Institute focused on cancer epidemiology, says that the most troubling thing about this recent uptick in cases is how little we know about what’s causing it. He and his colleagues suspect that 35- to 49-year-olds who die from colorectal cancer may share many of the same demographics and risk factors—higher body weight, lower activity levels, smoking, alcohol use, and diets high in processed and red meats—seen in patients aged 50 and older. But those under the age of 35 don’t follow those patterns as closely as expected. 

“This indicated to us that mortality among the youngest colorectal cancer patients may have different drivers than among older populations,” Buchalter says. “Our future work in this space aims to identify underlying factors that might be driving higher incidence and mortality among certain age groups in particular geographic regions.” 

During a standard colonoscopy, gastroenterologists are able to identify and remove potentially precancerous polyps known as adenomas on the spot. No DIY kit can manage that.

Buchalter hopes that more granular data will encourage more granular screening guidelines too. While he was heartened to see the US Preventative Services Task Force shift the recommended colon cancer screening age down from 50 to 45 in 2021, it’s clear that some populations are at risk for the disease earlier, he says. Buchalter and his colleagues hope to zero in on who should be getting screened in their 20s and 30s. 

But colonoscopies, the most commonly recommended form of detection, present a major hurdle in themselves. A 2019 study found that only 60 percent of age-eligible US adults were up to date on their colorectal cancer screenings, with others citing fear, embarrassment, and logistical challenges such as transportation to explain their delayed colonoscopies. At-home fecal tests offer a less invasive alternative, but research shows that fear of a bad diagnosis and disgust with the idea of collecting and mailing samples still keep many folks from using them. Blood tests and colon capsule endoscopy (CCE), in which patients swallow a pill-size camera to allow doctors to examine the gastrointestinal tract, both show promise in supplementing, and perhaps someday replacing, the oft-dreaded colonoscopy.

For now, it’s worth going in for the physical screening if you can manage it. While blood and stool tests can accurately detect signs of the cancer, colonoscopies can actually help prevent it. During a standard colonoscopy, gastro­enterologists are able to identify and remove potentially precancerous polyps known as adenomas on the spot. No DIY kit can manage that.  

Red strawberry shaped like a butt on a blue and white ombre background
Julia Dufossé for Popular Science

Tracking microbiomes with futuristic commodes

Meanwhile, other researchers are uncovering health secrets from long-ago water closets. In 2022, archaeologists uncovered what they believe to be the oldest flush toilet ever found, in Xi’an, China. The 2,400-year-old lavatory features a pipe leading to an outdoor pit. Researchers believe the commode, which was located inside a palace, allowed servants to wash waste out of sight with buckets of water. Flush toilets wouldn’t appear in Europe until the 1500s, and wouldn’t become commonplace until the late 19th century. Up until that point, major US cities employed fleets of “night soil men” to dig up and dispose of the contents of household privies and public loos.

As far as we’ve come from the days of night soil, the future of the humble toilet looks even brighter. Sonia Grego, an associate research professor in the Duke University Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, says she’s “super-excited” to see commodes enter the 21st century. 

“Smart” toilets boast everything from app-controlled heated seats to detailed water-usage trackers, and could grow into a $13.5 billion industry by the end of the decade. But Grego’s team—the Duke Smart Toilet Lab at the Pratt School of Engineering—is focused on turning waste flushed down porcelain bowls into a noninvasive health tool. She envisions a future in which your toilet can warn you of impending flare-ups of gut conditions like irritable bowel syndrome, flag dietary deficiencies, and even screen for signs of cancer. 

“When we first started to work on the smart toilet for stool analysis, laboratory scientists were skeptical that accurate analytical results could be obtained from specimens that had been dropped in a toilet instead of a sterile collection container,” Grego recalls. “The perspective is very different now.”

Brown fuzzy kiwi shaped like a butt on a green ombre background
Julia Dufossé for Popular Science

Drawing inspiration from wild butts 

Humans may be unusually blessed in the butt-cheek department, but that doesn’t mean other animals’ rears hold less scientific appeal. From modeling the evolution of the anus to cracking the code on climate-friendly gut microbes, scientists are keeping close tabs on all sorts of animal bottoms. Some researchers are even hoping to harness the power of butt breathing—yes, actually breathing through your butt—for future applications in human medicine. 

We’ll circle back to backside breathing in a moment. First, let’s consider the wombat. While it’s true enough that everybody poops, these marsupials are the only animals known to drop cubes. For years, no one was quite sure how they managed to get a square peg out of a round hole. Some even assumed the wombat must have an anus designed for squeezing out blocks instead of cylinders. In 2020, mechanical engineers and wildlife ecologists at Georgia Tech teamed up to publish a surprising new explanation for the shape in the aptly named journal Soft Matter. They’d borrowed roadkill from Australia to do the first-ever close examination of a wombat’s intestines. By inflating the digestive tract and comparing it to more familiar pig intestines, they were able to show that the marsupial’s innards have more variation in elasticity: Instead of being fairly uniform throughout, the organs have some inflexible zones. The team’s findings suggest that a few nooks within the digestive system—some stretchy, others stiff—provide a means to shape the refuse into a square. 

Wombat butts themselves, by the by, are veritable buns of steel. Their rumps contain four fused bony plates surrounded by cartilage and fat and can be used to effectively plug up the entrance to a burrow when potential predators come sniffing around. While this has yet to be caught happening live, some scientists think wombats can even use their powerful bums to crush the skulls of intruders like foxes and dingoes who manage to make it inside. 

So now we have more clarity on how wombats poop cubes, but the question of why remains unanswered. Experts have posited that wombats communicate with one another by sniffing out the location of poop cubes, making it advantageous to produce turds less likely to roll out of place. Others argue that the unusual shape is a happy accident: Wombats can spend as long as a week digesting a single meal, with their intestines painstakingly squeezing out every possible drop of moisture to help them survive the arid conditions Down Under. Their entrails, when unwound, stretch some 33 feet—10 feet more than typical human guts—to help facilitate the frugal squeezing. When the species is raised in captivity with loads of food and water, their poops come out moister and rounder

Elsewhere in the world of scat science, folks are working to understand the secrets of nonhuman gut microbiomes. Earlier this year, biotechnologists at Washington State University showed that baby kangaroo feces could help make beef more eco-friendly. Joey guts contain microbes that produce acetic acid instead of methane, which cows burp out in such abundance that it significantly worsens climate change. By reseeding a simulated cow stomach with poop from a newborn kangaroo, researchers say they successfully converted the gut to a factory of acetic acid, which doesn’t trap heat in the atmosphere. They hope to try the transfer out in a real bovine sometime soon. 

Warty comb jelly's translucent body in the ocean
When the warty comb jelly needs to expel digested food, it forms a new pore between its skin and digestive skin (also known as a “transient anus”). ImageBROKER / Getty Images

Going back to the butt breathing, scientists are hoping to suss out how to give humans a superpower already exhibited by catfish and sea cucumbers. In 2021, Japanese researchers reported in the journal Med that they’d been able to keep rodents alive in oxygen-poor conditions by ventilating them through their anuses. Inspired by loaches—freshwater fish that can take in oxygen through their intestines—the scientists are trying to find new ways to help patients who can’t get enough air on their own. They’ve moved on to study pigs, which they say do wonderfully with a shot of perfluorodecalin (a liquid chemical that can carry large amounts of oxygen) up the bum. 

From an evolutionary standpoint, it’s not all that surprising that our outbox can handle the same duties as our inbox. Though it’s still not clear which came first, it’s well established that the anus and the mouth develop out of the same rudimentary cell structures wherever they appear. Some of the most basic animals still use a single opening for all their digestive needs. And one creature—just one, as far as we know—has a “transient anus.”

In 2019, Sidney Tamm of the Marine Biological Laboratory in Woods Hole, Massachusetts, demonstrated that the warty comb jelly creates new anuses as needed. Whenever sufficient waste builds up—which happens as often as every 10 minutes in young jellies—the gut bulges out enough to fuse with the creature’s epidermis, creating an opening for defecation. Then it closes right back up. It’s possible that the world’s first anuses followed the same on-demand model, proving yet again that the butt and its contents are worthy of our awe, curiosity, and respect.  

Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post A scientific exploration of big juicy butts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Walking correctly takes work—here’s how to improve every step https://www.popsci.com/story/health/how-to-walk-correctly/ Fri, 22 May 2020 18:57:21 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-to-walk-correctly/
Walking
Each step happens in two parts. Stan Horaczek

Experts explain how to make the most of your daily strolls.

The post Walking correctly takes work—here’s how to improve every step appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Walking
Each step happens in two parts. Stan Horaczek

Chances are, you learned to walk when you were just a toddler and you haven’t really thought about it much since. It’s easy to nerd out on other fitness activities, like running or weight lifting. But, walking is something we often take for granted.

During the COVID-19 pandemic, however, walking leveled up as an essential part of maintaining our mental and physical health. A simple stroll can go a long way to clear the mental cobwebs and stop your fitness tracker from screaming at you due to your Jabba the Hutt lifestyle.

Before you start putting in the miles, it’s worth taking a look at how you walk. After all, it’s a repetitive motion and thousands of steps per day can put a lot of stress on your entire body—not just your legs and feet. Here are some tips from orthopedic experts on how to go for a walk without abusing your body.

Understand the mechanics

Having a clear idea of what a step actually involves can help you visualize how to walk correctly. Every step happens in two phases: stance and swing. Jessica Rose, a professor in the Department of Orthopaedic Surgery at Stanford University and director of the Motion & Gait Analysis Laboratory at the Lucille Packard Children’s Hospital provides the following description: “Typically, the stance phase starts with the leading foot making heel contact with the ground, followed by a heel-toe progression of the weight-bearing foot. The Swing phase starts with rapid hip, knee, and ankle flexion to clear the foot from the ground, the knee then rapidly extends to prepare for the next step. To assist with balance and forward momentum the arms swing in a reciprocal manner, the opposite arm swings forward with the leading foot. A single gait cycle of stance and swing typically lasts about 1-second.” Your brain does all of that instinctually, but understanding the parts can be valuable in assessing where you might have weaknesses and can help doctors assess any pain you’re having.

Pick the right shoes

Choosing the wrong pair of shoes can wreak havoc on your feet, obviously, but those ill-effects can travel all the way up your body. “There’s no perfect shoe for everyone,” says Lew Schon, Director of Orthopedic Innovation Institute of Foot and Ankle Reconstruction at Mercy Medical Center, “but stability is crucial. You don’t want to wear flip-flops or anything that isn’t tight to your foot. They can cause weird stresses and injure your skin.” Blisters from a shoe rubbing against your foot will end your walking initiative in a hurry.

When it comes to padding, though, more isn’t always better. If the sole is too soft, your foot can sink deeply into it and create awkward stresses on your bones and joints and make it difficult to balance. Dr. Schon recommends starting with a standard amount of padding and increasing its thickness if you have a higher body weight. Too much padding, however, can reduce the positive effect the repetitive impacts will have on bone density, which is especially important for older people.

Many shoe makers offer options with corrective structures to try and provide support in needed areas or even correct problems. “You can look at the sole of your shoes and see how your shoes are wearing,” says Wendi Weimar, Director, Sports Biomechanics Laboratory Lab at Auburn. “If they’re wearing too much on the inside, then you might need something that gives you a little more arch support. If they’re wearing more quickly at the heel and causing pain, then you might need a little more cushioning.” She’s careful, however, to explain that it’s not an exact science, especially when you’re doing it on your own. Adding arch support when you have a low arch isn’t necessarily going to fix the issue. A trained orthopedist will use testing and specialized tools.

If you’re unsure about the shape of your step, sticking with a neutral shoe is a good place to start unless you’re having specific pain or are getting a personal assessment.

Tie your shoes correctly

No matter what shoe you buy, tying it correctly will make a big difference in the way it performs. “For a typical eight-eyelet shoe, there are more than 200 ways to tie them based on your feet, walking pattern, and body composition,” says Weimar. “We have tied shoes of people with peripheral neuropathy and it has actually improved the condition. I wouldn’t have believed it if I didn’t see it.”

Weimar suggests starting with a tying pattern known as the runner’s loop, which helps to pull your foot back into the heel of the shoe to reduce its ability to move around. That will drastically cut down on blisters and reduce the chances of an awkward impact on the wrong part of the sole.

Pay attention to whether you’re favoring one side of your body

It’s possible for your body to have an injury that you won’t even notice and that can negatively affect your body with every step. “If you find that you lean to one side, this may indicate weakness, pain or injury on that side,” says Rose. “We lean over to the weak or painful side, shifting our center of mass to alleviate forces on that limb.” That imbalance can cause problems throughout the body.

If you start to recognize an imbalance, professionals don’t recommend trying to fix it by forcing yourself into the right position because that could make it worse. Rather, finding the underlying cause with a doctor can help eliminate the source of the problem rather than simply addressing the symptom.

Stand up straight

Slouching is almost universally bad, but that’s especially true during a walk. “You want to pull your shoulders back, keep your bum tucked underneath you, and your head parallel to the ground,” says Weimar. “When you lift your chin up and stop slouching, it will automatically help bring your head in line with your pelvis.” If you’re used to slouching at a desk all day (like I am) you may actually find that your back, neck, and shoulder muscles feel sore after a long walk since they’re not used to that kind of engagement.

In order to keep your body upright, muscles throughout your body have to activate. “It involves your abdominal muscles as well as your glutei,” says Rose.”They tend to get neglected, but they keep your trunk and pelvis in a good position.” That’s not to say that you have to squeeze your abs and butt as hard as possible as you walk, but they should be engaged, not relaxed.

Keeping your eyes up and parallel to the horizon will also help you keep your balance, which may suffer if you’re staring at a downward angle.

Don’t try to force your feet straight

Your feet likely have a natural angle that prevents them from facing perfectly straight ahead. “Your feet point where your legs tell them to,” says Rose. “It’s not something someone should try to correct on their own, but it is something they should try to understand where it’s coming from.” Forcing your feet forward against their natural rotation can put undue torque on the ankles, hips, and feet.

It can become an issue if you’re pushing off with the wrong part of your foot. ”We want the foot to become the best lever it can be. ” says Weimar. “When you roll off the front of your foot, you want the center of pressure to come off between your big toe and your second toe.” Pushing off too far to one side can cause common issues such as bunions.ei

Choose the right surface and location for walking

A walk around the neighborhood is great if you have the opportunity because it’s quick and doesn’t require driving. But streets aren’t perfectly flat—they’re sloped to improve drainage—and that uneven surface can be an issue in the long term. “Your outside leg strikes the ground lower than your inside leg. That leg close to the curb strikes lower which is going to cause a mismatched pelvic girdle position and get everything out of whack,” says Weimar. “If you walk out on the right side of the road, walk back on the other to try and even those things out.” She also recommends walking on the flatter part of the street instead of directly in the gutter if you can safely avoid it with traffic.

Walking on slightly irregular surfaces like trails can help build strength in the muscles and joints as your legs adapt to the irregular orientations of each strike. Dirt also provides a softer surface that won’t tax your feet and joints as much.

Hit the hills

Going up and down hills during your walk can crank up the cardiovascular benefits of a walk, but the technique changes slightly. “When you walk up a hill, you want to lean into the hill,” says Weimar. “You want your center of gravity to get a little bit in front of your feet so when you step, the propulsion part of your step is pushing your body up the hill.”

Coming down the hill requires a different kind of effort from your muscles. “That uses eccentric muscle action, which tends to be a lot tougher on the muscle than concentric,” says Weimar. “A lot of people will get sore from walking downhill because of that new loading pattern.” She recommends going slow and trying not to stomp your feet too hard into the ground.

Don’t over-stride

Once you’re a more experienced walker, it’s tempting to try and up your pace and distance. But doing too much can cause problems with your stride and limit your workout capabilities. Taking too big of a stride will require your pelvis to rotate too far to step out in front of you. Plus, as Weimar explains, “it puts stress on your lower back and puts a lot of stress on your heel as it impacts the ground. It also takes more energy to get your body up over that lead foot.” Increasing the overall speed of your steps can help you increase your pace without compromising your technique.

The post Walking correctly takes work—here’s how to improve every step appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-garmin-smartwatch/ Sat, 29 May 2021 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=368581
Best Garmin smartwatches sliced header
Tony Ware

Garmin smartwatches include sleep tracking, GPS, wellness monitoring, step trackers, and so much more. Here's how to pick the best features and fashions for you.

The post The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Garmin smartwatches sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best Overall The Apple Watch Ultra 2 fitness watch against a white background Apple Watch Ultra 2
SEE IT

This watch offers full functionality without your phone and plenty of advanced activity tracking.

Best for running The Garmin Forerunner 965 on a wrist showing a map with a forest and trail in the background Garmin Forerunner 965
SEE IT

The Forerunner 965 offers advanced running metrics even without additional accessories.

Best budget The Coros Pace 2 fitness watch product shot against a white background COROS Pace 2
SEE IT

You’ll get advanced fitness watch features at a more affordable price.

Garmin is one of the most popular smartwatch makers in the world, largely due to the multinational GPS-enabled technology company’s focus on hyper-accurate fitness tracking. While Apple still holds 30% of the global market (and over 50% of its revenue), according to a February 2023 Counterpoint Research report, Garmin has achieved a position of prominence on people’s wrists from the boardroom to the backcountry. When it comes to premium multisport wearables, Garmin is the endurance athlete’s top choice because of the depth of activities supported and battery life that can outlast almost any adventure. We’ve pulled together several of the company’s most popular products to help you find the best Garmin smartwatch to fit your lifestyle, sense of style, and budget.   

How we chose the best Garmin smartwatches

All Garmin smartwatches provide a degree of wellness metering; they measure steps, monitor your heart rate, and generally check to make sure you’re still alive. But if you take your training seriously, the best smartwatches feature activity tracking, pulse oximeters to measure the oxygen in your blood, stress metering, energy-level monitoring, sleep trackers, customizable training regiments, and challenges designed to help you improve in your favorite sports. The Garmin Connect app syncs to your iOS and Android phones, providing access to customizable coaching and a community of athletes to compete with. If you’re serious about training, durability should also trump style. You don’t want it falling apart the first time you bang the watch against a machine at the gym, or you take a hit on the playing field. And if you’re a swimmer, your watch has to be waterproof, too. We took all these factors, and more, into consideration.

The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023: Reviews & Recommendations

Once you’ve considered your specific needs, it’s time to dig into the Garmin lineup. With multiple models in different lines—including sports & fitness, outdoor recreation, swimming, fashion, luxury, and more—there are plenty of options. Here are our top picks from several categories:

Best overall: Garmin fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar

Tony Ware

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: If you want metrics that tell you if you’re in the weeds and guidance that helps you get out of the woods, the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar can keep up with whatever you’re up to.

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 57 hours/73 hours with solar (GPS only mode)
  • Weight: 2.68 ounces

Pros

  • The battery life, which can stretch from many days to several months depending on usage and solar energy conditions
  • Touchscreen and button navigation/controls
  • The visibility in sunlight
  • The durability of the titanium body and sapphire crystal

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Bulky

The Garmin fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar is perfect for gym rats, anyone who plays a wide variety of sports, and especially people who believe new terrain equals new gains. It tracks more activities than other watches and includes advanced training features like PacePro for grade-adjusted pace guidance throughout an activity. Plus, the heart monitor works underwater. Adventurous athletes will appreciate the preloaded TopoActive maps (updateable via Wi-Fi), ski maps for more than 2,000 ski resorts, and a multiband global navigation satellite system. Whether it’s jet lag or running laps, the sensor-packed smartwatch gives you insight into your body’s battery (tracking everything from heart rate and blood oxygen to respiration and sleep to stress and hydration). The downside: It’s predictably expensive and chunky. The upsides, though …

Watches need to be charged. Most of Garmin’s smartwatches plug into a wall via a proprietary multi-pin USB cable (don’t lose it!) that attaches to the back of the case. At the higher end of the product line, these watches run for about 26 hours under a constantly tracking GPS load or 173 days in battery-saver mode. However, if you’re someone who spends a lot of time outdoors—whether hiking, gardening, or running, for instance—Garmin’s solar watches can extend that time, well, almost indefinitely. Garmin uses what the company calls “Power Glass,” which is integrated behind tough Corning Gorilla Glass 3 in the standard Solar edition or Power Sapphire in the upgraded flagship (shown catching sunlight on a crisp January hike above), to turn a few hours of direct light into days of use. As a bonus, the Power Glass doesn’t take up real estate on the watch’s face, leaving ample room for all the other information Garmin’s watches provide. 

As its name suggests, the Garmin Solar watches can be powered by the sun; three hours of direct light is enough to keep one running. It’s a boon for outdoor enthusiasts, especially athletic ones who will appreciate the robust set of activity trackers, personal coaching, and other wellness features. It’s a great fitness watch, but the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar isn’t the prettiest of Garmin’s premium products because it lacks the advanced AMOLED touchscreen found on the Garmin epix (Gen. 2)—though that vivid display (shown below on the same winter day in a bit of shade for comparison) means the epix can’t match the fēnix 7 in battery life even though it’s otherwise as full-featured. Though a week or two, depending on mode, ain’t bad and more than enough if most of your training and traveling centers around convenient recharging stations.  

Garmin epix (Gen. 2) on a wrist while hiking in the shade
Tony Ware

Best running watch: Forerunner 955 Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Forerunner 955 Solar offers excellent battery life with a seemingly endless list of features and capabilities, from training and safety tools to full smartwatch abilities and countless customization options. 

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: Yes
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 42 hours/49 hours with solar (GPS only mode)
  • Weight: 1.86 ounces

Pros

  • Long-lasting battery life
  • A plethora of sensors for lots of data
  • Full smartwatch capabilities
  • Touchscreen

Cons

  • Solar charging doesn’t add much to battery life

If you are serious about improvising your fitness and performance, a watch with many sensors is a must. There’s no such thing as too much data for such athletes. That’s where the Forerunner 955 Solar comes in. It’s jam-packed with just about every sensor you could imagine so that you can measure everything from heart rate to stride length and even REM sleep.

Garmin then uses all that data to provide training suggestions and status updates via the watch and the Garmin Connect app. It helps prevent overtraining, offers a rough guide for improving your performance, and suggests workout ideas to keep your training fresh (as we found out in our full review). Your Forerunner 955 can even give predictions on race times for different distances. It’s essentially like having a coach right there on your wrist (or in your pocket).

Beyond fitness tracking, the watch also pairs with your phone for full smartwatch capabilities. It will give you notifications for calls, texts, and all your apps and even let you send some preformatted responses right from the watch. And you’ll have access to important safety features for runners so that they can track your progress on an activity (LiveTrack), and you can quickly request help (Assistance).

Best for hiking: Instinct 2 Solar and Instinct 2S Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The Instinct 2 Solar provides truly impressive battery life and rugged design for those who seek out long adventures.

Specs

  • Display: 0.79 x 0.79-inch or 0.9 x 0.9-inch monochrome, sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 30 hours/48 hours with solar
  • Weight: 1.52 ounces or 1.86 ounces

Pros

  • Ridiculous battery life
  • Available in two sizes
  • Robust fitness tracking and health features
  • Garmin Pay compatible

Cons

  • Black and white display 
  • Detailed maps and graphs don’t show up well

Hiking—especially long hikes and backpacking—requires more from a watch than many other activities. Battery life, in particular, is critical. Recording with GPS for long periods can eat through battery life, and having your hike recording disappear because of a dead battery is extremely frustrating. The Instinct 2 Solar attempts to solve this with its absurdly long battery life. For example, in Expedition mode, you can get up to 105 days of battery with the right solar conditions.

Part of the long battery life is thanks to the rather simple monochrome display. It’s not a fancy color touchscreen like some of the more premium Garmin watches, but it’s easily visible even in bright sunlight and fits the rugged design of the watch. Additionally, the Instinct Solar 2 comes in two case sizes: 40mm or 45mm. That’s especially ideal for those with tiny wrists who don’t want a giant watch (like me, for instance). And a newer Instinct 2X Solar has been released with a larger bezel for those who prefer a larger display and longer battery life, so now there are three size options within the family.

The watch comes with more basic sensors, including heart rate, barometric altimeter, accelerometer, thermometer, pulse ox monitor, compass, and a few GPS modes. Even though it doesn’t have as many sensors as the more expensive watches, it still provides training details, statuses, and suggestions to improve your fitness without thinking much about it. 

Best for diving: Garmin Descent G1 Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: The solar capabilities of the Descent G1 Solar prolong the battery life, allowing you to stay out longer while recording your dives. Plus, it offers a full suite of freediver-friendly features to keep you safe and help you improve your apnea performance. 

Specs

  • Display: 0.9 x 0.9-inch monochrome, sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 26 hours/39 hours with solar
  • Weight: 2.32 ounes

Pros

  • Excellent battery life and fast charging
  • Dive features are intuitive and easy to use
  • Very customizable
  • Pairs with other Garmin fitness devices like heart rate monitors and power meters

Cons

  • Monochrome screen
  • Not as sleek as the more premium Garmin dive watch

While most forms of exercise overlap with what you would want from a watch, diving presents a unique situation. Environmental conditions such as tide and weather are even more critical when diving, and different data types are useful to stay safe. The Garmin Descent G1 Solar is a robust and rugged dive computer and exercise watch that is water-rated to 100 meters. It’s the ideal tool for those who dive but don’t want a separate device for exercise on land.

This watch can keep you updated on the current tide, surf, and weather conditions, provides GPS coordinates of your surface entry and exit points, and can pair with the Garmin InReach communication device. All these features will help keep you safe even if you are in a remote location. Plus, you’ll get up to 25 hours of battery life in dive mode, so you won’t have to worry about your watch dying mid-dive session.

The Descent G1 Solar comes loaded with multiple types of diving, including single and multiple gas dives (including nitrox and trimix), gauge, apnea, apnea hunt, and closed-circuit rebreather. But it’s also ready for just about any other type of activity, from running to cycling and even hunting and yoga. My husband has been using this watch for six months and said it is a fantastic partner to have with you in the field (or in the water) on long days.

Best fashion wearable: Garmin Venu 2 

Amazon

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch AMOLED optional always-on mode
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 22 hours (GPS without music); 11 days as just a smartwatch
  • Weight: 1.73 ounces

Sometimes you want a smartwatch that is less focused on your workouts but can keep you up on work while you’re out. While keeping track of your steps, etc., is valuable, sometimes you want to control your watch and control your life. The Garmin Connect app allows the company’s watches to sync to iOS and Android phones via a robust Bluetooth connection. This opens up advanced wellness features and biometric tracking, as well as a way to further customize the watch’s features. But what I really love is how syncing the two lets me subtly check my messages and calendar alerts by simply glancing at my wrist. I can also control my music, navigate through a new city, and many other things I’d normally use my phone for—all while keeping my hands free. Now, reaching into my back pocket for anything other than answering a call seems like a waste, even when not working out.

The Venu 2 features a colorful, touch-sensitive AMOLED display that’s as easy to read as it is to navigate. This is great because the smartwatch is loaded with features, including activity tracking, a powerful GPS, onboard storage for up to 650 songs, and seamless integration with your smartphone via the Garmin Connect app. This is a watch you can wear all day, in any setting, and it’ll never look out of place (and you can read more about the experience in our full review).

Best budget watch for beginners: Garmin Vivoactive 4

Garmin

SEE IT

Specs

  • Display: 1.3-inch sunlight-visible, transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP)
  • Touchscreen: No
  • Battery life with GPS: Up to 18 hours (GPS without music)
  • Weight: 1.78 ounces

Pay attention to your budget when choosing a smartwatch. If you don’t need advanced features, like solar power, and AMOLED screens, then don’t pay extra for them. If you’re looking for a basic fitness tracker and something that syncs with your phone, many of Garmin’s entry-level watches will suit you just fine. 

They still offer basic sports apps, GPS, and access to apps and widgets from the Garmin Connect store, and they’ll integrate with iOS and Android phones. While future-proofing yourself might seem smart, smartwatch technology develops quickly and by the time you’re ready for more advanced features, watches featuring them might drop in price. Only pay for what you’ll use. 

Garmin’s Vivoactive 3 GPS smartwatch features built-in sports apps, a contactless payment system, and the ability to sync with compatible smartphones. It comes housed in a classy package that looks great in the gym and out and about, and the watch face can be personalized by visiting Garmin’s Connect IQ store.

What to consider when choosing a Garmin smartwatch

After holding the pandemic at bay with packaged cookies and streaming TV, people have been reintroducing regular exercise and movement into their lives in living rooms, gyms, trails, and beyond. And achieving goals is easier if you can accurately track them. However, if you’re not a hardcore athlete, you don’t need the same features someone training to hit specific benchmarks would. When choosing the best Garmin watch, focus on finding the health monitoring features you want without paying extra money for those you’ll never use. Here are some things to think about when choosing the best Garmin activity tracker:

Features

Are you looking for a simple workout tracker, or do you need advanced metrics? Will it be closely monitoring your health? How important is the sleep tracker function? Do you prefer a fitness watch that allows you to organize your life by providing access to your phone’s messages and calendars? Will you pay for things by tapping your watch? Download and play music, or control the music player on your phone? How important are GPS features? Different watches offer different combinations of these features and more. There’s a big difference between something like the $199 Garmin Forerunner 55 (reviewed here) or the $169 Garmin Forerunner 35, which are dedicated Garmin running watches, and something like the $399 Garmin Venu 2, which is more of a well-rounded smartwatch you’ll wear all the time.

Style

Many of Garmin’s best sports watches aren’t exactly elegant to look at. Think about when and where you plan on wearing your watch. Do you like the bulky aesthetic of classic sports watches, like the Garmin Instinct Solar, or do you want a watch you can wear all day—maybe even going straight to work from the gym? Don’t forget to look at the different color options available to each watch model, and keep in mind that watch bands are often customizable.  

Battery life

Do you spend a lot of time camping? Do you go weeks without seeing an outlet? Or are you home each night with access to a charging station? Make sure the watch you purchase won’t let you down by running out of juice. This doesn’t necessarily mean larger batteries—Garmin makes solar versions of most watch series that can last for weeks if exposed to enough direct sunlight. For other watches, battery life can come down to usage. The Venu 2, for instance, can last up to 11 days in battery-saver mode, but it will die in just 7 hours if you’re playing music and using GPS. 

FAQs

Q: Is Garmin better than Apple Watch?

Everyone’s definition of “better” will differ. In the end, choosing the best smartwatch comes down to the features you want, your budget, and whether you’re already part of the Apple ecosystem. While Apple far and away controls the largest market share for smartwatches, Garmin has a solid chunk by offering a variety of GPS and sports watches geared toward different users’ needs. There is undoubtedly no easier experience than pairing an Apple Watch with an iPhone for seamless connectivity and maximum productivity. And the Apple Watch Ultra has ratcheted up the brand’s durability for endurance athletes. But if you’re looking for a serious training tool, however, something like the Garmin epix (Gen. 2) could offer some handy training features that the Apple Watch can’t.

Q: What is the best value Garmin watch?

Again, it comes down to what you want your watch to do and how much you can afford to spend. The Venu SQ 2 starts at just $249. While it lacks some of the high-end bells and whistles found on the $399 Venu 2, the Venu SQ 2 still offers an impressive set of features for the price, including a blood oxygen monitor and sleep tracking. If you don’t need full smartwatch capabilities and you specifically want to track your runs, then Forerunner 45 is only $150 and gets you tons of fitness tracking muscle without the stuff you may not use. 

If you want a full feature set without such a bulky frame, the Garmin Vivoactive 4S is a solid balance of value and performance. At $349, it’s cheaper than the flagship models but more expensive than the entry-level offerings.

Q: Are Garmin watches worth it?

If you’re looking for a convenient way to track your activities and monitor your health, and you like the idea of a more subtle way to control your phone and receive messages and alerts, then I absolutely think Garmin watches are worth it. The best Garmin smartwatches offer top-tier tools for training and fitness, sleep trackers are the like, and the Garmin Connect app for iOS and Android opens up a host of features that push the watch in powerful directions. If you’re already in the Apple ecosystem, an Apple watch is definitely worth investigating; Apple products have a way of seamlessly integrating that makes them a delight to use. However, even if you’ve got an iPhone, and especially if you’re using an Android phone, Garmins are strong contenders in the smartwatch field. 

Final thoughts on the best Garmin smartwatches

It’s no mystery why Garmin has become a top smartwatch company. Instead of taking a one-size-fits-all approach to watch design, Garmin has offered up options focusing on health and fitness, all-day wear, and high-tech gadgetry designed to fit individual users’ lifestyles. Sometimes the differences aren’t obvious, and shopping for a Garmin watch can feel daunting. But by identifying your needs first and consulting this guide, you’ll be able to zero in on the smartwatch that’s best for you. 

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Garmin smartwatches for 2023, tested and reviewed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazfit-band-7-fitness-health-tracker-review/ Mon, 17 Apr 2023 21:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=534514
The Amazfit Band 7 is a minimal yet capable fitness watch.
The running stats displayed on the Band 7 help keep me and my pup, Athena, on target for our workouts. Abby Ferguson

The Amazfit Band 7 is a simple and budget-friendly fitness tracker that still offers plenty of health insights.

The post Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
The Amazfit Band 7 is a minimal yet capable fitness watch.
The running stats displayed on the Band 7 help keep me and my pup, Athena, on target for our workouts. Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The rise of smartwatches has made health and fitness tracking seem inherently more expensive. Even fairly straightforward watches containing only the most basic sensors tend to be pricey. There used to be many budget options when “Fitbit” was synonymous with fitness tracker, but many seem to have disappeared as convergence devices have increased. Enter Amazfit. The company is relatively new (established in 2015) but already has a robust lineup of budget-friendly activity accessories. And with the Amazfit Band 7, the brand has a bracelet-style tracker that takes a step back from pricier smartwatches so you can track your steps (and other performance metrics) as you move toward your fitness goals. Let’s take a close look at the conveniences and compromises that accompany a $50 fitness watch.

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Amazfit Band 7’s design

While all of Amazfit’s watches are more affordable than most options, the Band 7 falls in Amazfit’s Essential Series lineup, which, as you might guess, is its lowest tier. The Band 7 follows in the footsteps of the Band 5 (there was no Band 6) but presents a larger, more rectangular display, better battery life, and some general software upgrades. There’s no built-in GPS, and there are minor usability issues, but the compromises are minimal and, for most, insignificant. The watch is surprisingly capable for such a low price, with a good amount of health data and tracking opportunities. What it is not, however, is flashy.

Minimal is the best word to use when describing the design of the Amazfit Band 7. It is a simple rectangular shape with no buttons or design flourishes whatsoever. The band is one seamless piece that secures the watch face, with no special design or color inserts. The stock models are available in beige, pink, or black (the color I received to review). Should you want something else, you can also buy $10 replacement straps in green, blue, pink, or orange. 

The watch strap connects with a snap button-type design. That makes it easier to put on, but I also had issues with the edge catching on things resulting in the band unsnapping and the watch coming loose on my wrist. The band is also fairly large. I have small wrists, yes, but I used the second to last hole. Amazfit lists the minimum wrist size as 6.5 inches. So if you have smaller wrists than that, you’ll likely want to stay away from the Band 7 unless you don’t mind wearing it higher on your arm. 

Although the band may be a bit long, the watch itself is really slim. It only measures 1.7 x 1 x 0.5 inches, so it looks great, even on my miniature wrists. And it’s low-profile enough that the watch face doesn’t get caught on long sleeves. 

The lack of buttons is either really great or really annoying, depending on your preferences. It was a bit of both for me. I like the sleek look of a button-free design. But there were definitely times when having a button would have been nice. For example, if the watch turns off—either because I turn it off or it goes to sleep after not being worn for a few days—you have to connect the watch to a charger to turn it back on because there’s no power button. I found this very annoying, especially if I wanted to pop out for a run or walk. 

Amazfit Band 7 smartwach
The snap-style band closure tends to catch on things and come undone.

Display

Despite the budget price, the watch features a rather nice display. It’s a 1.47-inch HD ​​AMOLED display with a resolution of 198×368, 282ppi, and very minimal bezels. I really like the narrow rectangular design, as it provides enough screen real estate to see things easily but doesn’t take up my entire wrist to do so. It just looks really nice to me. 

It’s a colorful display and is easy to see in most situations. You have to adjust brightness manually, though, which is tricky if the brightness is turned down and you are out in the sun. You can adjust that setting in the app, but that’s a bit of a pain if you are on a run, for example. The screen is topped with tempered glass and an anti-fingerprint coating. Tempered glass isn’t as durable as other options, such as Gorilla Glass. Yet I haven’t managed to scratch the Band 7 display despite scratching my more expensive, Gorilla Glass-topped Garmin Forerunner 955

As you may expect, since there are no buttons, the display is a touchscreen, so you can swipe and tap through menus and settings. It is plenty responsive; in fact, I had issues with it being too responsive. When I crossed my arms, there was enough pressure to activate the touchscreen and enter the menu to change the watch face. It got quite irritating. 

Sensors

Amazfit fitted the Band 7 with its ​​BioTracker 3.0 PPG biometric sensor. Put simply, PPG sensors use low infrared light to measure how much light is absorbed by blood vessels. This provides a constant measurement of heart rate and blood oxygen levels (SpO2). It can also use that data to calculate and track VO2 Max, stress levels, and sleep. You will have to turn on settings to automatically track SpO2, as it defaults to only manual measurement.

The watch also utilizes a geomagnetic sensor and a three-axis acceleration sensor. It connects to your smartphone via Bluetooth 5.2 BLE, and that’s the extent of its sensors and connectivity. 

One of the aforementioned compromises due to the budget price is the lack of GPS connectivity in the watch itself. Instead, it relies on tethered GPS, meaning you’ll need your phone for all GPS data. That leads to some accuracy issues compared to watches with built-in GPS, especially multi-band GPS like the Garmin Instinct 2S Solar. If you want your route tracked or need distance data, you must have your phone along. And even with your phone, distance and route information won’t be as accurate as watches with GPS. 

Setting up the Amazfit Band 7

Setting up the Amazfit Band 7 is mostly straightforward, albeit a bit tedious. Most of the setup process is done on your phone in the Zepp app (Amazfit is powered by Zepp Health’s health management platform). The initial pairing process with my Samsung Galaxy S22 was very easy, with a simple scan of a QR code on the watch using the app. 

From there, however, things get a little bit complicated and a lot annoying. You have to grant a lot of permissions, more than any other watch platform I’ve used before. It seemed to go on forever. I also had a really hard time finding some of the menus for permissions that the Zepp app specified. It mentioned menus that simply do not exist on my phone, even though it says it’s specific to the phone manufacturer. Then, if you want to get notifications on your watch, you have to go through each individual app that you want notifications from. Which, again, was a bit tedious. 

The Amazfit Band 7’s features

As a budget device, you’d expect the Band 7 to be extremely limited in functionality and abilities. And while it certainly doesn’t have as robust a feature set as a $500 watch, the watch is surprisingly feature-rich for $50. It won’t be a replacement for serious athletes that need highly accurate information and robust tools, but it’s more than capable for most people. 

Battery life

The battery life on the Band 7 is quite surprising, given the low price of the watch. The watch offers a 232 mAh rated capacity, and Amazfit promises up to 18 days of battery life with typical usage. It says heavy usage will result in up to 12 days of battery life. Of course, all this depends on your watch settings as well, as the always-on display and certain settings like stress measuring will eat away at battery life. 

In my testing, I got an average of 16 days of battery life. I typically do one dedicated workout (either a run or strength training session) a day with anywhere between 30 minutes to an hour of duration. And I generally track a few short walks per day on top of that because of my dog. I did not have the always-on display running because I wanted to save the battery more, which greatly affected how much battery life I could get.

When the battery did run out, I was able to charge the watch quickly. Amazfit claims that the theoretical charging duration is two hours, and I found that to be accurate. If I needed a quick top-off before a workout, 15 minutes of charging would give me enough juice to record an hour-long session. The charger uses a magnetic design. In line with the watch’s design, it’s a tiny charger, making it easier to bring along on trips than other watches I’ve used. 

Amazfit Band 7
The Band 7 is capable of tracking plenty of different workout types. Abby Ferguson

Activity tracking

The Amazfit Band 7 can track 120 different types of activities. That includes the basics like outdoor and indoor running, hiking, and cycling. But it also can track badminton, belly and square dancing, jumping rope, jiu-jitsu, and even kite-flying or swinging. Essentially, if there’s an activity you want to do, chances are there’s a unique profile for it on the Amazfit Band 7. 

Tracking is easy, though, by default, the workout widget (where all the activities are) is quite low in the list, so you’ll need to scroll a bit. I thought that was an odd default placement since that’s one of the main reasons to get a watch like this. But you can customize that placement in the Zepp app. Then, you simply tap on Workout and choose the type of workout you want. 

Before you start tracking, you can also adjust settings by tapping the ellipses above the “Go” button. For example, for outdoor running, you can set a workout goal (miles, time, or calories). You can set workout alerts for different metrics like high heart rate or minimum pace. And you can even set the watch up for interval training, which is a nice feature. 

Data collection and insights

The Band 7 is fairly limited in sensors, but it offers the most important ones for basic insights: a  PPG biometric sensor, a geomagnetic sensor, and a three-axis acceleration sensor. It uses these three sensors to collect and calculate heart rate, SpO2, VO2 Max, and stress levels. 

The watch can also track your sleep, breaking it down to give you insights into how long you slept, REM sleep, and how often you were awake during the night. While it doesn’t apply this information to your training, and it isn’t highly accurate, it can at least give you a rough idea of your sleep.

Your training information and data provide a few key insights: PAI and Training Status. PAI, or Personal Activity Intelligence, uses a simple 100-point scale to reflect how active you are, with the goal of keeping it at or above 100 to reduce your risk of disease. It is based on an algorithm that assesses your age, gender, resting heart rate, maximum heart rate, and accumulated heart rate over seven days. Because an algorithm powers it, it’s dynamic and based on you as an individual instead of using generalizations.

While Training Status and PAI are enough for most users, The Band 7 and Zepp app won’t provide the in-depth data and insights serious athletes want or need. For example, Garmin (what I’m most familiar with) provides training stats such as the training effect of each individual workout, power curves, race predictions, training readiness, and heart rate variability (HRV) information. Most of that isn’t relevant to those simply trying to stay active and healthy, but if you want focused training for performance reasons, the Amazfit Band 7 and companion app likely won’t cut it. 

Smartwatch features

On top of all the fitness tracking, the Band 7 provides some smartwatch functionality. It doesn’t provide cellular connectivity, and there is no microphone, which limits its capabilities, though that’s to be expected at this price point. But you can get notifications on the watch from your smartphone from just about any app you use. You can’t interact with those notifications in any way, but you can at least see them to know if it’s something important enough to pick up your phone.

Beyond notifications, the watch also provides access to weather information. And if you are playing music on your phone, you can control it from the watch. I really liked that feature while in the gym working out. If a song started in my UE Fits earbuds that I didn’t want, I could just hit next right on my wrist instead of needing to pick up my phone and sweatily navigate to Spotify. 

Zepp app

The Zepp app is clean and clutter-free, with three primary tabs containing settings and data that you may need. The Homepage of the app features data cards to give you snapshots of what you most want to keep track of. For example, it can show steps, sleep, workout history, exercise status, and more. You can customize this, both in terms of which cards are shown and their order, which is nice. 

The Health tab is also customizable, though with far fewer options. It primarily shows you a breakdown of your workouts and your target goals (which you can edit). Since all of this can be found on the Homepage, it’s a bit confusing that a separate tab is needed.

The third tab is your Profile, which gives you access to settings, goals, connected accounts, and more. It’s also where you access your devices to change device-specific settings.

The app runs very smoothly on my Samsung Galaxy, and it’s quick to sync the watch when I make changes via the app as well. It doesn’t provide as in-depth insights as the Garmin app and doesn’t offer the social component Garmin does, but Zepp works well and provides basic and necessary information. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 and Amazfit Band 7 watches
The distance data from the Band 7 isn’t very accurate since it relies on a connected phone’s GPS. Here you can see it compared to the Garmin Forerunner 955, which has multi-band GPS. Abby Ferguson

The Amazfit Band 7’s usability and accuracy 

Overall, the Amazfit Band 7 is straightforward to use. It has its quirks—such as a lack of buttons for input—that make getting used to it a little tricky at first. But most of the controls are intuitive and easy to figure out. The sensitive touchscreen can be a bit annoying but is small in the grand scheme of things. 

One aspect that I really love about the Amazfit Band 7 is that it provides help text on the watch itself for certain data sets and features. For example, under Workout Status, if you tap the “i” at the bottom of the screen, a rather thorough explanation of EPOC pops up. Since the budget-friendly watch is largely geared toward those who aren’t exercise experts, these terms may be completely new. Explaining what they mean and why they are important right on the watch is extremely helpful and valuable. 

I found the watch’s heart rate monitor to be very accurate, even compared to a dedicated heart rate monitor, which is typically more precise. Likewise, the calculated VO2 Max was in the range it should be for me, though I plan on getting a lab test done for a truly accurate comparison. 

I rarely find sleep tracking very accurate, and that was the case with the Amazfit Band 7. There were nights it seemed spot on, but most of the time, it seemed at least slightly off, and nights it was completely incorrect as well. It also tends to think I’m taking a nap if I take the watch off for more than a few minutes.

How the Amazfit Band 7 stacks up against the competition

There’s no shortage of fitness watches available, with even Amazfit’s own line of devices quite lengthy. I’ve also been using Amazfit’s T-Rex 2. At $200, the T-Rex 2 is still quite a bargain compared to the likes of a Garmin, though it’s four times more expensive than the Band 7. And in most ways, the price difference is noticeable. The T-Rex 2 is decidedly more aggressive looking and significantly larger. It’s much more rugged, having passed 15 Military-Standards Tests (MIL-STD-810G) to withstand harsh conditions. And it comes with more health data and built-in dual-band positioning. You get a lot more watch in the T-Rex 2, albeit in a very different style that isn’t for everyone.

Garmin’s fitness watches tend to be one of the gold standard options for athletes, and the prices certainly match that. The company has done a fantastic job of managing health and fitness data to provide useful and accurate information for training purposes. Amazfit does a nice job of providing useful insights, but it isn’t as thorough as Garmin, especially in the minimal Band 7 watch. Garmin’s watches offer more robust feature sets and data tracking than the Band 7, yet still offer battery life that’s nearly as much as the simpler Band 7.

Amazfit Band 7 and Amazfit T-Rex 2 watches on a wrist
The Band 7 is much more minimal than Amazfit’s dual-band positioning higher-end T-Rex 2. Abby Ferguson

So, who should buy the Amazfit Band 7?

I must admit that I was pleasantly surprised by the Amazfit Band 7. After exclusively using fairly expensive fitness watches for the past 10 years, I assumed that such a budget-level watch would be lacking and less impressive. But that was not the case. 

The Band 7 has some big wins, no matter what price point you are looking at. It sports a sleek design, lengthy battery life, accurate heart rate measurement, music controls, plenty of fitness-focused features, and a wide array of activity types. Of course, with the low price comes some disadvantages: No built-in GPS, a finicky touchscreen, and a cheap band enclosure design. It also doesn’t provide as in-depth training insights or data compared to more expensive watches. As a result, it isn’t great for serious, focused athletes looking for specific performance improvements. But it offers much more than the $50 price would lead you to believe. 

So who’s the Band 7 ideal for? It’s a fantastic choice for those looking for a simple device that can help encourage them to be more active. Not everyone needs access to race predictions and hyper-accurate pace and stride information. But the Amazfit Band 7 can help you learn more about exercise terms and support you in keeping tabs on your activity levels to work toward a healthier, more active lifestyle. And it can do this while functioning as a general smartwatch, making it even more well-rounded. 

The post Amazfit Band 7 fitness & health tracker review: Back to basics appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-instinct-2x-solar-news/ Wed, 12 Apr 2023 17:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533494
Garmin Instinct 2X Solar family
The new Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors. Garmin

The newest Garmin fitness watch is built for extended adventures.

The post Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin Instinct 2X Solar family
The new Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors. Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin is keeping the ball rolling, and you running, this year with exciting releases. The company released two vibrant new watches in its Forerunner series in March. And now, Garmin has announced the newest product in its rugged, adventure-focused Instinct line: the Instinct 2X Solar and the Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition (shown below). The new smartwatches get many improvements and exciting editions compared to the Instinct 2 Solar, including even better solar charging and a more rugged, durable design. It’s also the first Instinct to feature a built-in flashlight and the Obstacle Course Racing activity type. We really enjoyed the Instinct 2 Solar, and this adventure watch looks even better. 

Garmin

SEE IT

Garmin Instinct training features

In keeping with Garmin’s wearables, the 2X series has robust training features and tools. It offers 24/7 health and wellness tracking, including wrist-based heart rate, sleep monitoring, respiration tracking, heart rate variability, Pulse Ox, and more. 

There’s a vast range of sports and activity types, so you can track whatever you like to do to stay active. New in the Instinct line is the Obstacle Course Racing activity. This new activity mode lets you manually record obstacle splits and automatically track them after your first lap. The data from the activity will include the number of runs on a course, times, the number of obstacles, time spent on each obstacle, basic run metrics, and more. If you’re a fan of Tough Mudders, Spartan Race, or the new military-inspired obstacle competitions, this watch will be a big help. 

You’ll also have access to Garmin’s Training Readiness and Morning Report features. These help you plan and maximize your training and maximize to ensure healthy, well-balanced progress. And the multi-band GNSS provides highly accurate positioning to give you price route information and even navigation tools.

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar details

The Instinct 2X Solar gets some very exciting upgrades from the Instinct 2 Solar. It is even more rugged and built to U.S. military standards (MIL-STD-810). The 50mm polymer case—10mm larger than the Instinct 2 Solar—will withstand just about anything you throw at it.

One of my complaints with the Instinct 2 Solar was that the solar charging didn’t give all that much of a benefit. But Garmin says that the Power Glass lens on the Instinct 2X Solar (both the standard and Tactical Edition) will produce 50% more energy than the Instinct 2 Solar. It requires three hours of direct sunlight, but that’s a significant improvement and should mean that solar charging actually results in a real addition to battery life.

This watch’s other exciting new feature is the built-in LED flashlight (shown below). It even offers variable intensities and strobe modes. It could be a significant asset for hiking or any sort of activity in the backcountry, especially in emergency situations. 

Instinct 2X Solar flashlight shining into a backpack—Garmin lifestyle photography cropped
Garmin

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition details

The Tactical Edition of the Instinct 2X Solar gets the same training features, sensors, and build qualities as the standard edition. But on top of that, Garmin says it is also “packed with features specific to tactical operations, including Jumpmaster and tactical preloaded activities.” It features a Stealth Mode, which prevents GPS location sharing and disables wireless communication. And the built-in multi-LED flashlight can be set to either white or dedicated green, resulting in natural vision at night.

Garmin Instinct 2X Solar pricing & availability

The Instinct 2X Solar is available in four colors: Flame Red, Graphite, Moss, and Whitestone. It’s available for purchase now for $449.99. The Instinct 2X Solar Tactical Edition is also available now for $499.99 in two colors: Black or Coyote Tan. 

The post Garmin announces an even more rugged Instinct smartwatch appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now https://www.popsci.com/gear/theragun-pro-massager-amazon-deal/ Tue, 11 Apr 2023 17:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=533284
A Theragun percussion massager on a blue background
Amanda Reed

Pummel away your post-squat blues with one of TheraGun's best-in-class percussion massagers, half-off on Amazon for a limited time.

The post The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A Theragun percussion massager on a blue background
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The weather is warming up, meaning it’s time to throw on some running shoes and work on that mile time. If the winter has disrupted your training routine, the first few runs might leave you a little sore the next day. Recover with the TheraGun Pro, which is 50% off on Amazon.

TheraGun Pro (4th Generation) $300 (Was $599)

Theragun

SEE IT

The TheraGun (4th Generation)—one of our favorite percussion massagers—is among the best on the market. Its professional-grade motor is quiet, and four arm positions make it easy to reach almost any sore spot on your body. The TheraGun has five speeds between 1,750 and 2,400 percussions per minute (PPM), and it has a five-hour battery life if your body needs to be mashed like a potato. Six attachments—supersoft, dampener, standard ball, wedge, thumb, and cone—help you unfurl those pesky knots. An OLED screen, carrying case, and wireless charging round out the high-quality features that add convenience. If you don’t need the latest model‘s quieter motor and crisper screen, save major cash by snagging the previous (and just as formidable) generation.

If you want to feel like you’ve put your body through a pasta machine, consider the BestMassage Zero Gravity Electric Shiatsu Massage Chair, on sale for $599 (down from $999.99), plus take an extra $100 off with clickable coupon. The company’s recliner chair is our best budget pick for the best massage chairs, and we think the foot rollers, built-in heat therapy, and easy remote controls are a bonus. If you’re looking for all-over relief, you need (knead?) a massage accessory like this.

The more you work out, the less sore you should feel naturally—but one of these great massagers can help the transition. And the longer you wait to hit “add to cart,” the less chance you’ll have to get a best-in-class percussion massager for a steal—and you’ll feel a different kind of sore if you miss out on this deal.

Here are other massager deals we’re feeling out:

The post The best percussion massager is 50% off at Amazon right now appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-nordictrack-treadmills/ Thu, 30 Mar 2023 22:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=524131
Two NordicTrack treadmills next to each other on a plain background.
Stan Horaczek

NordicTrack offers treadmills for just about every type of runner (except for Blade Runner). Here are our top picks for every style, space, and budget.

The post The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two NordicTrack treadmills next to each other on a plain background.
Stan Horaczek

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for group training NordicTrack Commercial 2450 treadmill on a plain background NordicTrack Commercial 2450
SEE IT

A massive 22-inch screen makes group classes feel more immersive and exciting.

Best overall NordicTrack Commercial 1250 treadmill NordicTrack Commercial 1250
SEE IT

This is the right mix of features and price for most people looking to workout at home.

Best budget NordicTrack 7i treadmill on a plain background NordicTrack EXP 7i
SEE IT

You can spend roughly half the cost of a high-end model and still maintain most of the features.

When you hear “NordicTrack,” treadmills may not be the first thing that comes to mind. After all, the company started in the 1970s making quirky but effective ski machines. Now, however, the name NordicTrack is attached to one of the biggest and most popular manufacturers of treadmills, many of which now offer integration with the iFit connected fitness platform. While the NordicTrack lineup isn’t vast, it does offer a full range to address various technical requirements and budgets. Here’s a breakdown of the best NordicTrack treadmills for different types of runners—from total beginners to veteran pavement pounders.

How we chose the best NordicTrack treadmills

I am not an elite runner, but I have been involved in the fitness world for decades, and I’ve covered various fitness equipment for outlets like Men’s Journal, Popular Science, and the New York Post. I also consulted with some high-level runners on background, as their sponsorship status precludes them from appearing named in this article. 

NordicTrack offers a robust line of treadmills, but the most recent additions make up most of this list. The company has a very solid track record for durability and performance, so we focused on selecting the features that meet specific user needs. Ultimately, this list results from research based on personal experience, spec comparisons, user reviews, and editorial opinions. 

The best NordicTrack treadmills: Reviews & Recommendations

While we make specific recommendations for certain types of users, there’s always overlap. So, check out all the picks before making your decision. 

Best overall: NordicTrack Commercial 1250

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 60”
  • Screen size: 10”
  • Incline range: -3% to 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Solid mix of features for the price
  • iFit connectivity
  • Quiet incline and decline
  • Relatively compact

Cons

  • Screen feels a little small

This isn’t NordicTrack’s flagship treadmill, but it offers a solid mix of features for a price that more people can afford. As part of the Commercial line, this treadmill is built for regular use. The rollers under the belt are machined and balanced to make running on the surface feel steady and secure. 

Like most of the newer NordicTrack models, this treadmill integrates with the iFit connected workout platform. It offers pre-recorded and live workouts that automatically adjust the incline and the speed as you go. I’ve used the iFit platform quite a bit on other connected fitness gear and I’ve really enjoyed it, so it’s a great addition here. 

The 10-inch screen isn’t massive, but I find the giant screens can feel like overkill and really drive the price of a treadmill up. While the screen isn’t huge, it does rotate, so you can make it easily visible when you’re doing exercises off of the treadmill itself. Many of the iFit workouts involved hopping off the treadmill and doing movements on solid ground, so rotating is pretty essential. 

Overall, this is the best balance of features and price when it comes to NordicTrack treadmills for most people. 

Best for group training: NordicTrack Commercial 2450

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 60”
  • Screen size: 22”
  • Incline range: -3% to 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Huge touchscreen is great for immersion and off-treadmill exercises
  • Folds up when not in use
  • iFit integration
  • Quit for its size

Cons

  • Expensive

If you’re really determined to dive into connected fitness classes, then you want the biggest possible screen. This pro-grade treadmill offers an impressive 22-inch touchscreen display that rotates for off-treadmill exercises. The treadmill has a number of dedicated workouts built-in and can sync up with Google Maps data for virtual location runs. Once you add the iFit program into the equation, it opens up access to live and recorded classes for just about every level of experience. 

Beyond the connected features, this treadmill offers the typical bells and whistles you’d expect from a high-end model. It’s surprisingly quiet, considering how powerful it is. Plus, it folds up easily once you’re done with it so that it won’t take up as much space in your home (and we’re a big fan of folding treadmills). 

If you’re thinking about this upgrade, you’re mostly paying for the larger screen, but it also has a slightly more powerful motor compared to the Commercial 1250 that took home the best overall award. 

Best for pros: NordicTrack Commercial X22i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 22” x 60”
  • Screen size: 22”
  • Incline range: -6% to 40%
  • Speed range: Up to 12 mph 
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Unmatched incline settings
  • Powerful motor
  • Spacious running tread
  • Giant screen

Cons

  • Expensive
  • Heavy

If you want to pretend you’re in “Stranger Things” and go running up that hill, you won’t find a more capable treadmill than NordicTrack’s Commercial X22i. It offers incline settings between -6% and a semi-ridiculous 40%. Most of the other models on this list top out around 12% incline. At its highest setting, you’ll have to do serious work just to keep up with a slow speed. If you’ve been looking for a way to punish your quads and hamstrings, this is it.

Beyond the tilting tread, you get a few extra niceties for your cash. The running tread is two inches wider than most other models, which is good if you’re not the most stable and consistent runner. It also has the most powerful motor, which can get loud at times, but it won’t have any trouble supporting even heavier runners. 

Like the rest of the treadmills on this list, the X22i supports iFit integration, which makes the 22-inch screen very appealing. You can see those coaches looking great in their Spandex as large as possible. 

Best for small spaces: NordicTrack EXP 10i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 55”
  • Screen size: 10”
  • Incline range: 0-12%
  • Speed range: Up to 10 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: Yes

Pros

  • Compact footprint makes it fit in smaller spaces
  • 10-inch color touchscreen
  • Quiet motor
  • Built-in fans for air circulation

Cons

  • Maxes out at 10 mph

This is a slightly upgraded version of the EXP 7i, which we’ve awarded the best budget title. As the name suggests, this model offers a 10-inch full-color touchscreen for connected workouts and other media. Despite its bigger screen, it maintains a 70.8” L x 34.9” W x 59.7” H footprint. That footprint shrinks even more once you raise the deck for storage mode. In fact, it gets more than a foot shorter with the deck in the raised position. 

When it comes to power, the motor fits right in the middle of the lineup, so it’s strong enough to keep up with hard workouts, but it’s not overly loud. That’s important if you live in an apartment or with a lot of other people. 

Plus, if you want to move the entire treadmill, the whole thing weighs just 230 pounds. While that’s not light enough to pick up and move, you can easily slide it out of the way in a pinch. With some of the other high-end models weighing in at more than 400 pounds, they’re not as simple to move. 

Best budget: NordicTrack EXP 7i

NordicTrack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Deck size: 20” x 55”
  • Screen size: 7:
  • Incline range: 0 – 12%
  • Speed range: Up to 10 mph
  • Max weight: 300 pounds
  • Fans: No

Pros

  • Affordable compared to other models
  • Still maintains iFit compatibility despite price
  • Folds up when not in use
  • Supports users up to 300 pounds

Cons

  • Belt is more narrow than others
  • Screen doesn’t rotate, only tilts

While many high-end treadmills on this list break the $2,000 mark, this relatively compact model sometimes checks in under $1,000 if you catch it on sale. Despite its lower price, it offers a full suite of connected features via its iFit integration. Live instructors or recorded workouts can automatically control the speed up to 10 mph or the incline up to 12 degrees.

It doesn’t have the most powerful motor, but as a result, it often runs quieter than some of the bigger, more robust treadmills. The tread is still 20 inches wide, as you’d find with similar models, but it’s 5 inches shorter at 55 total inches. While that’s slightly less room to run, it also makes the whole thing take up less space. The tread is light and easy to raise without a lot of effort. That’s important when you’re totally blasted from a hard workout and don’t want to use more muscle power than you need to.

What to look for when shopping for the best NordicTrack treadmills

If you want to strike out on your own to compare NordicTrack treadmill models, here are some things to consider before making your decision: 

Do you want iFit connected workouts?

Like Peleton and other connected workout devices, NordicTrack treadmills require a service to access live and pre-recorded classes. NordicTrack relies on iFit to provide those services, a paid subscription. The single plan costs $15 per month (or $180 annually), while the family plan costs $39 per month (or $396 annually). You don’t have to have a subscription to use the machine. You can still access many features, including regular workouts and things like the Google Maps integration, without paying for the monthly subscription. I have used iFit in the past, though, and recommend signing up if you get one of these treadmills. The live workouts are fun, and it offers tons of variety.

The iFit workouts can automatically change the speed and incline on the treadmills to match the intended level of effort. That comes in very handy if you don’t want to change it all the time manually. 

Tread size

Typical treads measure 20” x 60”, but you will find some model variability. The higher-end models sometimes add two inches to the width, which can be very helpful for an unsteady walker building strength or someone who does particularly gnarly workouts that push them near exhaustion. Some more compact models offer a 5-inch shorter deck to make them more efficient in space. 

Speed range

The motor inside of a treadmill typically determines how fast it’s capable of going. The lower-end models on this list top out at 10 mph, which should be more than enough for most people. If you’re a serious athlete or just really feel like pushing yourself, the higher-end models go all the way up to 12 mph. That’s a five-minute mile pace, which is extremely fast. 

Incline range

Walking on an incline has gained a ton of popularity as a relatively low-impact fat-burning workout in recent years. Most of the treadmills on this list top out at a 12% incline, which is fairly steep. It’s enough to make even slow speeds feel rigorous. If you upgrade to the Commercial X22i, you can get a whopping 40% incline, which is seriously taxing on your lower body. Unless you want a very hard challenge, the 12% should suit you just fine. 

FAQs

Q: Will treadmill exercise burn my calories and fat?

Your body burns calories all the time so that you can live. But walking and running obviously burn more calories than static activities like laying on the couch or sitting at your computer writing an article about treadmills for several hours. If you’re buying a treadmill expecting it to melt fat off of your body, then you’re going to be disappointed. Go over your exercise and nutrition goals with a trained professional so you can approach things from a safe and effective place.

Q: How long do NordicTrack treadmills last on average?

You’ll get a couple of years’ worth of exercise out of a treadmill if you keep it maintained. If you let it sit for too long or you abuse the heck out of it, that will seriously degrade your chances of a long-lasting device. NordicTrack offers a variable warranty that covers labor for one year, parts for two years, and the frame for a full decade. If you take care of these machines, they should last quite a while. 

Q: How long should I run on a treadmill?

This is entirely up to you and your health professionals. Some people get too gung ho at the beginning of a new exercise initiative and burn themselves out. That kind of ambition can cause serious problems with your knees and other body parts if you try to do too much too quickly. The iFit platform offers some beginner classes that help people get started without putting too much strain on the body. Still, we recommend talking to a trained professional to ensure you do the right thing for yourself.

Q: Are treadmills better than walking outside?

Treadmills offer a few advantages over walking outside. First, you can do it all year round, even if the weather outside is frightful. If you’re still building strength in your legs, the steady, consistent surface may help reduce your chances of a fall. You can also do more in-depth connected exercise routines with the built-in screen on these treadmills. On the other hand, walking outside is good for getting fresh air, and your legs will benefit from all the stabilization work they must do when navigating uneven terrain. 

Final thoughts on the best NordicTrack treadmills

Putting a treadmill in your home is a great way to stay motivated and moving, even when the weather is terrible outside. With access to iFit’s library of live and pre-recorded workouts, these machines offer much more than simple running workouts. The best NordicTrack treadmills offer a full-on exercise regimen that won’t require you to hang out with the various characters you’ll find in the locker room at your local gym or wait in line dripping sweat to refill your water bottle.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best NordicTrack treadmills for 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to save your feet from painful blisters https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-prevent-blisters-on-feet/ Thu, 30 Mar 2023 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=523944
Hands putting bandage on a hiker's foot outdoors
Putting on a bandage on the affected area before your skin fully bubbles up, is the best strategy to preventing blisters. PantherMediaSeller / Deposit Photos

Good planning and listening to your body are key to keep blisters from ruining any outing.

The post How to save your feet from painful blisters appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hands putting bandage on a hiker's foot outdoors
Putting on a bandage on the affected area before your skin fully bubbles up, is the best strategy to preventing blisters. PantherMediaSeller / Deposit Photos

You’ve probably felt that spot on your toe, ankle, or heel heat up. A bubble starts growing and spreading, while thin layers of skin shred and tear: A blister is imminent.

These small pockets of fluid are a frequent nuisance among hikers, runners, backpackers, and anyone who’s ever gone out in new shoes without breaking them in first. But blisters don’t have to mean the end of an outing. On the contrary, this type of wound is easy to prevent and treat if you just give it proper attention early on.

How do blisters form?

To prevent and treat them, it’s helpful to understand how blisters form. These painful bubbles occur when external forces cause the bone and skin to move out of sync, resulting in a tear under the surface, says Robin Larson, wilderness medicine program supervisor at the National Outdoor Leadership School. 

The constant friction in a specific area caused by an ill-fitting sock or shoe, for example, damages the structural connection between skin layers and separates them. The body responds by building up fluid in the spaces between those layers to protect them from further damage and allow for easier and faster healing

[Related: You broke a bone in the middle of nowhere. Now what?]

The main problem with a blister is not its formation but the risk of rupturing the thin skin layer protecting the wound, also known as the “roof.” Without a roof, your raw skin will be exposed, requiring extra care to prevent infection. Needless to say, a ruptured blister is extremely painful and will surely make the walk or run back to the trailhead or finish line a miserable trek.

Fortunately, blisters don’t start out as massive, painful, fluid-filled bubbles. They typically present first as what Larson calls a hot spot: a small area on your foot that slowly starts to feel sore or sensitive. This means that addressing the issue right away can make your day a lot easier.

How to prevent blisters on feet

As with most health-related issues in the backcountry, when it comes to blisters, prevention is key. This means you’ll need to pay special attention to what you put on your feet.

Sweaty or damp socks and shoes can increase the chances of blisters forming. If your day is likely to include long stretches of walking or running, choose socks made from synthetic, moisture-wicking materials. Cotton and other natural textiles just won’t dry up quickly enough while you’re hiking. Oversized socks don’t help either, as the extra fabric can bunch and rub, creating excessive friction and discomfort.

Likewise, make sure your shoes fit properly. They shouldn’t slip around on your feet when you’re walking but should leave enough room for swelling if you plan to be on your feet for most of the day. If you buy new hiking shoes, the general recommendation is to choose footwear half a size larger than you normally would. You should also break them in by wearing them around town or at home for a few days prior to any big athletic pursuits. The same rule doesn’t necessarily apply to running shoes, so the safest bet is to go to a specialized store and have your feet measured by a salesperson. They’ll be able to guide you through choosing the best shoe size and model for you depending on the distance you plan on covering and the shape of your feet.  

Heavy leather boots are usually harder to break in and often more likely to cause blisters, as they’re not as flexible or breathable as other footwear. If you’re hiking or backpacking and are prone to blisters, consider wearing lightweight boots or trail runners instead. If you know there are spots on your feet prone to getting blisters or your shoes feel especially tight in some areas, Larson recommends using kinesiology or waterproof first-aid tape to preemptively cover trouble zones and keep them from becoming a full-blown problem later.

Once you’re ready to hit the trail or pound the pavement, check your socks and shoes for debris. Remove any particles that might grate against your skin by dumping out your boots and turning your socks inside out. 

It doesn’t matter how many preventive measures you took: If you feel a hot spot or any sort of discomfort while you’re moving, Larson says you should stop immediately. Take a break and find the source of the irritation. Pay special attention to seams, debris, or loose socks, and remedy or remove the offender, if possible. To protect the spot from future aggravation, cover the damaged skin by slapping on a blister bandage or a piece of kinesiology tape. The latter is Larson’s favorite because it’s breathable, flexible, and sticky enough to stay put for days if necessary.

How to treat blisters

If, despite your best efforts, you still find yourself with a blister, your best bet is to treat it early. Whatever you do, don’t tear or peel away the roof: “You’re just creating a bigger wound with a greater risk of infection,” Larson says.

Dealing with a small blister that is soft to the touch (meaning is not entirely filled with fluid) is easy—just stick a blister bandage or piece of kinesiology tape directly over the offending spot. It should be large enough to extend beyond the boundaries of the blister area. 

But if the circumference of the blister is larger than a nickel or is fully filled with fluid and likely to rupture, you’ll need to carefully drain it first. To do so, wash your hands thoroughly and sanitize the skin around the blister with soap and clean drinking water, or an alcohol pad. Next, disinfect a safety pin with a different alcohol pad. If you don’t have one, you can also heat the pin over a lighter until the tip glows red. Just make sure to let the metal cool down before you use it to poke a small hole in the bottom of the fluid-filled bubble. Gently press on the blister to completely drain it out, and place a donut-shaped bandage around the outer edge of the wound or apply an adhesive blister bandage. This will prevent shoes or straps from pressing directly on the sensitive area. 

[Related: First aid basics for your adventure in the wilderness]

If the blister has ruptured or the roof is off, you should take special care to prevent infection. Wash your hands and clean the area thoroughly before placing the donut-shaped bandage around the wound, and then cover the area with a large bandage. If it’s really raw, say, if the roof has peeled back and your socks or shoes have been rubbing the wound for some time, use a hydrocolloid bandage. Larson also recommends making a jelly donut: use a moleskin donut bandage and cover the ruptured blister with 2nd Skin Squares, a jelly-like product that protects and moisturizes the skin to stimulate healing. Finish by covering everything up with a piece of kinesiology tape or an adhesive bandage.

With an open wound such as a roofless blister, preventing infection is your first priority, but Larson doesn’t often recommend applying antibiotic ointment. She explains that the cream can attract more dirt and keep bandages from sticking in place.

Tips and tricks for treating blisters

It’s a good idea to keep some blister bandages in your first aid kit, but don’t fret the next time you’re in the backcountry and you find you have none. Larson has used and seen plenty of less conventional blister treatments, from breathable and flexible kinesiology tape to duct tape. 

While she doesn’t prefer the latter, it can work in a pinch, especially if you cover the blister with a folded piece of tape (sticky sides together) slightly bigger than the circumference of the wound, and cover everything up with a larger strip. That will keep the adhesive from being in direct contact with delicate and damaged skin.

Larson is a big fan of hydrocolloid bandages, which are available at your local pharmacy. But be wary of traditional adhesive bandages, as they tend to slip off in the presence of sweat and moisture. She also suggests experimenting with different products to see what works for you but recommends you always keep some tape, a couple of alcohol prep pads, and a pin on hand, just in case. 

The post How to save your feet from painful blisters appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-apple-watch-alternatives/ Fri, 24 Dec 2021 01:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=382954
Best Apple Watch alternatives sliced header
Tony Ware

These fitness trackers and smartwatches offer sharp looks and deep sensor integration for Android users and anyone else interested in premium wearables outside Apple's ecosystem.

The post The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Best Apple Watch alternatives sliced header
Tony Ware

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall Galaxy Watch 5 smartwatch Galaxy Watch 5
SEE IT

Slick styling, optional cellphone connectivity, and lots of health tracking features put this watch on top.

Best dedicated fitness tracker The Fitbit Sense 2 is a dedicated fitness tracker and smartwatch. Fitbit Sense 2
SEE IT

The Fitbit Sense 2 is lightweight and slim but still offers lots of sensors and good battery life.

Best stylish smartwatch The Skagen Jorn is a stylish hybrid smartwatch Skagen Jorn Gen 6 Smartwatch
SEE IT

The Skagen Jorn is a unique hybrid watch, featuring traditional watch hands with full smartwatch capabilities.

The Apple Watch was not the first connected watch. Thanks to Dick Tracy, people have been dreaming of wrist-worn communicators since the 1940s, and companies have actually produced usable companion devices since the early 2000s. But since “Apple’s most personal device ever” launched in 2015, it’s come to dominate the smartwatch market by sheer volume. However, the best wearable for everyone, especially Android users, isn’t necessarily Apple’s. Many Apple Watch alternatives provide various tech that can match and even top the Series 8 experience. Really, the phrase “Apple Watch alternative” sometimes does these gadgets a disservice. Apple’s offering is great, but other top smartwatches and fitness trackers deserve recognition for their own forms and features. The best Apple Watch alternatives satisfy all kinds of purposes: collecting health metrics, delivering notifications, tracking outdoor adventures, and much more fantastic functionality without committing to watchOS/iOS. 

How we chose the best Apple Watch alternatives

When selecting the recommendations included in this list, we evaluated a range of features, specs, and tools that make smartwatches useful and desirable. To function as an Apple Watch alternative, phone connectivity in some capacity was an absolute must. The selected watches also needed a robust array of sensors to capture important health and activity data. We aimed to choose watches with different styles since style is such a subjective topic. And lastly, we assessed important specs such as battery life, display quality, and durability. Combining this research with peer recommendations, critical reviews, and plenty of hands-on experience, we narrowed down our selection to the best Apple Watch alternatives.

The best Apple Watch alternatives: Reviews & Recommendations

The best Apple Watch alternatives are delightfully varied, and you’re sure to find one that strikes your fancy. So let’s look at the non-Apple products that can keep your phone in your pocket but your life connected.

Best overall: Galaxy Watch 5

Samsung

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 ounces (44mm), 1 ounce (40mm)
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.74 x 0.38 inches (44mm), 1.54 x 1.59 x 0.38 inches (40mm)
  • Display resolution: 450×450 pixels (44mm), 396×396 pixels (40mm) 
  • Battery life: Up to 50 hours
  • Waterproof rating: IP68
  • Connectivity: BT 5.2, Wi-Fi 2.4GHz & 5GHz, NFC, LTE
  • Sensors: Accelerometer, gyroscope, barometer, ambient light, compass, GPS, BioActive sensor (Bioelectrical Impedance Analysis sensor, Electrical Heart sensor (ECG), and Optical Heart Rate sensor), mic/speaker
  • App support: Android

Pros

  • Attractive design, with swappable straps
  • Optional 4G LTE version
  • Available in two sizes
  • Plenty of health-tracking features
  • Excellent third-party app support

Cons

  • Battery life is lacking
  • Some features only work with Samsung phones

The Galaxy Watch is one of the most direct competitors to the Apple Watch. That’s partly because it is one of the few watches that offer an eSIM for cellular connectivity. The eSim and built-in mic and speakers mean you can take calls and receive and respond to text messages via the watch. You don’t need your phone on you all the time to take advantage of the smart features, which is a nice option to have. The combination of Wear OS and an Android 8.0 or above phone, however, allows for Google Maps navigation, interaction with Google Assistant, and more.

The Galaxy Watch5 has a sleek, minimal design. It’s available in two sizes—40mm and 44mm—and comes in four colors. At only 1.2 ounces for the larger watch (44mm), it’s lightweight, making it more comfortable to wear. It is packed with useful sensors, including Samsung’s BioActive sensor array, responsible for sleep tracking, heart rate, blood oxygen monitoring, ECG, and body composition analysis. It will provide lots of health and fitness insights. It even automatically detects exercise, which is helpful if you tend to forget to start tracking as I do.

The downside of this watch is the battery life. The 40mm watch utilizes a 284mAh battery, while the 44mm features a 410mAh battery. If you use the device for any exercise tracking at all, you’ll need to charge it daily. Nighttime is the most logical time to charge it for most, but that means you’ll miss out on sleep tracking, which is a selling point of the watch. (A titanium-cased Galaxy Watch5 Pro version increases the durability, wellness sensors, and battery life.)

Best dedicated fitness tracker: Fitbit Sense 2

Fitbit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 0.8 ounces
  • Case size: 1.5 by 1.5 by 0.45 inches
  • Display resolution: 336 x 336 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 6 days
  • Waterproof rating: Water resistant to 164 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, NFC
  • Sensors: GPS/GLONASS, heart rate, altimeter, skin temperature, gyroscope, accelerometer, ambient light, SpO2, cEDA, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Very slim and lightweight
  • Lots of sensors
  • Good battery life
  • Easy to use

Cons

  • No music support
  • Subscription required to take full advantage of its features

The Fitbit Sense 2 is the company’s best and brightest smartwatch. It packs plenty of sensors, including onboard GPS to track your runs and bike rides. It also features a skin temperature sensor and Fitbit’s cEDA (continuous ElectroDermal Activity) sensor to help track stress. And it promises a six-day battery life (depending on usage), which is very strong.

At less than an ounce, this is one of the lightest smartwatches available, especially for one with such a robust set of sensors. It’s sleek and minimal, fitting nicely even on small wrists. And you can choose between three colorways. In addition, the Sense 2 gets an added physical button compared to the first version, making navigation easier.

Unfortunately, Fitbit removed third-party app support from the Sense 2. That means it isn’t as much of a smartwatch as other options. For example, there’s no Spotify app or music support, so you’ll have to rely on your phone. But there is a built-in speaker and microphone, so you can take calls on your wrist, as long as your phone is nearby. 

Best smartwatch for Android users: Ticwatch Pro 3

Ticwatch

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.5 ounces
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.9 x 0.5 inches
  • Display resolution: 454 x 454 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 72 hours (Smart Mode) or 45 days (Essential Mode)
  • Water rating: IP68
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0, Wi-Fi
  • Sensors: GPS/Beidou/Glonass/Galileo/QZSS, accelerometer, gyroscope, PPG heart rate, ambient light, barometer, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Good battery life
  • Dual display helps save battery life
  • Fast and responsive
  • IP68 waterproof rating

Cons

  • Somewhat pricey
  • A bit bulky

With a Snapdragon 4100 processor, the TicWatch Pro 3 is among the fastest Apple Watch alternatives on the market. It has all the usual high-end smartwatch features, including onboard GPS and NFC for payments. There’s a whole host of sensors and data tracking features, including a heart rate monitor, barometer, sleep tracking, and SpO2 monitoring.

It also has one very clever feature: a lower-power LCD screen right on top of its regular AMOLED display. That allows you to switch over for up to 45 days of battery life in “essential mode.” And there is an ambient light sensor in the watch, so it can automatically adjust the brightness of the AMOLED display.

The Ticwatch features a rugged design that will hold up to whatever activities you participate in. It’s a waterproof smartwatch with an IP68 rating, so you can even swim in it. That said, even though it is 28 percent lighter than the previous version of this watch, it is still fairly large and chunky. It may not be best for the small of wrist.

Best smartwatch for the triathlete in training: Garmin Forerunner 955

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.8 ounces
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.5 inches
  • Display resolution: 260 x 260 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 15 days (smartwatch mode)
  • Water rating: 5 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth, ANT+, Wi-Fi
  • Sensors: Heart rate, GPS/Glonass/Galileo, thermometer, pulse oximeter, accelerometer, gyroscope, compass, barometric altimeter
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Long battery life
  • Highly customizable
  • Collects loads of data
  • Useful training assistance

Cons

  • Pricey

Garmin specializes in super-advanced fitness and outdoor tech gear, making its gear one of the best Apple Watch alternatives for serious athletes. The Forerunner 955 is specifically focused on running, though it can track about any kind of workout you can think of, including ones specific to triathlon training. It includes a dizzying array of sensors to ensure you improve. It calculates elevation changes, measures your pace against an average for your fitness level, calculates VO2 Max, and can even measure stuff like ground contact time and stride length. In addition, the watch provides plenty of training help, such as suggested workouts and training load insights, to help you maximize your fitness. 

Despite all the data it collects, the battery life is fantastic. And You can easily customize battery consumption to get what you need out of the watch in a given situation. In smartwatch mode, Garmin promises 15 days of battery life. And when using the All Systems GNSS plus Multi-Band mode (the most accurate location tracking), Garmin specifies up to 20 hours. Should you want a little extra juice, Garmin also makes a solar version of this watch. Of course, battery life depends on your usage, but I was easily able to get the promised numbers when using the Solar version of this watch, even without getting the minimum sun exposure. 

There is no microphone on the watch or optional cellphone connectivity, so you will need your phone to take advantage of the notifications and safety features (unless you opt for the older Forerunner 945 LTE). But you can send pre-formatted responses to calls and texts and interact with notifications from certain apps. And it is surprisingly sleek for all the sensors that are onboard, even on small wrists. Of course, if you’re more of a weekend warrior and don’t mind charging more often in exchange for the most vivid visual experience, the Garmin epix 2 has an AMOLED touchscreen display that brings it near parity with an Apple Watch presentation.

Best stylish smartwatch: Skagen Jorn 38MM Gen 6 Hybrid Smartwatch

Skagen

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: Not provided
  • Case size: 1.5-inch diameter, 0.5 inches thick
  • Display resolution: 240 x 240 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 14 days
  • Water rating: 3 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.0 LE
  • Sensors: Accelerometer, microphone, PPG heart rate
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Sleek, attractive styling
  • Unique hybrid design
  • Good app support
  • Built-in microphone

Cons

  • Fitness tracking isn’t great
  • Lacks a speaker

Skagen, the Danish-design-inspired imprint of Fossil, has a line of hybrid smartwatches called Jorn, which have uniformly been extremely good-looking watches. The hybrid design may not be for everyone, but it is a unique combination of classic watch looks with smartwatch features. The watch hands cleverly move out of the way so that you can easily read the E Ink display, and it still offers plenty of customization options. And it comes in 38mm or 42mm sizes with different color and band options. 

The Jorn features a built-in microphone as well as Amazon Alexa support. You can use voice control to set timers, reminders, and ask questions. Unfortunately, it lacks a speaker, so responses are displayed on the watch instead of spoken back to you, and you can’t take calls. But it does add a layer of functionality that some may appreciate. And it’s Android and iPhone compatible, so you can use it’s companion app with just about any phone.

The sensors in the Jorn watch are somewhat minimal but include an accelerometer and PPG heart rate monitor for basic exercise and health stats. These will track your steps, sleep, heart rate, and SpO2. Unfortunately, there’s no built-in GPS, so the watch relies on tethered GPS, which requires your phone. If you are looking for a serious fitness watch, this isn’t the best option, but we think it’s the most stylish Apple Watch alternative available. 

Best for health data: Polar Ignite 3

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.2 ounces
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.7 x 0.4 inches
  • Display resolution: 416 × 416 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 30 hours (training mode)
  • Water rating: Water resistant to 98 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth 5.1
  • Sensors: GPS/Beidou/Glonass/Galileo/QZSS, accelerometer, heart rate 
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Attractive styling 
  • Really slim on the wrist
  • Lots of smart health and training features
  • Vibrant display

Cons

  • GPS is inaccurate 

Polar has long been a staple in the fitness and health world, investing heavily in research and offering a range of watches and sensors. The third iteration of the Ignite is the sleekest yet, with attractive yet minimal design features. It’s available in four colorways, some of which (such as the Greige Sand) hardly look like fitness watches. It features an extremely slim profile, barely sticking up from my wrist.

The watch offers fairly minimal sensors, but it still collects plenty of data for excellent health and fitness insights. It provides the Polar Precision Prime sensor for highly accurate heart rate data. Unfortunately, despite the multi-band GPS, the location data is disappointing and inaccurate. This won’t matter for some, but if precise location tracking is essential to you, this watch won’t be your best choice. 

Where the Ignite 3 does shine is the health data it collects and the insights it provides. It provides accurate sleep-tracking information and uses that to help guide daily workout suggestions. It even provides secondary workout suggestions, such as stretching activities to keep you healthy. And Polar’s FitSpark suggests different types of exercise to keep your training well-rounded. It can provide a lot of information to help you stay on top of your training and health in general.

Best battery life: Garmin Instinct 2S Solar

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1.8 ounces (45mm), 1.5 ounces (40mm)
  • Case size: 1.8 x 1.8 x 0.6 inches (45mm), 1.6 x 1.6 x 0.5 inches (40mm)
  • Display resolution: 176 x 176 pixels (45mm) 156 x 156 pixels (40mm)
  • Battery life: Up to 28 days, unlimited with solar (smartwatch mode)
  • Water rating: Waterproof to 328 feet
  • Connectivity: Bluetooth and ANT+
  • Sensors: Heart rate, GPS/Glonass/Galileo, thermometer, pulse oximeter, accelerometer, compass, barometric altimeter
  • App support: Android and iOS

Pros

  • Outstanding battery life
  • Two sizes available
  • Lots of training tools
  • Highly accurate data collection

Cons

  • Rugged, old-school design isn’t for everyone

Garmin’s Instinct 2S Solar has a lot going for it, but its battery life is certainly the main highlight. In smartwatch mode, Garmin says it offers unlimited battery life if you get three hours of 50,000 lux sunlight conditions a day. Of course, when you use the various GPS modes and tracking exercises, that goes down. But I got about a week of life from my 40mm version while doing some activity once a day, even without getting the required sun exposure per day for the solar benefits.

The watch also gets a robust set of sensors and tracking features, in line with most of Garmin’s products. It can suggest workouts and keep track of your training status to ensure you are getting the most out of your activities and advancing your fitness. You can even use it to navigate should you need help getting back to your starting point. Overall it’s a fantastic training partner.

The Instinct 2 Solar is a vastly different Apple Watch alternative in its styling. It has a rather rugged, old-school watch styling, which some may not like. The display is also a simple monochrome transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP) display, so don’t expect fancy color graphics or touchscreen functionality. But it connects to your phone and provides notifications on the watch. There is no microphone or speaker, so you can’t take calls on the watch, but you can use it to reject or accept a call that you then take on your phone. And like the Forerunner 955, you can send prewritten responses to texts or calls directly from the watch, which is handy if you are in the middle of something. 

Best budget smartwatch: Amazfit GTS 4

Amazfit

SEE IT

Specs

  • Weight: 1 ounce
  • Case size: 1.7 x 1.4 x 0.4 inches (without heart rate base)
  • Display resolution: 390 x 450 pixels
  • Battery life: Up to 8 days (typical use)
  • Water rating: 5 ATM water resistance
  • Connectivity: WLAN 2.4GHz, Bluetooth 5.0, and BLE
  • Sensors: Geomagnetic, accelerometer, barometric altimeter, gyroscope, ambient light sensor, dual-band & 6 satellite positioning systems, BioTracker™ 4.0 PPG biometric sensor, mic/speaker
  • App support: Android 7.0 and above, iOS 12.0 and above

Pros

  • Sleek and comfortable design
  • Lots of sport modes
  • Good battery life

Cons

  • Data collection isn’t the most accurate

Amazfit is a well-established maker of budget smartwatches, and the GTS 4 is a great one. It provides an eight-day battery life (depending on usage), which is surprising for a watch of this price. That can even be extended to 16 days in battery saver mode. It also has lots of sensors to measure your heart rate, steps, blood oxygen levels, stress, sleep, location, and more. 

As a smartwatch, the GTS 4 pairs with your phone and delivers notifications right to your wrist. And it can sync with apps like Strava and Google Fit. It features a built-in mic and speaker, so you can receive and make calls from the watch if your phone is near. It has a strikingly Apple Watch-like design, which is sleek and minimal.

Of course, as a somewhat inexpensive watch, there are some downsides. The companion app (called Zepp) is a bit clunky, with some settings difficult to find. And the data collection tends to be a bit inaccurate, especially the sleep data and the automatic stand suggestions. And you’ll lose some features like third-party app compatibility. But it still has a lot to offer as long as you aren’t relying on the data for precise training.

What to consider when looking for the best Apple Watch alternatives

Non-Apple Watch smartwatches are available running all kinds of different software platforms. And many of them will work with both Android and iOS, in case you ever switch phones. Apple Watch alternatives come in a few different flavors. There’s the direct competition, which would be Google’s Wear platform and the Samsung Galaxy Watch. And there are also more fitness-centric offerings, both for casual workouts and intense outdoors lovers, plus a whole crop of budget-friendly smartwatches that provide health tracking and notifications.

What’s the difference between a smartwatch and a fitness tracker?

In general, the phrase “fitness tracker” is used to differentiate these models from a smartwatch in a few ways. Fitness trackers are typically smaller. They often look more like a bracelet with a small screen than a big, fancy watch. They are, as their name suggests, focused on fitness: a good fitness tracker should have not just a step tracker, but also a heart rate monitor and sleep tracking tech. Many high-end fitness watches can also integrate with more robust devices like chest strap heart rate monitors. 

That said, the line between fitness tracker and smartwatch has blurred. Modern fitness trackers have some features we’re more likely to associate with smartwatches They may have the ability to deliver notifications of texts and emails from your phone, might have a speaker so you can activate Amazon Alexa or Google Assistant. Some even sport similar faces and design elements.

But if you plan on wearing your wristpiece all the time, it’s fair to want something less like a fitness tracker and more like a full-featured smartwatch: you want it to have a bigger screen, because you’ll be looking at it more, and to have non-fitness-focused features too.

What watch features and sensors do I need?

A brief comparison of smartwatches will reveal a wide array of features and sensors. Of course, many companies have their proprietary names for traditional sensors, making matters more complicated. What sensors and features you need in a watch depends on how you intend to use it. 

If you mainly want a smartwatch for notification and call purposes, make sure you prioritize a watch with a microphone, speaker, and potentially cellular connectivity as well. Suppose you are more interested in highly accurate fitness information. In that case, you’ll want a multisport watch with a whole suite of features such as multi-band GPS, accelerometer, barometer, gyroscope, heart rate monitor, and more. 

Do I have to spend hundreds of dollars on a smartwatch?

The current generation of Apple Watch, the Series 8, starts at a whopping $399 (and goes up to $799 if you decide the Apple Watch Ultra is the right one for you). If you don’t necessarily need all the bells and whistles, just something that’ll track your health metrics and stick that data into a fitness app, plus maybe deliver some alerts, you don’t need to spend that much. In fact, you can spend barely a tenth of that price and get something surprisingly great.

The biggest use cases for smartwatches, according to Statista, are notifications and fitness tracking—and you can snag a budget smartwatch or fitness bracelet that can do that for you, acting as your everyday connected wearable at a fraction of the price of full-featured smartwatches.

What’s the most stylish smartwatch?

Smartwatches and fitness trackers aren’t known for being the most stylish accessories. They have some fundamental requirements that make being stylish difficult. For example, they have to be big enough to contain a touchscreen, a heart rate monitor, and a battery, which means that even the smallest tend to be on the bulky side.

For those who take wristwatches seriously, even the Apple Watch can be underwhelming from an aesthetic perspective. It’s a basic square made of glass and aluminum. Most Apple Watch alternatives are the same way: either a slim bracelet-style fitness tracker or a square or circular smartwatch. These tend to look just fine at the gym or when out for a run, but in more formal settings can look out of place.

Luckily, a few companies are getting on board with different designs. For example, the Amazfit T-Rex 2 leans into retro-style chunkiness, while hybrid smartwatches like the Skagen Jorn or Garmin vivomove 3 offer traditional analog watch hands with smartwatch features.

FAQs

Q: What are the disadvantages of the Apple Watch?

Apple’s smartwatch may be popular, but it definitely has disadvantages. Most importantly, it’s not compatible with Android phones. That means that 73% of the global smartphone market is out of luck. It’s also only available in the one square style, which may not be to everyone’s taste.

Q: What is the best and cheapest smartwatch?

While “the best” is absolutely subjective, if you’re looking for the best combination of features at the cheapest price, we like fitness trackers. They’ll include the most popular uses for smartwatches (fitness tracking and notifications) without all the other stuff so that you can save money. Amazfit has various options for a super low price, while Fitbit has some of the best software combinations and cheaper options.

Q: Is there a smartwatch as good as the Apple Watch?

We think the best non-Apple smartwatch will vary depending on what you’re looking for. If you’re just wanting to track your fitness and exercise, we like the Fitbit Sense 2; if you have a Samsung phone and want a full smartwatch experience, the Samsung Galaxy Watch 5 is a great option; and if you want something to help on your running journey, look at Garmin’s offerings.

Final thoughts on the best Apple Watch alternatives

There’s truly no shortage of wearables these days, with most smartphone makers offering watch choices and fitness trackers increasingly becoming more like smartwatches. Thus, choosing the best Apple Watch alternative can be overwhelming. The good news is that whether you are looking for a hyper-focused fitness watch, a stylish smartwatch, or a simple blend between the two, there is an efficiency-boosting accessory for you among the choices we’ve compiled so you can complement your look and lifestyle.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio to video games to cameras and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best Apple Watch alternatives in 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Social relationships are important to the health of aging adults https://www.popsci.com/health/health-risks-social-relationships-aging/ Sat, 25 Mar 2023 23:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=522255
Social frailty can entail feeling a lack of control over one’s life or being devalued by others.
Social frailty can entail feeling a lack of control over one’s life or being devalued by others. DepositPhotos

Lack of community can lead to decreased physiological strength and a reduced biological ability to bounce back.

The post Social relationships are important to the health of aging adults appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Social frailty can entail feeling a lack of control over one’s life or being devalued by others.
Social frailty can entail feeling a lack of control over one’s life or being devalued by others. DepositPhotos

This article was originally featured on KHN.

Consider three hypothetical women in their mid-70s, all living alone in identical economic circumstances with the same array of ailments: diabetes, arthritis, and high blood pressure.

Ms. Green stays home most of the time and sometimes goes a week without seeing people. But she’s in frequent touch by phone with friends and relatives, and she takes a virtual class with a discussion group from a nearby college.

Ms. Smith also stays home, but rarely talks to anyone. She has lost contact with friends, stopped going to church, and spends most of her time watching TV.

Ms. Johnson has a wide circle of friends and a busy schedule. She walks with neighbors regularly, volunteers at a school twice a week, goes to church, and is in close touch with her children, who don’t live nearby.

Three sets of social circumstances, three levels of risk should the women experience a fall, bout of pneumonia, or serious deterioration in health.

Of the women, Ms. Johnson would be most likely to get a ride to the doctor or a visit in the hospital, experts suggest. Several people may check on Ms. Green and arrange assistance while she recovers.

But Ms. Smith would be unlikely to get much help and more likely than the others to fare poorly if her health became challenged. She’s what some experts would call “socially vulnerable” or “socially frail.”

Social frailty is a corollary to physical frailty, a set of vulnerabilities (including weakness, exhaustion, unintentional weight loss, slowness, and low physical activity) shown to increase the risk of falls, disability, hospitalization, poor surgical outcomes, admission to a nursing home, and earlier death in older adults.

Essentially, people who are physically frail have less physiological strength and a reduced biological ability to bounce back from illness or injury.

Those who are socially frail similarly have fewer resources to draw upon, but for different reasons — they don’t have close relationships, can’t rely on others for help, aren’t active in community groups or religious organizations, or live in neighborhoods that feel unsafe, among other circumstances. Also, social frailty can entail feeling a lack of control over one’s life or being devalued by others.

Many of these factors have been linked to poor health outcomes in later life, along with so-called social determinants of health — low socioeconomic status, poor nutrition, insecure housing, and inaccessible transportation.

Social frailty assumes that each factor contributes to an older person’s vulnerability and that they interact with and build upon each other. “It’s a more complete picture of older adults’ circumstances than any one factor alone,” said Dr. Melissa Andrew, a professor of geriatric medicine at Dalhousie University in Halifax, Nova Scotia, who published one of the first social vulnerability indices for older adults in 2008.

This way of thinking about older adults’ social lives, and how they influence health outcomes, is getting new attention from experts in the U.S. and elsewhere. In February, researchers at Massachusetts General Hospital and the University of California-San Francisco published a 10-item “social frailty index” in the Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences journal.

Using data from 8,250 adults 65 and older who participated in the national Health and Retirement Study from 2010 to 2016, the researchers found that the index helped predict an increased risk of death during the period studied in a significant number of older adults, complementing medical tools used for this purpose.

“Our goal is to help clinicians identify older patients who are socially frail and to prompt problem-solving designed to help them cope with various challenges,” said Dr. Sachin Shah, a co-author of the paper and a researcher at Massachusetts General Hospital.

“It adds dimensions of what a clinician should know about their patients beyond current screening instruments, which are focused on physical health,” said Dr. Linda Fried, an internationally known frailty researcher and dean of the Mailman School of Public Health at Columbia University.

Beyond the corridors of medicine, she said, “we need society to build solutions” to issues raised in the index — the ability of seniors to work, volunteer, and engage with other people; the safety and accessibility of neighborhoods in which they live; ageism and discrimination against older adults; and more.

Meanwhile, a team of Chinese researchers recently published a comprehensive review of social frailty in adults age 60 and older, based on results from dozens of studies with about 83,900 participants in Japan, China, Korea, and Europe. They determined that 24% of these older adults, assessed both in hospitals and in the community, were socially frail — a higher portion than those deemed physically frail (12%) or cognitively frail (9%) in separate studies. Most vulnerable were people 75 and older.

What are the implications for health care? “If someone is socially vulnerable, perhaps they’ll need more help at home while they’re recovering from surgery. Or maybe they’ll need someone outside their family circle to be an advocate for them in the hospital,” said Dr. Kenneth Covinsky, a geriatrician at UCSF and co-author of the recent Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences article.

“I can see a social frailty index being useful in identifying older adults who need extra assistance and directing them to community resources,” said Jennifer Ailshire, an associate professor of gerontology and sociology at the University of Southern California Leonard Davis School of Gerontology.

Unlike other physicians, geriatricians regularly screen older adults for extra needs, albeit without using a well-vetted or consistent set of measures. “I’ll ask, who do you depend on most and how do you depend on them? Do they bring you food? Drive you places? Come by and check on you? Give you their time and attention?” said Dr. William Dale, the Arthur M. Coppola Family Chair in Supportive Care Medicine at City of Hope, a comprehensive cancer center in Duarte, California.

Depending on the patients’ answers, Dale will refer them to a social worker or help modify their plan of care. But, he cautioned, primary care physicians and specialists don’t routinely take the time to do this.

Oak Street Health, a Chicago-based chain of 169 primary care centers for older adults in 21 states and recently purchased by CVS Health, is trying to change that in its clinics, said Dr. Ali Khan, the company’s chief medical officer of value-based care strategy. At least three times a year, medical assistants, social workers, or clinicians ask patients about loneliness and social isolation, barriers to transportation, food insecurity, financial strain, housing quality and safety, access to broadband services, and utility services.

The organization combines these findings with patient-specific medical information in a “global risk assessment” that separates seniors into four tiers of risk, from very high to very low. In turn, this informs the kinds of services provided to patients, the frequency of service delivery, and individual wellness plans, which include social as well as medical priorities.

The central issue, Khan said, is “what is this patient’s ability to continue down a path of resilience in the face of a very complicated health care system?” and what Oak Street Health can do to enhance that.

What’s left out of an approach like this, however, is something crucial to older adults: whether their relationships with other people are positive or negative. That isn’t typically measured, but it’s essential in considering whether their social needs are being met, said Linda Waite, the George Herbert Mead Distinguished Service Professor of sociology at the University of Chicago and director of the National Social Life, Health, and Aging Project.

For seniors who want to think about their own social vulnerability, consider this five-item index, developed by researchers in Japan.

(1) Do you go out less frequently now than last year?

(2) Do you sometimes visit your friends?

(3) Do you feel you are helpful to friends or family?

(4) Do you live alone?

(5) Do you talk to someone every day?

Think about your answers. If you find your responses unsatisfactory, it might be time to reconsider your social circumstances and make a change.

KHN (Kaiser Health News) is a national newsroom that produces in-depth journalism about health issues. Together with Policy Analysis and Polling, KHN is one of the three major operating programs at KFF (Kaiser Family Foundation). KFF is an endowed nonprofit organization providing information on health issues to the nation.

The post Social relationships are important to the health of aging adults appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A $25 whistle-like tool could be a game changer for COPD patients https://www.popsci.com/technology/pep-buddy-copd/ Mon, 13 Mar 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=519091
PEP Buddy breathing aid on lanyard for COPD patietns
The PEP Buddy helps slow patients' breathing to regulate air flow and improve oxygen levels. University of Cincinnati

The PEP Buddy is cheap, uses no electronics, and could help regulate breathing for COPD sufferers.

The post A $25 whistle-like tool could be a game changer for COPD patients appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
PEP Buddy breathing aid on lanyard for COPD patietns
The PEP Buddy helps slow patients' breathing to regulate air flow and improve oxygen levels. University of Cincinnati

Nearly 16 million Americans suffer from chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD). The often severe respiratory issues can dramatically influence patients’ day-to-day lives, making even once-simple physical tasks like walking and going to the store incredibly difficult, and sometimes even life-threatening. 

While there are a number of treatments and medications available, the therapies are often expensive, complicated, and time-consuming. Recently, however, researchers designed a cheap, simple, tiny tool that could not only alleviate COPD patients’ breathing issues, but offer relief for others dealing with anxiety and stress, as well as aid practitioners of meditation and yoga.

[Related: Seniors are struggling with chronic anxiety, but don’t seek treatment.]

As detailed in a new paper published in the journal, Respiratory Care, a team at the University of Cincinnati have created a new positive-expiratory pressure (PEP) device roughly the size and shape of whistle that attaches to a lanyard for users to keep on them during their everyday activities. Unlike existing PEP products that are often handheld, bulky, and expensive,  Muhammad Ahsan Zafar and Ralph Panos’ PEP Buddy aid only costs around $25, and includes no electronics.

Because of their respiratory system degradation and weaker air tubes, it often takes COPD sufferers longer to exhale while breathing. When their breath quickens, such as during physical activities or while stressed, more and more air stays within the lungs, causing “dynamic hyperinflation” that leads to breathlessness and lower oxygen levels. This compounds over time, and often restricts or discourages further physical movement and exertion, which then can worsen existing COPD symptoms.

[Related: How to make the most of meditation with science.]

To combat these problems, users put the device in their mouth just as they would a whistle when needed, then breathe through their nose and exhale through the product. PEP Buddy’s design simply relies on creating a slight back pressure while users breathe out, thus slowing down their exhalations to better regulate air flow. In their studies, Zafar and Panos found that around 72-percent of patients utilizing PEP Buddy over a two-week period reported a “significant impact” in reducing shortness of breath while also improving their everyday living. What’s more, over a third of those participating in the study showed no signs of dropping oxygen levels while PEP Buddy was in use.

Because there are no respiratory medications involved, the PEP Buddy can also be used by anyone looking to simply better regulate their breathwork following intense exercise or while practicing mindfulness and meditation exercises. Going forward, researchers hope to oversee a long-term study to see PEP Buddy’s potential in conjunction with rescue inhalers, alongside emergency room visits and usage within pulmonary rehabilitation programs.

The post A $25 whistle-like tool could be a game changer for COPD patients appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best posture correctors of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/reviews/best-posture-corrector/ Fri, 06 Aug 2021 20:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=387173
People wearing posture correctors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

Relieve your muscles and ease your pain without breaking the bank—or your back.

The post The best posture correctors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
People wearing posture correctors on a white background.
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall The Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector is the best overall device. Upright GO 2
SEE IT

This smart pick nudges you when you start slouching.

Best for back The BetterBack Posture Corrector is the best for your back. BetterBack Posture Corrector
SEE IT

Made with memory foam and removable hot and cold packs.

Best budget The ComfyBrace Posture Corrector is the best budget pick. Comfy Brace Posture Corrector
SEE IT

An affordable and comfortable option.

Spending hours sitting at your desk can affect your posture and cause back, neck, or shoulder pain. Great posture is not only key for standing or sitting upright but also for your well-being. While maintaining awareness and incorporating some exercises into your daily routine will improve your posture, there are other things you can do as well. Enter the posture corrector, typically a brace-like garment that holds your back upright and encourages good posture by pulling your muscles into proper alignment while conditioning them to stay that way. The best posture support helps retrain your muscles while relieving pain and offering comfort. So time to get things straightened out and read through the best posture correctors below. 

How we chose the best posture correctors

Many of us work from home—and face related posture problems due to hunching over like an owl at our computer desks. To find the best posture correctors, we looked at real-world reviews and peer recommendations, then did our own (much-needed) testing that we combined with our research—all while sitting up properly.

The best posture correctors: Reviews & Recommendations

The best posture corrector will support your back and neck and offer comfort and pain relief. Once you have a better understanding of where you need the most support, the type of brace you’d like to wear, and where you’ll be wearing it most, you’ll be one step closer to better posture.

Best overall: Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector

Upright GO

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: N/A
  • Rigidity control: N/A
  • Kind of back support: Lower
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Helps you build healthy habits
  • Easy to use
  • Lightweight

Cons

  • Has to be placed in between the shoulder blades to work well

If you want a device that will alert you when you need to stand up straight, then the Upright GO 2 Posture Corrector is for you. The lightweight device, which connects to the Upright app (iOS- and Android-compatible) on your phone, has a water-resistant sticky gel pad to place on your back easily. You can also attach it to a necklace that’s sold separately. The app instructs you how to calibrate the device so it can sense what your upright posture should be. After that, it will vibrate every time it senses you slouching. Plus, through the app, you can monitor your daily posture stats and keep track of your progress. The Upright allows you to build healthy habits naturally instead of using forced support, and the vibrations create cognitive awareness that encourages behavior change. 

Best for rounded shoulders: Evoke Pro Back Posture Corrector

Evoke Pro

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Regular (24-40 inches); XL (40-58 inches)
  • Rigidity control: No
  • Kind of back support: Upper back
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Free bonus resistance band included
  • Can be worn over or under clothing
  • Breathable

Cons

  • Reviews note that it’s a bit uncomfortable under the arms

Just because you want better posture doesn’t mean you must sacrifice comfort. The Evoke Pro Back Posture Corrector is a sleek and lightweight brace that helps realign your shoulders and spine. The ergonomic design molds to your body for extra comfort. It can be worn over or under clothing, and with additional armpit padding, you won’t have to worry about chafing or bruising. Made with breathable fabric, the brace is flexible enough that you can move around yet also firm enough to provide reliable support. This cervical and neck corrector also helps with slouching.

Best for back: BetterBack Posture Corrector

BetterBack

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Two: Up to a 36-inch waist and up to a 55-inch waist
  • Rigidity control: Yes
  • Kind of back support: Lumbar support
  • Recommended wear time: At least 15 minutes a day

Pros

  • Lets you sit ergonomically in any chair
  • Multiple sizes
  • Can be taken on-the-go

Cons

  • Not for upper back support

Designed with memory foam and a removable hot and cold pack, the BetterBack forms to your back to provide support and ease the pain. This model works as a posture corrector trainer that allows you to sit ergonomically in any chair, providing relief during long office hours. For a better fit, you can pick from two sizes: up to a 36-inch waist and up to a 55-inch waist. Plus, you can take this device on the go, as it can easily be folded up and placed in your bag.

Best for neck: FlexGuard Posture Corrector

FlexGuard Support

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: Extra small, medium, large, extra large
  • Rigidity control:
  • Kind of back support: Full back support
  • Recommended wear time: Daily

Pros

  • Lightweight
  • Full back support
  • Helps with spinal alignment

Cons

  • Might show under clothes

If you experience alignment-related neck pain, slumped shoulders, or have herniated disks, the FlexGuard Posture Corrector can help. The lightweight and breathable posture corrector pulls back your shoulders to help your spinal alignment. This brace will also help you sit straighter and provide support for people with scoliosis or kyphosis. Over time, it will improve your overall posture. To best understand how to use your brace, read the posture guide that includes tips and tricks from professionals on spinal care. For your correct size, measure your waist and height and follow the size chart.

Best budget: ComfyBrace Posture Corrector

ComfyBrace

SEE IT

Specs

  • Sizes: One size
  • Rigidity control: Yes
  • Kind of back support: Mid, upper back support
  • Recommended wear time: At least 5-10 minutes a day

Pros

  • Lifetime warranty
  • Made of durable and flexible materials
  • Won’t irritate skin

Cons

  • Runs small

For just under $20, the Comfy Brace Posture Corrector was developed to help correct your posture, taking pressure off of and alleviating pain from your shoulders, back, neck, and clavicle. Made from durable and flexible materials like neoprene, this device will a) last and b) won’t irritate your skin. Plus, with a lifetime warranty, you really can’t go wrong.

What to consider when buying the best posture correctors

When looking for the best posture corrector, there are a few key factors to consider. First and foremost, it’s important to understand where you need the most support—is it for your neck, shoulders, or back? Once you sort that out, you’ll have a better idea of the type of device you need. Also, where do you plan to wear yours? At home or at work? If the latter is the case, you’ll probably want a brace that’s a bit more discreet so you can wear it under your clothing. Experts also recommend wearing them for a few hours a day max, and adopting them in conjunction with posture straightening exercises.

What areas of your back need the most attention?

The area you need the most relief or attention will determine the type of corrector you need. Some braces have more of a focus on the lower back due to how you put them on. Some are designed specifically for slouching, while others also provide pain relief. 

Will you wear your brace at work?

If you plan on wearing your posture support brace at the office, you will probably want one of the more discreet options. Look for options designed to fit comfortably under your clothing and are made with top-notch materials to avoid irritating your skin. Another option is a corrector that makes every chair ergonomic so that you can sit comfortably straight throughout the day.

Will the posture corrector be shared with roommates or family members?

If your entire household wants in on posture support, then consider posture correctors with adjustable straps. Some braces come in multiple sizes, but if you’re roughly the same size, you will most likely be able to share.

Do you want to go digital?

Today, everything is digital, so why not have a device that connects to an app on your phone? While it isn’t the traditional brace, a smart model provides constant reminders to sit up straight, raising your awareness so you can make adjustments and strengthen your muscles. 

Are you sitting or standing most of the day?

If you are wearing your corrector while you sit at your desk or run errands throughout the day, then you have numerous options to choose from. If your focus is posture support to help while you sit and work, you might want to consider one specifically built for use while sitting, making almost any office chair ergonomic. If you work at a standing desk, check out one that works double duty.

FAQs

Q: How much does a posture corrector cost?

Depending on what you’re looking for, a posture corrector can run you between $20-$60.

Q: Can you correct years of bad posture?

While it may seem like, at a certain point, your bad posture is set in stone, the good news is that you can make improvements! According to Heathline, with consistency, awareness, and dedication, you can achieve improvements in as little as 30 days. By incorporating yoga poses exercises like cat/cow, child’s pose, and exercises that focus on core strength into your daily routine, you can improve your postural strength. 

Q: Should you sleep with a posture corrector?

It is not suggested to sleep with a posture corrector; however, there are things you can do to maintain good posture while you sleep. One of those recommendations is sleeping on your back, as it keeps your back straight while allowing the mattress to support the natural curvature of your spine.

Q: How long should you wear a posture corrector per day?

When first using your posture corrector, start with 15 to 30 minutes a day to avoid any pain or fatigue. As you get acquainted with using it, you can wear it up to a few hours a day with breaks (30 minutes one, one hour off) while also incorporating exercises to strengthen the muscles that support your spine. 

Final thoughts on the best posture correctors

The best posture correctors can assist in making huge improvements in sitting and standing straight. These devices help strengthen your back muscles by preventing your shoulders from slouching forward, better supporting your spine. Maintaining the correct posture can reduce neck and back pain, as well as headaches. When paired with posture-specific workouts and wearing your corrector daily (the specific amount of time will vary), you’ll stand taller in no time.

Why trust us

Popular Science started writing about technology more than 150 years ago. There was no such thing as “gadget writing” when we published our first issue in 1872, but if there was, our mission to demystify the world of innovation for everyday readers means we would have been all over it. Here in the present, PopSci is fully committed to helping readers navigate the increasingly intimidating array of devices on the market right now.

Our writers and editors have combined decades of experience covering and reviewing consumer electronics. We each have our own obsessive specialties—from high-end audio, to video games, to cameras, and beyond—but when we’re reviewing devices outside of our immediate wheelhouses, we do our best to seek out trustworthy voices and opinions to help guide people to the very best recommendations. We know we don’t know everything, but we’re excited to live through the analysis paralysis that internet shopping can spur so readers don’t have to.

The post The best posture correctors of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-forerunner-265-965-news/ Thu, 02 Mar 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=516638
Garmin new Forerunner 265 and Forerunner 965 models
Garmin's two newest Forerunners are comprehensively colorful thanks to the AMOLED displays and the fun case and band combinations. Garmin

The AMOLED displays will offer brighter and richer colors and better visibility in different lighting conditions.

The post Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin new Forerunner 265 and Forerunner 965 models
Garmin's two newest Forerunners are comprehensively colorful thanks to the AMOLED displays and the fun case and band combinations. Garmin

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Garmin already has an extensive lineup of advanced running watches in its Forerunner series, but it just got even larger. The wearable tech company has announced two new smartwatches: the Forerunner 265 and 965. The highlight of the release is their vibrant AMOLED displays, a first for Garmin GPS running smartwatches. Each will offer an optional always-on, full-color touchscreen (though you can lock the display during activity and rely on Garmin’s classic five-button navigation system). We loved the Garmin Forerunner 955, and its fundamentals form the basis of the new models, so we have high expectations for these new additions to the Forerunner family.

Training features of the Garmin Forerunner 265 and 965

Garmin’s watches traditionally offer an impressive suite of sensors and performance tracking/analyzing features. As a result, they make great Apple Watch alternatives, especially for athletes. And this all holds even more true with the two new offerings. Like existing Forerunners (and other Garmin watches), they will calculate VO2 max, performance condition, training effect, and more. And all of that data is used to calculate a training readiness score to help you plan your rest better.

Sleep is a key component of performance, which Garmin clearly understands. Its watches can track your sleep, in part by evaluating heart rate variability, providing a more complete wellness and training picture. And, provided you sleep wearing the watch, a Morning Report summarizes your sleep, your day’s training outlook, and the environmental conditions you can expect. 

These watches will also offer daily suggested workouts, which adapt after every run to help you improve your running performance and prevent overtraining. The race widget, along with Garmin Coach and PacePro, will provide training tips and predictions for race performance based on specific course details, weather, and performance. They can even measure running power and running dynamics without any additional accessories. Now, however, shall of these metrics will be more visible and vivid indoors and out, thanks to the upgrade from memory-in-pixel displays.

Forerunner 965 AMOLED display lit up on a wrist at dusk
The fancy new Forerunner AMOLED display is a beacon of metrics and motivation. Garmin

Garmin Forerunner 265 details

The Forerunner 265, priced at $449.99, sits right between the Forerunner 255 Music and 955. It gets the full set of sensors found in Garmin’s advanced fitness smartwatches, including the wrist-based Pulse Ox sensor. The 265 also offers Garmin’s safety features, such as incident detection and LiveTrack.

As a smartwatch, it easily connects to your phone for smart notifications and allows you to download music from Spotify, Deezer, or Amazon Music to the watch for phone-free Bluetooth listening. And you can use Garmin Pay for contactless payments. 

The Forerunner 265 will be available in two sizes, each offering different battery life. The 42mm Forerunner 265S promises 24 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 15 days in smartwatch mode. The larger Forerunner 265, with a 46mm case, should provide up to 20 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 13 days in smartwatch mode. 

Garmin Forerunner 965 details

Garmin designed the Forerunner 965 for seriously dedicated athletes. It’s at the top of the Forerunner lineup, priced at $599.99. As a result, it will feature all the same things mentioned above and more. Garmin says it adds “additional performance metrics, built-in mapping, and the ability to store more songs right on the watch” compared to the 265. 

The 965 also offers a new feature, called load ratio, to “track short-term to mid-term load ratio” to stay healthy while training. Stamina insights will also help track exertion levels for a well-rounded picture of your training. And ClimbPro shows real-time information on climbs during a run, including gradient, distance, and elevation gain. There are also full-color built-in maps for route planning and navigation.

The 965 will feature a 47mm case with a lightweight titanium bezel. The AMOLED display is Garmin’s largest yet at 1.4 inches (the epix Gen. 2), Garmin’s first AMOLED-equipped watch, has a 1.3-inch screen). Garmin says it will provide up to 31 hours of battery life in GPS mode and up to 23 days in smartwatch mode.

Pricing & availability

The Garmin Forerunner 265 will cost you $449.99 for either the 42mm or 46mm versions. It is available for purchase now. The Garmin Forerunner 965 will run you $599.99 and won’t ship until late March/early April, but can be pre-ordered now.

The post Garmin’s latest running watches pair vivid visuals with your vitals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Scientists may have solved an old Puebloan mystery by strapping giant logs to their foreheads https://www.popsci.com/environment/chaco-canyon-pueblo-engineering/ Fri, 24 Feb 2023 19:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=515130
Two University of Colorado Boulder scientists in jackets carrying a log with a tumpstrap and their heads
Physiologists James Wilson (left) and Rodger Kram (right) rest their log on supports called "tokmas." They pulled the 130-pound piece of wood along a 15-mile road in Colorado using nothing but a tumpline and their heads.

A simple head strap could explain how the ancient people of Chaco Canyon moved hundreds of pounds of timber down mountains.

The post Scientists may have solved an old Puebloan mystery by strapping giant logs to their foreheads appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Two University of Colorado Boulder scientists in jackets carrying a log with a tumpstrap and their heads
Physiologists James Wilson (left) and Rodger Kram (right) rest their log on supports called "tokmas." They pulled the 130-pound piece of wood along a 15-mile road in Colorado using nothing but a tumpline and their heads.

New Mexico’s Chaco Canyon is home to some of the most impressive pre-Columbian architecture in the Western Hemisphere. Its wide roads, circular ritual sites called kivas, and sprawling complexes called great houses remain an engineering spectacle for modern society, given the tools anthropologists think were used to create them. It’s also home to a great mystery—large pieces of timber used as support beams all across the complex. 

The ancestral Puebloans that called Chaco Canyon home a millennium ago used more than 200,000 pieces of timber to construct their buildings, with weights estimated between 185 and 605 pounds per log. But the area around Chaco Canyon is a dry, arid climate that likely didn’t have many high-quality, usable trees. And indeed, in 2001, tree-ring experts at the University of Arizona used chemical analyses to pinpoint that the wood was sourced from mountain ranges up to 46 miles away. But that finding left them with even more questions.

Pueblo Bonito log house in snowy Chaco Canyon, New Mexico seen from the distance
Pueblo Bonito, a Chaco Canyon “Great House, once spanned hundreds of rooms and was several stories tall. NPS

Since then, experts have considered many different carrying methods to explain just how the Chaco Canyon residents carried the timber so far without beasts of burden like horses or even wheels to help. Now a new study published on February 22 in the Journal of Archaeological Science presents a reasonable explanation: The Puebloans used a simple piece of fabric looped around their heads.

A tumpline refers to a strap attached on both ends to a sack of equipment like a basket or a backpack. But instead of carrying it over their shoulders, the ancient log bearers would have placed it on their heads, just behind the hairline. Then, by leaning forward, the carriers distributed the weight of their cargo down the neck and spine. Anthropologists know that pre-Columbian cultures in America used tumplines woven from plant fibers to transport heavy loads, but up until recently, had never tested the method on the Chaco Canyon timbers.

That is, until three physiology researchers from the University of Colorado Boulder decided to test it locally themselves. Over the course of 70 days, they trained to properly wear and use a tumpline to move increasingly heavy material. By the end of the regimen, they were able to carry 66 pounds by themselves for an hour with no pain whatsoever. Then, they tested it in pairs. Because the timbers at Chaco Canyon are too large to be feasibly carried vertically, two of the authors attached their tumpline around each end of a 132-pound ponderosa pine log and carried it parallel to the ground for 15.5 miles. The journey took over 9 hours and 44 minutes (with multiple breaks, of course).

The authors reported that their average walking speed only dropped 10 percent when carrying the log, and that overall, the method was surprisingly easy to learn. Although there is no explicit proof that tumplines were used to transport the massive logs the Chacoans used for construction, the feasibility of their approach requires less work than any other tactic proposed.

Next up for the researchers? Moving materials along the full distance from the timber’s sources in the mountains of New Mexico to the Chaco Canyon using nothing but tumplines and their heads. 

The post Scientists may have solved an old Puebloan mystery by strapping giant logs to their foreheads appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How much sweat will come out of the Super Bowl? We did the math. https://www.popsci.com/how-much-super-bowl-sweat/ Mon, 18 Mar 2019 20:47:24 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/how-much-super-bowl-sweat/
Kansas City Chiefs celebrating their Super Bowl LIV victory by pouring Gatorade on head coach Andy Reid
Wet and winning. Mike Ehrmann/Getty Images

Enough for a good Gatorade-style dunking, at least.

The post How much sweat will come out of the Super Bowl? We did the math. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Kansas City Chiefs celebrating their Super Bowl LIV victory by pouring Gatorade on head coach Andy Reid
Wet and winning. Mike Ehrmann/Getty Images

There’s a high chance the Super Bowl will end in a Gatorade shower—a tradition so hallowed, people even bet on what color the hydrating beverage will be when it soaks the head coach of the winning team. But what if that shower were made of sweat instead of a sports drink? If both of the competing teams combined their Super Bowl sweat, could they fill a whole cooler? A bit of science while you hold back your vomit: Scientists have actually figured out how much the average National Football League player sweats. In 2007, researchers from West Chester University’s HEAT Institute worked with the Philadelphia Eagles and the Minnesota Vikings on a pre-season study to quantify the sweat rate of these hard-working athletes. The results were published in the Journal of Athletic Training, and they provide some surprisingly specific data to back up our thought experiment.

It’s relatively simple to calculate someone’s sweat rate. Here’s a handy formula:

pre-exercise weight – post-exercise weight + fluid intake in ML – urine volume in mL/exercise time in hours

The final number represents how much sweat the body actually secretes during exercise. That helps athletes figure out how much they need to drink to maintain optimal hydration and avoid heat stroke.

The average athlete loses about a liter of sweat an hour. Alberto Salazar, a beleaguered American marathoner, lost 3.7 liters per hour and 12 pounds of his total body weight during the 1984 Olympic marathon in Los Angeles.

For NFL players, the number is lower than sweat champion Salazar, but much higher than their colleagues in sports like soccer or running. That has to do with their large body surface area and the protective equipment they use to prevent injury. Not surprisingly, the study found that linemen, who are the largest on the field, sweat more than cornerbacks or wide receivers.

During a single practice, linemen lost 2,385 mL of sweat, compared to other players, who lost 1,410 mL. In both practices combined, linemen lost 6,870 mL of sweat; cornerbacks and wide receivers lost about 4,110 mL.

Larger bodies aren’t the only explanation for the higher amount of sweat—linemen weigh more and likely have bigger sweat glands, and more of them. Researchers also believe they experience less airflow during game play, which means they get warmer than backs or receivers. And even though the NFL players only practiced for three hours a day during the study, some lost over 8.2 liters of sweat daily.

[Related: How to throw a perfect football spiral]

A football game technically only lasts for 60 minutes, so it makes sense to use the per-practice number for our repulsive thought experiment. A few caveats, of course, apply: The data in question were gathered during the August preseason, so they’d likely vary in an indoor facility like Minneapolis’s U.S. Bank Stadium. Since Super Bowl play is so high-stakes, it makes sense that teams might take advantage of the NFL’s unlimited substitution rules. Still, let’s assume that the Super Bowl is the most grueling game of the year, and that the men on the field play the entire game. Most importantly of all, there’s no way to tell how many cornerbacks, wide receivers, and linemen will end up playing in any particular game—so let’s take an average of the two numbers and multiply that by the 11 players allowed on the field at any given time.

That leaves us with an average of 1,897.5 mL of sweat per player per game: the equivalent of half a gallon, or about 64 fluid ounces. Multiply that by the 11 folks playing at any given time, and you have 2,0872.5 mL per team per game: just above 5.5 gallons, or 705 fluid ounces.

So combined, a troop of sweaty football players might produce a grand total of 41,745 mL of sweat per Super Bowl, or 11 gallons. That means one single, precious 10-gallon cooler of salty secretion—with a bonus gallon to make the dunking all the sweeter.

This story has been updated. It was originally published on February 5, 2018.

The post How much sweat will come out of the Super Bowl? We did the math. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Throwing the perfect football spiral is a feat in science https://www.popsci.com/science/how-to-throw-a-football-spiral/ Mon, 06 Feb 2023 18:38:32 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=510229
Super Bowl-qualifying Philadelphia Eagles quarterback Jalen Hurts throws a perfect football spiral
While the basic mechanics of throwing a perfect football spiral are the same, some quarterbacks, like Philadelphia Eagles' Jalen Hurts, put their own spin on it. Mitchell Leff/Getty Images

Football players don’t break the laws of physics—they take advantage of them. And you can too.

The post Throwing the perfect football spiral is a feat in science appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Super Bowl-qualifying Philadelphia Eagles quarterback Jalen Hurts throws a perfect football spiral
While the basic mechanics of throwing a perfect football spiral are the same, some quarterbacks, like Philadelphia Eagles' Jalen Hurts, put their own spin on it. Mitchell Leff/Getty Images

It’s Super Bowl LVII time, and this year the Philadelphia Eagles are squaring off against the Kansas City Chiefs for the championship title. While the Chiefs are returning for their third final in four years, bets are slightly favored towards the Eagles as they’ve kept a strong and consistent offensive line all season, led by quarterback Jalen Hurts. But the Chiefs could defy the odds if quarterback Patrick Mahomes fully recovers from an ankle sprain he sustained more than a week ago against the Cincinnati Bengals. 

[Related: We calculated how much sweat will come out of the Super Bowl]

Ultimately, the game could come down to every single throw. Mahomes has already proven he can hit his mark in most circumstances: His football spirals are the “closest we’ll see to breaking the law of physics,” says Chad Orzel, an associate professor of physics and astronomy at Union College in New York. “He manages to make some amazing passes from bizarre positions that wouldn’t look like they would produce anything good.” Hurts has also been leveled up his game this season through “meteoric improvements” in his throws.

Throwing the perfect football spiral might seem like something reserved for Super Bowl quarterbacks. But with some practice and science know-how, you too can chuck up the perfect spiral.

Why do football players throw spirals?

Unlike baseball or basketball, the American football relies on a spiral rotation because of its prolate spheroid shape. If you make the ball spin fast enough, it will stay in the same axis it’s pointing towards and hit the intended target straight-on, Orzel says. This follows the conservation of angular momentum: an object preserves its rotational speed if no external force is acting on it. 

Think of a spinning top. When you twist the toy and release, it will rotate in the same direction that you wound it up in, and will continue to stay upright in that angle until another external force (like your hand) causes it to stop. “It’s the same idea with football,” explains Orzel. “If you get the ball spinning rapidly around its axis, it’s a little more likely to hold its orientation and fly through [the air] in an aerodynamic shape.” 

[Related: Hitting a baseball is the hardest skill to pull off in sports. Here’s why.]

In a game where you have seconds to pass before you get tackled or intercepted, the biggest priority is to flick the ball with its nose pointed toward you. This confers less air resistance, meaning the ball can travel farther in a straight path (as long as it doesn’t meet outside forces like strong winds), explains John Eric Goff, a professor of physics at the University of Lynchburg in Virginia and author of Gold Medal Physics: The Science of Sports. A wobbly pass will result in more air drag and take longer to reach its destination, he adds. If you have to duck a defender and then pass the ball off quickly, you will get erratic air drag, which also hurts the accuracy of the throw.

How to throw a football spiral

To get a great spiral, you need to master angular momentum, which involves a few key physical factors. First, a person’s grip on the laces of the ball acts as torque—a measure of force applied to an object to rotate on its axis. In other words, the friction from the fingers gives the ball traction to spin. 

Second, you need to perfectly balance the frictional force on the ball and the forward force needed to give the ball velocity. This requires strong core muscles to rotate the body all the way through the shoulder and increase throwing power. “Tom Brady used to practice drills where he would rotate his torso quickly to help develop fast-twitching muscles in his core,” says Goff. 

Third, the hand must also be on the back of the ball to give it forward velocity, but not too far back to prevent the necessary torque for the spin. “A typical NFL spiral rotates at around 600 rotations per minute, which is the low end of a washing machine’s rotational rate and about 30 percent greater rotation rate than that of a helicopter’s rotor blades,” adds Goff. “Pass speeds are typically in the range 45 to 60 mph—the same range for cars entering and driving on highways.” For maximum force, pull the ball back to your ear just above your armpit, then release it with your elbow fully extended. Your wrist should point down at the end of the pass.

Knowing the physics behind a football spiral is only half of the battle. Both physicists emphasize the importance of practice. Practice can be as simple as watching videos of pro footballers, studying their technique using computer simulations, and playing a game of catch at the park with friends. 

Achieving a perfect spiral is challenging but doable. Even your favorite NFL quarterback might have started with a clumsy first toss. But with practice, they’ve become the ideal throwing machines we cheer for every year. 

The post Throwing the perfect football spiral is a feat in science appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Older, rural populations enjoy—and benefit from—online workout classes https://www.popsci.com/health/remote-fitness-seniors/ Wed, 18 Jan 2023 02:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=505854
COVID-19 isolation has long since ended, but virtual classes remain.
COVID-19 isolation has long since ended, but virtual classes remain. DepositPhotos

Remote fitness classes are a game-changer for older adults that can't participate in-person.

The post Older, rural populations enjoy—and benefit from—online workout classes appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
COVID-19 isolation has long since ended, but virtual classes remain.
COVID-19 isolation has long since ended, but virtual classes remain. DepositPhotos

This article was originally featured on KHN.

MALMO, Minn. — Eight women, all 73 or older, paced the fellowship hall at Malmo Evangelical Free Church to a rendition of Daniel O’Donnell’s “Rivers of Babylon” as they warmed up for an hourlong fitness class.

The women, who live near or on the eastern shore of Mille Lacs Lake, had a variety of reasons for showing up despite fresh snow and slippery roads. One came to reduce the effects of osteoporosis; another, to maintain mobility after a stroke.

Most brought hand and ankle weights, which they would use in a later portion of the program focused on preventing falls, known as Stay Active and Independent for Life, or SAIL. The class meets twice a week in Malmo, a township of about 300 residents. It is run by Juniper, a statewide network of providers of health promotion classes.

A few years ago, older adults who were interested in taking an evidence-based class like SAIL — meaning a class proved by research to promote health — had only one option: attend in person, if one was offered nearby.

But then the covid-19 pandemic and physical distancing happened. Along with social isolation came the rapid introduction of remote access to everything from work to workouts.

After widespread lockdowns began in March 2020, agencies serving seniors across the U.S. reworked health classes to include virtual options. Isolation has long since ended, but virtual classes remain. For older adults in rural communities who have difficulty getting to exercise facilities, those virtual classes offer opportunities for supervised physical activity that were rare before the pandemic.

And advocates say online classes are here to stay.

“Virtually the whole field knows that offering in-person and remote programming — a full range of programming — is a great way to reach more older adults, to increase access and equity,” said Jennifer Tripken, associate director of the Center of Healthy Aging at the National Council on Aging. “This is where we need to move together.”

Since April 2020, the National Council on Aging has organized monthly conference calls for service providers to discuss how to improve virtual programs or begin offering them.

“We found that remote programming, particularly for rural areas, expanded the reach of programs, offering opportunities for those who have traditionally not participated in in-person programs to now have the ability to tune in, to leverage technology to participate and receive the benefits,” Tripken said.

In 2022, at least 1,547 seniors participated in an online fitness program through Juniper, part of a Minnesota Area Agency on Aging initiative. More than half were from rural areas.

Because of grant funding, participants pay little or nothing.

Juniper’s virtual classes have become a regular activity both for people who live far from class locations and others who because of medical needs can’t attend. Carmen Nomann, 73, frequented in-person exercise classes near her home in Rochester before the pandemic. After suffering a rare allergic reaction to a covid vaccine, she’s had to forgo boosters and limit in-person socializing.

Virtual classes have been “really a great lifeline for keeping me in condition and having interaction,” she said.

Since 2020, Nomann has participated in online tai chi and SAIL, at one point logging on four days a week.

“Now, we would never go away from our online classes,” said Julie Roles, Juniper’s vice president of communications. “We’ve learned from so many people, particularly rural people, that that allows them to participate on a regular basis — and they don’t have to drive 50 miles to get to a class.”

When seniors drive a long way to attend a class with people from outside their communities, “it’s harder to build that sense of ‘I’m supported right here at home,’” she said.

Roles said both virtual and in-person exercise programs address social isolation, which older adults in rural areas are prone to.

Dr. Yvonne Hanley has been teaching an online SAIL class for Juniper since 2021 from her home near Fergus Falls. She had recently retired from dentistry and was looking for a way to help people build strength and maintain their health.

At first, Hanley was skeptical that students in her class would bond, but over time, they did. “I say ‘Good morning’ to each person as they check in,” she said. “And then during class, I try to make it fun.”

AgeOptions, an Illinois agency serving seniors, has seen similar benefits since introducing virtual fitness programs. Officials at the agency said last year that their operations “may have changed forever” in favor of a hybrid model of virtual and in-person classes.

That model allows AgeOptions to maintain exercise programs through Illinois’ brutal winters. Organizers previously limited winter activities to keep older adults from traveling in snow and ice, but now AgeOptions leans on remote classes instead.

“If the pandemic didn’t happen, and we didn’t pivot these programs to virtual, we wouldn’t be able to do that,” said Kathryn Zahm, a manager at AgeOptions. “We would just potentially spend months limiting our programming or limiting the types of programming that we offered. So now we can still continue to offer fall-prevention programs throughout the year because we can offer it in a safe way.”

But the new approach has challenges.

AgeOptions has identified increasing access to technology as a funding priority for the next few years, to ensure seniors can sign on.

The agency found that for many “folks in rural communities it was a challenge not only for them to have the device but to have the bandwidth to be able to do video conference calls,” Zahm said.

Tripken said providers and participants need guidance and support to facilitate access to virtual classes.

“For older adults in particular, that includes ensuring those with vision loss, those with hearing loss, those with low English proficiency” can participate in virtual classes, she said.

Some programs have created accommodations to ease the technology barrier.

Participants in Bingocize — a fall-prevention program licensed by Western Kentucky University that combines exercise and health education with bingo — can use a printed copy of the game card mailed to them by AgeOptions if they lack the proficiency to play on the game’s app. Either way, they’re required to participate on video.

The mail option emerged after Bingocize fielded requests from many senior service organizations trying to figure out how to offer it remotely, said Jason Crandall, the creator and international director of Bingocize.

Crandall designed Bingocize as a face-to-face program and later added the online application to use during in-person classes. Then covid hit.

“All of a sudden, all of these Area Agencies on Aging are scrambling, and they were scrambling trying to figure out, ‘How do we do these evidence-based programs remotely?’” Crandall said.

He said Bingocize was one of the few programs at the time that could quickly pivot to strictly remote programming, though it had never done so before.

“From when the pandemic began to now, we’ve come light-years on how that is done,” he said, “and everybody’s getting more comfortable with it.”

KHN (Kaiser Health News) is a national newsroom that produces in-depth journalism about health issues. Together with Policy Analysis and Polling, KHN is one of the three major operating programs at KFF (Kaiser Family Foundation). KFF is an endowed nonprofit organization providing information on health issues to the nation.

The post Older, rural populations enjoy—and benefit from—online workout classes appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
5 surprising beauty benefits of running https://www.popsci.com/health/running-beauty-benefits-skin-hair/ Tue, 17 Jan 2023 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=505903
a young black woman jogging outside on a track smiling
Going for a jog every now and then can make you feel young and look awesome. Deposit Photos

Experts break down what happens to your skin when you go on a run.

The post 5 surprising beauty benefits of running appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
a young black woman jogging outside on a track smiling
Going for a jog every now and then can make you feel young and look awesome. Deposit Photos

Running does wonders for your body—it lowers your risk of heart disease, boosts brainpower, helps with weight loss, to name a few. But one lesser known benefit is what running does for your looks. Not only does running have you looking your physical best, but it gives you soft and beautiful skin that may fool people into thinking you’ve shaved off a few years.

[Related: Science helped me run my first marathon in 3 hours and 21 minutes]

You don’t need to zoom like a marathon runner or buy the latest athletic wear to start running. Erin Beck, a personal trainer and the director of training and experience at STRIDE Fitness based in California, says a 30-minute run at least three times a week is enough to notice results on your appearance. If that sounds too much for you, Beck recommends starting with a slower workout like a walk or brisk jog that still gets your heart pumping. “You can absolutely still get the benefits even if you’re at a lower intensity.” The key is to remain consistent and eventually challenge yourself to run longer or at a faster pace to see results sooner. Your hard work could pay off with a major glow-up. 

1. Rejuvenate dull skin

As you run, your heart rate increases compared to when you’re sitting. Exercising places stress on your muscles, and that requires having enough oxygen to keep them moving. Your cardiovascular and respiratory system responds to the increased demand in oxygen by pumping more blood through the body and at a quicker pace. Blood vessels in the muscles then enlarge to receive more of the oxygen-rich blood. Beck says that as your body pumps more blood, it’s simultaneously flushing out toxins from your bloodstream when you sweat. “It’s great for your veins, your arteries, and especially your capillaries,” says Beck.

Capillaries are small blood vessels that carry blood all over the body. Some run right underneath the skin and help with regulating body temperature by expanding or contracting when exposed to heat or cold. Dilated vessels cool the body down by increasing blood flow to the skin surface, which allows heat to escape into the environment. Beck says the increased blood circulation during a run gives the skin more opportunity to get nutrients from oxygen-rich blood. Better oxygenation of the skin helps with the regeneration of new skin cells, leaving behind supple and glowing skin.

2. Channel luscious locks

That increased blood circulation in your skin during a run also helps with the appearance and growth of your hair roots. Lindsey Bordone, a dermatologist and assistant professor at Columbia University Irving Medical Center, says running works similar to a regularly prescribed hair growth medicine called minoxidil. They both dilate blood vessels so that when blood is delivered to the tiny vessels in your scalp, there is more oxygen-rich blood making its way to feed hair follicles.

[Related: Rosemary is the secret to long and healthy hair. Here’s how to use it to grow luscious locks.]

3. Tone down acne and breakouts

Bordone says running can help lower hormones that cause acne. The secretion of “stress hormone” cortisol and testosterone increases oil production in skin glands, making you prone to clogged pores and acne breakouts. Running long distances can help with reducing cortisol levels and as you lose weight, you’ll reduce the risk for conditions that cause imbalances in testosterone levels, such as polycystic ovary syndrome.

Another obvious benefit to running: sweating. Sweating opens up clogged pores and flushes out acne-causing bacteria and dirt. Though Beck warns that if you’re not washing your face before and after workouts, the dirt and sweat lingering on your skin can dry it out and create more opportunities for acne breakouts. 

In general, your post-workout routine is also important. An indirect benefit of running is that your brain makes healthier decisions after your workout: Running increases brain flow to brain areas involved in emotions and higher thinking—and that includes choosing what you eat. “Typically, when you’re treating your body in a healthy manner, your body reacts by craving healthy things,” says Beck. “Those urges to get more sleep, drink more water, and eat less unhealthy meals will help with clearing up acne.”

4. Reduce the appearance of cellulite

Cellulite occurs when fat attaches beneath the skin. The more fat cells you have in your body, the more likely cellulite will appear. This is because as fat cells accumulate, it pushes up on the skin before being pulled back down by tough connecting cords between your outer layer of skin and the fat underneath. 

“Think about it like bubble wrap,” says Beck. “Those connectors surround air pockets in between your skin and the fat cells. When those connectors pull too tight they create that bubbly-looking effect on your skin the same way bubble wrap has a bubbly texture on top.” 

[Related: Pilates can improve your posture and balance. The killer body is just a bonus.]

Once you create a fat cell, it cannot be destroyed. But with exercise, fat cells shrink and your skin tightens. Cellulite, in turn, becomes less visible.

5. Give your face a lift

The increased blood flow and oxygen to your face help with cell turnover, nourishing healthy skin cells and regenerating new ones. The blood circulation flushes out free radicals as well—unstable molecules accidentally made during cell metabolism that damage cells and contribute to skin aging. 

A run can also decrease cortisol levels and increase the production of endorphins, which help relax the face. “Having tension in our jawlines, for example, can lead to wrinkles,” explains Beck. “But with running, you’ll have less tension in your face and that can prevent you from deepening out those wrinkles.”

However, outdoor runners should be aware of repeated exposure to UV sun radiation. Without taking precautions like using sunscreen or wearing hats, UV rays damage the DNA in skin cells and make them unable to carry out their jobs. Damage to the skin can lead to premature aging, such as wrinkling and leathery skin.

But no matter whether you enjoy running in the park or on a treadmill, both experts agree the best thing is to get your heart pumping. Even if it’s a short run around the block, over time your small efforts will make a big difference in your health. 

The post 5 surprising beauty benefits of running appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
It’s time for your 2023 fitness journey—here’s how to get started https://www.popsci.com/diy/fitness-journey-guide/ Sun, 15 Jan 2023 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=505535
close up to person squatting down to lift weights at the gym
You've got the motivation. We've got science-backed advice to start your journey. Victor Freitas / Pexels

Here's how to help the new you achieve those fitness goals. 

The post It’s time for your 2023 fitness journey—here’s how to get started appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
close up to person squatting down to lift weights at the gym
You've got the motivation. We've got science-backed advice to start your journey. Victor Freitas / Pexels

A new year is always a fresh opportunity to start your fitness journey. This can mean anything, whether you’d just like to get off the couch more often, want to run a 5K, or are hoping to win a bodybuilding competition by 2024. 

You may not be sure about how to achieve your goals, but that’s ok. Having the motivation to get out there is half the battle, and we want to help you along your way. 

PopSci has a number of science-backed fitness stories to guide you in this new era. You’ll learn how to make the best of your workouts, how to get gains safely and consistently, and how to keep your body healthy along the way. 

Understand how to build muscle

Fitness novices might think getting buff is just about lifting heavy objects over and over again. In a nutshell, it sort of is, but there’s a lot more to it. Learning about muscles and how your body builds them will help you understand concepts like hypertrophy and failure, and allow you to get the most out of each workout. 

Our guide on how to get muscle gains will walk you through that process and explain how resting is as important as going to the gym, and how protein is a crucial element your body needs to build more mass.

[Related: You should definitely rotate your workouts]

Food restrictions like veganism can seem like an added layer of difficulty when it comes to including enough protein in your diet, but getting those gains doesn’t require you to become a carnivore. If you need guidance, head on over to our vegan guide on how to get muscle gains and learn about the foods that will give you the nutrients you need to achieve your fitness goals.  

Don’t forget to warm up

Whatever sport or discipline you choose, one of the most common mistakes fitness noobs make when they start working out is to skip warmups. They can seem boring and pointless because you may feel like you don’t actually need them, but trust us: your body does. Warming up properly before you go for a jog or start lifting will help you perform better and prevent injuries in the long run, which will allow you to take your fitness journey even further. 

But before you repeat the same stationary stretches you might remember from PE class, give dynamic warmups a try. These exercises will not only tell your brain it’s time to move—which is especially important after sitting at a desk for a while—but will also prepare your body for physical activity by getting your blood flowing and your heart rate up.

Help your body recover

You may think that when it comes to exercise, more is better. And since you’re already motivated and proud of your effort, why not keep going? Well, giving your body time to recover is also essential to your fitness journey. 

But other than resting, there are other techniques you can use to help your muscles feel better after a heavy workout. That annoying and painful soreness you feel around 24 hours after your last gym session is a result of muscle damage, and recovery techniques can help you handle the pain and help tissue heal faster. 

From classic stretching to foam rollers, ice baths, and massages, our guide on what works when it comes to recovery can be exactly what you need when your muscles are so sore that getting off your chair comes with excruciating pain. 

Eat to win

Once you’re at least a couple of months into your journey and have made a little progress, you might find yourself hitting a wall that makes results harder to come by. This is normal and happens to a lot of people as their bodies change. To get back on that progress train, you might need more data about what you’re putting into your body, and tracking your nutrition can be incredibly useful for that.

Knowing your maintenance rate—the number of calories you burn simply by existing—can give you a baseline to adjust the number of calories you eat every day to keep the muscles growing and fat-burning going. 

It’s important to know that monitoring your food can be a slippery slope to unhealthy habits, so make sure to do it only for short periods of time, and to follow experts’ recommendations regarding calorie surplus and deficit. And if you don’t know what those are, don’t worry—it’s all in our guide. 

Measure progress

Data not only shows you how much to eat but also how far you’ve come. Gathering information about your workouts will make it easier to measure your progress, and you’ll be able to celebrate even the smallest victories so you can push yourself a bit further. 

Getting a fitness tracker can help compile all the statistics you need to keep going and improving—all you need is to put it on and go do your best. And if you don’t know which wearable to get, we have some recommendations that might lead you in the right direction. 

The type of device you get will highly depend on your budget and your preferred activity, but there are a lot of options to choose from, and they can all give you that extra motivation you need to face another day of your fitness journey.  

Try getting a little help from supplements

Nutritional supplements can help get your body what it needs to perform better, stay healthy, and build muscle. But a quick trip to your local drugstore is enough to get anyone incredibly confused. The market is saturated with options, so which supplements actually work?

[Related: The three strength exercises everyone should do]

When it comes to building muscle and improving performance, science has only found two supplements that will help. Learning how to take them and how they work for your body will help you have a better understanding of your process. Keep in mind that you may need to consult a doctor before you start supplementing your nutrition, and also remember supplements don’t do miracles. Moving, resting, and, above all, patience, will keep you on a good path to your fitness goals. 

The post It’s time for your 2023 fitness journey—here’s how to get started appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Best personal trainer certifications of 2023 https://www.popsci.com/gear/best-personal-trainer-certifications/ Wed, 22 Jun 2022 19:40:20 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=451351
Personal trainer helping man exercise header image
lawrence wilcox/Unsplash

Shape your love of fitness into a career with the best personal trainer certification programs.

The post Best personal trainer certifications of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Personal trainer helping man exercise header image
lawrence wilcox/Unsplash

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best overall National Academy of Sports Medicine is the best overall personal trainer certification. National Academy of Sports Medicine
SEE IT

Our top choice because of their well-respected, rigorous curriculum, accreditation, and internship program that gives trainers hands-on training as well as job placement opportunities.

Best online Fitness Mentors is the best online personal trainer certification. Fitness Mentors
SEE IT

This accredited, all-online certification program was designed specifically for trainers who want to learn and work online and includes useful online marketing training.

Best in-person National Federation of Professional Trainers is the best physical (in person) persona trainer certification. National Federation of Professional Trainers
SEE IT

This NCCA accredited program allows participants to attain certification by attending a two-day, in-person workshop.

Becoming a professional personal trainer requires the proper certification, and finding the best personal trainer certification programs means looking for in-depth education and training on technical topics such as anatomy and physiology. Not only an occupation for fitness buffs, personal trainers need to be able to motivate, sell themselves and their services, and offer clients individualized physical and technical guidance and training. 

With our increasingly sedentary lifestyles, employment and demand for personal trainers is projected to grow in the next decade. While working out at home has been a popular trend for years, people turned toward home fitness in skyrocketing numbers as home offices became the new normal due to closings and safety concerns. Home fitness equipment, fitness trackers, and at-home gym sales have soared as more people take charge of their workouts and fitness goals. Despite this shift (and maybe because of it), people need consultation from personal trainers to teach them proper techniques, avoid injury, design workout routines, and track fitness goals. The best personal trainer certifications will provide you with all the technical training you need to help meet your clients’ needs no matter where they choose to work out.

How we chose the best personal trainer certifications

We arrived at our selections by reviewing seven top-rated personal training certification programs. Specifically, we reviewed personal training certifications from the National Academy of Sports Medicine NASM; Fitness Mentors FM; The American Council of Exercise ACE; National Strength and Conditioning Association NSCA; Action Personal Trainer Certification APTC; National Federation of Personal Trainers NFPT; and Athletics and Fitness Association of America AFAA. We compared and considered the following for each certification:

  • Cost: How expensive is the personal trainer certification? Are there hidden fees or is the program all-inclusive?
  • Features: What education and training tools does the program offer? How does the platform prepare you for your exam and career?
  • Flexibility: How long do you have to study before your exam? Can you learn online and in person?
  • Networking opportunities: Does the certification company offer opportunities to connect with peers and potential clients?
  • Continuing Education: Does the company offer CE classes to maintain your certification?
  • User impressions: How do actual customers rate the personal training certification?

Things to consider before pursuing a personal trainer certification

With no shortage of personal trainer programs on the market, it’s important to find a personal training certification program that not only is reputable but that works with your goals and lifestyle. Not all personal training programs are the same so you’ll want to consider the following before you decide to enroll:

  • Accreditation: It’s important to choose a personal trainer certification program that is accredited. This means, the program has been reviewed by the NCCA, NBFE, or, if the program is remote, by DEAC. Knowing that your program’s curriculum is offering the most up-to-date instruction is also important if you will be working for gyms or health clubs, as most require certifications that are accredited.
  • Price: How expensive is the program? Larger remote-only programs might be very affordable as compared to programs offered on-site at private studios. What is included in the program fee?
  • Program reputation: How popular is the personal trainer certification program? Is the company well known and respected?
  • Testing: Certifications require passing their test. How many hours will you be required to study? How many questions are on their test? Is there a retake fee if you fail and need to take the exam again? Check out the passing rate for the program you are interested in.
  • CEU requirements: In order to maintain your certification, you’ll be required to take CEU classes, so how many Continuing Education Units must be taken each year?
  • Income and jobs: Does the program offer assistance in finding jobs or clients? How are the average incomes of certification holders in the program compared to other programs?
  • Focus: Does the personal trainer certification program focus more on one aspect of the education than another? Does that focus match your interests?

The best personal trainer certifications: Reviews & Recommendations

Best overall: National Academy of Sports Medicine

NASM

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: NASM is our choice for best overall personal trainer certification because of their well-respected, rigorous curriculum, accreditation, and internship program that gives trainers hands-on training, as well as job placement opportunities.

Specs

  • Accreditation: NCCA National Commission for Certifying Agencies
  • Course package options: Choose Basic Self-Study, Premium Self-Study, Guided Study, All-Inclusive or Combine with other Certifications (such as Nutrition Coach) in Bundle Packages 
  • Learning platform: Online Digital Learning

Pros 

  • Innovative Curriculum uses the latest scientific research
  • Higher-tier packages offer a money-back job guarantee
  • You’ve got 180 days to complete and pass exam
  • Exam offered online or in-person

Cons 

  • Certification course offered online only
  • Basic program has limited features
  • Expensive for top-tier access

The National Academy of Sports Medicine, or NASM, offers multiple options for online personal trainer certification, which are tiered according to price and features. The fees for certification can be paid in a lump sum or split up into an interest-free payment plan over 18 months, which makes this easier to afford. 

Depending on your needs, you can opt for a very affordable basic certification that gives you access to all learning, as well as one exam. If you are looking for added support and guarantees, you can opt for the all-inclusive package that includes retesting, job guarantee, CPR/AED Certification, a “Gymternship” program, as well as the ability to recertify for life. You’ll have to complete 2.0 CE credits—equivalent to 20 hours of training every 2 years—to keep an active certification, which ensures you will stay up to date on innovations in the field.

All tiers of this certification require online learning; there are no options to take a class in person with teachers. The exam, however, is flexible—you can opt to take it online or in person at one of their testing sites.

Best online: Fitness Mentors

Fitness Mentors

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Fitness Mentors is our top choice for online because this accredited, all-online certification program was designed specifically for trainers who want to learn and work online and includes useful online marketing training.

Specs 

  • Curriculum: Exercise science, business, marketing, and sales education
  • Remote learning: All courses and testing are online
  • High success rate: The exam passing rate is 85% for first-time takers, one of the highest pass rates in the industry

Pros 

  • Lower cost compared to other accredited certifications
  • Accredited by NCCA
  • Lower exam retake fee

Cons 

  • No in-person learning opportunities

Fitness Mentors, or FM, is an affordable online-only program for personal trainer certification. They also offer bundle packages if you want to add on other online certifications, such as virtual nutrition coach, virtual group fitness, or virtual health coach. Compared to other leaders in the field, FM has a shorter test and a higher rate of passing than other accredited certification programs. 

While it’s common to obtain certifications online, this program offers no options for in-person or internships. This makes a good choice for fitness trainers that want to work remotely or are comfortable without any in-person resources. Included in the training are online business training and marketing to help you get started obtaining clients virtually.

Best physical (in-person): National Federation of Professional Trainers

NFPT

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: NFPT is our top choice for a program with physical participation because you can opt to do your certification (or CE credits) by attending a two-day workshop in person.

Specs

  • Accreditation: NCCA
  • Continuing Education credits: CE credits required for maintenance of certification are free
  • Flexible: Get your certification online or by attending in-person workshops

Pros 

  • Inexpensive for online-only option
  • Live Remote Proctoring with virtual proctor from home for exam
  • Discount for Civil Servants and health club staff

Cons

  • In-person workshops are limited and not offered in every state 
  • Workshops with certifications will cost more 

National Federation of Professional Trainers offers students a comprehensive certification package that includes free continuing education credits, free exam testing, interest-free financing options, as well as the opportunity to learn in person by joining two-day workshops. 

This certification program is flexible and can be done online or in person. Some people learn best with hands-on training, so this is a nice option. Half of your in-person workshop will be in a classroom setting and the other half will be hands-on, which is critical for developing personal training skills. 

In terms of cost, this program is very reasonable compared to other leading certification programs. The basic online program is one of the least expensive we reviewed; however, the in-person training plus certification will cost you significantly more. The workshops are limited in location, so travel may be required, which would add to the overall cost.

Best athletic focus: National Strength and Conditioning Association

NSCA

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: National Strength and Conditioning Association NSCA is our top choice for best personal training certification with an athletic focus because this organization offers comprehensive resources that focus on athletic development.

Specs

  • Certification options: Not only can you get your Personal Trainer Certification, they also offer many industry-specific certifications, several of which require a bachelor’s degree.
  • Professional development: Networking events, special interest groups, local events, volunteer opportunities
  • Membership perks: NSCA Journals, Member-only content, free access to NSCA TV

Pros 

  • In-person events and training
  • Access to job board
  • Robust professional network

Cons 

  • Expensive exam registration fee

National Strength and Conditioning Association, or NSCA, is a membership-based network of professionals that offer training and education content. While they don’t require an annual membership, if you are going to get a certification it makes sense to join as your rates will be lower, therefore paying back your membership fee. There are three levels of membership tiers offering various levels of access: Student, Professional, or CPI (which also includes liability insurance). Membership will give you access to professional development and education content, as well as NSCA TV where you can stream education videos, watch clinics, conferences, career videos, and member-generated content. 

NSCA offers a unique selection of certifications with a narrow focus on career-related jobs and knowledge. For example, if you want to work with the military or law enforcement, you can get a tactical strength and conditioning facilitator certification. 

Other certifications they offer require a bachelor’s degree in order to qualify. 

The NSCA content focus is primarily on training for athletes, as well as career coaches. Certification fees are broken up between exam registration and preparation materials, where you have different tiers of options for studying. They provide helpful tools to help decide which certification makes sense for you based on real-world career goals.

Best budget: Action Personal Trainer Certification

ACTION

SEE IT

Why it made the cut: Action Personal Trainer Certification made our top choice for budget because the program cost is the lowest that we reviewed. APTC allows you to register for a basic inexpensive course for $99 and/or register for the exam for a separate low $99 fee.

Specs

  • Prepare for two options: Prepare for NCCA accredited ACTION-PT certification or just earn an online Certificate in Personal Training
  • Tiered learning: Choose from basic training to a more comprehensive Platinum level which includes simulations and practical training courses
  • Free trial: Register to try Action Personal Training for free for 10 weeks

Pros 

  • Mobile app allows you to learn on the go
  • Basic plan doesn’t include a lot of training or test prep
  • No phone support offered

 Cons 

  • Separate registration is required for exam, with a $99 fee
  • No job placement

Action Personal Trainer Certification is a budget affordable option that is best for self-motivated students that don’t need any hands-on training. The company allows you to only register for the NCCA accredited Action Personal Trainer Certification Exam for $99 without purchasing any study guides. There is no guarantee, so this would only make sense for those who have obtained education and training for the exam in other methods. 

The tiered education courses are all self-directed with no in-person or phone support. They are very affordable, ranging from $99 to $250. The company also provides affordable insurance for personal trainers that will cover working with clients in multiple locations, including at home, gyms, online, or outdoors.

FAQs

Q: How much does personal training certification cost?

Personal training certification costs can vary widely between organizations, depending largely on the amount and type of exam preparation you need and the additional resources and guarantees they offer. The least expensive we reviewed was Action Personal Trainer Certification, where one exam with bare minimum preparation will cost you about $200 and there are no guarantees associated with this certification. Most other certifications will cost between $400 and upward of $1,000. Be sure to understand what is included; not every program includes the exam registration fee and some have additional retake fees if you fail the certification exam the first time. Many certifications offer tiers where you can decide which features and benefits are important to you, as well as take advantage of interest-free payment plans. Continuing education CE is required every two years to maintain active certification; some outlets offer tiers of membership where these additional classes are included in the overall fee structure.

Q: How much does NASM personal training certification cost?

NASM personal training certification will cost between $674 to $1,889, or $32 to $99 a month with their finance plan. They offer four options that vary in price and perks: Basic, Premium Self-Study, Guided Study, and All-Inclusive. At the time of publication, these were the current rates available on the nasm.org website. Keep an eye out for promotions and deals, as they will help lower overall costs. If you are interested in multiple certifications, NASM offers a lot of bundle deals that make these more affordable.

Q: What other certifications should a personal trainer have? 

Personal trainers should consider other certifications on top of their accredited personal trainer certification, depending on their career goals and interest. Having multiple certifications may make you more desirable, as it will give you more expertise to offer clients. For example, personal trainers can also become certified nutrition coaches, sports nutrition coaches, wellness coaches, group fitness instructors, stretching and flexibility coaches, or explore corrective exercise specialization, behavior change specialization, performance enhancement specialization, and weight loss specialization to name just a few.

Final thoughts on the best personal trainer certifications

The most important decision in becoming a personal trainer is finding a well-suited, accredited certification program that works with your individual career goals. NASM is our top pick for best personal trainer certification because of their reputation in the industry as well as their combination of remote and in-person opportunities. NASM not only prepares you for a personal trainer career but will guarantee job placement.

The post Best personal trainer certifications of 2023 appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
You should take a 5-minute walk for every 30 minutes of sitting https://www.popsci.com/health/exercise-sitting-work/ Thu, 12 Jan 2023 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=504882
A woman walking into the sunset
Walking can have major health benefits. Deposit Photos

Exercise 'snacks' can lower blood pressure and blood sugar.

The post You should take a 5-minute walk for every 30 minutes of sitting appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A woman walking into the sunset
Walking can have major health benefits. Deposit Photos

As more and more adults have jobs that require them to be sitting at a desk most of the day, the phrase “sitting is the new smoking,” can feel quite haunting. According to the Mayo Clinic, sitting for long periods of time can increase the risk of cardiovascular disease, increased blood pressure, cancer, and other health concerns.

However, a small study published January 12 in the Medicine & Science in Sports & Exercise, the journal of the American College of Sports Medicine, finds that taking a five minute walk for every 30 minutes of sitting can offset some of the worst effects of prolonged sitting. It builds on a growing body of research into the health benefits of shorter walks or bursts of activity throughout the day.

[Related: How to sit ergonomically without expensive equipment.]

The study tested five different exercise “snacks,” or short bursts of activity: one minute of walking after every 30 minutes of sitting, one minute after 60 minutes; five minutes every 30; five minutes every 60; and no walking. 

“If we hadn’t compared multiple options and varied the frequency and duration of the exercise, we would have only been able to provide people with our best guesses of the optimal routine,” said study co-author Keith Diaz, an associate professor of behavioral medicine at Columbia University Vagelos College of Physicians and Surgeons, in a statement.

Each of the 11 adults who participated in the study sat in an ergonomic chair for eight hours in Diaz’s lab. The participants (all in their 40s, 50s, and 60s and most didn’t have hypertension or diabetes) could read, work on a laptop, and use their phones and were provided standardized meals.

They stood up only for their prescribed exercise snack of walking on the treadmill or for restroom breaks. The research team monitored that each participant din’t over or under exercise and measured blood pressure and blood sugar-two key indicators of cardiovascular health.

Five minutes of walking every 30 minutes was the only amount that significantly lowered both blood pressure and blood sugar levels in the participants. This regimen also affected how the participants’ bodies responded to large meals and reduced blood sugar spikes by 58 percent compared with sitting for eight hours. 

[Related: Walking correctly takes work—here’s how to improve every step.]

One minute walking breaks every 30 minutes also provided some modest benefits to blood sugar levels throughout the day, but walking for either one minute or five minutes after 60 minutes of sitting didn’t appear to provide any benefits to blood sugar.

As far as blood pressure levels, all amounts of walking reduced blood pressure by 4 to 5 millimeters of mercury (mmHg) compared with sitting all day. “This is a sizeable decrease, comparable to the reduction you would expect from exercising daily for six months,” said Diaz

Levels of mood, fatigue, and cognitive performance was also measured during the testing. Every regimen except for walking one minute every hour led to decreases in fatigue and boots in moods. Cognition wasn’t influenced by any of the walking regimens.

“The effects on mood and fatigue are important,” said Diaz. “People tend to repeat behaviors that make them feel good and that are enjoyable.” 

The team is now testing 25 different doses of walking and exercise “snacks” and testing a wider variety of people.

“What we know now is that for optimal health, you need to move regularly at work, in addition to a daily exercise routine,” said Diaz. “While that may sound impractical, our findings show that even small amounts of walking spread through the work day can significantly lower your risk of heart disease and other chronic illnesses.”

You don’t even need to get a standing desk (which aren’t necessarily better) to help prevent some of the negative effects of sitting all day. Some tips on how to increase your movement during the work day include holding walking meetings with co-workers, taking the stairs instead of the elevator, setting reminders in your phone or watch to get up and move, and listening to music while walking to stay motivated and entertained. You can also try box squats, where you get up and down in your chair gently, or do some push ups and planks.

The post You should take a 5-minute walk for every 30 minutes of sitting appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-forerunner-955-solar-running-watch-review/ Thu, 12 Jan 2023 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=504951
Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch morning message on a dog walk
The Forerunner 955 Solar is a motivating accountability partner when used to its full potential. Abby Ferguson

With loads of activity-specific features, Garmin’s flagship running watch can aid performance and productivity with deeper data, tailored training, and bigger battery life.

The post Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch morning message on a dog walk
The Forerunner 955 Solar is a motivating accountability partner when used to its full potential. Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

There is no shortage of general fitness and multisport smartwatches these days, but fewer catering hyper-specifically to runners, particularly the way the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar does. This wearable sits at the top of Garmin’s Forerunner line and is jam-packed with helpful training tools, no shortage of smartwatch features, and impressive battery life. Garmin, a multinational specializing in GPS-enabled technology, designed it with endurance athletes in mind, though it still provides many benefits for casual enthusiasts. Following in the footsteps—or is that stride—of the Forerunner 945 (released in 2019), the Forerunner 955 offers several incremental, not necessarily essential updates, as well as a couple of marquee additions. I’ve tested the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar for six months, giving me plenty of time to learn about the watch and whether it’s a worthy upgrade for most people.

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s design

The changes between the Forerunner 945 and Forerunner 955 are subtle, carrying over most of the design language from the previous iteration. This may explain why the launch price of $599.99 is the same between both models. But there are a few things that stand out on the newer iteration. For starters, the transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP) display has been upgraded. The 955 uses a 1.3-inch display with a resolution of 260 x 260 pixels, while the older 945 is 1.2 inches with a resolution of 240 x 240 pixels. It’s not a huge difference, but you will get a slightly larger display with the 955, which is nice for quick glances at your numbers while working out. 

The most notable change is that the 955 now features touchscreen capabilities, which the 945 did not. I appreciated the touchscreen functionality, which is one of the main reasons I have stuck with the 955 over my Forerunner 745 or the Instinct 2S Solar. I’ve found that it makes scrolling through widgets and (sub-sub-sub)menu items much easier than repeatedly pushing buttons. And I enjoy tapping the screen to enter a menu or view a notification more. If you are prone to accidentally swiping, you can turn touch off completely or choose which specific activities have touch functionality turned on (it defaults to off for all activities).

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch widgets on screen
Nearly everything on the watch is customizable, but I like a widget with a summary of my notifications near the top of the widget list. Abby Ferguson

As with the 945, the newest Forerunner features a full-color display. You may expect that it would be more difficult to read in sunny conditions compared to traditional exercise watches’ high-contrast, monochrome display. But that is not the case. I found it as easy to see and read, even at a glance when in direct sun, as my Instinct 2S Solar. And, with the customization options, you can even choose color schemes that are easier to read for you.

Unfortunately, the case and included band are only available in white (technically named “Whitestone,” the version I’ve used) and black instead of a range of colors like other Garmin watches. I was a bit worried about the white staying white. I have been pleasantly surprised by its resilience, however, even while working on a car engine and getting quite greasy. 

The band and large watch case tend to trap water, though, so if you shower or swim in the watch, you will want to take it off to dry things off more thoroughly. I wore my Forerunner 955 for a handful of weeks nonstop and ended up with a bit of a reaction where the sensors are. It was minor and cleared up with some time sans watch, but it’s something to be aware of. 

While the Forerunner is still decidedly a fitness watch in design, it still has rather sleek looks. And considering all the tech that is packed inside, it’s impressively thin (14.4mm). The 46.5 x 46.5mm watch face still looks giant on my wrist, but that’s the trade-off when you want to take advantage of a large screen size on child-sized wrists. 

Materials

The bezel of the watch is made of fiber-reinforced polymer, which seems to be incredibly durable. I have hit this thing on hard surfaces far too many times, and the perimeter doesn’t have a scratch. One of the benefits of the all-plastic design is that it helps cut down on weight. The all-polymer, 46.5mm Forerunner 955 only weighs 1.86 ounces. For comparison, the 47mm fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar features a titanium bezel and fiber-reinforced polymer with a titanium rear cover, weighing 2.57 ounces. That may seem like a tiny amount, but for serious endurance athletes, every fraction of an ounce adds up, making the Forerunner the better choice for those individuals.

Topping the display is rugged Corning Gorilla Glass DX. I managed to scratch mine somehow, so it isn’t impenetrable, but I haven’t exactly babied it either. It would have been nice to get the more durable Power Sapphire glass that tops the fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar or the Sapphire edition of the Garmin epix (Gen 2).

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch catching the light on its crystal
You can see two scratches on the left side of the watch face, despite the scratch-resistant Corning Gorilla Glass DX. Abby Ferguson

Lastly, the band of the watch is made of silicone. The silicone is a bit thick and, as mentioned, tends to trap moisture, so may not be for everyone. Luckily, it is Garmin QuickFit compatible in the 22mm size so you can purchase bands made of nylon, leather, metal, or titanium instead, should you wish. 

Setting up the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar

Garmin consistently does a fantastic job of making its products easy to set up and use and remains consistent with the Forerunner 955. This is especially true if you are already a Garmin user. The watch comes with a partial charge so that you can get started right away. You’ll need to download the Garmin Connect app, but the watch walks you through all the necessary steps, making setup clear and confusion-free. It’s a fast process if you do the bare minimum for setup.

Where things get a bit more complicated is all of the personalization available on the watch. While you certainly don’t need to mess with most settings just to get started, there are seemingly endless options—with more added semi-regularly. I appreciate Garmin’s Auto Update—it saves me from having to remember to check for OS updates, which I usually forget—and I feel like I am regularly discovering new things in menus or in the post-workout display, which is always fun. 

The watch face can be fully adjusted, as can any of the visible widgets when you scroll down and the layout of each workout screen. You can even adjust things as nitty-gritty as accent and background colors. If you want to really fine-tune your watch, it could take a while. In fact, I’ve had this watch for around six months and I’m still tweaking things.

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s features

The Forerunner 955 Solar is so packed with features that I could easily write an entire book describing everything. It seems that the capabilities of this watch are nearly endless. As such, I’ll be focusing on the items that I used most frequently and those that are the most widely helpful. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 side view on wrist
Though they are tiny and a little hard to see, the icons on the Garmin Forerunner 955 buttons can help with navigation. Abby Ferguson

Usability 

Navigating the watch is pretty straightforward, especially if you’ve used a Garmin watch. There are tiny (and hard to see) labels on the bezel and the buttons themselves to point you in the right direction for the most common things you’ll need to access. But, for specific menu items, you’ll likely need to spend some time digging around or reading the manual.

My biggest complaint about the Forerunner 955 is how you turn it off and on. My other Garmin watches have simply involved going to the Power Off menu item, and that was that. But the Forerunner 955 asks you to take the extra step of confirming that you want to turn it off. Given that you have to go into a menu within a menu to get to this, it seems unlikely that you would accidentally turn it off. The extra step is subtle but annoying. 

Additionally, startup time is much slower. Sure, more tech is involved in the Forerunner 955, but it takes just over 20 seconds to turn on fully. It’s nit-picky, sure, but if I’m powering up to get going on a run, it’s a bit annoying to wait for that, especially when that hasn’t been the case on other watches I’ve used.

Data collection and insights

Being at the top of Garmin’s running watch line, the Forerunner 955 comes with just about every possible sensor packed inside. It features the Garmin Elevate Gen4 optical heart rate sensor, barometric altimeter, compass, gyroscope, accelerometer, thermometer, and pulse ox blood oxygen saturation monitor. Those sensors are, of course, used when recording an activity, but many are constantly recording data. For example, you can always check your heart rate and steps. And you can take a pulse ox reading on-demand or while sleeping.

All of those sensor readings are used to provide insights such as Training Status, Training Readiness, stress level, sleep data, and Body Battery. It also provides hyper-specific stats such as run cadence, stride length, vertical ratio, ground contact time, and more. The information is there to help guide your training to maximize your fitness and potentially even assess form issues.

Garmin Forerunner 955 suggesting you take a breath
When the watch detects abnormally high stress levels, it suggests a guided breathing exercise to calm down.  Abby Ferguson

The data collected also helps manage general health with features such as Abnormal Heart Rate alerts. For example, if your heart rate is abnormally high, the watch will suggest breathing exercises to reduce stress and help you calm down. I’ve found this to be a helpful tool in high-stress situations, as it reminds me to reset and mentally take a step back from the thing causing the stress.

GPS

For location tracking and mapping, the Forerunner 955 provides access to three Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS)—GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo. There are four settings to choose from—GPS only, All Systems, All Systems + Multi-Band, and Ultratrac—which differ in accuracy and impact on battery life. Ultratrac is the mode for multiday excursions as it provides the best battery life but the worst accuracy. The watch defaults to All + Multi-Band GPS for the most accurate results.

The watch also comes equipped with Garmin’s SatIQ, which determines the optimal GPS mode based on your environment. And new to the 955 is the dual-frequency GPS. This combines the All Systems option but then also connects to two satellites at once for exceptional accuracy, even when in canyons or a city. It does use much more battery, however. 

I only used the watch in pretty wide open spaces but found it to be very accurate with no issues. I compared it to data from a simultaneously worn Instinct 2S Solar (a watch I’ve written extensively about), and they were the same as far as my naked eye could tell. 

Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar and Instinct 2S Solar side by side on a wrist
The Forerunner 955 Solar (left) provides a much more vibrant, easier-to-see-at-a-glance display compared to the Instinct 2S Solar. And it can pack more metrics in one place thanks to the larger screen size. Abby Ferguson

Smartwatch features

Beyond that obvious fitness tracking, the Forerunner 955 is also a robust productivity partner. It can connect to your phone, allowing you to receive messages and notifications. You can even select pre-formatted quick replies to text messages to respond right from your watch. 

The watch lacks a cellular connection and a microphone, however, so you cannot take calls like on an Apple Watch 8, etc. But you can at least see who is calling to determine if you want to bother getting your phone out. And you can reject and respond to calls with pre-formatted messages as well. 

Beyond the basics, you’ll also get access to Garmin Pay, which allows you to save cards to your account and pay with your watch. This is great, in theory, but my bank (USAA) isn’t participating in Garmin Pay, so I have been unable to use the watch for payment. Additionally, you can connect music providers, such as Spotify, to save music or podcasts directly to your device when you don’t want to have your phone on you. Again, this is great in theory, but I ran into nothing but issues when trying to set up music and never was able to get more than a handful of songs to sync. So I haven’t really been able to test that feature successfully.

Safety features

As someone who mostly runs alone, the safety features of the Forerunner 955 are extremely appreciated. And, in line with the rest of the watch, there’s no shortage of them, either. It’s important to note right off the bat that you will need to have your connected phone with service on you to take advantage of these features. And all of these features need to be set up within the app in order to be used. 

The most basic feature enables the basic safety tenet of outdoor recreation: Make sure people know where you are and when you expect to be done. When you begin an activity with GPS (weightlifting, for example, is not included), the watch connects to LiveTrack. This emails a real-time view of your location to your preselected contacts. Or you can share a link (accessed via the app on your phone) with anyone you’d like so they can follow along and ensure you are progressing as anticipated.

Additionally, there are some bigger safety features for even more peace of mind. One enables you to quickly call for assistance directly from the watch with the press of a few buttons. By entering the menu accessed with the top left button, you can navigate to “Assistance.” Once there, there are three options: “It’s an emergency. Please get help,” “Not an emergency, but please pick me up,” and “I need help. Follow my location to find me.” 

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch safety alerts screenshot
These messages were sent to my husband when I tested the Assistance feature. [The blurred-out sections are my GPS coordinates.] Abby Ferguson

I tested the “Not an emergency” option with my husband to see what would happen, and Garmin sent him a message with the pre-formatted text along with my coordinates. It sent him multiple messages until I selected that I no longer needed assistance, which triggered a follow-up message to him to let him know I was okay. While you do need your phone to take advantage of this feature, it makes it much faster and easier to get help than getting out your phone and texting or calling someone. 

The last safety feature you’ll have access to is incident detection. If your Forerunner 955 detects an incident, it will display a notification on the watch. If that isn’t dismissed promptly, it automatically sends a message with your name and location to your emergency contacts. Unfortunately, Garmin doesn’t provide any information on what this exactly means or how it detects an incident, but in theory, this is an excellent feature to have. It’s worth noting that, unlike the Apple Watch Ultra, the Forerunner 955 cannot notify emergency services for you since it doesn’t include a cellular connection like the Apple Watch. 

Garmin app

When you set up the watch, you must pair it to the Garmin Connect app. The app allows you to see your data in more detail. Of course, you can access most of your insights on the watch itself, but it is a bit easier to digest and sift through via the app, especially if you really want to dive into the data.

Where the app really comes in especially handy is with customization. Just about every setting can also be changed within the app once you select “Forerunner 955” from the Connected Devices list. Changing settings and customizing things via the app is a bit easier to do than on the watch. That’s especially true of the message and workout data screen settings. And some things, such as Garmin Pay, can only be set up in the app.

Battery life

The battery life of this watch is certainly one area where the Forerunner 955 shines. As with anything, the extent of the battery life depends on how you are using the watch but, no matter what, it is impressive. Of course, it’s worth pointing out that any solar battery life estimates mentioned by Garmin are based on “all-day wear with 3 hours per day outside in 50,000 lux conditions.” For someone like me, who works inside and is lucky to get outside for an hour or two, that means I’m not really getting any advantage from solar charging on an average day.

Garmin Forerunner 955 solar intensity screen
You can easily see how much solar intensity your watch is getting. Most of my day was spent inside and, thus, not getting the sun required for solar battery charging.  Abby Ferguson

Garmin promises 15 days of battery life in smartwatch mode or 20 days with solar. During those times that I wasn’t able to exercise much and was using the watch as, well, a watch, I was absolutely getting the promised battery life. As mentioned, I’m not meeting the full required conditions for solar charging, but I did get some boosts that resulted in a few extra days. 

With the watch set to All Systems GNSS mode plus Multi-Band and without music, Garmin says you’ll get up to 20 hours, or 22 hours with solar. Since I didn’t complete any lengthy (more than a few hours) events while testing this watch, I didn’t fully push this to the limits. But, even with using the most accurate GPS setting, I was able to get a 30-minute to an hour-or-so-long workout in daily and still have my watch battery last a full week.

The thing that drained the battery most was fiddling with the settings and downloading music to the watch. I went from 80% battery to just 1% while trying to get a single small playlist to sync fully over the course of a few hours. So, if you aren’t in a situation where you can charge your watch, it’s best to save the settings adjustments and music syncing for another time. 

While the long battery life is certainly appreciated, the thing I most love about my Forerunner 955 is how quickly it charges. I’m guilty of forgetting to charge it up when needed on a far too regular basis. But I can plug it in as I get ready for a run and have it at 50% battery (depending on how low it was to begin with) in just 10 minutes or so. It’s crazy speedy.

The Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar’s activity & fitness tracking experience

As expected, since this is a running watch, the activity tracking options are robust. The 955 comes preloaded with the basic types of workouts—such as running, swimming, and cycling—but you can quickly add just about anything you can think of, including Ultra Run, eMTB, Backcountry Ski, and more. You can even create custom workouts or import workouts from third parties like TrainingPeaks.

Garmin Forerunner 955 running watch recording strength training
Though it’s a running watch, the Forerunner 955 can track just about any type of activity. It even automatically detects sets and reps during strength training workouts. Abby Ferguson

Recording workouts is incredibly easy. It’s done by simply pressing the top right button, selecting the type of workout, and then pushing start. Where things can get complicated, as mentioned, is all the customization you can do. You can choose to adjust what fields are displayed on the watch during your workout, customize notifications and audio cues, along with many different options specific to different types of workouts.

Training status and readiness

As you complete activities and wear your watch throughout the day (and night), Garmin collects data to offer insights into your training. The Training Status feature shows whether you are actively getting fitter (productive), holding steady, or even detraining (the worst). It can even tell you what types of activities you should add more of to maximize your training. For example, mine frequently tells me that I have a low aerobic shortage and need to work in easier runs.

Training Readiness is another helpful tool. As the name implies, it helps you assess how ready you are for your training. It may suggest that you back off and give yourself more time to recover or that you are prepared to dive right into a serious workout. It simply helps to keep you from overtraining and gives you a more clear picture of your training load. 

Both are very nice, but you can’t take full advantage of them if you aren’t wearing your watch 24/7. For example, to collect heart rate variability (HRV) data, you’ll need to wear the watch while you sleep. I’m not a fan of sleeping in a watch, so I don’t get highly accurate data for some of these fields as a result.

Garmin Forerunner 955 suggested workout screen
Your first activity of the day will show a suggested workout based on data the watch has collected recently. Abby Ferguson

Suggested workouts

One feature I love about Garmin watches is the “Suggested Workouts” for running or cycling. These can be accessed in the Morning Report or when you start a workout. When providing these suggestions, Garmin factors in the above items, plus your Training Load & Load Focus, VO2 Max, and more. The result is that they are customized to you. It then suggests a workout to improve your fitness based on all that data. It’s great for days when you don’t want to think about what you should do or if you want something different but don’t want to pay for a coach.

Of course, these features should be taken with a grain of salt. Garmin doesn’t know if you are getting over an illness, dealing with stress at work, or managing an injury. It can infer some things based on the data it collects, but it won’t be perfect. There have been many times that my watch suggested a sprint, VO2 Max, or long run when my body could not handle that at the time. Your best bet is to use it all as a guide, listen to your body, and, if you really want results, hire a coach.

So, who should buy the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar?

As the watch’s name suggests, the Forerunner is truly a running watch. Sure, it offers all the basic—and not-so-basic—watch functions to make it suitable for anyone wanting a smartwatch. But if you aren’t an exercise enthusiast, you’ll be paying for many features and tech that you won’t actually be using.

And the extensive list of training features makes the watch more suitable for avid, focused runners looking to improve performance. It’s especially useful for runners competing in races. That said, as someone who is currently more of a casual runner than anything else, I found it rather motivational and aspirational. I’m not currently training for any races or even pushing the limits hard (thanks to some nagging injuries), so while I don’t necessarily care about things like the Race Prediction widget, it is fun to see those numbers changing when I’m consistent with my working out. At the same time, the Forerunner 255 can provide many of the same training and health features for an average of $258 less.

And, in terms of the Solar capabilities, which come at a $100 surcharge, they don’t seem to provide a substantial enough boost over the basic battery version for most. But if you’re one of the runners who can benefit from the lengthy list of features packed into this watch, particularly the touchscreen, the Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar will be a fantastic training partner.

The post Garmin Forerunner 955 Solar running watch review: The power to persevere appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Nutrition tracking can put you on the path to meet your fitness goals https://www.popsci.com/diy/food-tracking-fitness/ Tue, 10 Jan 2023 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=504241
person-in-work-out-gear-standing-in-kitchen-chopping-fruit-
Your body cannot build muscle if you don't give your body the nutrients it needs to do so. Nathan Cowley / Pexels

Whether it's muscle building or fat burning, eating well is essential to your fitness journey.

The post Nutrition tracking can put you on the path to meet your fitness goals appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person-in-work-out-gear-standing-in-kitchen-chopping-fruit-
Your body cannot build muscle if you don't give your body the nutrients it needs to do so. Nathan Cowley / Pexels

When you first start working out consistently, it’s not unusual to go through a period of noticeable changes followed by a sudden plateau where progress seems to slam to a halt. It’s very common, but if you want to get over that frustrating phase, taking note of your calorie and nutritional intake can help.

When I hit my plateau, I spent a week monitoring what I ate and discovered that, regardless of how healthy my diet was, I was eating enough to sustain two men. Tracking provided the data I needed to make better decisions, which allowed me to enjoy steady progress.

Whether your fitness goal is fat loss or muscle gain, nutrition tracking is easy, and you can count on several tools to make the best of your journey. 

How the body burns fat and gains muscle

You require a specific number of calories to function and if you hit it every day, your body will remain exactly the same in terms of muscle and fat. This number is known as your maintenance caloric intake, and it depends on parameters like your height, weight, genetics, and daily activity levels. Adult men will typically fall somewhere between 2,000 and 3,000 calories, says the US Department of Agriculture, while women commonly require between 1,600 and 2,400.

[Related: There are only two supplements proven to help you build muscle]

If you’re exercising consistently and vigorously, your body will only be able to build muscle if you give it enough extra energy to do so. This means eating more calories than your maintenance level, which will result in a caloric surplus. (If you want to dig deeper into how to get buff, we have a complete beginner’s guide on how to get those muscle gains.) To reduce fat, you need to go in the opposite direction and aim for a caloric deficit, which entails eating fewer calories than your maintenance rate. To enjoy steady and safe progress, experts recommend that your surplus or deficit be around 500 calories.

Knowing your goals and understanding how to get there will make it easier to use nutritional tracking to your advantage. 

How to track calories (more or less) accurately

People used to count calories with pen and paper, but luckily these days we have nifty apps that make the process considerably more convenient. Online platforms like Calculator.net’s Calorie calculator use factors like your age, height, weight, and daily activity levels to provide your maintenance rate as well as some general parameters for muscle gain and weight loss. Once you have those numbers, you simply tally up the caloric content of the food you eat on a daily basis and adjust your diet according to your fitness goals. If you want to have something on your phone, apps like MyPlate (available for Android and iOS) and MyFitnessPal (available for Android and iOS) can be helpful. These tools will determine your approximate maintenance rate and set a caloric budget for you. 

Keep in mind that no matter the app or method you use, the numbers you see in these tools are only approximations. The formulas these platforms use to calculate numbers like your maintenance rate, for example, are based on general statistics that leave little room for individuality, and may not consider factors that make your body different from the norm. This also applies to the apps’ massive database of food data, as the caloric value you see on labels and packaging can be up to 20 percent inaccurate, says the US Food and Drug Administration, so be careful not to get too attached to the exact number. 

And then there’s the body’s ability to absorb only a fraction of the available calories, which may be anything between 20 and 90 percent, says Michael S. Parker, a certified fitness nutrition specialist and founder of Forge Fitness. This is because our bodies just don’t digest the calories of some foods as well as others.

Instead of trying to make these numbers fit perfectly, Parker recommends using calorie tracking as a rough set of guidelines to help you learn about the energy value in various foods and how much you’re actually eating. From there you can stop tracking and make wise eating decisions when you’re hungry. 

Going beyond calories

The average fitness noob doesn’t need to know much beyond the concepts of surplus, maintenance, and deficit. But as you get more serious about exercising, you might benefit from tracking macronutrients, also known simply as macros. These account for the three largest nutrient categories and Parker explains that each of them has a role: Protein is essential for building muscle, while carbohydrates aid in performance, and dietary fat helps with hormone regulation and other essential bodily functions. 

How much of each macro you should eat depends on factors like your basal metabolic rate, sex, age, and weight. But for muscle building, the International Society of Sports Nutrition recommends consuming 1.4 to 2 grams of protein per kilogram of body weight per day. They also recommend 4 to 7 grams per kilo per day of carbs for weight training athletes to optimize strength performance and muscle building. You should devote the rest of your daily calorie budget to dietary fat. Nutrition tracking apps can monitor your macros and do all the math for you, so you can tackle multiple goals at the same time. For example, you’ll be able to prioritize protein to maintain muscle mass while leaving enough of a deficit in your calorie budget to enable fat burning. 

Health and safety are more important than any fitness goal

You should never use overuse caloric deficit in an attempt to lose weight faster. Losing fat—and keeping it off—is safest and most effective when you do it gradually. A deficit of around 500 calories a day will burn fat at a rate of up to one pound per week, which research shows is a safe and sustainable pace.

But counting calories is a slippery slope and people who hyper-fixate on recording everything they eat run the risk of developing eating disorders.

“Tracking nutrition can easily turn into something that is unhealthy,” says Katherine Metzelaar, a registered dietitian and founder of Bravespace Nutrition, an organization that helps patients recover from eating disorders and challenges relating to body image. “I would not recommend someone track [their food] if they have a history of dieting, disordered eating, or an eating disorder.” 

She explains that having food tracking take up a lot of headspace is a clear warning sign, especially if that prevents you from going to restaurants or eating at your friends or family’s house. Other red flags include feelings of anxiety when you can’t track your food, guilt around what you’ve eaten, restricting food because you’ve met your calorie budget, and not being able to be spontaneous with meals.

[Related: Anorexia may be more complicated than we thought]

But when done safely, food tracking can provide valuable insight into your body’s nutrition which will be helpful to continue making fitness progress. So Metzelaar is adamant about recommending approaching this method cautiously and tracking your food for no more than three days at a time. 

“That is plenty of information to use in order to see what foods might be missing and where there are areas to improve upon,” she says.

Once you’ve got the information you need, reflect on how your eating habits mesh with your fitness goals. If you’re experiencing unhealthy behaviors, prioritize taking care of yourself and seek help if you need it.

Keep in mind that in your fitness journey, you’re not going to see changes overnight. Building muscle and losing fat is the result of introducing healthy eating and exercise habits into your lifestyle on a sustainable basis. Tracking your nutrition is definitely not a silver bullet solution, but it can help set you on the path to that sustainability.

The post Nutrition tracking can put you on the path to meet your fitness goals appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
TikTokers are taking a diabetes drug to lose weight. Now it’s in short supply. https://www.popsci.com/health/tiktok-weight-loss-trend-ozempic-shortage/ Sun, 08 Jan 2023 19:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=503895
Ozempic diabetes drug pen being taken out of package following TikTok weight loss trend
Ozempic received FDA approval for diabetes treatment in 2017, and weigh loss management use in 2021. myskin – stock.adobe.com

Injecting Ozempic can cause you to shed the pounds, but you won’t be able to ‘hack’ your way into a healthy body.

The post TikTokers are taking a diabetes drug to lose weight. Now it’s in short supply. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Ozempic diabetes drug pen being taken out of package following TikTok weight loss trend
Ozempic received FDA approval for diabetes treatment in 2017, and weigh loss management use in 2021. myskin – stock.adobe.com

Every new year, many people vow to lose weight—and 2023 is no different.  Pledging to eat healthy or hit up the gym are two of the top resolutions among Americans this year. If you’ve been scrolling through TikTok, however, you might have seen a third option for your weight loss goals: several TikTokers are injecting themselves weekly with a Type 2 diabetes drug called Ozempic, claiming it can help quickly trim your tummy. Kim Kardashian is rumored to have used the drug to fit into Marilyn Monroe’s dress for the Met Gala (though she has denied this) and Elon Musk has tweeted that he’s a fan.

Now, Ozempic’s newfound status as a weight loss hack has infiltrated TikTok, which is causing the drug to fly off the shelves. But the increased demand for the injection has also sparked a drug shortage worldwide, leaving people with diabetes without a means to get their prescribed medication. As the trend takes off, multiple health professionals are questioning the safety of using an off-label drug and its long-term effectiveness for keeping the weight off.  

For people just looking to get skinny, quick, “it’s not meant to be a short-term solution to weight loss, and it’s very expensive with people paying close to $1,000 [if not covered by insurance],” explains Rose Lin, an endocrinologist at Providence Saint John’s Health Center in Santa Monica. Lin advises the drug is not medically necessary for people without diabetes or obesity when diet and exercise can give better results for your overall health. 

[Related: ‘Hormone diets’ might work—but not for the reason you think]

Ozempic is the brand name for a drug called semaglutide. It’s approved by the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) as a once-weekly injection to control blood sugar levels in people with Type 2 diabetes. It is also approved as a treatment to reduce the risk of heart problems for people with Type 2 diabetes and known heart disease.

Semaglutide mimics a hormone called glucagon-like peptide-1 (GLP-1) that binds to GLP-1 receptors. The activated receptors stimulate the pancreas to release insulin when blood sugar levels rise. GLP-1 also has a secondary role in appetite control. Like GLP-1 hormone, semaglutide slows down the digestive process so food sits in the stomach for longer periods of time, giving you the sensation of feeling full. This feeling of satiety sends a message to the brain which blocks the release of hunger hormones that cause food cravings. 

Weight loss is a known side effect of diabetic patients who are on semaglutide drugs. However, Ozempic, in particular, is not prescribed for weight loss purposes. There is another version of semaglutide called Wegovy that was FDA approved in 2021 as a weight management injection for adults with obesity. “Generally this would be for people carrying excessive weight,” explains Lin. People who are prescribed Wegovy are considered obese (a BMI of 30 or higher) or overweight (BMI of 27 or higher) with a secondary condition or disease that may cause obesity. A 68-week clinical trial found that middle-aged adults with obesity who took weekly injections of Wegovy lost an average of 35 pounds, while participants in the control group only lost an average of 6 pounds.

Semaglutide is an effective weight loss mitigation strategy for people with obesity, but experts warn that being skinny does not equate to being healthy. “There are no easy fixes for weight loss,” says Silvana Obici, chief of endocrinology and metabolism at Stony Brook Medicine. 

[Related: Why most diets don’t work—and what to try instead]

If you don’t need to be on the medication to manage diabetes, you probably shouldn’t be using it as semaglutide does pose some safety risks. One common side effect of semaglutide is nausea from having food stay in your stomach for long periods of time. “I’ve had patients have nausea to the point of vomiting or dry heaving,” describes Lin. Other common side effects of semaglutide drugs include stomach pain, diarrhea, and constipation. While rare, there is a possibility of developing thyroid tumors, as a past study in rodents found them after semaglutide injections. Carcinogenic effects in humans remain under dispute. There have also been reports of gallbladder problems in people taking semaglutide with symptoms ranging from yellowing of the skin or eyes, upper stomach pain, and fever.

Obici also warns that Ozempic is not very effective for sustaining long-term weight loss. People using the drug will not be able to maintain the weight loss without a healthy diet and regular exercise. “An unhealthy lifestyle when taking Ozempic might obliterate the beneficial [weight loss] effects of the drug,” she says. A 2021 clinical trial found people regained most of the weight they lost after discontinuing semaglutide injections. 

Due to this temporary weight loss, it may cause people to continue to use semaglutide drugs like Ozempic for extended periods of time. Obici and Lin are concerned that long-term reliance on Ozempic for weight loss will exacerbate the global drug shortage. It’s a serious problem for diabetic patients who are struggling to access the drug. “We’ve had people over the past month or two calling in and telling us they cannot get the drug for their diabetes,” says Lin. “We’re giving them samples when we can, but a lot of times there’s just no supply.”

There are alternative drugs that people with diabetes can take instead, but the shortage of Ozempic is causing a ripple effect with other injectable GLP-1 agonist drugs. The FDA has reported a shortage of other diabetic drugs such as Tirzepatide and several doses of Trulicity. Novo Nordisk, the pharmaceutical company that manufactures both Ozempic and Wegovy, announced they have Wegovy back in stock and are working to resolve the Ozempic shortage by early 2023.

The post TikTokers are taking a diabetes drug to lose weight. Now it’s in short supply. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Pilates can improve your posture and balance. The killer body is just a bonus. https://www.popsci.com/health/benefits-of-pilates-better-posture-balance/ Tue, 03 Jan 2023 11:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=501824
Person in blue shirt doing crunches on an exercise ball during a Pilates workout
Pilates focuses on steady conditioning of specific muscles, which ultimately benefits strength, stamina, flexibility, balance, and posture. Deposit Photos

These slow-burning exercises will help you build a stronger core.

The post Pilates can improve your posture and balance. The killer body is just a bonus. appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Person in blue shirt doing crunches on an exercise ball during a Pilates workout
Pilates focuses on steady conditioning of specific muscles, which ultimately benefits strength, stamina, flexibility, balance, and posture. Deposit Photos

Now that the new year is upon us, it’s a good time to do a self-audit of the things that went wrong, right, or what you want to change in life. One common New Year’s resolution is to get healthier. For some that might mean showing up to the gym or cutting back on the carbs. But if you’re constantly looking down at your phone or slouching, a healthy goal could be to improve your posture and balance. 

Enter Pilates, a low-intensity and beginner-friendly workout intended to build strength and flexibility to support every body muscle. You can go to a class, take one-on-one lessons with a certified instructor, or follow instructional videos at home. Lauren Vestal, a certified Pilates, yoga, and breathwork instructor based in Tennessee, says that if you’re hunched over a computer all day, Pilates can help spread the collarbones wider, pull the shoulder down and back, and focus on smaller movements to keep you stable. “You’ll see yourself standing up taller and straighter over time,” she notes. With enough repitition and effort, Pilates can have a lasting impact on your health, while improving your relationship to your body.

How does Pilates help with posture and balance?

While Pilates is a full-body workout, there are targeted exercises for improving balance and posture. Much of the practice focuses on strengthening your core—the pelvis, lower back, hips, and abs—and teaching it how to work in harmony as one unit. “If your hips are uneven, you may feel a bit wobbly in the knees or ankles,” explains Vestal. “Pilates is awesome because you can target specific muscles, small or big, which will allow for greater stability throughout the body.” A stabilized trunk gives your body better support to maintain an upright and erect position, whether you’re playing sports or lugging groceries around.

Building a strong core improves balance as well. Think of standing on one leg, which most humans aren’t accustomed to doing. Chances are you might feel wobbly and possibly tumble after a few seconds in that stance. But, Vestal says that the more consistent you are, the more you’ll build up the smaller stabilizing muscles and joints to keep the core tight and engaged. “That will keep you centered and balanced.”

[Related: Working from home can ravage your spine, but good posture can help fix it]

Pilates benefits all ages. A 2018 study in 17- to 22-year-old dancers showed improved body posture after taking classes twice a week for 14 weeks. This included fixing forward head postures, hyper-extended knees, and foot movements that can cause injury. Another study in older adults who do Pilates regularly showed a significant improvement in their balance and decreased risk of falling.

One of the best starting points for posture and balance is an exercise called bird dog, says Vanessa Johnson, the director of instructor training for Club Pilates in Hawaii. Other good moves to start with are planks and swans

Person in blue sports bra and leggings on stretching their back on a Pilates reformer machine
A reformer machine will help you unlock more intense Pilates workouts. Deposit Photos

What’s the best way to do Pilates?

Compared to standard gym routines, Pilates requires little gear and offers plenty of online resources. You can start at home with a yoga mat following along with an instructor online. For those looking to make more of an investment, a Pilates reformer machine could be a supportive tool for your training. This bed-like platform uses the spring and levers to create resistance for a more intense workout.

Johnson recommends trying an introductory class at a studio to see whether Pilates is a good fit. One benefit of training with a professional is they can guide you as you learn the practice. Not only can they provide easier or more challenging adjustments to a workout, but they can fix your form if it’s incorrect. “Oftentimes people don’t realize their posture is wrong or that they need to activate a particular area of your body at home unless somebody’s checking in on them,” Johnson says. 

Another perk of attending in-person classes is that you’re leveling up your commitment—about 43 percent of individuals give up their New Year’s resolutions after a month. When people buy a package or membership, Johnson says she sees them “sticking with it and meeting their goals more often.”

How long does it take to see results from Pilates?

There’s no magic number when it comes to Pilates, but there are some baselines for how much time and effort you should put in.

All experts recommend a minimum of two workouts a week to see progress. “If I see people in the studio twice a week, I would say you’ll see results in about two months,” Johnson says. She explains you’ll start feeling differences in your posture and balance at first. After 16 to 20 sessions, you can expect other people to notice changes in your body. And after 60 sessions, she says “your body is just a different body.”

[Related: A beginner’s guide to becoming buff]

Jaclyn Forrester, a Pilates instructor and the owner of Niche Pilates in Virginia, says it’s ideal to attend an hour-long class twice a week—but admits that’s not always possible. She recommends people “mix it up” by coming to a full class and doing a 10 to 30-minute class online. You can also supplement your workout by doing other activities such as cardio. 

Forrester also stresses that the exercises are not a cure-all for bad posture and other physical issues. “What are you doing all the other hours you’re not doing Pilates?” she asks. Continuing bad habits like slouching or eating fast food, for example, can mean it will take longer to see results. “You have to really be mindful of everything else that you’re doing in your life,” Forrester says. 

Don’t feel discouraged if you don’t see results right away. “It doesn’t have to be your best workout, and your practice will not look like the person next to you in class,” advises Vestal. “But getting yourself out there and putting in the work will eventually lead to more mobility, flexibility, and strength so you can live fully.”

The post Pilates can improve your posture and balance. The killer body is just a bonus. appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
What you should know about heart rate variability–a biometric most fitness trackers measure https://www.popsci.com/health/heart-rate-variability-fitness-trackers/ Tue, 27 Dec 2022 02:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=502147
Man checking fitness tracker
An increase in this particular biometric is a good thing. visualspace/E+ via Getty Images

Heart rate variability depends on a range of physiological, psychological, environmental, lifestyle, and nonmodifiable genetic factors.

The post What you should know about heart rate variability–a biometric most fitness trackers measure appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Man checking fitness tracker
An increase in this particular biometric is a good thing. visualspace/E+ via Getty Images

This article was originally featured on The Conversation.

Your heart beats around 100,000 times every dayHeart rate is a key marker of cardiovascular activity and an important vital sign. But your pulse is not as steady as a precision clock – nor would you want it to be.

As a cardiovascular physiologist, I measure heart rate in nearly every experiment my students and I perform. Sometimes we use an electrocardiogram, such as you’d see in a medical clinic, which uses sticky electrodes to measure electrical signals between two points of your body. Other times we use a chest strap monitor, like ones you might see on someone at the gym, which also detects heartbeats based on electrical activity.

As wearable technology has grown more popular, it’s not just researchers and cardiologists who are paying attention to heart rate. You might be monitoring your own all day long via a fitness tracker you wear on your wrist. This kind of wearable device uses green light to detect blood flow beneath your skin and deduces your heart rate.

Here are what heart rate and other measurements derived from this biometric can tell you about your body’s health.

Pumping blood where it needs to go

The heart’s primary job is to contract and generate pressure that helps pump blood to the lungs to be oxygenated and then on to the rest of the body to deliver oxygen and other nutrients. Heart rate is simply how fast your heart is beating. Sometimes called a pulse rate, it’s normally presented in beats per minute. You can count your own heart rate by feeling for your pulse inside your wrist or behind your jaw.

When your body demands more oxygen, such as during exercise, heart rate will increase along with the increasing workloads.

While many people are familiar with tracking their heart rate during exertion, the heart rate at rest can also provide valuable information. The two parts of the autonomic nervous system, the sympathetic and parasympathetic, influence resting heart rate. The sympathetic branch helps coordinate your body’s stress response. The more active it is, the higher it dials up your heart rate, preparing you for fight or flight.

The parasympathetic branch of your nervous system is responsible for keeping lots of your body’s functions running smoothly while you’re at ease. Via the vagus nerve that runs from the brain all the way to the abdomen, the parasympathetic nervous system actively slows the heart down to resting values between 60 and 100 beats per minute for the average healthy adult. Without any parasympathetic activity putting the brakes on the sympathetic nervous system’s signals, your heart would beat at approximately 100 beats per minute.

A lower resting heart rate indicates an efficient heart and a higher level of parasympathetic activity. When you’re at rest your nervous system is ideally minimizing sympathetic activity, so you’re conserving energy and avoiding unnecessary stress to the body.

Fitness & Exercise photo
The chart of a heart rate reveals tiny differences in spacing between the peaks representing heartbeats. YitzhakNat via Wikimedia Commons, CC BY-SA

Time between each heartbeat

One specific way to understand the balance of the nervous system’s influence on heart rate is to look at heart rate variability, or HRV – the slight fluctuation in the time between each heartbeat. Even if your heart rate is 60 beats a minute, that doesn’t mean your heart is pumping exactly once every second.

Less variability is a sign that your body is under greater stress and that the balance in your autonomic nervous system is tipping toward the sympathetic branch being in charge. Greater variability suggests you’re more relaxed and your parasympathetic nervous system is in control.

For nearly 30 years, scientists have been interested in how to measure and interpret HRV, specifically as it relates to this balance of autonomic control.

The clinical utility of HRV emerged in patients following cardiac events, but researchers are now considering how this measure can help explain patient outcomes in a range of cardiacendocrine and psychiatric disorders.

More recently, researchers have investigated how to use HRV in athletic training and prognosis of medical conditions.

Several fitness wearables also report heart rate variability, either as a stand-alone metric or used in the calculation of “readiness” or “recovery” scores. Endurance athletes now commonly track HRV as one way to monitor their overall physiological state.

Researchers have started checking which commercially available wearable devices are most reliable and accurate at measuring HRV, which can vary from tracker to tracker. Many of these devices use colored lights, or optical sensors, to measure pulse rate and other variables at the wrist or finger. Unfortunately, the accuracy of this method can vary based on skin type and skin color. It is important that companies include diverse populations in the design, testing and validation of these products to help address potential racial health disparities.

Nudging HRV in a good direction

One of the biggest influences on heart rate variability is stress; along with increased sympathetic nervous system activity, stress is associated with lower HRV. Stress-reducing interventions, biofeedback and increased fitness can increase heart rate variability. Remember, an increase is good for this metric. Overall, heart rate variability depends on a range of physiological, psychological, environmental, lifestyle and nonmodifiable genetic factors.

The most useful way to consider heart rate variability as a metric is to look at data trends. Are there consistent changes in HRV in either direction? Examine these changes alongside other health factors such as fitness, mood, illness, sleep and dietary intake to see if you can draw any conclusions about lifestyle modifications you may want to make.

In general, the same approaches you would take to lowering resting heart rate can also improve heart rate variability, such as increasing cardiovascular fitness, maintaining a healthy weight, reducing stress and getting sufficient sleep.

It’s important to remember that heart rate variability is the normal, healthy, very slight fluctuation of timing of heartbeats – just milliseconds of difference from beat to beat. More dramatic changes in heart rhythms or the way in which the heart contracts, known as arrhythmias, may signal a more serious condition that requires medical attention.

The post What you should know about heart rate variability–a biometric most fitness trackers measure appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
How to get muscle gains: A beginner’s guide to becoming buff https://www.popsci.com/diy/how-to-gain-muscle/ Sun, 11 Dec 2022 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=496624
person-lifting-weights-at-the-gym
Lift heavy, but above all, lift smart. John Arano / Unsplash

Winter is a great time to get those gains before the good weather comes back.

The post How to get muscle gains: A beginner’s guide to becoming buff appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
person-lifting-weights-at-the-gym
Lift heavy, but above all, lift smart. John Arano / Unsplash

Whether you work out because it makes you feel good or it helps you look a certain way, you probably already know that growing muscle is not as easy as it sounds. More than a straightforward correlation (more squats, bigger glutes), getting those gains is like solving a complicated equation with a wide array of variables that include the exercises you do, what you eat, and how much you rest. 

Without understanding the role each of these elements plays, you’ll likely spend hours lifting every day, but your progress will only go so far. Fortunately, you don’t have to be a muscle math genius to buff up, and winter is the perfect time to start.

How your body builds muscle

When you work out your biceps, the strain of the movement causes micro-tears. This means that at a microscopic level, the fibers that make up the muscle in your arms get damaged or cut altogether. 

When your body has everything it needs to heal, it overcorrects by growing new tissue on top of the damaged one. This helps better prepare your muscles for exertion and prevent new micro-tears from happening in the future. It is through the repetition of this cycle—straining, repairing—that muscles grow in size and strength. 

It’s a pretty simple process, but there are several things that go into boosting it and making it more efficient. 

The essential elements of getting stronger

There are four main elements you need to keep an eye on when it comes to growing your muscles. Knowing how they interact will help you stay healthy and see results in time for spring. 

Consistency is key

You absolutely will not make progress bulking up without consistent effort. Muscles only increase in size and strength by going through the cycle of experiencing and healing micro-tears over and over again.

Consistency builds with discipline over time. But sometimes that’s not enough, so you’ll need to come up with some extra motivation to get moving. 

When I was starting my fitness journey, involving a friend really helped me stay on track. My roommate and I got a treadmill and the rule was that whenever one of us ran the other had to follow suit. Within a few months, this forced consistency pushed me from wheezing my way through a mere two to three minutes of painful jogging to effortlessly running past the mile mark. 

Wield those weights right

Only lifting often and heavily will result in muscle growth. But if you don’t know how heavy is heavy enough, there are two ways to figure it out. 

Start by pushing to failure, which is fitness jargon for lifting to the point where you can no longer do another repetition without decreasing weight. But as you get stronger, you’ll find that getting to this point using the same size weights will require you to do more and more reps. This is why you’ll need to gradually increase the amount of weight you lift over time. 

[Related: Muscle stiffness can be an athletic superpower]

“Going through the motions won’t build muscle like actually pushing and getting to a few reps short of failure,” says Jim Bathurst, a certified strength and conditioning specialist, and the head of fitness at Nerd Fitness

To get more gains, he recommends prioritizing workouts that target multiple muscle groups at a time, also known as compound exercises. These include standards like bench presses, deadlifts, pull-ups, squats, overhead presses, and rows. In fact, by doing these six exercises you’ll be working out every major muscle group in your body. 

But whatever movements make it into your routine, Jim recommends you complete each one with proper form: “This can help minimize injuries and increase the amount of work you put on the muscles.”

Mastering your form will take knowledge and practice. Start by doing your research—there are several apps and online videos you can check out to get a better understanding of the correct form for each exercise. You can then apply what you’ve learned by exercising in front of a mirror or filming yourself and reviewing your movements as you go. If you still have questions, it might be time to ask an expert. A coach or trainer will give you dedicated attention and correct your form as necessary. They’ll even be able to adapt certain exercises to accommodate previous injuries or level of expertise. 

Eating right is a crucial part of your routine

Once you’ve caused all the aforementioned micro-tears via lifting, you’ll need to let them heal. But your muscles can’t repair themselves and grow if you’re not fueling yourself properly—they require enough calories and proteins to do the job.

“Unlike fat reduction, the development of lean muscle tissue requires energy as you are building the body and need material to do so,” says Michael S. Parker, a certified fitness nutrition specialist, and founder of Forge Fitness. “Naturally, this material is in the form of nutritional components and found in our food.” 

When it comes to how much food you’ll need to eat daily to get those gains, Parker explains that everyone is different, but a good rule of thumb is meeting your maintenance energy level and then surpassing it. This means eating enough calories a day to offset the ones you’re burning by exercising and just staying alive, and then some. This extra energy is called caloric surplus, and it’s the additional oomph your body needs to build new muscle. While everyone’s body is unique, generally speaking, you don’t need much of a surplus to fuel growth—between 300 and 500 extra calories a day will do it. But this only applies if you’re working out hard, lifting to failure around three to four times a week. 

If you don’t know what your maintenance level is, there are a number of online calculators that can help you with that. These tools take into account factors like your age, weight, height, and typical daily activity levels to provide a fairly accurate picture of your caloric needs. You can also use an app like MyFitnessPal, which is intuitive and offers a vast library of foods so that you don’t have to enter each one manually. 

Apps can also provide an estimate of how many calories you burn during your workouts, but if you want a clearer picture, you can use a fitness tracker. These gadgets vary greatly in terms of accuracy, but in my experience, the Garmin Venu 2 Plus delivers outstanding results compared to products from companies like Fitbit or Whoop. This gadget also tracks a wide range of activities, including strength training, cycling, and swimming.

But it’s not just a matter of calories in and calories out. When it comes to food and muscle growth, quality matters just as much as quantity.

“You will need to ensure you have a sufficient and balanced ratio of carbohydrates, proteins, and fats to ensure maximal absorption and distribution of nutritional building components,” Michael says.

Protein is essential for building muscle as it helps with cell replication, he explains. Carbohydrates, on the other hand, are a source of energy and aid your mind and body to perform at optimal levels.

A 2017 study published in the Journal of the International Society of Sports Nutrition found that in most people, muscle growth or maintenance requires a daily intake of 1.4 to 2 grams of protein per kilogram of body weight. This means that if you weigh 150 pounds, you should be eating 105 grams of protein per day to build muscle. In food terms, that translates into three eggs, two pieces of bacon, a cup of Greek yogurt, one chicken breast, and a protein bar. 

And don’t forget about getting some fat in. Prioritize clean dietary fats such as monounsaturated (think avocados, peanuts, and almonds), and polyunsaturated (fish, sunflower seeds, walnuts), but also add a small amount of saturated fat (butter, coconut oil, cheese, bacon).

Get plenty of rest

You don’t get stronger in the gym—you do it in bed. When you sleep, your muscles get the chance to recover by healing micro-tears. You need to get a full night’s sleep on a consistent basis, with research indicating that seven to eight hours is the sweet spot for muscle growth.

[Related: What actually works for muscle recovery—and what doesn’t]

But on top of getting some solid rest, you’ll also need to relax. Cortisol, a stress hormone, is catabolic, meaning that it hinders your body’s ability to synthesize proteins, directly disrupting muscle growth

Supplement with caution

You’ll see a lot of products promising to boost muscle growth, burn fat, or increase performance—but supplements are not bottled miracles. 

“[Supplements] will not take the place of the basics like quality workouts, proper nutrition, and quality sleep,” Jim says. “If you are slacking in your workouts, failing to consistently eat enough calories and protein, or staying up late and getting terrible sleep, supplements will not be a magic fix.”

There are a few supplements that are safe, affordable, and scientifically proven to help your progress. But if you have any medical conditions, talk to your doctor before you make any major dietary changes. 

Michael explains that protein supplements can help you get those gains, but they’re unnecessary if you’re already getting what you need from food. Creatine is another popular supplement among those looking to buff up and has the added bonus of being inexpensive. It’s not essential to muscle growth, but if you want to get a little boost, research has found that creatine is safe, and when properly used, it can help with rapid muscle gains by improving the quality of your workouts

“Creatine is one of the most researched dietary supplements out there [and it] helps replenish energy when an individual is fatigued,” Michael explains.

[Related: There are only two supplements proven to help you build muscle]

Consuming caffeine-based pre-workout supplements can also boost gym performance by increasing your energy and focus. 

“Caffeine and other natural stimulants can help you push harder during workouts, but should be used as little as possible,” Jim explains. Take too much or too late in the day, and it can interfere with your sleep, which as we mentioned above, is counterproductive.

People should be careful with other non-caffeine-based pre-workout supplements, Michael warns, as there’s no science backing up their safety and efficacy, and they may even form addiction patterns. 

“Safety of supplementation has improved quite a bit over the last 15 to 20 years,” he says. “However, it is still prudent to exercise caution when supplementing.”

As you progress, you’ll find plenty of ways to fine-tune your routine. But no matter what stage of your fitness journey you are in, the fundamentals will still be the same: consistent and vigorous workouts, proper diet, and the always necessary recovery afforded by good sleep and relaxation. 

Rinse (because you never want to be the smelly person at the gym), and repeat. 

The post How to get muscle gains: A beginner’s guide to becoming buff appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools https://www.popsci.com/gear/percussion-massager-workout-recovery-deals/ Tue, 29 Nov 2022 16:55:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=492805
Hyper Ice Hypervolt 2 Pro
HyperIce's Hypervolt 2 Pro is on sale as a post Cyber Monday deal. Hyperice

Recovery is just as important as adding extra reps. And if you want to save money while saving yourself from soreness, check out these massage guns & more.

The post Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Hyper Ice Hypervolt 2 Pro
HyperIce's Hypervolt 2 Pro is on sale as a post Cyber Monday deal. Hyperice

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Thanksgiving is delicious, but the temptation to overindulge is real. And, once the third round of leftovers is done, some folks might feel the need to overcompensate by hitting the gym double-hard. Well, putting your body under constant pressure is a mistake many people make when taking exercise seriously. Whether you’re a runner, boxer, dancer, cyclist, or weightlifter, it’s important to prepare your muscles before exercise, let your body rest, and address soreness afterward. A massage gun may seem superfluous, but it’s actually an invaluable tool for loosening fascia, increasing range of motion and flexibility, and decreasing soreness and stiffness, and something you should always keep in your gym bag or at home—or get two at these prices.

Hyperice Hypervolt 2 Pro, $299 (Was $399)

Hyperice

SEE IT

Cyber Monday may be over, but you can save $100 today on Hyperice’s Hypervolt 2 Pro, a handheld massage gun with five tips to massage different muscles properly. The massager has three intensity settings and can guide you through recovery regimens developed by professional athletes if you sync it to your phone over Bluetooth and use Hyperice’s app. The company even includes four adapters, which allow you to take the Hypervolt 2 Pro to different countries if you work out at hotel gyms. If you plan to get into better shape in 2023, this is one post-Cyber Monday deal you’re not going to want to miss.

More percussion massager & workout recovery deals

The post Save $100 on percussion massagers and other workout recovery tools appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Do high-tops elevate athletic performance? https://www.popsci.com/health/high-tops-benefits/ Tue, 08 Nov 2022 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=482102
Fitness & Exercise photo
Josie Norton

These sneakers’ biggest benefits may be mental.

The post Do high-tops elevate athletic performance? appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Fitness & Exercise photo
Josie Norton

TEAM USA basketball players had at least one thing in common between 1936 and 1976: They all wore high-top Chuck Taylor All-Stars. A blend of flat rubber soles and canvas that rises above the ankle, these sneakers dominated the hardwood and other American athletics until the debut of more tech-y performance trainers. The heir apparent, the 1985 Air Jordan, incorporated the earlier high-top design and became synonymous with performance. As Spike Lee put it in a classic Nike commercial, “It’s gotta be the shoes.”

Sadly for Spike, the kicks don’t hold all the answers. At least, they aren’t more ergonomically advantageous or safer to play in than other footwear, says Jay Hertel, a professor of sports medicine at the University of Virginia.

For example, he explains that there isn’t any good evidence of Chucks or Jordans protecting athletes from ankle sprains. Most studies found no significant differences between high-tops and low-tops when it came to injuries; a few even found that the former can put increased stress on the Achilles tendon during certain movements.

The high-top has probably gained a reputation for defending basketball stars because of how it grips the ankle, says James Losito, a podiatrist and a professor at Barry University in Florida. But it doesn’t provide real structural support. To prevent joint damage in hoops or any other sport, players should bolster their footwear with compression braces, tape, and awareness of their own moving bodies. The last one speaks to a natural ability called proprioception, says Losito, which can be enhanced with balance exercises and other training.

Though high-tops might not offer much protection, the ample coverage can have some benefits. In 1978, pro skateboarder Tony Alva described his Nike Blazers as his “favorite safety equipment” because they shielded his ankles from the pavement when he fell.

The shoes can also grant a subjective advantage to competitors. Simply enjoying how a laced-up high-top feels compared to a low-top “may have some performance effects,” Hertel says. This taps into the power of the mind: Studies show that elements like self-efficacy, superstition, and expectation dramatically influence sports performance. “The comfort of the athlete is paramount,” Losito says. This is why some sports scientists think shoe design should incorporate the competitor’s preferences.

Nearly 40 years after the first Air Jordan debuted, high-tops are becoming less dominant on the basketball court. But they’re still embraced by skateboarders, weightlifters, and players in other sports, who are more fans of the shoes’ flat soles than of any notion of protection, Losito says. Of course, there’s another critical factor: fashion. Loving your look can level up your game.

This story originally appeared in the High Issue of Popular Science. Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post Do high-tops elevate athletic performance? appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast https://www.popsci.com/best-fitness-gifts/ Tue, 14 Dec 2021 13:48:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/uncategorized/best-fitness-gifts/
Delight the data-driven adventurer in your life with one of these tech gifts for fitness enthusiasts.

For some, the way to the heart is through the stomach. For others, it’s through the biceps.

The post The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Delight the data-driven adventurer in your life with one of these tech gifts for fitness enthusiasts.

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Best for recovery ROLL Recovery R8 Plus product image ROLL Recovery R8 Plus Deep Tissue Massage Roller
SEE IT

Speed recovery quick and conveniently with this painstakingly engineered, adjustable FDA Registered device for myofascial release.

Best for endurance athletes The Apple Watch Ultra is the best tech gift for fitness enthusiasts. Apple Watch Ultra
SEE IT

Designed for outdoor adventurers of all kinds, this smartwatch is designed to get you home safely as well.

Best for the home gym TRX Training TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer
SEE IT

No need to head to the gym for a killer workout—this set gives you a great burn from the comfort of your home.

Don’t know what to get your macro-counting, spandex-wearing, competition-winning fitness-obsessed friend? We’ve got some ideas for the best fitness gifts for the technically inclined:

Best for endurance athletes: Apple Watch Ultra

Amazon

SEE IT

Know someone who’s looking to scale mountains and dive to the depths of the sea? Consider the Apple Watch for the occasion. Designed for outdoor adventurers of all stripes, the Watch Ultra comes equipped with a titanium case that will resist corrosion, a new diving app, and water resistance up to 100 meters—plus an activity-oriented band of choice. With a battery life of up to 36 hours, the Ultra has a bigger, brighter display and tracks all the important health metrics. The watch also provides an updated compass app, enhanced GPS, and crash protection so they can make it home safe.

Best for recovery: ROLL Recovery R8 Plus Deep Tissue Massage Roller

ROLL Recovery

SEE IT

I’ve rarely seen a college soccer team get excited about much after a match besides spending their per diem on junk food—that is, I’ve rarely seen that kind of response until I introduced them to the ROLL Recovery R8 Plus. The first reaction to this heavily engineered apparatus is an intense curiosity with a hint of fear. But once the appropriate amount of force is dialed in, clamping on this FDA Registered medical device (purchasable with FSA/HSA funds) transforms terror to satisfaction as it digs into and stretches out IT-bands, quads, hamstrings, calves, shins, etc. (it’s particularly great around the knees). And once one player tried it, they all had to; I still haven’t gotten it back. Whether you’re a trail runner, cyclist, into team sports, or just someone looking to reduce inflammation and improve circulation, the R8 Plus is easy to transport and simple to self-apply. You, or the person you gift this to, can also use it to activate and elongate muscles before activity or for myofascial release before a massage to allow the therapist to really get in deep. So get the R8 Plus before that next game and take a minute after the final whistle to speed recovery … then head to the drive-thru.

Best for maximized minimalism: lululemon Studio Mirror

lululemon

SEE IT

A fitness mirror might not seem like a practical gift at first glance. But lululemon’s Studio Mirror is worth the splurge—and it’s almost half off if you use the code “LLSTUDIO700”. Unlike other home fitness equipment, this elegant brushed steel and glass mirror blends easily into any decor. The corresponding fitness platform (sold separately by subscription) provides a portal to more than 10,000 workouts from some of the top fitness instructors around without having to leave your home. And the 5-megapixel camera and high-fidelity surround-sound audio make workouts a truly immersive experience—no hiding in the back row. Adding to the practicality is that it’s also just a mirror for when you’re getting ready for work or a night out and want to admire the results of all that cardio, yoga, etc.

Best for weight lifters: SMRTFT Nüobell Adjustable Dumbbells

SMRTFT

SEE IT

Complete your home gym setup with versatile—and essential—workout equipment. These SMRTFT Nüobell Adjustable Dumbbells can transform from a lightweight 5-pound set to a 50-pound set, with increments of five pounds to give you ultimate flexibility when it comes time to lift. Whether you’re a beginner just learning how to lift or a seasoned fitness enthusiast who wants a space-saving option with plenty of range, the SMRTFT Adjustable Dumbbells are a one-size-fits-all solution to just about any workout. Simply twist the handle to adjust the weight of the steel plates, which are engineered with durability in mind to last you years to come. There are three colors and two sizes—50- and 80-pound—available on the SMRTFT site.

Best for small apartment dwellers: Tempo Move

When you’re working out at home, it’s all too easy to have poor form or get distracted and give up altogether. Not so with Tempo Move. This interactive program provides a virtual trainer who offers guidance in real-time. Tempo Move comes with a set of smart weights so they can track your reps and more than 2,000 live and on-demand classes. All you need is your smartphone and a TV or display, and it comes with a small black or white cabinet that’s perfect for tiny apartments. You have the option to rent Tempo Move for $59 a month or buy for $495 per year with a monthly subscription fee of $39. Installation is free and you also get to try it out for 30 days.

Best for tennis players: Wilson Racket

Wilson

SEE IT

Every tennis player has a different combination of strengths, and a racket should hone and enhance their abilities. Wilson will let you choose from various weights, head sizes, and lengths. You can also customize the appearance of the Wilson Racket. Choose the color of the frame and bumpers, size of the grip, and even include a personal engraving.

Best for music lovers: Jaybird Vista 2 True Wireless Sport Bluetooth Headphones

Amazon

SEE IT

Music makes working out better—except when the wires get caught on a barbell or your own arm or another person. The Jaybird Vista 2 True Wireless Sport Bluetooth Headphones are in-ear buds that are secure enough to run in. No strings attached.

Best for runners: Brooks Levitate 2

Amazon

SEE IT

Runners are picky about their sneakers. But the Brooks Levitate 2 sneakers are meant to appeal to all runners, from beginners to experts. They also sport Brooks’ highest energy-return mids yet.

Best for valuables: Sprigs Big Banjees Wrist Wallet

Amazon

SEE IT

It’s hard to go anywhere without your phone, but when you’re running it’s also hard to go anywhere with it. Running tech has come a long way, and yet most running apparel still doesn’t come with pockets large enough to fit the newest larger-than-your-hand smartphones. The Sprigs Big Banjees Wrist Wallet sits on your wrist and can fit all your important stuff.

Best for skaters: Whirly Board for Spinning Balance

Amazon

SEE IT

Boards like the Whirly Board for Spinning Balance develop the smaller muscles and tendons that keep you balanced. This gift is especially great for skaters, but any athlete can use this device for improving equilibrium.

Best for pushups: Vita Vibe – Ultra Portable Mini Wood Parallettes Set

Amazon

SEE IT

Pushups are a simple and effective strength training workout. The Vita Vibe – Ultra Portable Mini Wood Parallettes Set gives you greater range of motion and keeps you off the ground, potentially alleviating wrist pain.

Best for the home gym: TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer

Amazon

SEE IT

Here’s a gift for a friend who wants to do some serious strength training but doesn’t have the room in their tiny apartment for a set of dumbbells and weights. The TRX All-in-One Body Suspension Trainer lets them get a full workout from the equipment they can store in a handy bag.

Best for cardio: Everlast Evergrip Weighted Jump Rope

Amazon

SEE IT

Your fitness-loving friend knows that jumping rope is a fantastic way to exercise their cardiovascular system and muscles. This 9-foot, weighted Everlast jump rope allows you to adjust the length.

Best for data geeks: Withings Body Cardio – Premium Wi-Fi Body Composition Smart Scale

Amazon

SEE IT

Yes, it might be a little weird to buy someone a body scale for the holidays. Proceed with extreme caution. That being said, if your loved one is a true fitness fanatic, they will have transcended the morality of the scale and see it as an important tool to track progress and improve body composition. This smart scale from Withings can do it all. In addition to measuring your weight, it also calculates your heart rate and tracks previous weigh-ins so you can monitor your progress. From your body weight, it can also calculate your body fat and water percentage, as well as your muscle and bone mass. That being said, take these last measurements with a grain of salt. To get super accurate measurements, you should visit your doctor, or arrange for a dual-energy X-ray absorptiometry (DEXA) scan.

Best for hydration: Gatorade Smart Gx Bottle Kit

Gatorade

SEE IT

Are you properly hydrated? You’re probably not. If you or someone you know are an athlete, that’s even more of a problem. And I won’t always be there to remind y’all (I’m not even good at reminding myself and I’m usually near me). Gatorade’s new Smart Gx Bottle Kit wants to help, however. Combining an app with a connected bottle, the system lets you track your daily hydration—and color-customizable LED lights in the squeeze bottle cap provide a visual reminder of where someone is in reaching their goals. A sweat-reactive patch helps the app determine fluid intake needs to set a baseline for the bottle, and Gx pods let you, or someone you want to gift the bottle, infuse water with classic Gatorade formulas, if desired.

The post The best fitness gifts for your favorite tech enthusiast appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale https://www.popsci.com/gear/lululemon-studio-mirror-sale/ Fri, 21 Oct 2022 17:45:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=479665
A person working out in front of a lululemon Studio Mirror in their home
lululemon

You can reflect on how much you saved and how fit you'll be once you snag this majorly discounted workout mirror.

The post Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A person working out in front of a lululemon Studio Mirror in their home
lululemon

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Willing yourself out of a warm bed at 6 a.m. to visit the gym requires an immense amount of personal strength before you even flex a muscle. Bring the cardio circuit and yoga studio into the coziness of your home with the lululemon Studio’s Mirror, on sale for $795 with the code “LLSTUDIO700”. That’s a whopping $700 off its $1,495 list price.

lululemon

SEE IT

Combined with lululemon Studio’s fitness platform, the interactive Studio Mirror allows you to bring the live class experience to your living room. A stylish carbon steel frame with bronze powder coating means this mirror won’t stand out like a sore thumb, which a lot of equipment can. A 5-megapixel front-facing camera lets you be seen in class and allows you to get live feedback from instructors. Have a question? The high-fidelity speaker system and omnidirectional microphone let you hear and be heard—you can even connect headphones via Bluetooth if you don’t want your workout to disturb others during your early morning ritual. The mirror’s HD display with a 178-degree viewing angle lets you follow along even when you’re deep in downward dog. Free delivery, a year-long warranty, and free returns mean you can try out the Studio Mirror sans stress.

Recover from your lululemon Studio Mirror workout with one of the best percussion massagers or step into your own portable sauna. And, make sure you stay hydrated by taking a swig of cold water from your insulated water bottle. Here are some other fitness deals to go along with your new Studio Mirror:

The post Stare into $700 in savings with lululemon’s Studio Mirror sale appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
There’s still a lot we don’t know about the new generation of weight loss pills https://www.popsci.com/health/new-weight-loss-medications/ Tue, 18 Oct 2022 12:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=478669
No single drug is a silver bullet for weight loss.
No single drug is a silver bullet for weight loss. DepositPhotos

The long term effects on health and the healthcare system are still unknown.

The post There’s still a lot we don’t know about the new generation of weight loss pills appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
No single drug is a silver bullet for weight loss.
No single drug is a silver bullet for weight loss. DepositPhotos

This article was originally featured on KHN.

Excitement is building about a new generation of drugs that tout the ability to help adults with excess weight shed more pounds than older drugs on the market.

Some patients, obesity medicine specialists say, are experiencing decreases in blood pressure, better-managed diabetes, less joint pain, and better sleep from these newfound treatments.

The newer drugs, which are repurposed diabetes drugs, “are showing weight loss unlike any other medications we’ve had in the past,” said David Creel, a psychologist and registered dietitian in the Bariatric & Metabolic Institute at the Cleveland Clinic.

Yet for him and other experts, the thrill is tempered.

That’s because no single drug is a magic solution by itself, and it’s possible many patients will need to take the drugs long term to maintain results. On top of that, the newest treatments are often very costly and often not covered by insurance.

The five-figure annual costs of the new medications are also raising concern about access for patients and what widespread use could mean for the nation’s overall health care tab.

Evaluating the trade-offs — weighing the value of better health and possibly fewer complications of obesity down the road against the upfront drug costs — will increasingly come into play as insurers, employers, government programs, and others who pay health care bills consider which treatments to cover.

“If you pay too much for a drug, everyone’s health insurance goes up. Then people drop off health insurance because they can’t afford it,” so providing the drug might cause more harm to the system than not, said Dr. David Rind, chief medical officer for the Institute for Clinical and Economic Review, or ICER, a nonprofit group that reviews medical evidence to evaluate treatments for effectiveness and cost.

Many commercial insurers currently limit coverage to only some of the drugs currently available, or require patients to meet certain thresholds for coverage — often pegging it to a controversial measure called “body mass index,” a ratio of height to weight. Medicare specifically bars coverage for obesity medications or drugs for “anorexia, weight loss or weight gain,” although it pays for bariatric surgery. Coverage in other government programs varies. Legislation that would allow medication coverage in Medicare — the Treat and Reduce Obesity Act — has not made progress despite being reintroduced every congressional session since 2012.

As insurers view the cost of treatments with concern, manufacturers see a potential financial bonanza. Morgan Stanley analysts recently said “obesity is the new hypertension” and predicted industry revenue from U.S. obesity drug sales could rise from its current $1.6 billion to $31.5 billion by 2030.

It’s easy to see how they could predict that startling number based simply on potential demand. In the U.S., 42% of adults are considered obese, up from 33% a decade earlier. Health problems sometimes linked to weight, such as diabetes and joint problems, are also on the rise.

Even losing 5% of body weight can provide health benefits, say experts. Some of the new drugs, which can help curb hunger, aid some patients in surpassing that marker.

Wegovy, which is a higher dose of the self-injectable diabetes drug Ozempic, helped patients lose an average of 15% of their body weight over 68 weeks during the clinical trial that led to its FDA approval last year. After stopping the drug, many patients followed in an extension of the trial gained back weight, which is not uncommon with almost any diet medication. Wegovy has spent much of the year in short supply due to manufacturing issues. It can cost around $1,300 a month.

Another injectable drug, still in final clinical trials but fast-tracked for approval by the FDA, could spur even greater weight loss, in the 20% range, according to Eli Lilly, its manufacturer. Both drugs mimic a hormone called glucagon-like peptide 1, which can signal the brain in ways that make people feel fuller.

The average weight loss from both, however, puts the drugs within striking distance of results seen following surgical procedures, offering another option for patients and physicians.

But will the range of old and new prescription medical products — with even more in the development pipeline — be the answer to America’s weight problem?

A big maybe, say experts. For one thing, the medications and devices don’t work for everyone and vary in effectiveness.

Plenity is a prime example. With a price tag of $98 a month, it’s considered by the FDA to be a device and requires a prescription. During clinical trials, about 40% of people who tried it failed to lose weight. But among the other 60%, the average weight loss was 6.4% of body weight over 24 weeks when coupled with diet and exercise.

That average puts it in line with other, older, prescription weight loss medications, which often show a 5% to 10% weight loss when taken over a year.

While it is true that weight loss drugs — both old- and new-generation — don’t work for everyone, there’s enough variation among individuals that “even the older drugs work really well for some people,” said Rind at ICER.

But it’s too soon — especially for the newer drugs — to know how long the results can last and what patients will weigh five or 10 years out, he said.

Still, advocates argue that insurers should cover treatments for weight issues as they cover those for cancer or chronic conditions like high blood pressure. Paying for such treatment could be good both for the patient and insurers’ bottom lines, they argue. Over time, insurers may pay less for people who lose weight and then avoid other health complications, but such financial gains to the health system could take years or even decades to accrue.

Financial benefits for drugmakers are mixed so far. Novo Nordisk, the maker of Wegovy and Ozempic, saw obesity care sales grow 110% in the first half of the year, driven by Wegovy, but its stock price remained flat and even dipped in September. But Lilly, which won approval for a new diabetes drug, Mounjaro, that may soon also get the green light for weight loss, saw its September stock prices 34% higher than last September’s.

Some employers and insurers who pay health care bills are also asking whether the drugs are priced fairly.

ICER recently took a look, comparing four weight loss medications. Two, Wegovy and Saxenda, are new-generation treatments, both made by Novo based on an existing injection diabetes drug. The other two — phentermine/topiramate, sold by Vivus as Qsymia, and bupropion/naltrexone, sold as Contrave by Currax Pharmaceuticals — are older therapies based on pill combinations.

Results were mixed, according to a report released in August, which will be finalized soon after public comments are evaluated and incorporated.

Wegovy showed greater weight loss compared with other treatments. But Qsymia also helped patients lose a substantial amount of weight, Rind said. That older drug combination has a net cost, after manufacturer discounts, of about $1,465 annually in the second year of use, compared with Wegovy, which had a net cost of $13,618 in that second year, the report said. Many patients may be prescribed weight loss drugs for years.

With such numbers, Wegovy did not meet the group’s cost-effectiveness threshold.

“It’s a great drug, but it’s about twice as expensive as it should be” when its health benefits are weighed against its cost and potential to drive up overall medical spending and health premiums, said Rind.

Don’t expect costs to go down anytime soon, though, even as other new drugs are poised to hit the market.

Lilly, for instance, has yet to reveal what Mounjaro will cost if it clears clinical trials for use as a weight loss medication. But a hint comes from its $974-a-month price as a diabetes treatment — an amount similar to that of rival diabetes drug Ozempic, Wegovy’s precursor.

Novo charges more for Wegovy than Ozempic, although the weight loss version does include more of the active ingredient. It’s possible Lilly will take a page out of that playbook and also charge more for its weight loss version of Mounjaro.

Dr. W. Timothy Garvey, a professor in the department of nutrition sciences at the University of Alabama-Birmingham, predicts insurance coverage will improve over time.

“It’s undeniable now that you can achieve substantial weight loss if you stay on medications — and reduce the complications of obesity,” Garvey said. “It will be hard for health insurers and payers to deny.”

One thing the new focus on medication treatment may promote, most of the experts said, is to temper the bias and stigma that has long dogged patients who are overweight or have obesity.

“The group with the highest level of weight bias is physicians,” said Dr. Fatima Stanford, an obesity medicine specialist and the equity director of the endocrine division at Massachusetts General Hospital. “Imagine how you feel if you have a physician who tells you your value is based on your weight.”

Rind sees the new, more effective therapies as another way to help dispel the notion that patients “aren’t trying hard enough.”

“It’s become more and more obvious over the years that obesity is a medical issue, not a lifestyle choice,” Rind said. “We’ve been waiting for drugs like this for a very long time.”

KHN (Kaiser Health News) is a national newsroom that produces in-depth journalism about health issues. Together with Policy Analysis and Polling, KHN is one of the three major operating programs at KFF (Kaiser Family Foundation). KFF is an endowed nonprofit organization providing information on health issues to the nation.

The post There’s still a lot we don’t know about the new generation of weight loss pills appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Children with concussions might benefit from short screen time spurts https://www.popsci.com/health/screen-time-kids-concussion/ Mon, 17 Oct 2022 13:30:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=478474
A concussion examination.
About 6.8 percent of children experience concussion symptoms. Deposit Photos

A sense of connection and social support that comes with screen time can aid recovery.

The post Children with concussions might benefit from short screen time spurts appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A concussion examination.
About 6.8 percent of children experience concussion symptoms. Deposit Photos

Concussions from sports or accidents are serious medical conditions that deserve attention at any age. The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) estimates that about 6.8 percent of children had experienced the symptoms of a concussion or a brain injury in 2020. Since a lot of rest and a slow increase of activity are recommended to help children heal, limiting screen time that can impact sleep habits seems like the best course of action as children recover.

However, a study published today in the journal Pediatrics finds that while too much screen time can slow children and adolescent recovery from concussions, completely banning screen time might not be the answer.

[Related: When to worry about a concussion.]

The researchers from the University of British Columbia (UBC) and the University of Calgary in Canada looked at more than 700 children between eight and 16 year-old in the first seven to 10 days after an injury and their screen time and the symptoms over the following six months.

Like Goldilocks in the fairy tale “Goldilocks and the Three Bears,” it appears that the “just right” (or moderate) amount of screen time was present in the patients whole concussions symptoms cleared up the fastest.

“We’ve been calling this the ‘Goldilocks’ group, because it appears that spending too little or too much time on screens isn’t ideal for concussion recovery,” Molly Cairncross, an assistant professor at Simon Fraser University who conducted the research, said in a press release. “Our findings show that the common recommendation to avoid smartphones, computers and televisions as much as possible may not be what’s best for kids.”

The study also looked at patients who had suffered an orthopedic injury (sprained ankle, broken arm, etc.) to compare their recoveries with the group who experienced concussions. While the patients in the head injury group typically experienced relatively worse symptoms than those with orthopedic injuries, but it was not simply a matter of symptoms worsening with more screen time. The children with minimal screen time also recovered more slowly.

“Kids use smartphones and computers to stay connected with peers, so complete removal of those screens could lead to feelings of disconnection, loneliness and not having social support,” Cairncross said. “Those things are likely to have a negative effect on kids’ mental health and that can make recovery take longer.”

This study differed from a 2021 study in the United States that measured screen time in the first 48 hours after an injury and for 10 days following found screen time actually slowed recovery.

[Related: The WHO’s ‘zero screen time for babies’ rule is more complicated than it seems.]

According to UBC psychology professor Noah Silverberg, the longer timeline in this new study led to another interesting finding.

“The amount of time spent in front of screens during the early recovery period made little difference to long-term health outcomes,” he said. “After 30 days, children who suffered a concussion or another type of injury reported similar symptoms, regardless of their early screen use.”

Additionally, screen time seemed to have less bearing on concussions symptoms than factors such as the patient’s age, sleep habits, or pre-existing symptoms.

“Screen time didn’t make a lot of difference relative to several other factors that we know can affect concussion recovery,” Keith Yeates, a psychology professor at the University of Calgary and one of the study’s authors said in the press release. “Encouraging concussion patients to sleep well and gradually engage in light physical activity will likely do a lot more for their recovery than keeping them off their smartphones.”

This study suggests that blanket restrictions on screen time might not be helpful for children and adolescents with concussion, and that moderation might be key to helping recovery.

The post Children with concussions might benefit from short screen time spurts appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
These robotic exoskeleton boots will make you feel 30 pounds lighter https://www.popsci.com/technology/robotic-exoskeleton-boots/ Thu, 13 Oct 2022 15:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477537
Woman walking across college campus using exoskeleton robotic mobility boots
The boots performed even better than researchers expected. YouTube

Stanford's new mechatronic boots were made for walkin'.

The post These robotic exoskeleton boots will make you feel 30 pounds lighter appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Woman walking across college campus using exoskeleton robotic mobility boots
The boots performed even better than researchers expected. YouTube

An impressive set of robotic exoskeleton boots developed by Stanford University researchers are providing a boost to users’ strides in the real world thanks to years’ worth of of machine learning laboratory tests. The “exoskeleton assistance” device, first revealed on October 12 in a paper published in Nature, showcases groundbreaking results from the Stanford Biomechatronics Laboratory that could alleviate mobility issues both in senior and mobility impaired communities.

[Related: This adorable robotic turtle can swim and walk on land.]

“This exoskeleton personalizes assistance as people walk normally through the real world,” Steve Collins, an associate professor of mechanical engineering heading the Biomechatronics Lab, said in a Stanford news release yesterday, adding that recent tests “resulted in exceptional improvements in walking speed and energy economy.” To put some concrete numbers to it—people who wore the exoskeleton boots were able to walk 9 percent faster while simultaneously expending 17 percent less energy per distance traveled, according to Collins, who later explained their developments present the “largest improvements in the speed and energy of economy walking of any exoskeleton to date.”

Check out a video of the boots made for more than just a-walkin’ below:

To design the new kicks that reportedly feel like walking sans a 30-pound backpack, Stanford researchers turned to machine learning for the latest strides in exoskeleton wearables. Prior teams’ designs often ran into issues with humans’ innate diversity and complexity, but thanks to multiple massive, immobile emulators built within laboratories, copious amounts of energy expenditure and motion data could be captured by testers. These myriad mobility details were then fed into a machine learning model, which is then used by the boots to customize and adjust to a user’s movements in real time.

[Related: Robot sets new record for fastest 100m dash.]

Engineers hope their exoskeleton will pave the way for new mobility assistance for both elderly populations and disabled communities dealing with reduced mobility issues. According to Stanford’s writeup, the researchers also intend to design additional models focusing on improving balance and reducing joint pain, along with potentially partnering with commercial investors to one day mass manufacture boots for the public. Speaking with Stanford, project collaborator Patrick Slade said that they believe “over the next decade we’ll see these ideas of personalizing assistance and effective portable exoskeletons help many people overcome mobility challenges or maintain their ability to live active, independent, and meaningful lives.”

The post These robotic exoskeleton boots will make you feel 30 pounds lighter appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access https://www.popsci.com/gear/amazon-prime-early-access-recovery-deals/ Wed, 12 Oct 2022 21:26:26 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=477370
A lineup of percussion massagers and recovery items on sale as part of Amazon Prime Early Access
Amanda Reed

These Amazon Prime Early Access deals on percussion massagers, rollers, and other recovery tools will leave you relaxed and ready for a solid round of reps.

The post Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
A lineup of percussion massagers and recovery items on sale as part of Amazon Prime Early Access
Amanda Reed

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Getting swole requires lots of dedication. It also requires rest—you can’t beat personal bests if your form is bad from tired muscles. Percussion massagers, foam rollers, and recovery workout mixes are important rest tools to hit the gym hard when you return. These Theragun deals—part of Amazon’s Early Access sale—are perfect for the gym rat in your life who eats scrambled eggs, chicken, and rice like it’s water. The sale lasts until midnight tonight, so snap them up before someone else does (just like with the leg press machine at the gym).

Theragun Prime $187 (Was $299)

Theragun

SEE IT

The Theragun Prime gives you a deep tissue massage in the comfort of your own home. Four attachments and five speed options give you plenty of ways to pummel your muscles into sweet relaxation. A triangle-shaped ergonomic handle prevents strain on the wrists, arms, and hands—because you don’t want to hurt another part of your body while stretching out another. And, you won’t wake up the entire neighborhood thanks to its sound insulation and design, making it ultra-quiet.

Theragun Mini $149 (Was $199)

Theragun

SEE IT

If you’re an athlete on the go, look no further than the Theragun Mini, which puts the same power as a larger percussion massager in the palm of your hand. A universal attachment with three speeds provides on-the-go relief for tired muscles—and it’s ultra-quiet, so you won’t disturb anyone in the locker room. It’s easy to grip, which means it’s less likely you’ll drop it on the locker room floor (Ew!). We named it our best mini percussion massager, which means it’s PopSci tested and approved.

The deal gym closes at midnight, so get a quick 20-minute shopping spree in before bed. Here are some other recovery deals we’re eyeing:

Percussion massagers

Recovery mixes

Foam rollers, stretching aids, and muscle massagers

More Amazon Prime Early Access deals:

The post Enjoy workout recovery and savings with Theragun deals during Amazon Prime Early Access appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Is swimming in ice water good for you? https://www.popsci.com/health/ice-swimming-health/ Thu, 22 Sep 2022 23:21:03 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=471630
Ice swimmers at the 2020 Memphremagog Winter Swimming Festival in Vermont.
Ice swimmers at the 2020 Memphremagog Winter Swimming Festival in Vermont. Elaine K. Howley

Sorry to throw cold water on your wellness claims.

The post Is swimming in ice water good for you? appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Ice swimmers at the 2020 Memphremagog Winter Swimming Festival in Vermont.
Ice swimmers at the 2020 Memphremagog Winter Swimming Festival in Vermont. Elaine K. Howley

As the summer loosens its grip on the Northern Hemisphere, long days at the beach eating ice cream or splashing in the ocean are long gone for most. But for some swimmers, the fun is just beginning.

“The best part is going to Brighton Beach in the fall. Every week, the water is a little bit colder than the last. Before you know it, it’s 48 degrees!” Bonnie Schwartz Nolan, a management, operations, and financial consultant, swim coach, and successful English Channel swimmer from New York, tells Popular Science. She’s been bobbing in the cold waters off of Brooklyn for over two decades.

To train for most marathon swims (a swim over 6.2 miles or 10K), swimmers need to get used to spending time in the cold, since swimmers often cannot wear a wetsuit or tech suit to keep warm and must instead rely on their own bodies.

“Your core body temperature is 98 degrees, so even something like 80 will feel cold after a while,” explained Nolan. To even qualify to swim the English Channel, swimmers must undergo a documented six hour sub 60, or a continuous swim in water that is under 60 degrees Fahrenheit (about 15 Celsius).

[Related: Swimming is the ultimate brain exercise. Here’s why.]

Open water swimming has even grown to include ice swimming, or swims in waters below 41 degrees Fahrenheit (5 Celsius). For me, it’s all about the challenge,” says Elaine K. Howley, a journalist and accomplished swimmer, in an interview with PopSci. “It’s that uncertainty around ‘can i do it,’ in the same way that marathon swimming.” Howley is an accomplished marathon and ice swimmer who completed an ice mile in 2012 and is currently training for her second.

Some anecdotal “wellness” claims including weight loss, better mental health, and increased libido have been made made by followers of regular cold-water immersion, but what about concrete evidence?

A scientific review published today in the peer-reviewed International Journal of Circumpolar Health finds that taking a plunge in cold water may cut white adipose tissue (WAT) in men and reduce the risk of disorders such as diabetes, but other benefits of ice swimming are inconclusive.

The authors analyzed 104 scientific studies and found an additional impact on brown adipose tissue (BAT). The difference between the two is that WAT stores energy instead of burning it the way BAT does. Repeated exposure to cold water or air increases the production of BAT, which is also found in the blubber of marine mammals like whales and seals to help keep them warm.

BAT helps the body burn calories, maintains body heat when it is exposed to cold temperatures, and also helps the body control blood sugar and insulin levels. It produces heat in the blood when it’s cold outside and is primarily located around the around the neck, kidneys, adrenal glands, heart, and chest in adults. According to the Cleveland Clinic, it’s brown because the fat cells are full of mitochondria, which contain a lot of iron. The iron gives BAT the brown hue.

Exposure to cold water or air appears also to increase the production of a protein called adiponectin by the adipose tissue. This is a protein that plays a key role in protecting against insulin resistance, diabetes, and other diseases. According to the data reviewed in these studies, repeated cold-water immersions in winter significantly increased insulin sensitivity and decreased insulin concentrations. This occurred in both both inexperienced and experienced swimmers.

Swimming in cold water also has a major impact on the body and triggers a shock response such as elevated heart rate. Some of the reviewed studies showed evidence that cardiovascular risk factors are actually improved in swimmers who have adapted to the cold. However, other studies suggest the workload on the heart is still increased. All in all, the authors were inconclusive on the overall health benefits of the “fastest growing extreme aquatic sport.”

“From this review, it is clear that there is increasing scientific support that voluntary exposure to cold water may have some beneficial health effects,” said lead author James Mercer, from UiT The Arctic University of Norway, in a press release.

According to the authors, many of the available studies on the health benefits of ice swimming involved a small number of participants, often of one gender, and did not account for differences in water temperature or if the water was fresh or salty. It is also unclear whether or not winter swimmers are naturally healthier than the general population.

[Related: How to avoid (and treat) hypothermia.]

“Many of the studies demonstrated significant effects of cold-water immersion on various physiological and biochemical parameters. But the question as to whether these are beneficial or not for health is difficult to assess. Based on the results from this review, many of the health benefits claimed from regular cold exposure may not be causal. Instead, they may be explained by other factors including an active lifestyle, trained stress handling, social interactions, as well as a positive mindset,” added Mercer.

The authors point out that swimmers participating in these studies varied from elite swimmers or established winter bathers to those with no previous ice swimming experience. Some were strictly ice bathers, but used cold-water immersion as a treatment post exercise.

The review also found the need for better education on the health risks that can come with taking a dip in icy water. These include hypothermia if a swimmer is in the water too long or jumps in without acclimating, as well as heart and lung issues related to the shock from the cold. Just jumping into cold water is very dangerous, and its best to start ice swimming slowly over a period of time.

If swimming in icy waters sounds like fun to you, Howley and Nolan recommend takaing increasingly longer dips in colder waters to acclimate. Nolan also took cold showers, slept with the windows open and a lighter blanket, and wore a vest instead of a coat outside to help her body acclimate to the frosty temps.

The post Is swimming in ice water good for you? appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Apple Watch Series 8 review: Laying the groundwork https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-series-8-review/ Thu, 15 Sep 2022 13:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=469373
Apple Watch Series 8 Review
The Apple Watch Series 8 looks just like the Series 7, but has some interesting new features. Mike Epstein

Car crash detection and ovulation tracking define the subtly impressive new Apple Watch.

The post Apple Watch Series 8 review: Laying the groundwork appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Apple Watch Series 8 Review
The Apple Watch Series 8 looks just like the Series 7, but has some interesting new features. Mike Epstein

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

It may be hard for some of us to see the virtue of the Apple Watch Series 8. Some people will not be able to tell the difference between it and last year’s Apple Watch Series 7, no matter how long they wear it. At a glance, it offers the same day-to-day functionality, with a few key boosts. A couple of these, like a “low power mode,” are hardware-specific, but most of what you’ll see and appreciate comes from the new version of Apple’s watchOS 9 and will be available on older watches as well. 

And, yet, it would not be right or fair to say that the Series 8 fails to make large evolutionary strides. The Apple Watch Series 8 shows its true colors at the most important times, before birth and death. First, a new pair of temperature sensors allows the Series 8 to chart estimated ovulation cycles, helping people attempting to get pregnant. Second, a new motion sensor, in conjunction with existing components, enables the ability to detect car crashes and automatically call 911 and your emergency contacts. 

While you may not feel its changes every day, the Series 8 offers two niche functions that should make a big difference for people at very specific, important times in their lives. That doesn’t necessarily make for a compelling new upgrade when compared to the past couple of watch models, but it’s a huge “building” year that advances the case for the Apple Watch as a product for years to come.

Mike Epstein

SEE IT

What’s new about the Apple Watch Series 8?

In its eighth iteration, the Apple Watch Series 8 doesn’t introduce many noticeable design changes. The larger 41mm and 45mm case sizes of the Apple Watch Series 7 return, offering the same excellent visibility, whether you’re engaging with the watch or merely glancing at a notification on its always-on display. I can confirm that all of the Apple Watch’s core competencies—tracking your heart, monitoring your sleep, showing notifications from your phone, and so on—all work just as well as last year … which is to say very well. As with past models, it’s backward-compatible with all previous Apple Watch bands (though Apple has some new styles they’d love to sell you, of course).

There are a handful of improvements and tweaks to those core competencies, along with some honest-to-god new features, but virtually all of them are enabled by watchOS 9, the newest version of the Apple Watch’s operating system, which is compatible with the Apple Watch Series 4 and up. I’ll talk about the details of some of those changes more in a bit but the important thing to note here is that the Apple Watch Series 3, a very popular model that was on sale for a long time, will no longer receive updates. That leaves the Apple Watch SE 2 as the most affordable model in the line. 

The Series 8 offers the same battery life as the Series 7, up to 18 hours on a single charge, but there’s a new wrinkle this time around. The Series 8 adds a low-power mode, which can keep the battery running for up to 36 hours on a full charge. Entering low-power mode disables some of the watch’s passive functions, such as the always-on display, automatic workout detection, and heart health notifications. As in the Series 7, the battery offers about enough energy to get you through a day and track your sleeping overnight but with very little wiggle room for charging afterward. Low-power mode can be that wiggle room if you can’t find a good time to take the watch off for a while.

Crash detection

Though I hope neither you nor I ever need it, Apple Watch’s crash detection feature is very impressive.  It uses the watch’s many sensors together to confirm a very serious situation very quickly. It’s exclusive to the new line of Apple Watches—Series 8, SE 2, and Ultra—because it requires a new, more powerful gyroscope and accelerometer, which can detect the high force of an impact and distinguish between a car stopping suddenly under control and a crash.

That said, the feature also uses a handful of existing sensors on the Series 8 to confirm a car crash: The microphone should register the sound of the crash. GPS should confirm that you’ve gone from moving at high speed to a complete stop. Our personal favorite is that the barometer should detect a change in pressure caused by the release of an airbag. All of these sensors work quickly in tandem to register the kind of car crash that might leave a person stunned or knocked out and unable to call for help.

When the Series 8 detects a crash, it should raise a screen that lets you know it’s going to call emergency services, giving you 10 seconds to cancel the call. If you don’t, it promises to send your GPS data to EMS, as well as any emergency contacts you’ve specified. It’s a very smart, streamlined process that seems very capable of calling for help faster than the average person would be able to on their own.

Apple Watch Series 8 Review
This year’s bands include this redesigned version of the Nike Sport Loop. Mike Epstein

I say “can” and “should” because I haven’t actually tested this feature, nor have I tested the ovulation tracking, which we’ll discuss in a minute. Based on Apple’s track record, we’re taking it on faith that these features work as intended—we simply do not have the facilities to test crash detection. (That said, we’ve seen that the predecessor to this feature, Apple Watch fall detection, works very well.) For ovulation tracking, it would take a few months of nightly use to test effectively—and a different reviewer, of course, but that we could’ve handled.

Skin temperature sensors

Apple Watch Series 8 also adds a two-sensor approach to temperature measurement, which enables a new ovulation tracking feature. One sensor, on the back crystal, reads your skin temperature. The second, under the display, reads air temperature. Like an active noise-canceling microphone array, the two sensors work together to get a precise read on your average temperature and note any substantial changes. It isn’t capable, however, of “taking your temperature,” as you would with a thermometer—the Series 8 specifically warns you not to use it to see if you have a fever.

How do we get from “takes your temperature” to charting your ovulation cycle? If you wear the Series 8 to bed every night, allowing the watch to regularly record your temperature, it can map out night-to-night (and, by extension, day-to-day) changes in your body temperature. For ovulation, specifically, measuring temperature changes and heart rate will allow the watch to retroactively map a user’s biphasic shift, indicating when they were most likely ovulating.

It’s worth noting that there are already other devices out there with this functionality. Some, like the Ava fertility tracker, have been doing it for some time. The latest Oura smart ring can track your skin temperature, though it doesn’t have dedicated ovulation-tracking support. That said, having it in a device like the Apple Watch, which we’d recommend for a wide array of uses before and after conception, beats spending $200-$300 on another wearable specifically because it has a temperature sensor.

And watchOS 9 makes some great improvements, too …

For those of you who either pre-ordered a new Apple Watch or plan to buy one in the near future, most of the changes you’ll notice will come from the jump to the Apple Watch’s new operating system, watchOS 9. As with every annual OS update, there are a ton of changes, big and small. Here are a few of this year’s highlights.

Afib history

Building on the existing heart rate tracking, Apple Watches with watchOS 9 can record data on Atrial Fibrillation, or a rapid irregular heartbeat, for those who have been diagnosed with the condition by a doctor. On the Health app, you’ll be able to review how often your heartbeat’s out of sync. The app can also provide information that can help you manage the condition.

Enhanced running metrics and Workout views

Apple Watch Series 8 Review
WatchOS 9’s new heart rate zones view puts your workout data in context. (My end table really needs to get to the gym.) Mike Epstein

The Workout app received a nice upgrade in watchOS 9, offering more data views and customization. During a high-impact workout, the Series 8 creates heart rate zones to help you gauge how hard you’re pushing yourself. You can also set multi-phase workouts on timers, so you know when to pick up the pace or slow down before the end of a workout.

Runners, in particular, will benefit from enhanced tracking that measures stride length, ground contact time, and vertical oscillation, or how much you bounce when you run. If you’re an outdoor runner, the Apple Watch will automatically detect when you arrive at a track and prepare for a workout. Even if you aren’t at a track, “Outdoor Run” and “Outdoor Cycle” workouts are set to gain a feature that lets you record your route so you can track your time on a specific run or biking workout time after time.

New Compass app and “Backtrack”

Though Apple has primarily linked it to the Apple Watch Ultra in its marketing, the Series 8 will also get the reimagined Compass app, which gives you the ability to drop GPS waypoints for locations like your home or car, so you can always reorient yourself to find them.

WatchOS 9 also enables a feature that uses GPS to help you retrace your path if you ever get lost. Since it’s GPS-based, “Backtrack” works even if your phone and watch can’t connect to a cellular network, making it very useful for campers and anyone else who finds themselves “off-grid.”

Medications app

There’s an entirely new app, Medications, designed to remind you when to take your pills. Going beyond a simple reminder, the app keeps a list of every medication you take, tells you exactly when to take it, and can cross-check for possible drug interactions when you start on something new (based on U.S. pharmaceutical information).

So, who should buy the Apple Watch Series 8?

Apple Watch Series 8 Review
With the new Compass app, you can retrace your steps using GPS. Mike Epstein

As with a lot of Apple’s products, the general question—“Should I buy an Apple Watch or not?”—remains the same as before the Series 8 launched. The Apple Watch is, overall, the best lifestyle smartwatch you can buy. There are more intense fitness trackers, and dedicated sport watches for hikers and athletes, but the Apple Watch remains the indisputable champ for everyday life. (Of course, that is contingent on you already owning an iPhone.)

Despite the fact that many Apple Watch buyers are still hopping on the train for the first time, the real question becomes, “Should I upgrade to the Apple Watch Series 8 from whatever I have?” This will vary from person to person based on how they use the watch, so my best answer is that you should opt for the Series 8 if you decide to upgrade. The features it adds—particularly the car crash detection—are compelling background functions that are worth spending a little extra for if you’re already in the market for a new smartwatch. I don’t know that it’s enough to warrant running out and buying one, particularly if you just bought in, but it’s enough to endorse the idea that the Apple Watch, as an ongoing concern, continues to move forward.

The post Apple Watch Series 8 review: Laying the groundwork appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Everything you need to know about the Apple Watch Ultra https://www.popsci.com/gear/apple-watch-ultra-features/ Wed, 07 Sep 2022 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=468347
Apple Watch Ultra

“Made for exploration, adventure, and endurance.”

The post Everything you need to know about the Apple Watch Ultra appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Apple Watch Ultra

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

The new high-end Apple Watch is larger and more durable than the standard Apple Watch Series 8, which was also announced at the event, with features made for scuba divers, outdoor adventurers, and endurance athletes like marathon and triathlon runners. Unlike past Apple Watches, which have robust fitness features but are primarily “lifestyle” watches for all kinds of people, the Apple Watch Ultra is a more niche “outdoor” watch for people who want specialized support. And with a much higher price—$799, versus $399 for the GPS-enabled Series 8—it’s the kind of gear that you should learn a little more about before picking one up. We’ll eventually have a full review of the Apple Watch Ultra, but here’s an early look at the advanced tech inside.

Bigger and tougher

Apple Watch Ultra
The Apple Watch Ultra is bigger and more durable than the Apple Watch Series 8. Apple

Apple Watch Ultra is big. While the difference between the 45mm chassis of the Watch Series 8 and the 49mm Watch Ultra may not sound substantial, it should feel positively huge to standard Apple Watch users. Keep in mind: Apple expanded the case size by 1mm with the Watch Series 7, and that made a very noticeable difference. 

It’ll also have a much thicker chassis to incorporate new components, including a larger, louder speaker and a three-microphone array to improve voice clarity when making calls on the watch in less-than-ideal conditions. The Watch Ultra only comes in one hardware configuration, which includes cellular connectivity, so the expectation is that people will want to use the Watch Ultra to make calls at any time.

Presumably, the larger case also allowed Apple to give the Watch Ultra a bigger battery, which it estimates will last up to 36 hours on a single charge, or up to 60 hours with a low-power feature (available later in the fall).

Smartwatches photo
The Apple Watch Ultra has a new “Action” button and a redesigned Digital Crown. Apple

The redesigned watch will also feature some design tweaks for the sake of durability, and usability in extreme conditions. The titanium case extends up to cover the edges of the sapphire crystal display to minimize cracked edges. The Watch Ultra is rated to operate on-wrist at temperatures as low as minus 4 degrees Fahrenheit, or as high as 131 F. It’s also IP6X and MIL-STD-810H certified—a military-grade durability rating used for many “rugged” tech products—indicating it’s prepared for some conditions, including rain, humidity, immersion in sand and dust, freezing, shock, and vibration, among others.

The buttons—yes, plural—are also getting an overhaul. The Digital Crown is larger and features grooved notches to make it easier to manipulate with a gloved hand. There’s also a second input: a large customizable “Action” button, that will allow you to start tracking workouts and perform other functions quickly. For example, triathletes can switch from running to cycling to swimming by simply pressing the button.

Last, but not least, Apple has created three new, activity-specific Apple Watch Ultra bands—the stitch-free hook-clasped Alpine Loop Band, the wetsuit-ready rubber Ocean Band, and the ultralight stretch Trail Loop band.

Built for survival

Apple Watch Ultra
The new compass app allows you to set waypoints to help you find your way back to your camp or car. Apple

The Apple Watch Ultra offers some specialized features, many of which seem designed with safety and survival for hikers and climbers in mind. It uses a more precise “dual-frequency” GPS tracking that allows the watch to maintain tracking when you’re surrounded by tall structures or mountains.

As part of watchOS 9, the Watch Ultra will feature a redesigned version of the compass app that allows you to set waypoints, like your home, your camp, or your car, and allow you to orient yourself in relation to those locations. It will also be able to use a feature called backtrack that can use GPS to create a path retracing your steps in real-time. If you find yourself fully lost or hurt, the larger speaker can now play an ultra-loud 86-decibel siren that sends a distinctive SOS alarm (audible up to 600 feet away).

During the day, the display is brighter, up to 2000 Nits, which should make it easier to see regardless of glare. It also features a night mode, which turns the whole interface red, making it easier to see without interfering with your own night-adjusted vision.

Diver’s delight

The Apple Watch Ultra also seems to be an especially useful tool for divers. It’s waterproof up to 100 meters (WR100) and has an EN13319 depth gauge certification for diving accessories. Using a new depth app, you’ll be able to see your depth, time underwater, and max depth. In conjunction with an upcoming app, Oceanic+, the Watch Ultra will reportedly work as an effective dive computer, letting you plan and share dive routes and providing safety stop guidance.

Plus the best of Apple Watch Series 8 and watchOS 9

In addition to all of its exclusive changes, the Apple Watch Ultra will feature all of the upgrades in the upcoming Apple Watch Series 8. Most notably, that means new motion sensors that can detect if you get in a car crash and automatically call for help. They include a gyroscope and a highly sensitive accelerometer. Even the Watch Ultra’s built-in barometer plays a role in detecting crashes by detecting pressure changes typically associated with airbag deployment. There is also a temperature sensor that improves menstrual cycle tracking and enables ovulation tracking through the Health app (information Apple stressed is encrypted on the watch and only accessible with a user’s passcode/Touch ID/Face ID).

Since the Watch Ultra is a sports watch, it’s also worth noting that watchOS 9 will offer improved tracking for runs, including stride length and vertical oscillation, as well as more advanced workout data views. (These were announced earlier this year, and will be coming to all watchOS 9 compatible watches.)

What does all this mean?

Apple Watch Ultra
Apple will sell three activity-focused bands for the Apple Watch Ultra: The Trail Loop, the Alpine Loop, and the Ocean Band. Apple

Apple Watch Ultra will have a lot of new features that the Apple Watch Series 8 won’t. Some of these features will be helpful for most people, like a bigger battery, brighter screen, and dual-frequency GPS. Many of them, though, are highly specific and are really made for people who are very devoted to intense fitness training and fairly advanced outdoor activities like off-trail hiking, scuba diving, and climbing. Will the Apple Watch Ultra be the best, most feature-rich Apple Watch? Quite possibly, yes. And, at double the price of a GPS-only Series 8, it may be too niche for the average person.

At a glance, the people who should get most excited are iPhone-using fans of multisports smartwatches from brands like Garmin and Suunto. Those brands already make watches with many of these features, but their flagship watches cost even more than the $799 Apple Watch Ultra and don’t offer the same level of connectivity and convenience as an Apple Watch and iPhone working in sync.

The question remains: Is the Apple Watch Ultra worth buying? We will hopefully get our hands on the Apple Watch Ultra in the coming weeks, so we’ll have a full review with our thoughts on whether or not it’s worth that higher price. In the meantime, the Apple Watch Ultra is available on Amazon for $799.

The post Everything you need to know about the Apple Watch Ultra appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Inside the high-flying world of extreme pogo https://www.popsci.com/gear/extreme-pogo/ Tue, 30 Aug 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=460838
Extreme pogo jump
Extreme pogo star Konner Kellogg in the middle of a no-foot cannonball, one of the sport’s trickiest stunts. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

Atop a new generation of souped-up sticks, these daredevils want to do for pogo what legends like Tony Hawk did for skateboarding.

The post Inside the high-flying world of extreme pogo appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Extreme pogo jump
Extreme pogo star Konner Kellogg in the middle of a no-foot cannonball, one of the sport’s trickiest stunts. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

BROKEN ASPHALT scars the parking lot between the buildings of the abandoned Gladstone School in Pittsburgh. Concrete staircases sit unused. Rusted iron fencing encircles the recess yard. Graffiti covers brick walls. Even the sky, as if understanding the setting, is overcast.

But on this warm May day, this ghost town amounts to an urban playground for a band of extreme-trick artists. Their vehicles of choice: pogo sticks. Within minutes of arriving, six jumpers begin sizing up the obstacles over which they’ll bounce, flip, and spin.

A small, fenced enclosure catches the eye of 19-year-old Konner Kellogg, who stands five-foot-nine. He steps onto his pogo’s pegs and within three bounces is sailing more than 8 feet into the air. Whoosh-whoosh-whoosh. As the others stop to take in the scene, Kellogg—or just “Logg” to his gravity-defying crew—hurdles a 5-foot section of fence, windmilling the stick counterclockwise in front of his face. Feet back on the pegs, he touches down and goes skyward once more, this time throwing his stick upward and slamming his hands on the foot pegs before grabbing the handlebars again (a move called the no-foot cannonball). With the final bounce he soars straight above another piece of fencing and sticks a flawless landing.

“Logg’s line was so sick,” says Henry Cabelus, a 23-year-old who backflipped over a handrail seconds before.

“Dude, it’s mental havoc, bro!” replies Kellogg, removing his helmet to reveal a mop of dirty-blond hair.

Welcome to extreme pogo. Take the ethos honed by skateboarders, transfer it to a stick that springs up and down, and you have the idea.

For two decades, a small group of madcaps has radically probed the physics of what many consider a simple children’s toy. The pogos they ride, however, are anything but. Engineered to be capable of incredible height, their sticks open the sport to ever more impressive feats.

Fans carry Smith in celebration
The crowd hoists Dalton Smith in celebration after he completes a record-setting 12-foot pogo leap. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

“It never ceases to amaze me,” says Nick McClintock, the 35-year-old co-founder of Xpogo, a Pittsburgh-based company that acts as governing body for the burgeoning sport. “We thought jumping over 6 feet was never going to happen. It’s honestly insane.”

Xpogo organizes sessions like the one at Gladstone several times a year to bring together the geographically dispersed few who can bust out jaw-dropping tricks—and encourage them to push their limits. The group also puts on expos (at NBA halftime shows, for example) with its stunt team, an assemblage of a dozen of the best jumpers, including Cabelus and Kellogg.

This all leads up to the org’s biggest showcase, Pogopalooza. Now in its 19th year and anchored near Xpogo HQ just outside Pittsburgh, the June event is its version of the X Games, featuring about 20 elite stunt artists from around the world soaring high and exhibiting mind-bending feats. There are four competitive events, including Big Air, which gives riders 60 seconds to perform their most impressive moves, and Best Trick, which is self-explanatory.

What Pogopalooza lacks, though, is mainstream popularity, and it’s that outsider status that pogo’s elites want to change. After all, isn’t skateboarding in the Olympics? “We just want to be a part of the rest of action sports,” says Dalton Smith, a 25-year-old from Tennessee and an Xpogo stunt team member who holds the record for highest jump: 12 feet.

A leap like that requires a certain degree of athleticism: power in the legs to push off, strength in the arms to hold yourself steady. Tricks, meanwhile, demand skill and precision. Take a move Kellogg pulled off at Pogopalooza 2021. He hit the same no-foot cannonball he did at the Gladstone School, but before landing, he grabbed a handlebar and spun the stick behind him through his legs. Two maneuvers in one, seconds before he hit pavement.

Extreme pogo athletes have appeared on Late Night with David Letterman, YouTube channels, and Instagram pages, and the sport occupies its own category in Guinness World Records. Still, the pastime hasn’t quite transcended quirkiness, but some veterans feel a change is coming. “It’s definitely at a tipping point,” says Fred Grzybowski, who pogoed on Letterman and, at 33, is something of an elder statesman.

Pumping up air pressure in special pogo stick
Tone Staubs (far right) uses a bike pump to boost the air pressure in his Vurtego pogo stick for maximum bounce. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

Xpogo tries to nudge this along by taking its stunt team on the road to street festivals and fairs. It collaborates with companies like GoPro, which makes videos of pogo athletes. In March, Xpogo got a boost when Aaron Homoki, a top pro skateboarder, posted an Instagram video of stuntmen doing tricks at a park in Phoenix, Arizona.

But the main difference of late? A generation of young guns riding pogo sticks to greater heights and pulling wild stunts older jumpers haven’t seen. “They’re doing things that we never imagined we would be doing,” says 30-year-old Tone Staubs.

This year, Kellogg and others are taking aim at Smith, arguably the sport’s best: He’s won Big Air the last seven years. Winning at Pogopalooza, though, as these lords a-leaping will tell you, is about more than trying to unseat a champion. It’s another chance to stake a claim for pogoing as a legit extreme sport—by throwing tricks that are bigger and more dangerous than anything that has come before.

WHEN TRICK POGO emerged in the early 2000s, the spring-loaded contraption kids typically discard in grade school was all its earliest devotees had at their disposal. Medium air, so to speak, was the best that guys like Grzybowski, Staubs, and McClintock could achieve. In the absence of enough hang time to pull a flip, the stunts were more technical than showy: spinning the bars, jumping and grabbing a foot peg, hopping with one leg draped over the handlebars in a move called the candy bar. In places across the US, these pioneers were creating a sport.

They found each other online. Before Xpogo incorporated in 2012, it was merely an internet forum where people posted video after video of various exploits. The first Pogopalooza, in summer 2004, was seven dudes from across the country in a church parking lot in Lincoln, Nebraska. Top prize was a bag of trail mix. “That was everybody who was doing tricks on a pogo stick,” says McClintock.

Old-school sticks store potential energy (i.e., how much oomph they are capable of providing) in a spring, which conforms to basic, linearly proportional laws: Compressing a coil to half its extended size causes it to hold on to twice as much force. When the spring returns to its uncompressed state, it provides enough boing to nail an under-the-leg bar spin (pogo’s equivalent of skateboarding’s 360-degree kickflip), but the fixed physical properties of the gauge, or thickness, of the steel limit a coil’s potential. The best air one can hope for is 6 feet. You could make a pogo stick with a thicker gauge to gin up more potential energy, but heftier metal makes for a heavier ride that’ll weigh down the jumper.

Diptych: Kellogg and Phillips do extreme pogo moves
Left: Konner Kellogg backflipping during Pogopalooza 2022. Right: Tyler Phillips pulls an under-the-leg bar spin, the pogo equivalent of skateboarding’s kickflip. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

What happened next was fortuitous. A few inventors saw making pogo sticks for adults as a unique engineering challenge, one worth taking up just for kicks. Bruce Spencer, a former Northrop employee, his son, Brian, and Bruce Middleton, a Massachusetts Institute of Technology graduate turned stay-at-home dad, all sought to design not a toy, but a high-flying machine.

Not long after the first Pogopalooza, Middleton introduced the first new scheme to boost potential energy with a stick called the Flybar. It featured 12 elastomer bands—big pieces of rubber, basically—fitted inside the cylinder that forms the main body of the device. Initially, this seemed to be the answer. The bands were much lighter than metal, and each generated 100 pounds of force, more than enough combined energy to launch someone skyward. By 2005, people riding Flybars were landing full backflips, a trick jumpers could never have executed just five years earlier.

Too much use, though, robs rubber of its elasticity. For the Flybar, that means eventually the bands get stretched out and need replacing. Doable, but annoying.

Two years later, the Spencers bounced onto the high-end pogo scene with Vurtego, a stick that uses compressed air, which overcomes elastomer’s failings. Air is lighter than rubber and doesn’t wear out. Bonus: Riders can adjust it on the fly. Low pressure means less of a bounce, giving jumpers more control. For big air? Break out the bike pump. A Pogopalooza-ready stick—most competitors use the Vurtego V4—usually holds between 70 and 100 pounds of air per square inch. Compare that to a basketball, which holds about 8 pounds of air per square inch. One of the tires on your car? Somewhere between 30 and 50.

“That’s when I feel like pogo really took off,” says Patrick Cooper, a professor at Duquesne University and Xpogo’s unofficial in-house physicist. “Pressurized air just allowed for a lot more creativity in how they interact with the pogo stick.”

With these new sticks, riders began pushing the limits of their imaginations. Dan Mahoney, a 29-year-old Canadian who’s credited with expanding the catalog of tricks, landed the first-ever front flip on a Flybar in 2008. He invented the Mandy, named after an ex-girlfriend, while riding a Vurtego. It’s one of extreme pogo’s most iconic acrobatic acts: Bounce high into the air and whip the stick above your head. As it swings around, it turns the rider around too, until they land back on the foot pegs.

Such maneuvers are scientific phenomena unto themselves. Once airborne, flipping depends on decreasing a metric known as angular mass or moment of inertia; the lower the inertia, the better the rotation. How do you do that? The same way an Olympic gymnast or figure skater manages a complicated spin, says Cooper: by tucking yourself into a ball.

When pogo tricksters lean into their sticks, holding them close to their bodies, they decrease their moment of inertia, which in turn increases their angular velocity—how fast they’re spinning.

Phillips and Smith do extreme pogo jumps
Left: Tyler Phillips punctuates his backflip with a midrotation clap. Right: Veteran pogoer Dalton Smith releases his stick in flight during a no-foot cannonball. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

Vurtego sticks are what the vast majority of jumpers use today in competition. Going big is what grabs the attention of other athletes and the Pogopalooza judges. When Dalton Smith invented the slingshot flip in 2014, everyone took notice. To achieve this move, he bounced and nailed a leapfrog—flinging himself over the top of the stick—and planted his heels, not his toes, on the foot pegs. He then flipped forward in that position while passing the stick under his legs so it was back in front of him just before he hit the ground. Only Smith, Staubs, and 29-year-old Michael Mena, a stunt team member who’s been extreme pogoing for almost 20 years, have ever landed it.

A leap forward, though, usually involves an injurious trade-off. At Pogopalooza 2021, Grzybowski fell off his stick doing a candy bar and broke his back. Mahoney has two titanium face plates and a split right calf muscle, among many other injuries.

Smith’s injury story, meanwhile, is preserved on YouTube. At his first Pogopalooza, in 2010, he leaped up high with the intention of dismounting with a double backflip. Instead, he belly-flopped onto the concrete, cracking his kneecaps with a cringe-inducing thwack. “It took about three months of keeping my legs straight and then another two months of rehab and recovery,” he says. “But all I could think was, When can I jump again?

ON THE LAST Saturday of June, a sweltering 90-degree day, the impulse to jump gets going well before Pogopalooza 2022 starts in the afternoon. Next to the competition course, set up alongside Xpogo HQ in the Pittsburgh suburb of Wilkinsburg, Vurtego-wielding athletes take turns practicing stunts. An inflatable pad the length of two queen-size mattresses ensures any flop will end in a pillowy embrace.

Konner Kellogg is in line, as is Dalton Smith, who landed his record-breaking 12-foot leap on Friday. Henry Cabelus, who finished second behind Smith in Big Air in 2021, should be warming up too, but he’s out. During a kickoff event downtown last night, he crashed to the concrete during an attempt to break the high-jump record and broke his left foot.

Staubs and Kellogg celebrate
Tone Staubs celebrates with Konner Kellogg, who capped his final routine with a move called the Bruce Lee to win Pogopalooza’s Big Air competition. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

Some are wearing helmets. Some aren’t wearing shirts. Most of these guys are doing dry runs of what they hope to pull off in competition. The vibe is more family reunion than cutthroat, with rock and rap music blasting from speakers and cans of Yuengling on the cracked pavement. Still, they want to win—for their own glory, and to gain recognition for extreme pogo. “It definitely has gotten more intense than it has ever been,” says Kellogg.

The course itself has a similar feel to a skate park. Various box obstacles, 2 to 6 feet high, are strewn about, along with rails for pulling peg grinds—using the bottom of a foot peg to slide—and slanted platforms for foot-plant tricks, all atop a rough asphalt parking lot. Next to a wall made for hurdling on the upper part of the lot is an obstacle the athletes call the Death Box: Anchored to another wall, with a pair of 2-by-4s underneath for additional support, it’s 8 feet above the pavement. Some competitors jump over it; others use it as a launchpad for sky-high, Evel Knievel–like antics. About 150 spectators have grabbed seats in the lone set of bleachers or found standing room around the course. The judges, five folks huddled under a tent, include pogo legend Dan Mahoney.

Many eyes are on Kellogg. This is only his third Pogopalooza; last year, the Idaho native finished ninth in Big Air. “He came onto the scene just a couple years ago, and he’s landed stuff that no one’s combined in the air before,” says Cabelus.

After the tech contest—a spring-sticks-only category that pays homage to the early days, won for a fourth time by Tone Staubs—come the qualifiers for Big Air, the event most like freestyle runs in skateboarding, where pogo’s best showcase the hardest tricks in their repertoires. That’s when the bike pumps and electric air compressors appear as athletes make sure they have the pressure needed to soar. The 10 competitors with the highest scores will advance to Sunday’s finals, and pole position matters: Nab the top spot, and you go last in the finals, which means you can scope out everyone else’s moves before your run. Smith places third, with Kellogg right in front of him. First goes to Tyler Phillips, a 22-year-old stunt team member from Los Angeles who executes three perfect backflips in a row, followed by a backflip dismount, bouncing high into the air off the stick and corkscrewing before landing squarely on his feet.

During warmups on Sunday, Smith, the seven-time champ, sounds uneasy. “All the new kids are getting me a little rattled this year,” he says.

Kellogg holds up helmet in celebration
Konner Kellogg raises his helmet in victory. He won two main events: Best Trick and Big Air. In the latter, he unseated seven-time champ Dalton Smith. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

This is where the pressure of the weekend comes into sharp focus, as riders get just three runs, 180 seconds total, to prove themselves. Judges count only the highest of their three scores, which are based half on skill (the difficulty and variety of tricks) and half on style (how good the tricks look). Basic stuff doesn’t impress, and bailing—failing to land a move—costs you points. By the end of his three runs, having missed a trick each time, Smith sits in seventh place.

Phillips takes a comfortable lead in his first run after hitting a flawless double-backflip dismount (completed after he tossed away his helmet to hype up the crowd). He still holds the lead as Kellogg, sitting in seventh, grabs his pogo to take his third and final run. He’s already tried twice to land one of the most complex moves in the sport: a no-foot cannonball onto a 4-foot-high box. Both times he bailed, the second time so spectacularly that he slammed his pogo stick to the ground in frustration.

This third try is different. After hitting a backflip off a slanted obstacle, he cannonballs perfectly. With five seconds left, he bounces up to the Death Box and then plummets, kicking his legs on each side of the stick—a move called the Bruce Lee—before planting his feet on the pegs and landing so well that even his fellow competitors let out a whoop. In 60 seconds, he goes from seventh to first, and he takes home the gold in Big Air.

Spectators at Pogopalooza 2022 in Pittsburgh
The crowd at Pogopalooza 2022 was the largest the organizers, Xpogo, have seen in the event’s 19-year history. Jutharat Pinyodoonyachet

Whether these sorts of stunts are enough to make pogo break into the mainstream is what Xpogo is still trying to figure out. “That’s the golden question,” says McClintock, who spent the weekend filming the entire contest, while his counterpart, Xpogo CEO Will Weiner, emceed and explained each trick. This is the challenge of a niche sport. Skateboarding has been around for so long that many people intuitively understand the difficulty of various moves. In extreme pogo, translating the complexity of daring aerial stunts is a bit harder, but Weiner has hope. “In terms of local attendance, this was the best one we had,” he says.

Some tricks, though, are so eye-popping they speak for themselves. After Smith posted a video of his record-setting high jump on Instagram in June, it quickly racked up more than 14 million views. ESPN reposted the clip on its SportsCenter Instagram feed, and Slash—the top-hat-wearing Guns N’ Roses guitarist—shared it too.

Vurtego also has ideas of how to make pogo an action sport. Its master plan is to bring to market by Christmas an affordable air-powered stick suited for kids under 10—the ones who aren’t big or tall enough to ride competition-level models but who want to try stunts that can’t be pulled off on spring-loaded pogos. Hook them while they’re young, and cultivate generation after generation of pogo-happy flyboys and -girls. That’s how Kellogg got obsessed: He started on a rinky-dink spring stick, and once Vurtego saw some of his Instagram videos in 2018, the company offered him a V4 for $150, about one-third of its market price.

“I just always wanted to do an action sport,” says Kellogg. “Never thought it would be pogo, though.”

By the time the Best Trick contest kicks off later in the day, it’s a foregone conclusion that Kellogg will go big once again. Through a series of eliminations, judges pick the most singularly impressive feat, and Kellogg’s maneuver gets it done. He leaps about 10 feet into the air, banging out an under-the-leg bar spin before windmilling his pogo around in a stickflip, landing, and bouncing three times before coming to a stop. A jubilant Cabelus, on his busted foot, hobbles over for a bear hug. Staubs claps and shouts. And Smith strides forward to record the group’s celebration. On the first-place podium, Kellogg—a cut on his elbow, a big bruise on his left knee—takes a massive swig from a bottle of sparkling apple cider.

For now, they all can feel as if the sky’s the limit. “I’m happy to be a part of this whole community,” Kellogg says afterward. “We do some of the gnarliest things you could ever imagine. I love it, man.”

This story originally ran in the Fall 2022 Daredevil Issue of PopSci. Read more PopSci+ stories.

The post Inside the high-flying world of extreme pogo appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
A new generation of wearables may know when you’re stressed https://www.popsci.com/technology/wearable-stress-tech/ Mon, 29 Aug 2022 14:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=465574
Press photo of Happy Ring resting on desktop next to phone with Happy Ring app on screen
A modern day mood ring. Happy Ring

Products like Happy Ring from Tinder founder Sean Rad aim to make wearable stress monitors our future.

The post A new generation of wearables may know when you’re stressed appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Press photo of Happy Ring resting on desktop next to phone with Happy Ring app on screen
A modern day mood ring. Happy Ring

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

Health monitoring tech like Google Fit and the Apple Health app rake in millions of dollars every year. But they are primarily limited to physical aspects like fitness and sleep quality. Recently, however, multiple companies are attempting to tackle the psychological aspects of consumers’ wellbeing, raising numerous questions regarding privacy, accuracy, and ethics.

Both Fitbit and Tinder cofounder, Sean Rad, are offering new products billed as tools to better keep track and improve users’ mental health. The former’s newest item, the Sense 2, is a wearable akin to the Apple Watch that attempts to monitor your stress levels in realtime, then react accordingly. Aside from already ubiquitous datapoints like heart rate and skin temperature, Fitbit’s Sense 2 constantly measures electrodermal activity, aka sweat levels.

[Related: A beginner’s guide to Google Fit and Apple Health.]

Meanwhile, Rad’s Happy Ring company is already taking preorders for its new wearable designed that checks in with users whenever it notices stress-indicating fluctuations in biometrics. “Happy Ring makes no claims of being a diagnostic tool. Rather, the company believes it has cracked the code of monitoring wearers’ progress, in a kind of mental health analog to fitness trackers like Apple Watch and Oura,” explains TechCrunch in a recent writeup. “Much like those products, it purports to be a method for monitoring those vital readings and presenting actionable data to help get the wearer back on track.”

There is no upfront hardware cost to the Happy Ring—instead, consumers will pay for one of three subscription tiers ranging between $20 and $30 per month on a contract basis. When paired with its app, Happy Ring will monitor wearers’ biometric data in real-time, alerting them when it detects spikes in stress or tension and directing them to aid like cognitive behavioral therapy and breathing exercises, meditation prompts, and educational articles.

[Related: Tinder and the metaverse are breaking up.]

Many consumers may be intrigued by the idea of having comparatively cheap, constantly available digital counselor at their side, but there are numerous caveats to new products like these. First, as always, is understanding how customers’ data will be stored, utilized, and potentially sold to third-parties. None of these services are purely altruistic, and consumer health data is a goldmine to countless companies looking to hone their markets.

Secondly, an app’s recommendations are rarely a perfect substitute for actual mental health services and aid. While access to counselors and psychologists remains a major barrier for a huge portion of the country, products like Fitbit and Happy Ring won’t always be suitable alternatives. Then there’s the question of accuracy—inner psychological workings are much more complicated than physical exercise routines. It could be ineffective, potentially even dangerous, to think these intersectional issues can be broken down by apps and wearables. This isn’t to write off the industry entirely, but a healthy degree of skepticism is necessary when approaching what appears to be an inevitably massive industry in the years ahead.

The post A new generation of wearables may know when you’re stressed appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
Garmin Instinct 2 Solar smartwatch review: A highly capable adventure watch https://www.popsci.com/gear/garmin-instinct-solar-review/ Fri, 28 May 2021 22:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=367750
Neo Tropic Garmin Instinct 2S Solar on Abby's wrist on a sandy trail
The Garmin Instinct 2S Solar proved itself an advanced, ready-for-anything fitness watch thanks to its ruggedized body and solar-charging technology. Abby Ferguson

With solar charging and nearly endless activity types, the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar will be able to keep up no matter how you see, or stay, fit.

The post Garmin Instinct 2 Solar smartwatch review: A highly capable adventure watch appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
Neo Tropic Garmin Instinct 2S Solar on Abby's wrist on a sandy trail
The Garmin Instinct 2S Solar proved itself an advanced, ready-for-anything fitness watch thanks to its ruggedized body and solar-charging technology. Abby Ferguson

We may earn revenue from the products available on this page and participate in affiliate programs. Learn more ›

While many activity trackers strive for sleek, discreet designs, Garmin created the Instinct 2 Solar for those who like classic outdoor watch styling without sacrificing advanced features. Despite its rugged, rather old-school body and display, the second iteration of this Garmin solar watch is a robust smartwatch with highly accurate GPS, wrist-based heart rate monitoring, and integrated solar charging. While there haven’t been many changes on the exterior, the watch’s software has some updates that many will appreciate, mostly related to activity tracking. The Garmin Instinct 2 Solar promises to give you more accurate training information and keep you from charging as often and, in most respects, it delivers. 

Abby Ferguson

SEE IT

The Garmin Instinct 2 Solar’s design

As already mentioned, the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar doesn’t look very different from the original Instinct Solar. The case is made of the same fiber-reinforced polymer, the display is still Garmin’s transflective memory-in-pixel (MIP) display, and both versions are topped with Corning Gorilla Glass for durability. The Power Glass tech allows the watch to charge by absorbing sunlight through both visible side panels and an invisible layer atop the display. The bezel has been ever so slightly redesigned, though it’s like a spot-the-difference game to see what changed since it’s so subtle. 

Garmin Instinct 2 Solar on Abby's wrist at the beach
The smaller 40mm size option is a nice choice for those with small wrists and hands. Abby Ferguson

The Instinct 2 Solar comes in the original 45mm, 53g case options and a new, smaller 40mm, 43g size (technically designated the 2S). The latter—in the color “Neo Tropic”—is the watch I have been eating, sleeping, and breathing in for the past month or so. Despite my child-sized wrists, it fits well and, thanks to the 13.3 mm thickness, it doesn’t look clunky like other sports watches I’ve used. The band that comes with the smaller size is quite short, however. So while it fits me (just barely), many will likely need to purchase a separate, longer band.

 

Underside/clasp of the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar smartwatch on Abby's wrist
Though I could loosen the watch some, I’ve almost maxed out the tiny band on the 2S, even with my small wrists.  Abby Ferguson

It is a rugged watch, intended to be put through the wringer. It’s water-rated to 100 meters, so it can stand up to some deep free-dives, making a bit of sweat and rain a piece of cake. And it’s thermal and shock resistant, so if you climb with it on and take some hard falls, it should easily survive. I wore mine to the gym, knocking it on a fair share of weight racks and bushwhacked through some dense forest, and it still looks brand new without so much as a scratch anywhere. 

The display is a slightly higher resolution than the original Instinct Solar (156 x 156 pixels for the 2S vs. 128 x 128 pixels for the original) but, as mentioned, it is still the same old-school, monochrome look. This basic display contributes significantly to the Instinct’s 21-day battery life even when in smartwatch mode. It isn’t very fancy to look at, however.

The watch has a pretty large bezel, which eats up quite a bit of screen real estate. So while it collects tons of data and shows you graphs of certain things, such as sleep quality, I have found it a bit difficult to read and assess the graphs on the watch itself because of the small, monochrome screen. If I really want to see the information, it’s a much better experience to pull it up in the Garmin app instead. 

Setting up the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar

Garmin makes the setup process for any of its watches incredibly easy, especially if you already have a Garmin watch and account. The watch comes with a partial charge right out of the box, so you can get to set up right after opening it. You will need to download the Garmin Connect app (available for iPhone and Android), but the watch guides you through the process step-by-step and makes it very easy to pair with your phone/app using a Bluetooth connection. 

I was already a Garmin user, so the setup took only a few minutes on my Samsung Galaxy S10. But even if you are starting from scratch, it shouldn’t take much longer. Of course, if you want to take the time to customize things like notifications, tones, and watch faces right out the gate, you could spend quite a while in both Garmin Connect (the watch’s settings/metrics hub) and Garmin Connect IQ (the watch’s app, or “widget,” store, which did not work with the original Instinct). When in Connect, you’ll see steps that still need to be completed for full setup by tapping on the watch at the top. However, some, such as connecting to Garmin Pay, can wait or not be done at all, depending on what you want to use. 

The Garmin Instinct 2 Solar’s features

The Instinct 2 Solar is a comparatively simple smartwatch despite costing $450, lacking some of the fancier features of higher-end, Garmin offerings like the multisport fēnix 7 Sapphire Solar and premium running Forerunner 955. Those watches offer color touchscreens, more advanced training suggestions, and more detailed navigation maps. But the Instinct 2 Solar is still plenty feature-rich and provides loads of insights and data.   

Battery life

I would be remiss if I didn’t start out with the feature advertised in the name since “Solar” is one of the main selling points of this watch. Because of the basic display and the solar charging, it can last a seriously long time, though that seems to be with some caveats. 

Garmin Instinct 2S Solar in the sand displaying solar intensity
You can track how much solar life your watch is taking advantage of (and how much sun you’re soaking up, too) in the Solar Intensity Glance. Abby Ferguson

According to Garmin, the Instinct 2 models improve slightly on the original and the 40mm Instinct 2S can last 21 days in smartwatch mode/51 days with solar and has potentially unlimited battery life when in battery saver mode (more in the standard-sized model). However, I have not been able to get that kind of battery life out of it, partially because it assumes the watch gets 3 hours of 50,000 lux sunlight conditions a day and partially because that number is based on general wear, with no or at least limited activity tracking. With a GPS-enabled activity nearly every day, and sometimes more than one, I have to charge it about once a week (running GPS nonstop, battery life is rated at 22 hours/28 with solar). Admittedly, I’m also not spending much time in the most intense sun right now, thanks to the summer heat, so I’ve not been able to take full advantage of the solar functionality—though I plan to gauge the battery life claims more as I evaluate other sports watches, so this section will be updated. Even without taking full advantage of solar, however, it still lasts longer than my much-loved Forerunner 745, and some time on the window sill or a sunbaked rock will keep it running for a day or two in a pinch.

You can change how often and what sensors pull from the battery, so you can customize it to get more battery life. And when the battery is running low, the watch prompts you to switch it to battery saver mode, which gives you a very pared-down display with no smartwatch functionality. And when you need to plug it in for a charge with the provided proprietary multi-pin USB cable (though no wall adapter), it bounces back quickly. I was able to fully charge the battery from 0% to 100% in about three-and-a-half hours, so it’s quick to top off the battery when you need to.

Activity tracker

If you’re buying a Garmin watch, it’s almost certainly for its acumen as a fitness tracker. The Instinct 2 Solar offers activity modes for just about every type of exercise, workout, and sport you could imagine, from treadmill and trail running and cycling (road, eBike, indoors, mountain, etc.) to climbing, swimming, and even breathwork and multi-day expeditions. HIIT timers are in the newer model, as well. Some you will need to add to the watch, but doing so hardly takes any time at all and can be done on the watch itself or the app.

Garmin also makes a few different editions of this watch, which have unique, hyper-specific modes. For example, the Surf Edition has specific tracking for surfing, kitesurfing, and windsurfing, along with tide data that you can’t access on the Standard Edition. There’s also a Tactical Edition, with Jumpmaster activity, waypoint projection, dual-position GPS format, preloaded tactical activity, and a stealth mode. Of course, the Standard Edition has just about everything other than some of those specialized activities so, for most, it will be the one to get.

No matter what type of activity you do, it is straightforward to track it. Different activities offer specific information on the watch face, though all of that is customizable, so you can choose what information is most important to see while tracking. For example, I like to have my heart rate and distance prominently displayed when on runs, while things like cadence and lap time aren’t important to me. 

You can also choose to silence tones and notifications during workouts. For example, if I’m out for a run, I don’t want to be notified that someone liked my Instagram post, so I can easily choose to block those during that activity. 

Garmin Instinct 2S Solar display on a wrist on a run
On suggested runs, the data displayed varies from normal runs. It shows you if your pace is falling within the recommended range.  Abby Ferguson

The watch can also give you suggested running workouts to help improve your fitness. When you click to start a run, a screen will pop up with “Today’s Suggestion” that provides a brief summary of the run and its training effect. It’s a nice way to mix up your workouts without paying for a coach or doing your own extensive research. 

Data collection and insights

The watch obviously collects quite a lot of data while recording activities, relying on the plethora of sensors built into it. It connects with three Global Navigation Satellite Systems (GNSS)—GPS, GLONASS, and Galileo—for better accuracy, has the newer Garmin Elevate Gen4 optical heart rate sensor, plus includes a barometric altimeter, compass, accelerometer, and thermometer. But it also collects lots of data when you aren’t explicitly recording an activity. For example, you can always see your heart rate and step count. 

Back/sensors of the Garmin Instinct 2S Solar
Garmin’s Elevate Gen4 optical heart rate sensor is one of several on the back of the watch. Abby Ferguson

If you wear the watch to bed, it will also track your sleep, giving you insight into your sleep stages throughout the night. I have found the sleep tracking to be hit and miss in terms of accuracy, with some nights showing as excellent sleep even though I most definitely was awake for chunks of time and do not feel rested in the morning. 

Though it’s not always accurate, wearing the watch during sleep allows Garmin to get a more complete picture of your fitness and recovery status, which is new on this Instinct 2 Solar. On this second version, you can now access Garmin’s Training Status, VO2 max, and Recovery time. If you are serious about your training, these are all very helpful. 

While the provided VO2 max value relies on an algorithm and heart rate data, the estimation yields similar results to a proper VO2 max test, which relies on indirect calorimetry and requires expensive lab equipment. And, if you click on the Training Status on either the watch or the app, it will tell you if you need to adjust your training in any particular way to improve your fitness. Of course, it is generalized, so if you are training for something specific, it may not be very accurate, but it does a great job for general fitness. 

Smartwatch features

Like most fitness trackers these days, the Instinct 2 Solar is a full smartwatch. That means it pairs with your phone to provide notifications on the watch’s display. Any notification you get on your phone can come through, though some allow more interaction than others. It’s handy when you are in a situation where you can’t or don’t want to pick up your phone but you want to know if any important calls or messages are coming through. When out and about, I typically leave my phone in my purse when out and about and only take it out if it’s something I care to deal with right then. 

The Instinct 2 Solar doesn’t have a cellular connection and it lacks a microphone, so you can’t take calls or use a voice assistant, etc. But, you can set up prewritten responses to texts or calls and respond from the watch, which is ideal for when you are in the middle of something. You can also like Instagram messages from the watch, should you care to do that. 

Safety features

One of the things that I love about the Instinct 2 Solar is the safety features. Garmin added Incident Detection to this second iteration, which uses the sensors in your watch to detect if a fall or crash may have occurred on a walk, run, or ride. If it does detect an event, it will text your emergency contact, which you can set up in the app.

There is also the ability to request assistance manually, though quickly, if needed. By simply holding the top left button for three seconds, the watch will send a text or email to your emergency contact with your exact location. It will continue to send your location until you end it and can even send an “I’m OK” text if things resolve themselves. You will need to have your phone on you and have service to use it, but it is very nice to know that feature is there if I ever find myself in a dicey situation. 

Garmin Instinct 2S Solar on a wrist on a colorful trail
The TracBack feature lets you easily navigate back to your starting point. Abby Ferguson

As a robust GPS watch, you’ll also be able to use Garmin’s TracBack. It is an extremely beneficial tool for any backcountry activities, as it allows you to follow your traveled path without needing to place waypoints as you go. Should you get lost, it makes it much easier to find your way back even if you don’t have expert-level navigation skills.

Lastly, you’ll also have access to Garmin’s LiveTrack. When you start a run, hike, or bike ride, you can send LiveTrack information to whomever. It’s an excellent feature for backcountry activities so that someone can know where you are and if your outing takes as long as expected. All these extra layers of protection make me feel safer when out alone on runs, bike rides, or hikes, and make my husband more comfortable with my solo trips as well. 

Garmin app

Though you can do a lot on the watch, the Garmin Connect app provides the best method for viewing and analyzing data collected by the device. As mentioned, it can be hard to decipher some data on the watch, so being able to see all that information in the app is very useful. The app also provides even more information and training data than the watch does, so you can really nerd out and get into the nitty-gritty. 

The app also lets you fully customize your watch, from downloading specialized faces to changing notification settings and enabling safety features. You can do much of that on the watch itself, but it may be easier for some to do on the app. 

For those who like the social aspects of staying active, Garmin also has its own platform for that within the app. You can connect with other Garmin users, with options to “like” or comment on their activities. There are even challenges that you can join to stay motivated. It’s not as feature-rich as apps like Strava, but connecting with others can be a big motivator. And you can also link your Garmin account to Strava, should you want your data to sync there. 

Usability and accuracy

Overall, the watch is easy and intuitive to use. The labels on the bezel help identify what key functions fall under each button (labeled Control, Menu, ABC, GPS, Set), but you will want to read through the manual or do a walkthrough to figure out where certain settings are hiding. I did find the menus slightly more confusing than on my Forerunner 745, but not overly so.

I had some lagging issues when pushing buttons for the first time in a while, resulting in me waiting for it to go to the right menu when wanting to start a workout or view certain stats. It isn’t terribly long, but it is enough to be a bit annoying and hasn’t been an issue on other Garmin watches I’ve used. 

Forerunner 955 Solar next to Garmin Instinct 2S Solar on Abby's wrist
The Instinct 2S Solar’s display looks very old school next to the Forerunner 955’s large, colorful screen, but the data gathered by both is consistent and insightful. Abby Ferguson

I wore both the Instinct Solar 2S and Forerunner 955 Solar (which I’m also reviewing) on a handful of runs—both on my left wrist, though I also had a chest-based heart rate monitor that I only had paired with the Instinct. Results did vary slightly across pretty much all fields when I examined them in Garmin Connect, but it was all well within the margin of error. So, I would fully trust the results from both watches. I anticipated any heart rate-related fields to be different since chest straps provide much more accurate and reliable data than wrist-based. 

Garmin will suggest workouts for you when starting a run, and interestingly those varied slightly between the two watches as well. The Forerunner 955’s recommendations seemed to align better with my current fitness level and pacing abilities, though that is strictly based on perceived effort type insight. The Instinct Solar 2S also didn’t have any motivational type messages pop up after a run as the Forerunner 955 did. Although small and perhaps somewhat silly, it made me prefer running with the Forerunner. 

So, who should buy the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar?

There are other fitness-tracking smartwatches that are sleeker and thus better suited for blending into everyday wear (such as the Apple Watch Series 7). The rugged styling of the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar means that it doesn’t necessarily fit well with fancy attire, though I have to admit I am one of those who wear their Garmin no matter what the outfit, so this is a matter of personal preference.

Though the watch fully tracks activities and collects loads of data, it doesn’t present the information quite as elegantly or thoroughly as some of Garmin’s more specialized watches. As a result, it probably isn’t the best option if you are an intensely focused, multisport athlete (that’s where the fēnix 7 and even more expressive EPIX Gen. 2 series come in). And, as a runner, I much prefer the Forerunner 955, as it provides better workout suggestions and gives me more information about my preferred type of training. The higher-resolution color screen on the Forerunner also makes it easier to see data while running, which I appreciate. 

The durability and long battery life when outside, however, make the Garmin Instinct 2 Solar a truly fantastic smartwatch for outdoor enthusiasts looking for a more casual but still comprehensive activity tracker. It also has navigation modes that are helpful for activities. I definitely see the advantages of this watch for longer hikes, climbs, or multi-day adventures and plan on using it for such trips in the future. You can trust that it will survive some serious trips and that the battery life, once settings are customized, will keep up with your lifestyle.

The post Garmin Instinct 2 Solar smartwatch review: A highly capable adventure watch appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>
After a few months in space, astronaut bones don’t look so pretty https://www.popsci.com/health/bone-loss-in-space/ Fri, 01 Jul 2022 18:00:00 +0000 https://www.popsci.com/?p=454232
NASA astronaut with long brown hair and brown skin exercising on an erg machine in space to improve bone density
NASA astronaut Sunita Williams exercises on the Cycle Ergometer in the Destiny laboratory of the International Space Station. NASA

Living in zero gravity takes a toll, even on the most conditioned bodies.

The post After a few months in space, astronaut bones don’t look so pretty appeared first on Popular Science.

]]>
NASA astronaut with long brown hair and brown skin exercising on an erg machine in space to improve bone density
NASA astronaut Sunita Williams exercises on the Cycle Ergometer in the Destiny laboratory of the International Space Station. NASA

Floating around in space sounds like fun, but doing so takes a massive toll on your body. A study published on June 30 in the journal Scientific Reports found that spending just a few months in space changes astronauts’ bones, causing a loss of density equivalent to what most humans would lose in a couple of decades on Earth. More concerning is that after a year, many astronauts do not fully recover their lost bone mass.

The connection between bone mass and spaceflight has been studied for quite some time. One prior NASA study from 2007 estimated a two to nine percent loss in bone mass within nine months of space travel. Another study published in 2020 simulated the impact of a three-year spaceflight to Mars, finding a 33 percent risk of osteoporosis for long-distance travelers. Decreases in bone density can weaken a person’s skeletal structure and increase the risk of back pain, bone fractures, and loss of height.

[Related: Astronauts are losing 3 million red blood cells every second in space]

The poor osteopathic health likely results from the lack of gravity in space. Despite moving around, weightlessness removes pressure from the legs when standing or walking, mimicking the effects of extreme physical inactivity. “Even with two hours of sport a day, it is like you are bedridden for the other 22 hours,” Guillemette Gauquelin-Koch, the head of medical research at France’s CNES space agency, who was not part of the study, told The Guardian. Unless scientists figure out if the lost bone mass is fully recoverable, the findings jeopardize the hope of sending humans to Mars in 2030. “It will not be easy for the crew to set foot on Martian soil when they arrive–it’s very disabling,” Gauquelin-Koch noted in the same interview.

One hypothesis that the new study tested is whether astronauts can recuperate their lost bone mass by spending enough time back on Earth. Medical experts with NASA and its collaborators scanned the wrists and ankles of 17 astronauts (majority male) before, during, and after they’d spent months on the International Space Station (ISS). After one year back at home, nine astronauts still hadn’t recovered the density of their shinbones. The total bone mass loss across the nine subjects was comparable to a decade’s worth of bone mass loss that aging people face on Earth.

[Related: Your bones do more than you give them credit for]

Astronauts who spent the longest time on the ISS—four to seven months—showed the slowest recovery of bone density. It’s still unclear whether there’s a maximum amount of bone loss a person could endure in space. “Will it continue to get worse over time or not? We don’t know,” Steven Boyd, director of the McCaig Institute for Bone and Joint Health at the University of Calgary and study coauthor also told The Guardian. “It’s possible we hit a steady state after a while, or it’s possible that we continue to lose bone. But I can’t imagine that we’d continue to lose it until there’s nothing left.”

One shred of good news is that some exercises worked better than others in helping astronauts recuperate the lost bone mass. Deadlifting rather than cycling or running seems to work better at strengthening the remaining bone mass, which suggests that heavy lower-body exercises would be beneficial in preparing for long space missions. 

Astronauts who were fit and in their 40s also did not seem impacted as much by the bone loss. “Fatigue, light-headedness, and imbalance were immediate challenges for me on my return. Bones and muscles take the longest to recover following spaceflight.” said Robert Thirsk, a former chancellor at The University of Calgary and a former Canadian Space Agency astronaut in a press release. “But within a day of landing, I felt comfortable again as an Earthling.”

The post After a few months in space, astronaut bones don’t look so pretty appeared first on Popular Science.

Articles may contain affiliate links which enable us to share in the revenue of any purchases made.

]]>